Full text of "Pennsylvania Building Code"

See other formats

PART XIV. UNIFORM CONSTRUCTION CODE

Chap.

401 . UNIFORM CONSTRUCTION CODE TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION OF CODE ADMINISTRATORS

403. ADMINISTRATION

405. ELEVATORS AND OTHER LIFTING DEVICES

CHAPTER 403. ADMINISTRATION

GENERALLY

Sec.

403.1. Scope.

403.2. Other statutes or ordinances.

403.3. Building code official delegation.

STANDARDS

403.21. Uniform Construction Code.

403.22. Health care facilities.

403.23. Child day care facilities.

403.24. Historic buildings, structures and sites.

403.25. Manufactured and industrialized housing.

403.26. Swimming pools.

403.27. Applicability and use of standards.

403.28. Uncertified Buildings.

PERMIT AND INSPECTION PROCESS FOR COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION

403.41. Commercial construction.

403.42. Permit requirements and exemptions.
403.42a. Permit application.

403.43. Grant, denial and effect of permits.

403.44. Alternative construction materials and methods.

403.45. Inspections.

403.46. Certificate of occupancy.

403.47. Public utility connections.

403.48. Boilers.

PERMIT AND INSPECTION PROCESS FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

403.61. Residential buildings.

403.62. Permit requirements and exemptions.
403.62a. Permit application.

403.63. Grant, denial and effect of permits.

403.64. Inspections.

403.65. Certificate of occupancy.

403.66. Public utility connections.

DEPARTMENT, MUNICIPAL AND THIRD-PARTY ENFORCEMENT FOR NONCOMPLIANCE

403.81. Stop work order.

403.82. Notice of violations.

403.83. Order to show cause/order to vacate.

403.84. Unsafe building, structure or equipment.

403.85. Release, retention and sharing of commercial construction records.

403.86. Right of entry to inspect.

MUNICIPAL ELECTION

403.101. Effective date.

403.102. Municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform Construction Code.

403.103. Municipalities electing not to enforce the Uniform Construction Code.

403.104. Department review.

BOARD OF APPEALS

403.121. Board of appeals.

403.122. Appeals, variances and extensions of time.

DEPARTMENT ENFORCEMENT

403.141 . Enforcement by the Department.

403.142. Accessibility Advisory Board

GENERALLY
§403.1. Scope.

(a) Application.

(1) The Uniform Construction Code applies to the construction, alteration, repair, movement, equipment,
removal, demolition, location, maintenance, occupancy or change of occupancy of every building or structure
which occurs on or after April 9, 2004, and all existing structures that are not legally occupied.

(2) The Department will promulgate regulations adopting the new triennial BOCA National Building Code, or
its successor building code as the Uniform Construction Code by December 31 of the year of the issuance under
section 304(a)(1) of the act (35 P.S. § 7210.304(a)(1)). New buildings or renovations to existing buildings for
which a design or construction contract was executed before the effective date of the regulatory amendment
adopting the latest triennial versions of the construction codes and standards shall comply with the codes and
standards in effect at the time that the design or construction contract was executed.

(b) Exclusions and exemptions.

The Uniform Construction Code does not apply to:

(1 ) New buildings or renovations to existing buildings for which an application for a permit was made to the
Department or a municipality before April 9, 2004.

(2) New buildings or renovations to existing buildings on which a contract for design or construction was
signed before April 9, 2004.

(3) The following structures if the structure has a building area less than 1000 square feet and is accessory
to a detached one-family dwelling except as might be required by an ordinance adopted under section 503 of the
act (35 P.S. §7210.503):

(i) Carports.

(ii) Detached private garages.

(iii) Greenhouses.

(iv) Sheds.

(4) An agricultural building.

(5) Manufactured or industrialized housing shipped from the factory under section 901 (a) of the act (35 P. S.
§ 7210.901(a)) as provided in § 403.25 (relating to manufactured and industrialized housing).

(6) Installation of tubing, piping, propane gas burning appliances, equipment or fixtures related to liquefied
petroleum gas under the Propane and Liquefied Petroleum Gas Act (35 P. S. §§ 1329.1-1329.19).

(7) Construction of individual sewage disposal systems under 25 Pa. Code Chapter 73 (relating to onlot
sewage treatment facilities).

(8) Alterations to residential buildings which do not make structural changes or changes to means of egress,
except as required by ordinances in effect under sections 303(b)(1) or 503 of the act (35 P.S. §§ 7210.303(b)(1),
7210.503). Under this subsection, a structural change does not include a minor framing change needed to replace
existing windows or doors.

(9) Repairs to residential buildings, except as required by ordinances in effect under sections 303(b)(1) and
503 of the act.

(10) Installation of aluminum or vinyl siding onto an existing residential or an existing commercial building,
except as might be required by ordinances in effect under section 303(b)(1) (35 P. S. § § 7210.303(b)(1)) or section
503 of the act.

(11) A recreational cabin if all of the following are met:

(i) The cabin is equipped with at least one smoke detector, one fire extinguisher and one carbon

monoxide detector in both the kitchen and sleeping quarters.

(ii) The owner of the cabin files one of the following with the municipality:

(A) A Department form UCC-1 3 attesting to the fact that the cabin meets the definition of a

"recreational cabin" in 401 .1 (relating to definitions).

(B) A valid proof of insurance for tlie recreational cabin, written and issued by an insurer
authorized to do business in this Commonwealth, stating that the structure meets the definition of
a "recreational cabin."

(1) Upon the transfer of ownership of a recreational cabin subject to the recreational cabin exclusion, written
notice of all of the following must be provided in the sales agreement and the deed:

(i) The recreational cabin is exempt from the act.

(ii) The recreational cabin may not be in conformance with the Uniform Construction Code.

(iii) The recreational cabin is not subject to municipal regulation.

(2) Failure to comply with the notice requirement under paragraph (1) renders the sale void at the
purchaser's option.

(d) Prior permits and construction.

(1) A permit issued under construction regulations before April 9, 2004, remains valid and the construction of
the building or structure may be completed in accordance with the approved permit. The permit is invalid unless
the construction commenced within 2 years of permit issuance or a time period specified by municipal ordinance,
whichever is less. The permit holder shall acquire a new permit under section 1 04(c) of the act (35 P. S. §
7210.104(c)) if the permit was not actively prosecuted during this time period.

(2) Construction may be completed without a permit under section 104(c)(2) of the act when construction of
a building or structure commenced before April 9, 2004, and a permit was not required at that time.

(3) The legal occupancy of a structure existing on April 9, 2004, may continue without change except where
the Uniform Construction Code provides otherwise.

(e) The Uniform Construction Code applies to the construction of a residential building or structure governed by a
homeowner's or community association under section 1 04(d)(2)(ii) of the act.

(f) The electrical provision, and lumber and wood provisions, not relating to pressure treatment, of the Uniform
Construction Code do not apply to a dwelling unit or one-room school house utilized by a member or members of a
recognized religious sect if a code administrator grants an exemption under section 901 (b) of the act (35 P. S. §
7210.901(b)) as follows:

(1) The permit applicant shall file an application with the code administrator stating the manner in which an
electrical provision and the lumber and wood provision unrelated to pressure treatment of the Uniform
Construction Code conflicts with the applicant's religious beliefs. The application must also contain an affidavit by
the applicant stating:

(i) The permit applicant is a member of a religious sect.

(ii) The religious sect has established tenets or teachings which conflict with an electrical provision

and lumber and wood provisions unrelated to pressure treatment of the Uniform Construction Code,
(iii) The permit applicant adheres to the established tenets or teachings of the sect.

(A) For a dwelling unit, the dwelling will be used solely as a residence for the permit applicant
and the applicant's household.

(B) For a one-room school house, the school house will be used solely by the members of the
religious sect.

(2) The code administrator shall grant the application for the exemption if made in accordance with
paragraph (1).

(3) If the permit applicant receives an exemption for building under section 901 (b) of the act and the applicant
subsequently sells or leases the building, the applicant shall bring the building into compliance with the provision
of the Uniform Construction Code from which it was exempted prior to the sale or lease of the building unless the
prospective subsequent owner or lessee files an affidavit in compliance with paragraph (1).

(g) Coal-fired boilers installed in residential buildings must be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with
the requirements of Chapter 20, section M2001.1.1 of the "International Residential Code", except for the AS ME stamping
requirement.

§ 403.2. Other statutes or ordinances.

(a) Under section 104(d)(1) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.104(d)(1)), the provisions of the Uniform Construction Code
listed in § 403.21 (relating to Uniform Construction Code) preempt and rescind construction standards provided by a
statute, local ordinance or regulation. The rescission or preemption does not apply to ordinances in effect on July 1 , 1999,
or reenactments of simultaneously repealed ordinances which were originally adopted before July 1 , 1999, which contain
provisions which meet or exceed the Uniform Construction Code under section 303(b)(1) of the act (35 P. S. §
7210.303(b)(1)).

(b) Under section 303(a)(2) of the act, a municipal building code ordinance provision in effect in or adopted by a city
of the first class on or before January 1 , 1998, shall remain in effect until December 31 , 2003. The provisions of the
ordinance which do not comply with the Uniform Construction Code on December 31 , 2003, will be amended to provide
for the minimum requirements of the Uniform Construction Code.

§ 403.3. Building code official delegation.

(a) The Department, a municipality or third-party agency shall employ or contract with a building code official to
enforce the act.

(b) A building code official may delegate his duties to a construction code official or current code administrator.

STANDARDS
§ 403.21. Uniform Construction Code.

(a) The Department adopts and incorporates by reference the following codes as the Uniform Construction Code:

(1 ) The provisions of Chapters 2-29 and 31-35 of the "International Building Code."

(2) The "ICC Electrical Code."

(3) The "International Mechanical Code."

(4) The "International Fuel Gas Code."

(5) The "International Plumbing Code."

(i) Except that a municipality within a county of the second class may not administer and enforce the

"International Plumbing Code" adopted under this chapter.

(ii) A municipality within a county of the second class that has adopted a plumbing code and
accompanying rules and regulations under the Local Health Administration Law (16 P.S. §§ 12001-
12028), shall retain the authority to promulgate and enforce this plumbing code and to make any changes
it deems necessary if the changes meet the Uniform Construction Code's minimum requirements.

(6) The "International Residential Code."

(i) The provisions of R313.1 .1 requiring interconnected smoke alarms do not apply to one-family and

two-family dwellings undergoing alterations, repairs or additions. Noninterconnected battery operated
smoke alarms shall be installed in these dwellings,
(ii) The following specifications apply to residential stairway treads and risers.

(A) The maximum riser height is 8 1/4 inches. There may be no more than a 3/8 inch
variation in riser height within a flight of stairs. The riser height is to be measured vertically
between leading edges of the adjacent treads.

(B) The minimum tread depth is 9 inches measured from tread nosing to tread nosing.

(D) Treads may have a uniform projection of not more than 1 /4 inches when solid risers are used.

(E) Stairways may not be less than 3 feet in clear width and clear headroom of 6 feet 8
inches shall be maintained for the entire run of the stair.

(F) Handrails may project from each side of a stairway a distance of 31/4 inches into the
required width of the stair.

(7) The "International Fire Code." Section 804.1 .1 of the International Fire Code (relating to natural cut trees)
is not adopted under this chapter. A municipality that elects to adopt an ordinance for the administration and
enforcement of the Uniform Construction Code may, by ordinance, restrict the placement of natural cut trees in an
occupancy group. The ordinance restricting the placement of natural cut trees is not subject to section 503(b)-(k)
of the act (35 P.S.§ 7210.503(b)-(k)) and § 403.102(i)-(k) (relating to municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform
Construction Code).

(8) The "International Energy Conservation Code."

(9) The "International Existing Building Code."

(10) The "International Wildland-Urban Interface Code."

(1 1 ) Appendix E of the "International Building Code."

(12) Appendix H of the "International Building Code."

(13) Appendix G of the "International Residential Code."

(b) The codes and standards adopted under subsection (a) are part of the Uniform Construction Code to the
prescribed extent of each code or standard. The provisions of the Uniform Construction Code apply if there is a difference
between the Uniform Construction Code and the codes or standards adopted in subsection (a). This chapter's
administrative provisions govern under § 403.27(e) (relating to applicability and use of standards) if there is a conflict with
the provisions of the codes relating to administration incorporated under subsection (a).

(c) Appendices to a code or standard listed in subsection (a) are not adopted in tlie Uniform Construction Code
except for til e provisions adopted in subsection (a)(9) and (12)-(14).

(d) A permit applicant may utilize one of the following prescriptive methods to demonstrate compliance with the
energy conservation requirements of the Uniform Construction Code. The standards are those listed for the climatic zone
of this Commonwealth where the building or structure is located:

(1) The prescriptive methods for detached residential buildings contained in the current version of the
"International Energy Conservation Code" compliance guide containing State maps, prescriptive energy
packages and related software published by the United States Department of Energy, Building Standards and
Guidelines Program (REScheck )or "Pennsylvania's Alternative Residential Energy Provisions."

(2) The prescriptive methods for all other buildings or structures contained in the current version of the
"International Energy Conservation Code" compliance guide containing State maps, prescriptive packages and
related software published by the United States Department of Energy, Building Standards and Guidelines
Program (COMcheck^^).

(e) Construction of individual sewage disposal systems is governed under 25 Pa. Code Chapter 73 (relating to onlot
sewage treatment facilities).

(f) The repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition and relocation of existing buildings must comply with
Chapter 34 of the "International Building Code" or with the "International Existing Building Code."

§ 403.22. Health care facilities.

(a) A health care facility shall comply with all of the following under sections 1 04(d)(3) and 1 05(d)(1 ) of the act (35 P.
S. §§ 7210.104(d)(3) and 7210.105(d)(1)):

(1) The Health Care Facilities Act.

(2) Regulations of the Department of Health in 28 Pa. Code Part IV (relating to health facilities).

(3) Building codes and regulations set forth in the applicable licensure laws and regulations under section
105(d)oftheact(35P. S. § 7210.105(d)).

(4) This chapter.

(b) Chapter 405 (relating to elevators and other lifting devices) always applies to health care facilities.

(c) In addition to the requirements of this chapter, a permit applicant for a health care facility shall obtain a license
from the Department of Health under the Health Care Facilities Act and its regulations and comply with the Department of
Health's license application procedures and its licensing regulations.

(d) A permit applicant for construction or alteration of a health care facility shall do all of the following:

(1) Submit construction or alteration plans to the Department of Health and obtain Department of Health
approval before commencing construction or performing the alteration.

(2) Obtain approval from the Department of Health before occupancy of a new health care facility under 28
Pa. Code § 51 .5 (relating to building occupancy).

(3) Obtain approval from the Department of Health before occupancy of an altered portion of an existing
health care facility.

(e) A Department of Health inspector may inspect a health care facility site before, during and after construction to
monitor compliance with Department of Health's health facility regulations.

(f) A building code official may not approve plans for a health care facility under this chapter unless the Department
of Health has approved the plans.

(g) A building code official may not issue a certificate of occupancy for the health care facility under this chapter
unless the Department of Health approved occupancy under 28 Pa. Code § 51 .5.

(h) This section applies to construction or alteration of all health care facilities that the Department or a building code
official review and approve under this chapter.

§ 403.23. Child day care facilities.

(a) A dwelling unit where child day care services are provided for less than 24 hours for 4 to 1 2 children is an R-3
occupancy if the dwelling unit is used primarily as a private residence and the provision of day care services is accessory
to the principal use of the dwelling unit as a residence.

(b) A day care facility tliat is an R-3 occupancy under subsection (a) wliicli provides day care services to 4-6 cliiidren
sliall comply with all of the following:

(1) Have a smoke detector on each floor and in the basement. The smoke detector may be powered by a
nonreplacable, lithium battery listed by Underwriters Laboratories® that is warranted for 10 years and should
sound an alarm when activated that is audible to persons in the unit's indoor child care space with all intervening
doors closed. Where this type of detector is utilized, the unit owner of this detector shall keep the proof and date
of purchase of the detector in the unit's fire drill logs.

(2) Have a portable fire extinguisher rated for Class B Fires in the kitchen and other cooking areas.

(3) Meet the exiting requirements for an R-3 occupancy and licensure under 55 Pa. Code Chapter 3290
(relating to family child day care homes).

(c) A day care facility that is an R-3 occupancy under subsection (a) which provides day care services to 7-1 2
children shall comply with all of the following:

(1) Have an interconnected smoke detector system.

(2) Have a fire extinguisher rated for Class B fires in the kitchen and other cooking areas.

(3) Meet the exiting requirements for an R-3 occupancy and licensure under 55 Pa. Code Chapter 3280
(relating to group child day care homes).

(d) All other child day care facilities shall be classified under Chapter 3 of the "International Building Code." The
facilities shall meet all Uniform Construction Code standards for these occupancy classifications.

§ 403.24. Historic buildings, structures and sites.

A building code official may exclude an entire historic building or structure or part of the building or structure from
compliance with the Uniform Construction Code if it meets all of the following conditions under section 902 of the act (35
P. S.§ 7210.902):

(1 ) The building or structure is an existing building or structure, or a new building or structure that is not
intended for residential use on an historic site.

(2) The building or structure is identified and classified by Federal or local government authority or the
Historical and Museum Commission as an historic building or site.

(3) A building code official judges the building or structure or parts of the building and structure as safe and
the exclusion is in the interest of public health, safety or welfare. The building code official shall apply the Uniform
Construction Code to parts of the building or structure where its exclusion is not within the interest of the public
health, safety and welfare. A building code official may not waive the Uniform Construction Code's accessibility
requirements under this section.

§ 403.25. Manufactured and industrialized housing.

(a) Manufactured housing is governed by the following under section 901(a) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.901(a)):

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Uniform Construction Code does not apply to new manufactured
housing assembled by and shipped from the manufacturer and which bears a label which certifies that it conforms
to Federal construction and safety standards adopted under the Housing and Community Development Act of
1974 (42 U.S.C.A. §§ 5401-5426) and installation of new manufactured housing in conformity with the
manufacturer's approved design applicable to the particular home.

(2) Construction activities or processes including utility connections and grading not addressed by the
manufacturer's approved design must comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(3) The Uniform Construction Code applies to the following:

(i) Alteration or repair to the unit that does not fall within 24 CFR 3280. 1 -3280.904 (relating to

manufactured home construction and safety standards) and the manufacturer's installation instructions

after assembly and shipment by the manufacturer.

(ii) Additions to the unit after delivery to the site.

(iii) Construction, alteration, repair or change of occupancy if the manufactured housing is resold to a

subsequent purchaser.

(iv) Construction, alteration, repair or change of occupancy if the original purchaser relocates the

manufactured housing.

(b) Industrialized housing is governed by the following under section 901 (a) of the act:

(1) Except as provided in subsection (b)(2), the Uniform Construction Code does not apply to industrialized
housing assembled by and shipped from the manufacturer.

(2) The Uniform Construction Code applies to all of the following:
(i) Site preparation.

(ii) Foundation construction,

(iii) Utilities connection.

(iv) Construction, alteration or repair to tlie industrialized housing unit after installation.

(v) Construction, alteration, repair or occupancy if industrialized housing is resold to a subsequent purchaser.

(vi) Construction, alteration, repair or occupancy if industrialized housing is relocated.

(c) The Department of Community and Economic Development may enforce and take action under the Industrialized
Housing Act (35 P. S. §§ 1651.1-1651.12) and the Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards
Authorization Act (35 P. S. §§ 1656.1-1656.9).

§ 403.26. Swimming pools.

(a) A swimming pool, hot tub and spa which is accessory to a one-or two-family dwelling shall comply with all of the following:

(1) Chapter 41 of the "International Residential Code."

(2) Appendix G of the "International Residential Code."

(3) Section 2406.2, paragraph 9 of the International Building Code (glazing in walls and fences enclosing
indoor and outdoor swimming pools, hot tubs and spas).

(4) Section 3109.4 of the "International Building Code (residential swimming pool enclosures).

(b) A swimming pool that is not accessory to a one-or two-family dwelling must comply with this chapter, the
"American National Standards for Public Pools" issued by ANSI and APSP (ANSI/NSPI-1 2003) and the Public Bathing
Law (35 P. S. §§ 672-680d).

(c) A hot tub or spa that is not accessory to a one-or two-family dwelling must comply with this chapter and the
"American National Standard for Public Spas" issued by ANSI and APSP (ANSI/NSPI-2 1 999).

§ 403.27. Applicability and use of standards.

(a) Portions of this chapter designate and incorporate portions of the following ICC 2006 copyrighted works:

(1) The "International Building Code."

(2) The "International Residential Code."

(3) The "ICC Electrical Code."

(4) The "International Plumbing Code."

(5) The "International Mechanical Code."

(b) The "International Residential Code" and the "International Existing Building Code" apply to the construction,
alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, removal and demolition
of detached one-and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings no more than 3 stories in height with a
separate means of egress and their accessory structures.

(d) If different sections of this chapter specify different materials, method of construction or other requirements, the
most restrictive material, method of construction or other requirement shall govern. The specific requirement of this part
applies if there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement.

(e) This chapter governs if there is a conflict between this chapter and the provisions of the codes relating to
administration incorporated under § 403.21(a) (relating to Uniform Construction Code).

(f) A provision of the "International Mechanical Code" does not apply if the provision conflicts with the Boiler and
Unfired Pressure Vessel Law (35 P. S. §§ 1331.1-1331.9).

§403.28. Uncertified buildings.

(a) Under section 902(b)(6) of the act (35 P.S. § 721 0.902(b)(6)), an uncertified building that was built before April 27,
1927, is deemed to be legally occupied until the owner proposes to renovate, add an addition, alter or change the occupancy
of the building. The renovation, addition, alteration or change in occupancy must comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(b) Under section 902(b) of the act (35 P.S. § 7210.902(b)), uncertified buildings within the Department's jurisdiction
must meet the following requirements which do not apply to uncertified buildings under subsection (a):

(1) Maximum story height, minimum allowable construction type based on floor area, vertical opening and
shaft protection requirements, means of egress requirements pertaining to minimum number of exits, maximum
travel distances to exits, means of egress illumination, minimum egress widths and heights for exit doors, exit
stairs, exit ramps and exit corridors requirements under the "International Building Code".

(2) Fire safety requirements in tlie "International Building Code" for fire alarms, fire extinguishers, heat and smoke
detectors, automatic sprinkler systems and occupancy and incidental use separations. The following also applies:
(i) If construction began on a building before May 19, 1984, the installation of automatic sprinkler

systems is not required.

(ii) If construction began on a building after May 19, 1984, automatic sprinklers are only required if the

building is classified in use groups E (educational), H (high-hazard), I (institutional), or R-1 or R-2 (residential)
or if the building has occupied floors more than 75 feet above lowest level of fire department access. Buildings
in use groups R-1 and R-2 which do not have occupied floors more than 75 feet above lowest level of fire
department access may, instead of installing automatic sprinkler systems, install hard-wired interconnected
heat and smoke detectors in all rooms or spaces, whether they are occupied or unoccupied,
(iii) If construction of a building began after May 18, 1984, automatic sprinkler installation shall be
completed by December 22, 2010, or any certificate of occupancy issued shall be invalid.
(3) Accessibility requirements are applicable as follows:

(i) If construction of an uncertified building began before September 1 , 1965, accessibility

requirements will not be imposed by the Department.

(ii) If construction of a building began after August 31, 1965 and before February 18, 1989, and if the

building is a State-owned building, a restaurant or a retail commercial establishment, the building must
have at least one accessible main entrance, an accessible route from the accessible entrance to any
public spaces on the same level as the accessible entrance and, if toilet rooms are provided, the building
must have at least one toilet room for each sex or a unisex toilet room complying with the accessibility
requirements of the "International Building Code."

(iii) If construction of the building began after February 1 7, 1 989, all accessibility requirements of the
"International Building Code" shall be met.
(4) Structural requirements will not be imposed unless the Department determines that the building or a
portion of the building has defects that are defined as dangerous in section 202 of the "International Existing
Building Code." If the building is dangerous, the Department may impose only those requirements minimally
necessary to remove danger to the building's occupants.

(c) All of the following apply to uncertified buildings where the Department does not have jurisdiction and which are
not governed under subsection (a):

(1) A construction code official shall issue a certificate of occupancy to an uncertified building if it meets the
requirements of the latest version of the "International Existing Building Code" or Chapter 34 of the "International
Building Code." The construction code official shall utilize the code for the municipality which best applies, in the
official's professional judgment.

(2) A construction code official may deny the issuance of a certificate of occupancy if the official deems that a
building is unsafe because of inadequate means of egress, inadequate lighting and ventilation, fire hazards or
other dangers to human life or to public welfare.

(3) A municipality governed under this subsection may utilize the standards of subsection (b) for the issuance
of certificates of occupancy to uncertified buildings if the municipality adopts an ordinance.

PERMIT AND INSPECTION PROCESS FOR COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION

§ 403.41. Commercial construction.

This section and §§ 403.42-403.48 apply to the Department and municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform
Construction Code under § 403.102 (relating to municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform Construction Code).

§ 403.42. Permit requirements and exemptions.

(a) An owner or authorized agent who intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change the
occupancy of a commercial building, structure and facility or to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or
replace any electrical, gas, mechanical, or plumbing system regulated by the Uniform Construction Code shall first apply
to the building code official and obtain the required permit under § 403.42a (relating to permit application).

(b) Emergency repairs or replacement of equipment may be made without first applying for a permit if a permit
application is submitted to the building code official within 3 business days of the repair or replacement.

(c) A permit is not required for the exceptions listed in § 403.1(b) (relating to scope) and the following construction as
long as the work does not violate a law or ordinance:

(1) Building construction for the following:

(i) Fences that are not over 6 feet high,

(ii) Oil derricks.

(iii) Retaining walls, which are not over 4 feet in height measured from the lowest level of grade to the

top of the wall, unless it is supporting a surcharge or impounding Class I, II or lll-A liquids.

(iv) Water tanks supported directly upon grade if the capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons and the

ratio of height to diameter or width does not exceed 2 to 1 .

(v) Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches above grade and that are not located over a

basement or story below it and which are not part of an accessible route.

(vi) Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finishing work.

(vii) Temporary motion picture, television, and theater stage sets and scenery.

(viii) Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy which are less than 24

inches deep, do not exceed 5,000 gallons and are installed entirely aboveground.

(ix) Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or agricultural purposes that do not include service

systems.

(x) Swings and other playground equipment accessory to one-or two-family dwellings.

(xi) Window awnings supported by an exterior wall which do not project more than 54 inches from the

exterior wall and do not require additional support of group R-3 as applicable in the "International Building

Code," and Group U occupancies.

(xii) Movable cases, counters and partitions that are not over 5 feet 9 inches in height.

(xiii) Window replacement without structural change.

(2) Electrical work for the following:

(i) Minor repair and maintenance work that includes the replacement of lamps or the connection of

approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed receptacles.

(ii) Electrical equipment used for radio and television transmissions. The provisions of the Uniform

Construction Code apply to equipment and wiring for power supply and the installation of towers and

antennas.

(iii) The installation of a temporary system for the testing or servicing of electrical equipment or

apparatus.

(3) The following gas work:

(i) A portable heating appliance.

(ii) Replacement of a minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make the equipment

unsafe.

(4) The following mechanical work or equipment:
(i) A portable heating appliance.

(ii) Portable ventilation equipment.

(iii) A portable cooling unit.

(iv) Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating or cooling equipment governed under the

Uniform Construction Code.

(v) Replacement of any part that does not alter its approval or make it unsafe.

(vi) A portable evaporative cooler.

(vii) A self-contained refrigeration system containing 10 pounds or less of refrigerant and placed into

action by motors that are not more than 1 horsepower.

(5) The following plumbing repairs:

(i) Stopping leaks in a drain and a water, soil, waste or vent pipe. The Uniform Construction Code

applies if a concealed trap, drainpipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe becomes defective and is removed
and replaced with new material.

(ii) Clearing stoppages or repairing leaks in pipes, valves or fixtures, and the removal and installation

of water closets, faucets and lavatories if the valves or pipes are not replaced or rearranged.

(d) An ordinary repair does not require a permit. The following are not ordinary repairs:

(1 ) Cutting away a wall, partition or portion of a wall.

(2) The removal or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support.

(3) The removal or change of any required means of egress, or rearrangement of parts of a structure
affecting the egress requirements.

(4) The addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage,
drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical.

(e) A permit is not required for the installation, alteration or repair of generation, transmission, distribution, metering
or other related equipment that is, by established right, under the ownership and control of a public utility as the term
"public utility" is defined in 66 Pa.C.S. § 102 (relating to definitions).

(f) A building code official may issue an annual permit instead of an individual permit for each alteration to an already
approved electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing installation. All of the following are required:

(1) The applicant shall regularly employ at least one qualified trades person in the building or structure
owned or operated by the applicant.

(2) The applicant shall submit an application in accordance with § 403.42a(m).

(3) An annual permit holder shall keep detailed records of alterations made in accordance with the annual
permit. The permit holder shall provide access to these records to the building code official.

§ 403.42a. Permit application.

(a) Applications for a permit required under § 403.42 (relating to permit requirements and exemptions) shall be
submitted to the building code official in accordance with this section.

(b) A permit applicant shall submit an application to the building code official and attach construction documents,
including plans and specifications, and information concerning special inspection and structural observation programs.
Department of Transportation highway access permits and other data required by the building code official with the permit
application. The applicant shall submit three sets of documents when the Department conducts the review.

(c) A licensed architect or licensed professional engineer shall prepare the construction documents under the
Architects Licensure Law (63 P. S. §§ 34.1- 34.22), or the Engineer, Land Surveyor and Geologist Registration Law (63 P.
S. §§ 148-158.2). An unlicensed person may prepare design documents for the remodeling or alteration of a building if
there is no compensation and the remodeling or alteration does not relate to additions to the building or changes to the
building's structure or means of egress.

(d) A building code official may require submission of additional construction documents in special circumstances.

(e) The permit applicant shall submit construction documents in a format approved by the building code official.
Construction documents shall be clear, indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed, and show in detail
that the work will conform to the Uniform Construction Code.

(f) All of the following fire egress and occupancy requirements apply to construction documents:

(1 ) The permit applicant shall submit construction documents that show in sufficient detail the location, construction,
size and character of all portions of the means of egress in compliance with the Uniform Construction Code.

(2) The construction documents for occupancies other than Groups R-2 and R-3 shall contain designation of
the number of occupants to be accommodated on every floor and in all rooms and spaces.

(3) The permit applicant shall submit shop drawings for a fire protection system that indicates conformance
with the Uniform Construction Code in accordance with the following:

(i) The shop drawings shall be approved by the building code official before the start of the system installation,

(ii) The shop drawings must contain the information required by the referenced installation standards

contained in Chapter 9 of the "International Building Code."

(g) Construction documents shall contain the following information related to the exterior wall envelope:

(1) Description of the exterior wall envelope indicating compliance with the Uniform Construction Code.

(2) Flashing details.

(3) Details relating to intersections with dissimilar materials, corners, end details, control joints, intersections
at roof, eaves, or parapets, means of drainage, water-resistive membrane and details around openings.

(h) Construction documents shall contain a site plan that is drawn to scale. The building code official may waive or
modify the following site plan requirements if the permit application is for an alteration or repair or if waiver or modification
is warranted. Site plan requirements include all of the following:

(1) The size and location of new construction and existing structures on the site.

(2) Accurate boundary lines.

(3) Distances from lot lines.

(4) The established street grades and the proposed finished grades.

(5) If the construction involves demolition, the site plan shall indicate construction that is to be demolished
and the size and location of existing structures and construction that will remain on the site or plot.

(6) Location of parking spaces, accessible routes, public transportation stops and other required accessibility features.

(i) A permit applicant shall submit certifications required in the "International Building Code" for construction in a

flood hazard area to the building code official.

(j) A permit applicant shall identify, on the application, the name and address of the licensed architect or engineer in

responsible charge. The permit applicant shall notify the building code official in writing if another licensed architect or
engineer assumes responsible charge.

(k) The permit applicant sliall describe an inspection program, identify a person or firm wlio will perform special
inspections and structural observations if section 1704 or 1709 of the "International Building Code" requires special
inspections or structural observations for the construction.

(I) A building code official may waive or modify the submission of construction documents, that are not required to be

prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, or other data if the nature of the work applied for does not require review of
construction documents or other data to obtain compliance with the Uniform Construction Code. The building code official
may not waive the submission of site plans that relate to accessibility requirements.

(m) An applicant for an annual permit under § 403.42(f) shall complete an application and provide information
regarding the system that may be altered and the date that approval was previously provided for the approved electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing installation.

(n) A permit applicant shall comply with the permit, certification or licensure requirements of the following laws
applicable to the construction:

(1) The Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel Law (35 P. S. §§ 1331.1-1331.19).

(2) The Propane and Liquefied Petroleum Gas Act (35 P. S. §§ 1329.1-1329.19).

(3) The Health Care Facilities Act.

(4) TheOlderAdultDaily Living Centers Licensing Act (62 P. S. §§ 1511.1-1511.22).

§ 403.43. Grant, denial and effect of permits.

(a) A building code official shall grant or deny a permit application, in whole or in part, within 30 business days of the
filing date. Reasons for the denial shall be in writing and sent to the applicant. The building code official and the permit
applicant may agree in writing to extend the deadline by a specific number of days. A building code official may establish
a different deadline to consider applications for a permit in an historic district.

(b) A building code official shall examine the construction documents and shall determine whether the construction
indicated and described is in accordance with the Uniform Construction Code and other pertinent laws or ordinances as
part of the application process.

(c) A building code official shall stamp or place a notation on each page of the set of reviewed construction
documents that the documents were reviewed and approved for Uniform Construction Code compliance before the permit
is issued. The building code official shall clearly mark any required nondesign changes on the construction documents.
The building code official shall return a set of the construction documents with this notation and any required changes to
the applicant. The permit holder shall keep a copy of the construction documents at the work site open to inspection by
the construction code official or an authorized representative.

(d) A building code official may not issue a permit for any property requiring access to a highway under the Department
of Transportation's jurisdiction unless the permit contains notice that a highway occupancy permit is required under section
420 of the State Highway Law (36 P. S. § 670-420) before driveway access to a Commonwealth highway is permitted.

(e) A building code official may issue a permit for the construction of the foundations or other parts of a building or structure
before the construction documents for the whole building or structure are submitted if the permit applicant previously filed
adequate information and detailed statements for the building or structure under the Uniform Construction Code. Approval
under this section is not assurance that the building code official will issue a permit for the entire building or structure.

(f) Issuance of a permit does not bar prosecution or other legal action for violations of the act, the Uniform
Construction Code or a construction ordinance. A building code official may suspend or revoke a permit issued under the
Uniform Construction Code when the permit holder does not make the required changes directed by the building code
official under subsection (c), when the permit is issued in error, on the basis of inaccurate or incomplete information or in
violation of any act, regulation, ordinance or the Uniform Construction Code.

(g) A permit becomes invalid unless the authorized construction work begins within 180 days after the permit's
issuance or if the authorized construction work permit is suspended or abandoned for 180 days after the work has
commenced. A permit holder may submit a written request for an extension of time to commence construction for just
cause. The building code official may grant extensions of time to commence construction in writing. A permit may be valid
for no more than 5 years from its issue date.

(h) The permit holder shall keep a copy of the permit on the work site until the completion of the construction.

(i) A permit applicant may request extensions of time or variances or appeal a building code official's action on the

permit application to a board of appeals under § 403.122 (relating to appeals, variances and extensions of time).

(j) A board of appeals may not rule on requests for extensions of time, variances or appeals relating to this chapter's

accessibility requirements. The Secretary has the exclusive power to grant modifications and extensions of time and
decide issues of technical infeasibility under § 403.142 (relating to Accessibility Advisory Board)

(k) A building code official may allow deferred submittals of portions of the design of the building and structure from the
time of the application until a specified time set by the building code official. All of the following apply to deferred submitals:

(1) The building code official shall provide prior approval of the deferral of any submittal items.

(2) A licensed architect or professional engineer in responsible charge shall list the deferred submittals on
the construction documents for review by the building code official.

(3) A licensed architect or professional engineer shall first review submittal documents for deferred submittal
items and place a notation on the documents that the architect or engineer reviewed the documents and that the
documents are in general conformance with the design of the building or structure.

(4) Deferred submittal items may not be installed until the building code official approves the design and
submittal documents for the deferred submittal items.

(I) Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents. The permit holder shall submit a

revised set of construction documents for approval for changes made during construction that are not in accordance with
the approved construction documents.

(m) A permit is not valid until the required fees are collected under §§ 401 .2 and 401 .2a (relating to Department fees;
and municipal and third-party agency fees).

§ 403.44. Alternative construction materials and methods.

(a) Materials, products and methods of construction that were evaluated as meeting codes enumerated in § 403.21
(relating to Uniform Construction Code) by the ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. or an evaluation service accredited under the
"General Requirements for Bodies Operating Product Certification Systems" issued by the ISO (ISO Guide 65) are
approved for use. The use shall conform with the evaluation.

(b) Materials, equipment and devices bearing the label or listed by a testing laboratory or quality assurance agency
accredited by the International Accreditation Service, Inc. or another agency accredited under the "Calibration and Testing
Laboratory Accreditation Systems-General Requirements for Operation and Recognition" issued by ISO (ISO Guide 58)
are approved for use if:

(1) The testing laboratory or quality assurance agency deemed the material as meeting Uniform Construction
Code-required standards.

(2) The scope of accreditation is applicable to Uniform Construction Code-required standards.

(c) A new building or remodeling, alteration, addition or change of use and occupancy of an existing building which
complies with the International Performance Code shall also be in compliance with the Uniform Construction Code.

§ 403.45. Inspections.

(a) A construction code official shall perform inspections to insure that the construction complies with the approved
permit and the Uniform Construction Code.

(b) Before issuing a permit, a building code official may examine, or cause to be examined, buildings, structures,
facilities or sites related to the permit application.

(c) The permit holder or an authorized agent shall notify the construction code official when work is ready for
inspection and provide access for the inspection. The work shall remain accessible and exposed for inspection. A
construction code official may inspect the construction and equipment only during normal hours at the construction site
unless the permit holder or agent requests or agrees to another time. Inspections may be conducted under § 403.86
(relating to right of entry to inspect).

(d) A construction code official shall notify a permit holder if construction complies with the Uniform Construction
Code or fails to comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(e) A construction code official sliall conduct a final inspection of the completed construction work and file a final
inspection report, which indicates that all of the following areas met Uniform Construction Code requirements after a final
inspection of the completed construction work:

(1) General building under § 401 .7(6) (relating to certification category specification for building inspector).

(2) Electrical under § 401 .7(7).

(3) Plumbing under §401. 7(9).

(4) Accessibility under § 401 .7(1 1 ).

(5) Fire protection under § 401 .7(6).

(6) Mechanical under § 401 .7(8).

(7) Energy conservation under § 401 .7(1 0).

(f) A code administrator may act in place of a lumber grading or inspection agency to satisfy the requirements under
section 2303.1 .1 of the "International Building Code" or its successor code.

§ 403.46. Certificate of occupancy.

(a) A building, structure or facility may not be used or occupied without a certificate of occupancy issued by a building
code official.

(b) A building code official shall issue a certificate of occupancy within 5 business days after receipt of a final
inspection report that indicates compliance with the Uniform Construction Code. The certificate of occupancy shall contain
the following information:

(1) The permit number and address of the building, structure or facility.

(2) The permit holder's name and address.

(3) A description of the portion of the building, structure or facility covered by the occupancy permit.

(4) The name of the building code official who issued the occupancy permit.

(5) The applicable construction code edition applicable to the occupancy permit.

(6) The use and occupancy classification under Chapter 3 (Use and Occupancy Classification) of the
"International Building Code," when designated.

(7) The type of construction defined in Chapter 6 (Types of Construction) of the "International Building
Code," when designated.

(8) Special stipulations and conditions relating to the permit and board of appeals' decisions and variances
for accessibility requirements granted by the Secretary.

(9) The date of the final inspection.

(c) A building code official may issue a certificate of occupancy for a portion of a building, structure or facility if the
portion independently meets the Uniform Construction Code.

(d) A building code official may suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy when the certificate was issued in error,
on the basis of incorrect information supplied by the permit applicant or in violation of the Uniform Construction Code.
Before a certificate of occupancy is revoked, a building owner may request a hearing before the board of appeals under §
403.122 (relating to appeals, variances and extensions of time).

(e) A building code official may issue a temporary certificate of occupancy for a portion or portions of the building or
structure before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit if the portion or portions may be occupied safely.
The building code official shall set a time period during which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid.

§ 403.47. Public utility connections.

(a) A building code official may authorize the temporary connection of a building or system under construction to a
utility source of energy, fuel or power.

(b) Connection to a public electric or gas utility for the completed construction may not occur unless the permit holder
provides written proof to the utility company that the building or structure passed inspections under this chapter.

§ 403.48. Boilers.

(a) The Boiler and Unfired Pressure Law (35 P. S. §§ 1331.1-1331.19) and Chapter 3 (relating to boilers and unfired
pressure vessels) govern the new installation, repair or replacement of a boiler or other pressure vessel.

(b) A permit under this chapter is not required for the installation, repair or replacement of a boiler or unfired pressure
vessel under subsection (a). The building or structure containing the boiler or unfired pressure vessel shall comply with
the Uniform Construction Code or the regulation or ordinance in effect at the time of its legal occupancy.

PERMIT AND INSPECTION PROCESS FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

§ 403.61. Residential buildings.

This subchapter and §§ 403.62-403.66 apply to municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform Construction Code under §
403.102 (relating to municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform Construction Code) and third-party agencies.

§ 403.62. Permit requirements and exemptions.

(a) An owner or authorized agent who intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change the
occupancy of a residential building or erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace an electrical, gas,
mechanical or plumbing system regulated by the Uniform Construction Code shall first apply to the building code official
and obtain the required permit under § 403.62a (relating to permit application).

(b) An emergency repair or replacement of equipment may be made without first applying for a permit if a permit
application is submitted to the building code official within 3 business days of the repair or replacement.

(c) A permit is not required for the exceptions listed in § 403. 1 (b) (relating to scope) and the following, if the work
does not violate a law or ordinance:

(1) Fences that are no more than 6 feet high.

(2) Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet in height measured from the lowest level of grade to the top of the
wall unless the wall supports a surcharge.

(3) Water tanks supported directly upon grade if the capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons and the ratio of
height to diameter or width does not exceed 2 to 1 .

(4) Sidewalks and driveways that are 30 inches or less above adjacent grade and not placed over a
basement or story below it.

(5) Prefabricated swimming pools that are less than 24 inches deep.

(6) Swings and other playground equipment accessory to a one-or two-family dwelling.

(7) Window awnings supported by an exterior wall which do not project more than 54 inches from the exterior
wall and do not require additional support.

(8) Installation of an uncovered deck where the floor of the deck is no more than 30 inches above grade.

(9) Installation or rearrangement of communications wiring.

(d) An ordinary repair does not require a permit. The following are not ordinary repairs:

(1) Cutting away of a load-bearing wall, partition or portion of a wall.

(2) The removal or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support.

(3) The removal or change of any required means of egress, or rearrangement of parts of a structure
affecting the egress requirements.

(4) The addition to, or relocation of any standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil,
waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical.

§ 403.62a. Permit application.

(a) Applications for a permit required under § 403.62 (relating to permit requirements and exemptions) shall be
submitted to the building code official in accordance with this section.

(b) A permit applicant shall submit an application to the building code official and attach construction documents with
plans and specifications.

(c) A building code official may waive the submission of construction documents if the nature of the construction does
not require the review of the construction documents to determine compliance with the Uniform Construction Code.

(d) A permit applicant for a building or structure located in a flood hazard area under the National Flood Insurance
Program shall submit the following information with the construction documents:

(1) Delineation of flood hazard areas, floodway boundaries and flood zones and the design flood elevation,
as appropriate.

(2) The elevation of the proposed lowest floor including basement and the height of the proposed lowest floor
including basement above the highest adjacent grade is to be included in the documents if the building or
structure is located in areas of shallow flooding (Zone AO).

(3) Design flood elevations contained on the municipality's Flood Insurance Rate Map produced by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency. The building code official and the applicant shall obtain and reasonably
utilize design flood elevation and floodway data available from other sources if this information is not contained on
the municipality's Flood Insurance Rate Map.

(e) The application must contain a site plan showing the size and location of the new construction and existing
structures on the site and the structures' distance from lot lines. If the construction involves demolition, the site plan must
indicate construction that is to be demolished and the size and location of existing structures and construction that will
remain on the site or plot. A building code official may waive or modify the site plan requirement when the permit
application is for an alteration or a repair or if the waiver is warranted for other reasons.

§ 403.63. Grant, denial and effect of permits.

(a) A building code official shall grant or deny a permit application, in whole or in part, within 1 5 business days of the
filing date or the application is deemed approved. Reasons for the denial must be in writing and sent to the permit appli-
cant. The building code official and the applicant may agree in writing to extend the deadline by a specific number of days.

(c) A building code official shall stamp or place a notation on each page of the set of reviewed construction
documents that the documents were reviewed and approved for Uniform Construction Code compliance before the permit
is issued. The building code official shall clearly mark any required nondesign changes on the construction documents.
The building code official shall return a set of the construction documents with this notation and any required changes to
the applicant. The applicant shall keep a copy of the construction documents at the work site open to inspection by the
construction code official or an authorized representative.

(f) Issuance of a permit does not bar prosecution or other legal action for violations of the act, the Uniform
Construction Code or a construction ordinance. A building code official may suspend or revoke a permit issued under the
Uniform Construction Code when the owner does not make the required changes directed by the building code official
under subsection (c), when the permit is issued in error, on the basis of inaccurate or incomplete information or in violation
of any act, regulation, ordinance or the Uniform Construction Code.

(h) The permit holder shall keep a copy of the permit on the work site until the completion of the construction.

(i) A permit applicant may request extensions of time or variances or appeal a building code official's action on the

permit application to a board of appeals under § 403.122 (relating to appeals, variances and extensions of time) in a
municipality which has adopted an ordinance for the administration and enforcement of the act or municipalities which are
parties to an agreement for the joint administration and enforcement of the act.

(j) Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents. The permit holder shall submit a

revised set of construction documents for approval for changes made during construction that are not in accordance with
the approved construction documents.

(k) A permit is not valid until the required fees are collected under § 401 .2a (relating to municipal and third-party agency fees).

§ 403.64. Inspections.

(a) A construction code official sliall inspect all construction for which a permit was issued. The permit holder shall
insure that the construction is accessible for inspection. An inspection does not bar prosecution or other legal action for
violation of the Uniform Construction Code.

(b) The permit holder or an authorized agent shall notify the construction code official when work is ready for
inspection and provide access for the inspection.

(c) The construction code official shall notify a permit holder if construction complies with the Uniform Construction
Code or fails to comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(d) A construction code official shall make the following inspections and file inspection reports relating to Uniform
Construction Code compliance in all of the following areas:

(1) Foundation inspection.

(2) Plumbing, mechanical and electrical system inspection.

(3) Frame and masonry inspection.

(4) Wallboard inspection.

(e) The construction code official may conduct other inspections to ascertain compliance with the Uniform
Construction Code or municipal ordinances.

(f) A construction code official shall conduct a final inspection of the completed construction work and file a final
inspection report that indicates compliance with the Uniform Construction Code.

(g) A third-party agency under contract with a permit holder shall submit a copy of the final inspection report to the
property owner, builder and the lender designated by the builder.

§ 403.65. Certificate of occupancy.

(a) A residential building may not be used or occupied without a certificate of occupancy issued by a building code official.

(b) A building code official shall issue a certificate of occupancy after receipt of a final inspection report that indicates
compliance with the Uniform Construction Code within 5 business days. The certificate of occupancy shall contain all of
the following information:

(1) The permit number and address of the residential building.

(2) The name and address of the owner of the residential building.

(3) A description of the portion of the residential building covered by the occupancy permit.

(4) A statement that the described portion of the residential building was inspected for compliance with the
Uniform Construction Code.

(5) The name of the building code official who issued the occupancy permit.

(6) The construction code edition applicable to the occupancy permit.

(7) If an automatic sprinkler system is provided.

(8) Any special stipulations and conditions relating to the building permit.

(c) A building code official may issue a certificate of occupancy for a portion of a residential building if the portion
independently meets the Uniform Construction Code.

(d) A building code official may suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy when the certificate was issued in error,
on the basis of incorrect information supplied by the permit applicant, or in violation of the Uniform Construction Code.
Before a certificate of occupancy is revoked, a building owner may request a hearing before the board of appeals in
accordance with § 403.122 (relating to appeals, variances and extensions of time).

(e) A third-party agency under contract with a building permit holder shall submit a copy of the certificate of
occupancy to the municipality.

(f) A building code official may issue a temporary certificate of occupancy for a portion or portions of the building or
structure before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit if the portion or portions may be occupied safely.
The building code official shall set a time period during which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid.

§ 403.66. Public utility connections.

(a) A building code official may authorize the temporary connection of a building or system under construction to a
utility source of energy, fuel or power.

DEPARTMENT, MUNICIPAL AND THIRD-PARTY ENFORCEMENT FOR NONCOMPLIANCE

§ 403.81 . Stop work order.

(a) A building code official may issue a written stop work order when the official determines that construction violates
the Uniform Construction Code or is being performed in a dangerous or unsafe manner. The stop work order is to contain
the reasons for the order and list the required conditions for construction to resume.

(b) The building code official shall serve the stop work order on the permit owner or the owner's agent by certified
mail or personal service.

(c) A person who continues construction after service of a stop work order, except for construction work that is
necessary to remove a violation or an unsafe condition, may be subject to the penalties under section 903 of the act (35
P. S. § 7210.903). A building code official may seek enforcement of a stop work order in a court of competent jurisdiction.

§ 403.82. Notice of violations.

A building code official shall follow the following procedures if an inspection reveals a violation of the Uniform Construction
Code:

(1) A construction code official shall discuss the inspection results with the permit holder at the completion of
the inspection.

(2) The building code official may issue a written notice of violations to the permit holder. The notice is to
contain a description of the violations and an order requiring correction of the violations within a reasonable period
determined by the building code official. When a violation relates to an unsafe building, structure or equipment, a
building code official shall act in accordance with § 403.84 (relating to unsafe building, structure or equipment).

(3) After the compliance date contained in the order, the building code official shall inspect the building,
structure or equipment to determine whether the violation was corrected. The building code official shall close the
order if the violation was corrected. The building code official may issue an order to show cause under § 403.83
(relating to order to show cause/order to vacate) to the owner for a violation that was not corrected.

§ 403.83. Order to show cause/order to vacate.

(a) A building code official may initiate action to vacate or close a building, structure or equipment for violations of the
Uniform Construction Code by issuing an order to show cause to the owner or owner's agent of a building or structure.

(b) The order to show cause shall contain a statement of the grounds for the action, the alleged violations of the Uniform
Construction Code and notification that the building, structure or equipment may be closed or vacated. The order to show
cause shall contain notification that the owner or owner's agent shall submit a written answer within 30 days. The building
code official shall serve the order to show cause upon the owner or owner's agent by certified mail or personal service.

(c) The owner or owner's agent may file a written answer to the order to show cause with the building code official
within 30 days following service of the order to show cause. The answer shall contain specific admissions or denials of the
allegations contained in the order to show cause and set forth the specific facts, matters of law or Uniform Construction
Code interpretation relied upon by the owner. The answer may contain a request for a variance or an extension of time for
compliance. The building code official shall forward all requests for variances, extensions of time or appeals regarding
interpretations of the Uniform Construction Code to the board of appeals within 5 business days. The building code official
shall send a request for variance, extension of time or appeals regarding interpretation of the Uniform Construction Code's
accessibility requirements to the Department within 5 business days.

(d) If the owner or owner's agent files an appeal, the board of appeals or Department will assume jurisdiction and
consolidate the answer with any pending request for variance, extension of time or appeal filed by the owner with the
board of appeals.

(e) The building code official shall consider the pending request for variance or extension of time or appeal as a stay
to an enforcement action.

(f) After receipt of the answer, the building code official may take the following actions if the owner or owner's agent
did not previously file an appeal or request for variance or extension of time:

(1 ) Issue a stop work order.

(2) Vacate or close the building or structure or place equipment out of operation.

(3) Abate or modify the alleged violation.

(4) Order other action to protect persons or property.

(g) A construction code official shall inspect the construction at the expiration of an extension of time or other time
period granted for compliance under this section. If the building, structure or equipment violates the Uniform Construction
Code following inspection, the building code official may issue an order vacating or closing the building or structure or
placing equipment out of operation. The building code official shall serve this order upon the owner or owner's agent by
certified mail or personal service.

(h) Where an unsafe condition exists, a building code official shall act in accordance with § 403.84 (relating to unsafe
building, structure or equipment).

§ 403.84. Unsafe building, structure or equipment.

(a) A building code official may determine that a building, structure or equipment is unsafe because of inadequate means
of egress, inadequate light and ventilation, fire hazard, other dangers to human life or the public welfare, illegal or improper
occupancy or inadequate maintenance. A vacant building or structure that is not secured against entry is unsafe under this section.

(b) When a building code official determines the existence of an unsafe condition, the building code official shall order
the vacating of the building or structure.

(c) A building code official shall serve a written notice on the owner or owner's agent of the building, structure or
equipment that is unsafe under this section. The notice shall contain the order to vacate the building, structure or seal the
equipment out of service and state the unsafe conditions, required repairs or improvements. The order shall be served by
certified mail or personal service to the owner or to the owner's agent's last known address or on the owner, agent or
person in control of the building, structure or equipment. A building code official shall post the written notice at the
entrance of the structure or on the equipment if service cannot be accomplished by certified mail or personal service.

(d) When a building or structure is ordered vacated under this section, the building code official shall post a notice at
each entrance stating that the structure is unsafe and its occupancy is prohibited.

(e) A building code official may not rescind the order to vacate until the owner abates or corrects the unsafe condition.

(f) The Department may seal an elevator for an unsafe condition under section 1 05(c)(1 ) of the act (35 P. S. §

721 0.1 05(c)(1 )). The Department is the only entity that may remove or authorize the removal of a seal if an owner abates
or corrects the unsafe condition.

§ 403.85. Release, retention and sharing of commercial construction records.

(a) A building code official shall keep records of all applications received, permits issued, reviewed building plans and
specifications, certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, notices and orders issued for all commercial
buildings and structures under the Uniform Construction Code. A building code official shall retain these records as long
as the related building, structure or equipment remains in existence.

(b) A building code official shall reproduce records kept in an electronic format to a hard-copy format upon request. A
building code official may charge for the reproduction costs.

(c) A municipality that discontinues enforcing the Uniform Construction Code shall keep records of previous Uniform
Construction Code enforcement. A municipality shall make these records available to the Department.

(d) The Department will make its records available to a municipality that elects to enforce the Uniform Construction
Code under section 501 of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.501).

(e) The Department, a municipality and a third-party agency acting on behalf of a municipality may prohibit release of
applications received, building plans and specifications, inspection reports and similar documents to the public under the
act of June 21 , 1957 (P. L. 390, No. 212) known as the Right-to-Know Law (65 P. S. §§ 66.1-66.9). The Department, the
municipality or the third-party agency may release these documents to the building owner of record, the permit holder, the
design professional of record or a third party authorized by the building owner in writing to receive the documents upon
presentation of valid identification.

(f) The Department, a municipality and a tJiird-party agency acting on beliaif of a municipality may release any document
obtained under this chapter to the following:

(1) The Department.

(2) The Department of General Services.

(3) Law enforcement or emergency response entities.

(4) Federal, State or local health entities.

§ 403.86. Right of entry to inspect.

(a) A construction code official may enter a building, structure or premises during normal business hours or at a time
agreed to by the owner or owner's agent to perform inspections under the Uniform Construction Code, to enforce Uniform
Construction Code provisions or if there is reasonable cause to believe a condition on the building, structure or premises
violates the Uniform Construction Code or which constitutes an unsafe condition.

(b) A construction code official may enter a building, structure or premises when the official presents credentials to
the occupant and receives permission to enter.

(c) A construction code official may not enter a building, structure or premises that is unoccupied or after normal
business hours without obtaining permission to enter from the owner or the owner's agent.

(d) A construction code official may seek the assistance of a law enforcement agency to gain entry to enforce the
Uniform Construction Code when the construction code official has reasonable cause to believe that the building,
structure or premises is unsafe.

(e) This section shall be used in conjunction with the Fire and Panic Act.

MUNICIPAL ELECTION
§403.101. Effective date.

(a) The Fire and Panic Act, the act of September 1 , 1965 (P. L. No. 235) (71 P. S. §§ 1455. 1-1 455.3b), known as the
Universal Accessibility Act and a locally-enacted building code shall remain in effect until the date that one of the following
has transpired:

(1) A municipality enacts an ordinance adopting the Uniform Construction Code and the municipality provides
written notification to the Department of the adopted ordinance before August 7, 2004.

(2) The initial election and notification period ended on August 7, 2004, and the municipality has not provided
written notification to the Department.

(3) The municipality elects not to adopt an ordinance enforcing the Uniform Construction Code and provides
written notification to the Department.

(b) After the expiration of the initial election period, a municipality may elect to administer and enforce the Uniform
Construction Code. The municipality shall provide 180 days notice to the Department of its intention to pass an ordinance
adopting the Uniform Construction Code.

(c) The Fire and Panic Act, the Universal Accessibility Act and a locally-enacted building code shall remain in effect
for the following construction:

(1 ) New buildings or renovations to existing buildings for which an application for a building permit was made
to the municipality before April 9, 2004.

(2) New buildings or renovations to existing buildings on which a contract for design or construction was
signed before April 9, 2004.

§ 403.102. Municipalities electing to enforce the Uniform Construction Code.

(a) A municipality which elects to enforce the Uniform Construction Code shall enact an ordinance adopting the
Uniform Construction Code as its municipal building code under section 501(a) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.501(a)).

(b) The initial election period is from April 9, 2004, through July 8, 2004. A municipality shall enact an ordinance
adopting the Uniform Construction Code by July 8, 2004.

(c) A municipality shall submit written notification to the Department of adoption of the ordinance and the following
information within 30 days of its adoption:

(1 ) The number and date of adoption of the ordinance.

(2) The name of building code official.

(3) The business address of building code official.

(4) The business phone number of building code official.

(5) The electronic mail address of building code official, if available.

(d) A municipality may retain ordinances in effect on July 1 , 1999, that contain standards that equal or exceed the
Uniform Construction Code under section 303(b) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.303(b)).

(e) A municipality that administers and enforces the Uniform Construction Code may cease administration and
enforcement if it provides 180 days notice to the Department of its intention to adopt an ordinance ceasing administration
and enforcement.

(f) A municipality shall notify the Department in writing within 30 days of any changes to the information it provided
under subsections (b) and (e).

(g) A municipality that elects to administer and enforce the Uniform Construction Code shall utilize any of the
following ways under section 501 (b) of the act:

(1) Employ at least one construction code official and designating an employee to serve as a building code
official.

(2) Retaining one or more third-party agencies.

(3) Utilizing an intermunicipal agreement under 53 Pa.C.S. §§ 2301-2315 (relating to intergovernmental
cooperation).

(4) Contracting with another municipality.

(5) Contracting with the Department for plan reviews, inspection and enforcement of structures other than
one-family and two-family dwelling units and utility and miscellaneous use structures.

(h) A municipality may charge fees under § 401 .2a (relating to municipal and third-party agency fees).

(i) A municipality may enact an ordinance containing standards that equal or exceed the Uniform Construction Code

as adopted by § 403.21 (relating to the Uniform Construction Code) under section 503 of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.503)
after Department review and approval. A municipality may enact ordinances under this section which adopt additional
code requirements for alterations or repairs to residential buildings. A municipality may enact ordinances under this
section which adopt stricter code requirements than required by the act for the regulation of utility and miscellaneous use
structures. The municipality shall notify the Department of the proposed ordinance and submit all of the following to the
Department for its review:

(1) The complete ordinance.

(2) The information required in subsection (c).

(3) A detailed statement containing the differences between the proposed ordinance and the Uniform
Construction Code and how the ordinance will equal or exceed the Uniform Construction Code.

(j) The Department will review all proposed ordinances that are filed with the Department in accordance with section

503(f) and (i) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.503(f) and (i)). The Department will provide written notification of its findings to
the municipality including the Department's finding on the municipality's compliance with section 503(b) of the act.

(k) A written challenge of an ordinance is governed by the following:

(1) An aggrieved party may file a written challenge of an ordinance within 30 days of its enactment with the
Department and the municipality under section 503(j) of the act.

(2) The Secretary will issue a ruling on the challenge within 45 days of receipt of the filing of the last
challenge to the ordinance or within 30 days of the Department hearing on the challenge, whichever occurs last,
under section 503(k) of the act.

(I) A municipality may enact an ordinance relating to the administration and enforcement of the Uniform Construction

Code that meets or exceeds the requirements of the following sections:

(1) Section 403.42(b) and (c) (relating to permit requirements and exemptions).

(2) Section 403.42a(a)-(e) and (g)-(n) (relating to permit application).

(3) Section 403.43(b), (c), (g), (h) and (k) (relating to grant, denial and effect of permits).

(4) Section 403.44 (relating to alternative construction material and methods).

(5) Section 403.45 (relating to inspections).

(6) Section 403.46 (relating to certificate of occupancy).

(7) Section 403.47 (relating to public utility connections).

(8) Section 403.62(a)-(e) (relating to permit requirements and exemptions).

(9) Section 403.64 (relating to inspections).

(10) Section 403.65 (relating to certificates of occupancy).

(1 1 ) Section 403.66 (relating to public utility connections).

(12) Section 403.81(a) and (b) (relating to stop work order).

(13) Section 403.82 (relating to notice of violations).

(14) Section 403.83 (relating to order to show cause/ order to vacate).

(15) Section 403.84(a)-(e) (relating to unsafe building structure or equipment).

(16) Section 403.85(a)-(c) (relating to release, retention and sharing of commercial construction records).

(m) A municipality may utilize forms provided by the Department of Community and Economic Development as the
permit application under §§ 403.42a and 403.62a.

(n) The Department will enforce Chapter 1 1 (Accessibility) of the Uniform Construction Code and other accessibility
requirements contained in or referenced by the Uniform Construction Code until a municipality employs or contracts with a
code administrator certified as an accessibility inspector/plans examiner under this part.

(o) A municipality may observe Department inspections of State-owned buildings in its jurisdiction under section
105(b)(1) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.105(b)(1)). A municipality may review all building plans and plan review documents
for State-owned buildings in the Department's custody.

§ 403.103. Municipalities electing not to enforce the Uniform Construction Code.

(a) A municipality shall provide written notification to the Department before August 7, 2004, if it elects not to
administer and enforce the Uniform Construction Code.

(b) An applicant for a residential building permit shall obtain the services of a third-party agency certified in the
appropriate categories to conduct the plan review and inspections under §§ 403.61-403.66 (relating to permit and inspec-
tion process for residential buildings).

(c) A building code official shall approve an alternative material, design or method of construction if the proposed design
is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the Uniform Construction Code and the offered material, method or work is
equivalent to Uniform Construction Code requirements for its intended purpose. The building code official shall accept
compliance with the International Performance Code as an alternative to compliance with the Uniform Construction Code.

(d) A building code official shall determine the climatic and geographic design criteria contained in Table R301 .2(1) of
the "International Residential Code" for residential construction.

(e) A third-party agency which conducts plan review and inspection of residential buildings and utility and miscellaneous
use structures shall retain copies of all final inspection reports relating to Uniform Construction Code compliance.

(f) A third-party agency shall send a copy of the final inspection report to the property owner, builder, and a lender
designated by the builder.

(g) A municipality shall provide written notification to a permit applicant for buildings and structures other than
residential buildings that the applicant shall obtain the Department's services for plan review and inspection. The
municipality shall send a copy of the notice to the Department. The notice shall contain the following information:

(1 ) The name of the applicant.

(2) The address of the applicant.

(3) The name of the building or structure.

(4) The address of the building or structure.

(5) Proposed occupancy or use of building or structure under the Uniform Construction Code.

§ 403.104. Department review.

(a) The Department will investigate written and signed complaints concerning the enforcement and administration of
the Uniform Construction Code under section 105(a) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.105(a)). The Department will make a
report to the governing body of the municipality or third-party agency that was the subject of the review and provide
recommendations to address any deficiencies found by the Department.

(b) The Department will review each municipal enforcement program at least once every 5 years unless a complaint
is received under section 105(a) of the act to ensure that code administrators are adequately administering and enforcing
the provisions of Chapter 1 1 (Accessibility) of the Uniform Construction Code and any other accessibility requirements

contained in or referenced by tlie Uniform Construction Code. Tlie Department will submit a written report to the munici-
pality of its findings. The municipality may submit a written response to the Department.

(1 ) Initiate proceedings in Commonwealth Court under section 1 05(a)(3) of the act.

(2) Initiate proceedings against code administrators under section 701 of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.701) and §
401 .14 (relating to decertification or refusal to certify).

(3) Initiate prosecutions under section 903 of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.903).

BOARD OF APPEALS
§ 403.1 21 . Board of appeals.

(a) A municipality which has adopted an ordinance for the administration and enforcement of the Uniform
Construction Code or is a party to an agreement for the joint administration and enforcement of the Uniform Construction
Code shall establish and appoint members to serve on a board of appeals under section 501 (c) of the act (35 P. S. §
7210.501(c)).

(b) The board of appeals shall hear and rule on appeals, requests for variances and requests for extensions of time.
An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of the act or Uniform Construction Code has been
incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of the act or Uniform Construction Code do not fully apply or an equivalent form of
construction is to be used.

(1 ) A member of the board of appeals shall be qualified by training and experience to pass on matters
pertaining to building construction. Training and experience may consist of licensure as an architect or engineer,
experience in the construction industry, and training or experience as an inspector or plan reviewer.

(2) A member of the board of appeals holds office at the pleasure of the municipality's governing body.

(3) Members of a municipality's governing body and its code administrators may not serve on a board of appeals.

(4) A municipality may fill a position on the board of appeals with a qualified person who resides outside of
the municipality when it cannot find a person within the municipality who satisfies the requirements of this section.

(d) Two or more municipalities may establish a joint board of appeals through an intermunicipal agreement under 53
Pa.C.S. §§ 2301-2315 (relating to intergovernmental cooperation).

(e) A board of appeals member may not cast a vote or participate in a hearing in any appeal, request for variance or
request for extension of time in which the member has a personal, professional or financial interest.

(f) A board of appeals shall schedule meetings and provide public notice of meetings in accordance with 65 Pa.C.S.
§§ 701-716 (relating to Sunshine Act).

(g) A board of appeals may not act upon appeals, requests for variance or requests for extension of time relating to
accessibility under the act.

§ 403.122. Appeals, variances and extensions of time.

(a) An owner or owner's agent may seek a variance or extension of time or appeal a building code official's decision
by filing a petition with the building code official or other person designated by the board of appeals on a form provided by
the municipality.

(b) The postmark date or the date of personal service will establish the filing date of the appeal and request for
variance or extension of time.

(c) An appeal or request for variance or extension of time to a board of appeals will automatically suspend an action
to enforce an order to correct until the matter is resolved. An action under § 403.84 (relating to unsafe building, structure
or equipment) may not be stayed.

(d) A board of appeals shall decide an appeal, variance request or request for extension of time by reviewing
documents and written brief or argument unless the owner or owner's agent requests a hearing.

(e) A board of appeals shall hold a hearing within 60 days from the date of an applicant's request unless the applicant
agreed in writing to an extension of time.

(f) A board of appeals shall only consider the following factors when deciding an appeal under section 501 (c)(2) of the act:

(1) The true intent of the act or Uniform Construction Code was incorrectly interpreted.

(2) The provisions of the act do not apply.

(3) An equivalent form of construction is to be used.

(g) A board of appeals may consider the following factors when ruling upon a request for extension of time or the
request for variance:

(1) The reasonableness of the Uniform Construction Code's application in a particular case.

(2) The extent to which the granting of a variance or an extension of time will pose a violation of the Uniform
Construction Code or an unsafe condition.

(3) The availability of professional or technical personnel needed to come into compliance.

(4) The availability of materials and equipment needed to come into compliance.

(5) The efforts being made to come into compliance as quickly as possible.

(6) Compensatory features that will provide an equivalent degree of protection to the Uniform Construction Code.

(h) If the owner or owner's agent requests a hearing, the board of appeals shall schedule a hearing and notify the
owner or owner's agent and building code official of the date, time and place of the hearing.

(i) The board of appeals may:

(1) Deny the request in whole or in part.

(2) Grant the request in whole or in part.

(3) Grant the request upon certain conditions being satisfied.

(j) The board of appeals shall provide a written notice of its decision to the owner and to the building code official.

(k) An owner shall file an appeal, request for variances and request for extension of time relating to accessibility with
the Accessibility Advisory Board under § 403.142 (relating to Accessibility Advisory Board).

DEPARTMENT ENFORCEMENT

§403.141. Enforcement by the Department.

(a) The Department will conduct plan and specification review and inspections for all State-owned buildings under
section 105(b) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.105(b)). The Department will notify municipalities of all inspections of State-
owned buildings and provide municipalities the opportunity to observe inspection of the buildings.

(b) The Department will retain jurisdiction over the provisions of Chapter 1 1 (Accessibility), and any other accessibility
requirements contained in or referenced by the Uniform Construction Code, until a municipality administering and enforcing
the Uniform Construction Code obtains the services of a code administrator certified as an accessibility specialist.

(c) The Department will enforce the Uniform Construction Code for all buildings and structures except for residential
buildings and utility and miscellaneous use structures in municipalities that have not adopted an ordinance to enforce the
act under section 501(a)(1) of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.501(a)(1)).

(d) The Industrial Board will decide petitions for variances and extensions of time and appeals of Department
decisions under the Uniform Construction Code. The Industrial Board will hold the first hearing on a petition within 45 days
of receipt of the petition.

(e) An owner or owner's agent may file a petition for variance or extension of time or an appeal with the Industrial Board
under § 403.1 22 (relating to appeals, variances and extensions of time). An owner or owner's agent may file an appeal
concerning technical infeasibility under Chapter 1 1 (Accessibility) of the Uniform Construction Code and other accessibility
requirements contained in or referenced by the Uniform Construction Code with the Accessibility Advisory Board under §
403.142 (relating to Accessibility Advisory Board).

§ 403.142. Accessibility Advisory Board.

(a) The Secretary has the exclusive power to grant modifications and extensions of time and decide issues of
technical infeasibility under Chapter 1 1 (Accessibility) of the Uniform Construction Code and other accessibility
requirements contained in or referenced by the Uniform Construction Code for individual projects under section 301 (a)(3)
of the act (35 P. S. § 7210.301(a)(3)).

(b) The Accessibility Advisory Board is created witli tlie following powers and duties under section 1 06 of the act (35
P. S.§ 7210.106):

(1) Review all proposed regulations under the act and offer comment and advice to the Secretary on all
issues related to accessibility by persons with physical disabilities and enforcement of accessibility requirements.

(2) Review all applications for modifications or variances of Chapter 1 1 (Accessibility) of the Uniform
Construction Code and any other accessibility requirements contained in or referenced by the Uniform
Construction Code. The Accessibility Advisory Board will advise the Secretary whether modification or variance
should be granted or whether compliance is technically feasible.

(3) Hear appeals from decisions of building code officials and recommend modifications, variances or
extensions of time. An appeal of a decision of a building code official shall be based on a claim that the true intent
of the act or the Uniform Construction Code was incorrectly interpreted, the act does not apply or an equivalent
form of construction is to be used.

(c) The Accessibility Advisory Board will schedule meetings and provide public notice of meetings in accordance with
65 Pa.C.S. §§ 701-716 (relating to the Sunshine Act).

(d) The Accessibility Advisory Board will hear requests for variances or modification, requests for extensions of time
and appeals in accordance with the following procedure:

(1) An owner or owner's agent shall file an appeal with the Accessibility Advisory Board on a Department-
provided form.

(2) The postmark date or the date of personal service will establish the filing date of the appeal.

(3) An appeal to the Accessibility Advisory Board will automatically suspend an action to enforce an order to
correct except where there is an unsafe building, structure or equipment under § 403.84 (relating to unsafe
building, structure or equipment).

(4) The Accessibility Advisory Board will make recommendations based upon documents and written brief
unless the owner requests a hearing.

(5) If the owner or owner's agent requests a hearing, the Accessibility Advisory Board will schedule a hearing
and will provide written notification to the owner or owner's agent and the building code official of the date, time
and place of the hearing. The notification will be made no less than 5 days prior to the hearing unless the owner
waives this period.

(6) The Accessibility Advisory Board may consider the following factors when a request for an extension of
time or a variance or other appropriate relief is reviewed:

(i) The reasonableness of the regulations or Uniform Construction Code as applied in the specific case.

(ii) The extent to which an extension of time or a variance will subject occupants of the building or

structure to conditions which do not comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(iii) The availability of professional or technical personnel needed to comply with the Uniform

Construction Code.

(iv) The availability of materials and equipment needed to comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(v) The efforts made to safeguard occupants.

(vi) The efforts made to comply with the Uniform Construction Code.

(vii) Compensatory features that will provide an equivalent degree of compliance with the intent of the

Uniform Construction Code.

(7) The Accessibility Advisory Board will recommend that the Secretary take one of the following actions:
(i) Deny the request in whole or in part.

(ii) Grant the request in whole or in part.

(iii) Grant the request upon certain conditions being satisfied.

(iv) Grant other appropriate relief.

(8) The Secretary will make a final decision on the request and will issue written notice of the decision to the
owner or the owner's agent and the building code official.

(e) An individual, partnership, agency, association or corporation who reasonably believes there is a violation of the
accessibility provisions of the act or the Uniform Construction Code by a governmental entity or private owner may file a
complaint with the body responsible for enforcement of the Uniform Construction Code under section 501 (f) of the act (35
P. S.§ 7210.501(f).

A tAemher of the International Code Family®

International

Building

Code*

INTERNATIONAL
CODE COUNCIL®

2006

2006 International Building Code^

First Printing: January 2006

ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-251-5 (soft)

ISBN-10: 1-58001-251-5 (soft)

ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-250-8 (loose-leaf)

ISBN-10: 1-58001-250-7 (loose-leaf)

ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-302-4 (e-document)

ISBN-10: 1-58001-302-3 (e-document)

INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2006 International Building Code® is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Coun-
cil, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed, or trans-
mitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of example and
not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For information on permission to copy
material exceeding fair use, please contact: Pubhcations, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478-5771. Phone
1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).

Trademarks: "International Code Council," the "International Code Council" logo and the "International Building Code" are trade-
marks of the International Code Council, Inc.

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

PREFACE

Introduction

Internationally, code officials recognize the need for a modem, up-to-date building code addressing the design and installation of
building systems through requirements emphasizing performance. The International Building Code®, in this 2006 edition, is
designed to meet these needs through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large
and small.

This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for building systems using prescriptive and perfor-
mance-related provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new materials and new building
designs. This 2006 edition is fully compatible with all the International Codes® (I-Codes®) published by the International Code
Council (ICC)®, including the ICC Electrical Code®, International Energy Conservation Code®, International Existing Building
Code®, International Fire Code®, International Fuel Gas Code®, International Mechanical Code®, ICC Performance Code®, Inter-
national Plumbing Code®, International Private Sewage Disposal Code®, International Property Maintenance Code®, Interna-
tional Residential Code®, International Wildland-Urban Interface Code'^^ and International Zoning Code®.

The International Building Code provisions provide many benefits, among which is the model code development process that
offers an international forum for building professionals to discuss performance and prescriptive code requirements. This forum pro-
vides an excellent arena to debate proposed revisions. This model code also encourages international consistency in the application
of provisions.

Development

The first edition of the International Building Code (2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated in 1997 by the ICC. This
included five drafting subcommittees appointed by ICC and consisting of representatives of the three statutory members of the
International Code Council at that time, including: Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (BOCA), Inter-
national Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) and Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI). The intent was to
draft a comprehensive set of regulations for building systems consistent with and inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes.
Technical content of the latest model codes promulgated by BOCA, ICBO and SBCCI was utilized as the basis for the development,
followed by public hearings in 1997, 1998 and 1999 to consider proposed changes. This 2006 edition presents the code as originally
issued, with changes reflected in the 2003 edition and further changes approved through the ICC Code Development Process
through 2005. A new edition such as this is promulgated every three years.

This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a building code that adequately
protects public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs; provisions that do not
restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to par-
ticular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction.

Adoption

The International Building Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally. Its use within a governmental
jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdic-
tion's laws. At the time of adoption, jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local
information, such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction. These locations are shown in bracketed words in small capital letters in
the code and in the sample ordinance. The sample adoption ordinance on page v addresses several key elements of a code adoption
ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text.

Maintenance

The International Building Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcing officials,
industry representatives, design professionals and other interested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an
open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate.

The contents of this work are subject to change both through the Code Development Cycles and the governmental body that
enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code development process, contact the Code and Standard Develop-
ment Department of the International Code Council.

While the development procedure of the International Building Code assures the highest degree of care, ICC, its members and
those participating in the development of this code do not accept any liability resulting from compliance or noncompliance with the
provisions because ICC does not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Only the
governmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ill

Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers

In each code development cycle, proposed changes to the code are considered at the Code Development Hearings by the ICC Fire
Code Development Committee, whose action constitutes a recommendation to the voting membership for final action on the pro-
posed change. Proposed changes to a code section that has a number beginning with a letter in brackets are considered by a different
code development committee. For example, proposed changes to code sections that have [F] in front of them (e.g. [F] 903 . 1 . 1 . 1 ) are
considered by the ICC Fire Code Development Committee at the code development hearings.

The content of sections in this code that begin with a letter designation are maintained by another code development committee in
accordance with the following:

[E] = International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee;
[EB] = International Existing Building Code Development Committee;
[EL] = ICC Electrical Code Development Committee;

[F] = International Fire Code Development Committee;
[EG] = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee;

[M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and
[P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee.

l\/iarginal Markings

Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2003 edition.
Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow ( ■* ) are provided in the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table
has been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

ORDINANCE

The International Code5 are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by ordinance. Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the
2006 International Building Code as an enforceable regulation governing structures and premises should ensure that certain factual
information is included in the adopting ordinance at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate governmental body.
The following sample adoption ordinance addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information
required for insertion into the code text.

SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF

THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

ORDINANCE N0._

An ordinance of the [JURISDICTION] adopting the 2006 edition of the International Building Code, regulating and governing the
conditions and maintenance of all property, buildings and structures; by providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities
and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures are safe, sanitary and fit for occupation and use; and the
condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition of such structures in the [JURISDIC-
TION]; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; repeaUng Ordinance No. of the [JURISDICTION]

and all other ordinances and parts of the ordinances in conflict therewith.

The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:

Section l.That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF
RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Building Code, 2006 edition, including
Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Building Code Section 101.2.1, 2006
edition), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Building Code of the [JURISDICTION], in
the State of [STATE NAME] for regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property, buildings and structures; by
providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures
are safe, sanitary and fit for occupation and use; and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and
use and the demolition of such structures as herein provided; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor;
and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said Building Code on file in the office of the
[JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set out in this ordinance, with the additions, inser-
tions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.

Section 2. The following sections are hereby revised:

Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]

Section 1612.3. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]

Section 1612.3. Insert: [DATE OF ISSUANCE]

Section 3410.2. Insert: [DATE IN ONE LOCATION]

Section 3. That Ordinance No. of [JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE TITLE OF THE ORDINANCE OR

ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION] and all other ordinances
or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.

Section 4. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance is, for any reason, held to be unconstitutional,
such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby declares that it
would have passed this ordinance, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more
sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional.

Section 5. That nothing in this ordinance or in the Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding
impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under any
act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this ordinance; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any character be
lost, impaired or affected by this ordinance.

Section 6. That the [JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this ordinance to be pubhshed.
(An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the ordinance is to be published and to specify that it is to be
in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.)

Section 7. That this ordinance and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted
hereby shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE^ v

vi 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*'

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION 1

Section

101 General 1

102 Applicability 1

103 Department of Building Safety 2

104 Duties and Powers of Building Official 2

105 Permits 3

106 Construction Documents 5

107 Temporary Structures and Uses 6

108 Fees 6

109 Inspections 7

1 10 Certificate of Occupancy 7

1 1 1 Service Utilities 8

1 12 Board of Appeals 8

113 Violations 8

1 14 Stop Work Order 9

115 Unsafe Structures and Equipment 9

CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS II

Section

201 General 11

202 Definitions 11

CHAPTER 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY

CLASSIFICATION 23

Section

301 General 23

302 Classification 23

303 Assembly Group A 23

304 Business Group B 24

305 Educafional Group E 24

306 Factory Group F 24

307 High-hazard Group H 25

308 Institutional Group I 33

309 Mercantile Group M 34

310 Residential Group R 34

311 Storage Group S 35

312 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U 35

CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED

REQUIREMENTS BASED ON

USE AND OCCUPANCY 37

Section

401 Scope 37

402 Covered Mall Buildings 37

403 High-rise Buildings 40

404 Atriums 41

405 Underground Buildings 42

406 Motor- vehicle-related Occupancies 43

407 Group 1-2 47

408 Group 1-3 48

409 Motion Picture Projection Rooms 49

410 Stages and Platforms 50

411 Special Amusement Buildings 52

412 Aircraft-related Occupancies 52

413 Combustible Storage 54

414 Hazardous Materials 55

415 Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 58

416 Application of Flammable Finishes 71

417 Drying Rooms 72

418 Organic Coatings 72

419 Group I-l, R-1, R-2, R-3 72

420 Hydrogen Cutoff Rooms 72

CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING

HEIGHTS AND AREAS 75

Section

501 General 75

502 Definitions 75

503 General Height and Area Limitations 75

504 Height 75

505 Mezzanines 77

506 Area Modifications 78

507 Unlimited Area Buildings 79

508 Mixed Use and Occupancy 80

509 Special Provisions 82

CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 85

Section

601 General 85

602 Construction Classification 85

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

603 Combustible Material in Type I and II

Construction. 86

CHAPTER 7 FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED

CONSTRUCTION 89

Section

701 General 89

702 Definitions 89

703 Fire-resistance Ratings and Fire Tests 90

704 Exterior Walls 91

705 Fire Walls 94

706 Fire Barriers 96

707 Shaft Enclosures 97

708 Fire Partitions ; 100

709 Smoke Barriers 101

710 Smoke Partitions 101

711 Horizontal Assemblies 102

712 Penetrations 102

713 Fire-resistant Joint Systems 105

714 Fire-resistance Rating of

Structural Members 105

715 Opening Protectives 106

716 Ducts and Air Transfer Openings 110

717 Concealed Spaces 113

718 Fire-resistance Requirements for Plaster 115

719 Thermal- and Sound-insulating Materials 115

720 Prescriptive Fire Resistance 116

721 Calculated Fire Resistance 136

CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES 165

Section

801 General 165

802 Definitions 165

803 Wall and Ceiling Finishes .165

804 Interior Floor Finish 167

805 Combustible Materials in Type I

and II Construction 168

806 Decorative Materials and Trim 168

CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ... 171

Section

901 General 171

902 Definitions 171

903 Automatic Sprinkler Systems 174

904 Alternative Automatic

Fire-extinguishing Systems 178

viii

905 Standpipe Systems ;;. . . 180

906 Portable Fire Extinguishers 182

907 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems 182

908 Emergency Alarm Systems 189

909 Smoke Control Systems 190

910 Smoke and Heat Vents 197

911 Fire Command Center 199

912 Fire Department Connections 199

CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS 201

Section

1001 Administration 201

1002 Definitions 201

1003 General Means of Egress 202

1004 Occupant Load 203

1005 Egress Width 204

1006 Means of Egress Illumination 205

1007 Accessible Means of Egress 205

1008 Doors, Gates and TurnsUles 207

1009 Stairways ; .... 212

1010 Ramps 214

101 1 Exit Signs 216

1012 Handrails 216

1013 Guards 217

1014 Exit Access 218

1015 Exit and Exit Access Doorways , 220

1016 Exit Access Travel Distance 221

1017 Corridors 221

1018 Exits 223

1019 Number of Exits and Continuity 223

1020 Vertical Exit Enclosures 223

1021 Exit Passageways 225

1022 Horizontal Exits 225

1023 Exterior Exit Ramps and Stairways 226

1024 Exit Discharge 227

1025 Assembly 228

1026 Emergency Escape and Rescue 232

CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY 235

Section

1101 General 235

1 102 Definitions 235

1 103 Scoping Requirements 235

1 104 Accessible Route . 236

1105 Accessible Entrances 237

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1106 Parking and Passenger Loading Facilities 238

1 107 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units 238

1108 Special Occupancies 241

1 109 Other Features and Facilities 243

1110 Signage . 247

CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 249

Section

1201 General 249

1202 Definitions 249

1203 Ventilation 249

1204 Temperature Control 250

1205 Lighting 250

1206 Yards or Courts 251

1207 Sound Transmission 251

1208 Interior Space Dimensions 25 1

1209 Access to Unoccupied Spaces : 252

1210 Surrounding Materials 252

CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 253

Section

1301 General 253

CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS 255

Section

1401 General 255

1402 Definitions 255

1403 Performance Requirements 255

1404 Materials 256

1405 Installation of Wall Coverings 256

1406 Combustible Materials on the

Exterior Side of Exterior Walls 260

1407 Metal Composite Materials (MCM) 261

CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND

ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 263

Section

1501 General 263

1502 Definitions 263

1503 Weather Protection 263

1504 Performance Requirements 264

1505 Fire Classification 265

1506 Materials 265

1507 Requirements for Roof Coverings 266

1508 Roof Insulation 274

1509 Rooftop Structures. . . ; 275

1510 Reroofing 276

CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN ......... 277

Section

1601 General 277

1602 Definitions and Notations 277

1603 Construction Documents 278

1604 General Design Requirements 279

1605 Load Combinations 282

1606 Dead Loads 283

1607 Live Loads 284

1608 Snow Loads 289

1609 Wind Loads 289

1610 Soil Lateral Loads 299

1611 Rain Loads , 299

1612 Flood Loads 300

1613 Earthquake Loads 302

CHAPTER 17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 327

Section

1701 General 327

1702 Definitions 327

1703 Approvals 328

1704 Special Inspections 328

1705 Statement of Special Inspections 336

1706 Contractor Responsibility 338

1707 Special Inspections for Seismic Resistance .... 338

1708 Structural Testing for Seismic Resistance 339

1709 Structural Observations 340

1710 Design Strengths of Materials 340

171 1 Alternative Test Procedure 340

1712 Test Safe Load 340

1713 In-situ Load Tests 340

1714 Preconstruction Load Tests. 341

1715 Material and Test Standards 342

CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 343

Section

1801 General 343

1802 Foundation and Soils Investigations 343

1803 Excavafion, Grading and Fill 344

1804 Allowable Load-bearing Values of Soils 345

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1805 Footings and Foundations 345

1806 Retaining Walls ' ' 357

1807 Dampproofing and Waterproofing 357

1808 Pier and Pile Foundations 358

1809 Driven Pile Foundations 363

1810 Cast-in-place Concrete Pile Foundations 366

1811 Composite Piles 370

1812 Pier Foundations 370

CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE 373

Section

1901 General 373

1902 Definitions 373

1903 Specifications for Tests and Materials 373

1§04 Durability Requirements , 373

1905 Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing 375

1.906 Formwork, Embedded Pipes and

Construction Joints 375

1907 Details of Reinforcement 376

1908 Modifications to ACI 318 376

1909 Structural Plain Concrete 379

1910 Minimum Slab Provisions 380

1911 Anchorage to Concrete — Allowable

Stress Design 380

1912 Anchorage to Concrete— Strength Design 380

1913 Shotcrete 381

1914 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete 382

1^15 Concrete-filled Pipe Columns 382

CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM 385

Section

2001 General 385

2002 Materials 385

CHAPTER 21 MASONRY 387

Section

2101 General 387

2102 Definitions and Notafions 387

2103 Masonry Construction Materials 391

2104 Construction. 394

2105 Quality Assurance 397

2106 Seismic Design 398

2107 Allowable Stress Design 400

2108 Strength Design of Masonry 400

2109 Empirical Design of Masonry. 401

2110 Glass Unit Masonry. . 407

2111 Masonry Fireplaces 408

21 12 Masonry Heaters 411

2113 Masonry Chimneys 411

CHAPTER 22 STEEL 417

Section

2201 General 417

2202 Definifions 417

2203 Identification and Protection of Steel

for Structural Purposes 417

2204 Connections 417

2205 Structural Steel 417

2206 Steel Joists 418

2207 Steel Cable Structures 418

2208 Steel Storage Racks 419

2209 Cold-formed Steel 419

2210 Cold-formed Steel Light-framed Construction .419

CHAPTER 23 WOOD .421

Section

2301 General 421

2302 Definifions ' 421

2303 Minimum Standards and Quality .:...... 422

2304 General Construction Requirements 426

2305 General Design Requirements for

Lateral-force-resisting Systems 435

2306 Allowable Stress Design 442

2307 Load and Resistance Factor Design 449

2308 Conventional Light-frame Construction ...... 449

CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING 495

Section ■

2401 General 495

2402 Definitions ; 495

2403 General Requirements for Glass. 495

2404 Wind, Snow, Seismic and

Dead Loads on Glass 495

2405 Sloped Glazing and Skylights 497

2406 Safety Glazing 498

2407 Glass in Handrails and Guards 500

2408 Glazing in Athletic Facilities 500

2409 Glass in Elevator Hoistway 500

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD

AND PLASTER 501

Section

2501 General 501

2502 Definitions 501

2503 Inspection 501

2504 Vertical and Horizontal Assemblies 501

2505 Shear Wall Construction 501

2506 Gypsum Board Materials 502

2507 Lathing and Plastering 502

2508 Gypsum Construction 502

2509 Gypsum Board in Showers and

Water Closets 503

2510 Lathing and Furring for Cement

Plaster (Stucco) 504

2511 Interior Plaster 504

2512 Exterior Plaster 505

2513 Exposed Aggregate Plaster 505

CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC 507

Section

2601 General 507

2602 Definitions 507

2603 Foam Plastic Insulation 507

2604 Interior Finish and Trim 510

2605 Plastic Veneer 511

2606 Light-transmitting Plastics 511

2607 Light-transmitting Plastic Wall Panels 512

2608 Light-transmitting Plastic Glazing ........... 513

2609 Light-transmitting Plastic Roof Panels 513

2610 Light-transmitting Plastic Skylight Glazing ... 514

2611 Light-transmitting Plastic Interior Signs 514

CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL 517

Section

2701 General 517

2702 Emergency and Standby Power Systems 517

CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 519

Section

2801 General 519

CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 521

Section

2901 General 521

2902 Minimum Plumbing Facilities 521

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND

CONVEYING SYSTEMS 525

Section

3001 General 525

3002 , Hoistway Enclosures 525

3003 Emergency Operations 525

3004 Hoistway Venting 526

3005 Conveying Systems 526

3006 Machine Rooms 527

CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 529

Section

3101 General 529'

3102 Membrane Structures 529

3103 Temporary Structures 530

3104 Pedestrian Walkways and Tunnels 530

3105 Awnings and Canopies 531

3106 Marquees 532

3107 Signs 532

3108 Radio and Television Towers 532

3109 Swimming Pool Enclosures and

Safety Devices 532

CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE

PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY 535

Section

3201 General 535

3202 Encroachments 535

CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING

CONSTRUCTION .537

Section

3301 General 537

3302 Construction Safeguards 537

3303 Demolition 537

3304 Site Work 537

3305 Sanitary 537

3306 Protection of Pedestrians 538

3307 Protection of Adjoining Property 539

3308 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and

Public Property 539

3309 Fire Extinguishers 539

3310 Exits 539

3311 Standpipes 539

3312 Automatic Sprinkler System 540

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES 541

Section

3401 General 541

3402 Definitions 541

3403 Additions, Alterations or Repairs 541

3404 Fire Escapes 542

3405 Glass Replacement 543

3406 Change of Occupancy 543

3407 Historic Buildings 543

3408 Moved Structures 543

3409 Accessibility for Existing Buildings 543

3410 Compliance Alternatives 545

CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS 555

APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE QUALIFICATIONS . . 575

Section

AlOl Building Official Qualifications 575

A102 Referenced Standards 575

APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS 577

Section

BlOl General 577

APPENDIX C GROUP U— AGRICULTURAL

BUILDINGS 579

Section

ClOl General 579

C102 Allowable Height and Area 579

C103 Mixed Occupancies 579

C104 Exits 579

APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS 581

Section

DlOl General 581

D102 Building Restrictions 581

D103 Changes to Buildings 582

D104 Buildings Located Partially in the

Fire District 582

D105 Exceptions to Restrictions in Fire District 582

D106 Referenced Standards 583

APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS 585

Section

ElOl General 585

E102 Definitions 585

XII

E103 Accessible Route 585

E104 Special Occupancies 585

El 05 Other Features and Facilities 586

E106 Telephones 586

E107 Signage .587

E108 Bus Stops 588

E109 Transportation Facilities and Stations 588

El 10 Airports 589

El 1 1 Referenced Standards 589

APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING 591

Section

FlOl General 591

APPENDIX G FLOOD-RESISTANT

CONSTRUCTION 593

Section

GlOl Administration 593

G102 Applicability 593

G103 Powers and Duties 593

G104 Permits . . 594

G105 Variances : 594

G201 Definitions 595

G301 Subdivisions 596

G401 Site Improvement 596

G501 Manufactured Homes 596

G601 Recreational Vehicles 596

G701 Tanks 597

G801 Other Building Work 597

G901 Referenced Standards 597

APPENDIX H SIGNS 599

Section

HlOl General 599

H102 Definitions 599

H103 Location 599

H104 Identification 599

H105 Design and Construction 600

H106 Electrical 600

H107 Combustible Materials 600

H108 Animated Devices 600

H109 Ground Signs 600

HllO Roof Signs 601

Hill Wall Signs 601

HI 12 Projecting Signs 601

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HI 13 Marquee Signs 602

H114 Portable Signs 602

HI 15 Referenced Standards 602

APPENDIX I PATIO COVERS 603

Section

1101 General 603

1102 Definitions 603

1103 Exterior Openings 603

1104 Structural Provisions 603

APPENDIX J GRADING 605

JlOl General 605

J102 Definitions 605

J 103 Permits Required 605

J 104 Permit Application and Submittals 605

J105 Inspections 606

J106 Excavations 606

J107 Fills 607

J108 Setbacks 607

J109 Drainage and Terracing 607

Jl 10 Erosion Control 608

Jill Referenced Standards 608

APPENDIX K ICC ELECTRICAL CODE 609

INDEX 637

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® xill

xiv 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 1

ADMINISTRATION

SECTION 101
GENERAL

101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Building
Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], hereinafter referred to as
"this code."

101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the con-
struction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement,
repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance,
removal and demolition of every building or structure or any
appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or
structures.

Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and
multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more
than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate
means of egress and their accessory structures shall comply
with the International Residential Code.

101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not
apply unless specifically adopted.

101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the mini-
mum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety and
general welfare through structural strength, means of egress
facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation,
energy conservation, and safety to life and property from fire
and other hazards attributed to the built environment and to
provide safety to fire fighters and emergency responders dur-
ing emergency operations.

101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sections
101.4.1 through 101.4.7 and referenced elsewhere in this code
shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the
prescribed extent of each such reference.

101.4.1 Electrical. The provisions of the ICC Electrical
Code shall apply to the installation of electrical systems,
including alterations, repairs, replacement, equipment,
appliances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances thereto.

101.4.2 Gas. The provisions of the International Fuel Gas
Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping from the
point of delivery, gas appliances and related accessories as
covered in this code. These requirements apply to gas piping
systems extending from the point of delivery to the inlet
connections of appliances and the installation and operation
of residential and commercial gas appliances and related
accessories.

101.4.3 Mechanical. The provisions of the International
Mechanical Code shall apply to the installation, alterations,
repairs and replacement of mechanical systems, including
equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and/or appurte-
nances, including ventilating, heating, cooling, air-condi-
tioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators and other
energy-related systems.

101.4.4 Plumbing. The provisions of the International
Plumbing Code shall apply to the installation, alteration,

repair and replacement of plumbing systems, including
equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances,
and where connected to a water or sewage system and all
aspects of a medical gas system. The provisions of the Inter-
national Private Sewage Disposal Code shall apply to pri-
vate sewage disposal systems.

101.4.5 Property maintenance. The provisions of the
International Property Maintenance Code shall apply to
existing structures and premises; equipment and facilities;
light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire
safety hazards; responsibilities of owners, operators and
occupants; and occupancy of existing premises and struc-
tures.

101.4.6 Fire prevention. The provisions of the Interna-
tional Fire Code shall apply to matters affecting or relating
to structures, processes and premises from the hazard of fire
and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of
structures, materials or devices; from conditions hazardous
to life, property or public welfare in the occupancy of struc-
tures or premises; and from the construction, extension,
repair, alteration or removal of fire suppression and alarm
systems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises
from occupancy or operation.

101.4.7 Energy. The provisions of the International Energy
Conservation Code shall apply to all matters governing the
design and construction of buildings for energy efficiency.

SECTION 102
APPLICABILITY

102.1 General. Where, in any specific case, different sections
of this code specify different materials, methods of construc-
tion or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern.
Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a
specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applica-
ble.

102.2 Other lavt's. The provisions of this code shall not be
deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal law.

102.3 Application of references. References to chapter or sec-
tion numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by
number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or
provision of this code.

102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and stan-
dards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the
requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such
reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this
code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this
code shall apply.

102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or provision
of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the
effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provi-
sions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

102.6 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any struc-
ture existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be per-
mitted to continue without change, except as is specifically
covered in this code, the International Property Maintenance
Code or the International Fire Code, or as is deemed necessary
by the building official for the general safety and welfare of the
occupants and the public.

SECTION 103
DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY

103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Department of
Building Safety is hereby created and the official in charge
thereof shall be known as the building official.

103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be appointed
by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction.

103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed procedures
of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing
authority, the building official shall have the authority to
appoint a deputy building official, the related technical offi-
cers, inspectors, plan examiners and other employees. Such
employees shall have powers as delegated by the building offi-
cial. For the maintenance of existing properties, see the Inter-
national Property Maintenance Code.

SECTION 104
DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL

104.1 General. The building official is hereby authorized and
directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The building
official shall have the authority to render interpretations of this
code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the
application of its provisions. Such interpretations, policies and
procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose
of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the
effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this
code.

104.2 Applications and permits. The building official shall
receive applications, review construction documents and issue
permits for the erection, and alteration, demolition and moving
of buildings and structures, inspect the premises for which such
permits have been issued and enforce compliance with the pro-
visions of this code.

104.3 Notices and orders. The building official shall issue all
necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this
code.

104.4 Inspections. The building official shall make all of the
required inspections, or the building official shall have the
authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agencies
or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in writing
and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved
agency or by the responsible individual. The building official is
authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary
to report upon unusual technical issues that arise, subject to the
approval of the appointing authority.

104.5 Identification. The building official shall carry proper
identification when inspecting structures or premises in the
performance of duties under this code.

104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an inspec-
tion to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the build-
ing official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a
structure or upon a premises a condition which is contrary to or
in violation of this code which makes the structure or premises
unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building official is autho-
rized to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to
inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this code, provided
that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials
be presented to the occupant and entry requested. If such struc-
ture or premises is unoccupied, the building official shall first
make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person
having charge or control of the structure or premises and
request entry. If entry is refused, the building official shall have
recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry.

104.7 Department records. The building official shall keep
official records of applications received, permits and certifi-
cates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices
and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official
records for the period required for retention of public records.

104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the board of
appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this
code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without
malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or
other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be rendered
liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability
for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of
any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of
official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or
employee because of an act performed by that officer or
employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provi-
sions of this code shall be defended by legal representative of
the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings.
The building official or any subordinate shall not be liable for
cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursu-
ance of the provisions of this code.

104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials, equip-
ment and devices approved by the building official shall be
constructed and installed in accordance with such approval.

104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use of used
materials which meet the requirements of this code for new
materials is permitted. Used equipment and devices shall
not be reused unless approved by the building official.

104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficul-
ties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the
building official shall have the authority to grant modifications
for individual cases, upon application of the owner or owner's
representative, provided the building official shall first find that
special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code
impractical and the modification is in compliance with the
intent and purpose of this code and that such modification does
not lessen health, accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural
requirements. The details of action granting modifications
shall be recorded and entered in the files of the department of
building safety.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of con-
struction and equipment. The provisions of this code are not
intended to prevent the installation of any material or to pro-
hibit any design or method of construction not specifically pre-
scribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has
been approved. An alternative material, design or method of
construction shall be approved where the building official finds
that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the
intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material,
method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the
equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength,
effectiveness, fixe resistance, durability and safety.

104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where neces-
sary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not
specifically provided for in this code, shall consist of valid
research reports from approved sources.

104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of
compliance with the provisions of this code, or evidence
that a material or method does not conform to the require-
ments of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for
alternative materials or methods, the building official shall
have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance
to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction. Test methods
shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test
standards. In the absence of recognized and accepted test
methods, the building official shall approve the testing pro-
cedures. Tests shall be performed by an approved agency.
Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building offi-
cial for the period required for retention of public records.

SECTION 105
PERMITS

105.1 Required. Any owner or authorized agent who intends
to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change
the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install,
enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which
is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be done,
shall first make application to the building official and obtain
the required permit.

105.1.1 Annual permit. In lieu of an individual permit for
each alteration to an already approved electrical, gas,
mechanical or plumbing installation, the building official is
authorized to issue an annual permit upon application there-
for to any person, firm or corporation regularly employing
one or more qualified tradepersons in the building, structure
or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant for
the permit.

105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom an
annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alter-
ations made under such annual permit. The building official
shall have access to such records at all times or such records
shall be filed with the building official as designated.

105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit
requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authori-
zation for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the

provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this
jurisdiction. Permits shall not be required for the following:

Building:

1. One-story detached accessory structures used as
tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses,
provided the floor area does not exceed 120 square
feet (11 m2).

2. Fences not over 6 feet (1829 mm) high.

3. Oil derricks.

4. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 mm) in
height measured from the bottom of the footing to
the top of the wall, unless supporting a surcharge or
impounding Class I, II or IIIA Uquids.

5. Water tanks supported directly on grade if the
capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons (18 925 L)
and the ratio of height to diameter or width does not
exceed 2:1.

6. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above adjacent grade, and not over any
basement or story below and are not part of an acces-
sible route.

7. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, coun-
ter tops and similar finish work.

8. Temporary motion picture, television and theater
stage sets and scenery.

9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a Group
R-3 occupancy that are less than 24 inches (610 mm)
deep, do not exceed 5,000 gallons (18 925 L) and are
installed entirely above ground.

10. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or
agricultural purposes, not including service sys-
tems.

1 1 . Swings and other playground equipment accessory
to detached one- and two-family dwellings.

12. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall that
do not project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from
the exterior wall and do not require additional sup-
port of Group R-3 and U occupancies.

13. Nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks, coun-
ters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753
mm) in height.

Electrical:

Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work, includ-
ing the replacement of lamps or the connection of
approved portable electrical equipment to approved per-
manently installed receptacles.

Radio and television transmitting stations: The provi-
sions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment
used for radio and television transmissions, but do apply
to equipment and wiring for a power supply and the
installations of towers and antennas.

Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be
required for the installation of any temporary system

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

ADMINISTRATION

required for the testing or servicing of electrical equip-
ment or apparatus

Gas:

1. Portable heating appliance.

2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter
approval of equipment or make such equipment
unsafe.

Mechanical:

1. Portable heating appliance.

2. Portable ventilation equipment.

3. Portable cooling unit.

4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating
or cooling equipment regulated by this code.

5. Replacement of any part that does not alter its
approval or make it unsafe.

6. Portable evaporative cooler.

7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10
pounds (5 kg) or less of refrigerant and actuated by
motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less.

Plumbing:

1. The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or
vent pipe, provided, however, that if any concealed
trap, drain pipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe
becomes defective and it becomes necessary to
remove and replace the same with new material, such
work shall be considered as new work and a permit
shall be obtained and inspection made as provided in
this code:

2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in
pipes, valves or fixtures and the removal and reinstal-
lation of water closets, provided such repairs do not
involve or require the replacement pr rearrangement
of valves, pipes or fixtures.

105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replace-
ments and repairs must be performed in an emergency situa-
tion, the permit application shall be submitted within the
next working business day to the building official.

105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to the building offi-
cial is not required for ordinary repairs to structures,
replacement of lamps or the connection of approved porta-
ble electrical equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the cutting away
of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal or cut-
ting of any structural beam or load-bearing support, or the
removal or change of any required means of egress, or rear-
rangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress
requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include addition to,
alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe,
water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste,
vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other
work affecting public health or general safety.

105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be
required for the installation, alteration or repair of genera-
tion, transmission, distribution or metering or other related

equipment that is under the ownership and control of public
service agencies by established right.

105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the appli-
cant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form
furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose.
Such application shall:

1 . Identify and describe the work to be covered by the per-
mit for which application is made.

2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be
done by legal description, street address or similar
description that will readily identify and definitely locate
the proposed building or work.

3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed
work is intended.

4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other
information as required in Section 106.

5. State the valuation of the proposed work.

6. Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant's authorized
agent.

7. Give such other data and information as required by the
building official.

105.3.1 Action on application. The building official shall
examine or cause to be examined applications for permits
and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after fil-
ing. If the application or the construction documents do not
conform to the requirements of pertinent laws, the building
official shall reject such application in writing, stating the
reasons therefor. If the building official is satisfied that the
proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code
and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the building
official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable.

105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An application for
a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have
been abandoned 1 80 days after the date of filing, unless such
application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has
been issued; except that the building official is authorized to
grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods
not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be
requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.

105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a permit
shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any
violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other
ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or
other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issu-
ance of a permit based on construction documents and other
data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the
correction of errors in the construction documents and other
data. The building official is also authorized to prevent occu-
pancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of
any other ordinances of this jurisdiction.

105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid
unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is com-
menced within 1 80 days after its issuance, or if the work autho-
rized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a
period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more
extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each.
The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable
cause demonstrated.

105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is
authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the pro-
visions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on
the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or
in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provi-
sions of this code.

105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy shall
be kept on the site of the work until the completion of the pro-
ject.

SECTION 106
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

106.1 Submittal documents. Construction documents, state-
ment of special inspections and other data shall be submitted in
one or more sets with each permit application. The construc-
tion documents shall be prepared by a registered design profes-
sional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in
which the project is to be constructed. Where special condi-
tions exist, the building official is authorized to require addi-
tional construction documents to be prepared by a registered
design professional.

Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the
submission of construction documents and other data not
required to be prepared by a registered design professional
if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such
that review of construction documents is not necessary to
obtain compliance with this code.

106.1.1 Information on construction documents. Con-
struction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn upon
suitable material. Electronic media documents are permit-
ted to be submitted when approved by the building official.
Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indi-
cate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed
and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of
this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regula-
tions, as determined by the building official.

106.1.1.1 Fire protection system shop drawings. Shop
drawings for the fire protection system(s) shall be sub-
mitted to indicate conformance with this code and the
construction documents and shall be approved prior to
the start of system installation. Shop drawings shall con-
tain all information as required by the referenced instal-
lation standards in Chapter 9.

106.1.2 Means of egress. The construction documents shall
show in sufficient detail the location, construction, size and
character of all portions of the means of egress in compli-
ance with the provisions of this code. In other than occupan-
cies in Groups R-2, R-3, and I-l, the construction
documents shall designate the number of occupants to be
accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and spaces.

106.1.3 Exterior wall envelope. Construction documents
for all buildings shall describe the exterior wall envelope in

sufficient detail to determine compliance with this code.
The construction documents shall provide details of the
exterior wall envelope as required, including flashing, inter-
sections with dissimilar materials, comers, end details, con-
trol joints, intersections at roof, eaves or parapets, means of
drainage, water-resistive membrane and details around
openings.

The construction documents shall include manufac-
turer's installation instructions that provide supporting doc-
umentation that the proposed penetration and opening
details described in the construction documents maintain
the weather resistance of the exterior wall envelope. The
supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior
wall system which was tested, where applicable, as well as
the test procedure used.

106.2 Site plan. The construction documents submitted with
the application for permit shall be accompanied by a site plan
showing to scale the size and location of new construction and
existing structures on the site, distances from lot lines, the
established street grades and the proposed finished grades and,
as applicable, flood hazard areas, floodways, and design flood
elevations; and it shall be drawn in accordance with an accurate
boundary line survey. In the case of demolition, the site plan
shall show construction to be demolished and the location and
size of existing structures and construction that are to remain
on the site or plot. The building official is authorized to waive
or modify the requirement for a site plan when the application
for permit is for alteration or repair or when otherwise war-
ranted.

106.3 Examination of documents. The building official shall
examine or cause to be examined the accompanying construc-
tion documents and shall ascertain by such examinations
whether the construction indicated and described is in accor-
dance with the requirements of this code and other pertinent
laws or ordinances.

106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the
building official issues a permit, the construction docu-
ments shall be approved, in writing or by stamp, as
"Reviewed for Code Compliance." One set of construction
documents so reviewed shall be retained by the building
official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, shall
be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by
the building official or a duly authorized representative.

106.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require
changes in the construction documents, construction or des-
ignated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit
has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully autho-
rized, and the construction of which has been pursued in
good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this
code and has not been abandoned.

106.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is autho-
rized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or
any other part of a building or structure before the construc-
tion documents for the whole building or structure have
been submitted, provided that adequate information and
detailed statements have been filed complying with perti-
nent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit
for the foundation or other parts of a building or structure

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the building oper-
ation and without assurance that a permit for the entire
structure will be granted.

106.3.4 Design professional in responsible charge.

106.3.4.1 General. When it is required that documents
be prepared by a registered design professional, the
building official shall be authorized to require the owner
to engage and designate on the building permit applica-
tion a registered design professional who shall act as the
registered design professional in responsible charge. If
the circumstances require, the owner shall designate a
substitute registered design professional in responsible
charge who shall perform the duties required of the origi-
nal registered design professional in responsible charge.
The building official shall be notified in writing by the
owner if the registered design professional in responsible
charge is changed or is unable to continue to perform the
duties.

The registered design professional in responsible
charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinat-
ing submittal documents prepared by others, including
phased and deferred submittal items, for compatibility
with the design of the building.

Where structural observation is required by Section
1709, the statement of special inspections shall name the
individual or firms who are to perform structural obser-
vation and describe the stages of construction at which
structural observation is to occur (see also duties speci-
fied in Section 1704).

106.3.4.2 Deferred submittals. For the purposes of this
section, deferred submittals are defined as those portions
of the design that are not submitted at the time of the
application and that are to be submitted to the building
official within a specified period.

Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior
approval of the building official. The registered design
professional in responsible charge shall list the deferred
submittals on the construction documents for review by
the building official.

Documents for deferred submittal items shall be sub-
mitted to the registered design professional in responsi-
ble charge who shall review them and forward them to
the building official with a notation indicating that the
deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and
been found to be in general conformance to the design of
the building. The deferred submittal items shall not be
installed until the design and submittal documents have
been approved by the building official.

106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be
installed in accordance with the approved construction docu-
ments, and any changes made during construction that are not
in compliance with the approved construction documents shall
be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction
documents.

106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of

approved construction documents shall be retained by the
building official for a period of not less than 1 80 days from date

of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or
local laws.

SECTION 107
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES

107.1 General. The building official is authorized to issue a
permit for temporary structures and temporary uses. Such per-
mits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be per-
mitted for more than 180 days. The building official is
authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause.

107.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses shall con-
form to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress,
accessibility, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of
this code as necessary to ensure public health, safety and gen-
eral welfare.

107.3 Temporary power. The building official is authorized to
give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part of
an electric installation before such installation has been fully
completed and the final certificate of completion has been
issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate shall
comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting,
heat or power in the ICC Electrical Code.

107.4 Termination of approval. The building official is
authorized to terminate such permit for a temporary structure
or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be discon-
tinued.

SECTION 108
FEES

108.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until the
fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an amendment
to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been
paid.

108.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures, elec-
trical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or alterations
requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as
required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the
applicable governing authority.

108.3 Building permit valuations. The applicant for a permit
shall provide an estimated permit value at time of application.
Permit valuations shall include total value of work, including
materials and labor, for which the permit is being issued, such
as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment and perma-
nent systems. If, in the opinion of the building official, the valu-
ation is underestimated on the application, the permit shall be
denied, unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to
meet the approval of the building official. Final building permit
valuation shall be set by the building official.

108.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person
who commences any work on a building, structure, electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the neces-
sary permits shall be subject to a fee estabUshed by the building
official that shall be in addition to the required permit fees.

108.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construc-
tion, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a
building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the
permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by
law.

108.6 Refunds. The building official is authorized to establish
a refund policy.

SECTION 109
INSPECTIONS

109.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is
required shall be subject to inspection by the building official
and such construction or work shall remain accessible and
exposed for inspection purposes until approved. Approval as a
result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval
of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordi-
nances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of
other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. It shall be
the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain
accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither the
building official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense
entailed in the removal or replacement of any material required
to allow inspection.

109.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit, the
building official is authorized to examine or cause to be exam-
ined buildings, structures and sites for which an application has
been filed.

109.3 Required inspections. The building official, upon noti-
fication, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections
109.3.1 through 109.3.10.

109.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection. Footing and
foundation inspections shall be made after excavations for
footings are complete and any required reinforcing steel is
in place. For concrete foundations, any required forms shall
be in place prior to inspection. Materials for the foundation
shall be on the job, except where concrete is ready mixed in
accordance with ASTM C 94, the concrete need not be on
the job.

109.3.2 Concrete slab and under-floor inspection. Con-
crete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made after
in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building service
equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary
equipment items are in place, but before any concrete is
placed or floor sheathing installed, including the subfloor.

109.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. In flood hazard areas, upon
placement of the lowest floor, including the basement, and
prior to further vertical construction, the elevation certifica-
tion required in Section 1612.5 shall be submitted to the
building official.

109.3.4 Frame inspectioii. Framing inspections shall be
made after the roof deck or sheathing, all framing,
fireblocking and bracing are in place and pipes, chimneys
and vents to be concealed are complete and the rough elec-
trical, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are
approved.

109.3.5 Lath and gypsum board inspection. Lath and
gypsum board inspections shall be made after lathing and
gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place, but before
any plastering is applied or gypsum board joints and fasten-
ers are taped and finished.

Exception: Gypsum board that is not part of a fire-resis-
tance-rated assembly or a shear assembly.

109.3.6 Fire-resistant penetrations. Protection of joints
and penetrations in fire-resistance-rated assemblies shall
not be concealed from view until inspected and approved.

109.3.7 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections shall
be made to determine compliance with Chapter 13 and shall
include, but not be limited to, inspections for: envelope
insulation /? and [/values, fenestration L/^ value, duct system
R value, and HVAC and water-heating equipment effi-
ciency.

109.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the inspections
specified above, the building official is authorized to make
or require other inspections of any construction work to
ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and
other laws that are enforced by the department of building
safety.

109.3.9 Special inspections. For special inspections, see
Section 1704.

109.3.10 Final inspection. The final inspection shall be
made after all work required by the building permit is com-
pleted.

109.4 Inspection agencies. The building official is authorized
to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided
such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and
reliability.

109.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of
the building permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the
building official when work is ready for inspection. It shall be
the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for
inspections of such work that are required by this code.

109.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done beyond the
point indicated in each successive inspection without first
obtaining the approval of the building official. The building
official, upon notification, shall make the requested inspec-
tions and shall either indicate the portion of the construction
that is satisfactory as completed, or notify the permit holder or
his or her agent wherein the same fails to comply with this
code. Any portions that do not comply shall be corrected and
such portion shall not be covered or concealed until authorized
by the building official.

SECTION 110
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

110.1 Use and occupancy. No building or structure shall be
used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy
classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall
be made until the building official has issued a certificate of
occupancy therefor as provided herein. Issuance of a certificate
of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a viola-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

tion of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the
jurisdiction.

110.2 Certificate issued. After the building official inspects
the building or structure and finds no violations of the provi-
sions of this code or other laws that are enforced by the depart-
ment of building safety, the building official shall issue a
certificate of occupancy that contains the following:

1. The building permit number.

2. The address of the structure.

3. The name and address of the owner.

4. A description of that portion of the structure for which
the certificate is issued.

5. A statement that the described portion of the structure
has been inspected for compliance with the require-
ments of this code for the occupancy and division of
occupancy and the use for which the proposed occu-
pancy is classified.

6. The name of the building official.

7. The edition of the code under which the permit was
issued.

8. The use and occupancy, in accordance with the provi-
sions of Chapter 3.

9. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6.

10. The design occupant load.

11. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided, whether
the sprinkler system is required.

12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building
permit.

110.3 Temporary occupancy. The building official is autho-
rized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the
completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided
that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely. The
building official shall set a time period during which the tempo-
rary certificate of occupancy is valid.

110.4 Revocation. The building official is authorized to, in
writing, suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or com-
pletion issued under the provisions of this code wherever the
certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect infor-
mation supplied, or where it is determined that the building or
structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or
regulation or any of the provisions of this code.

SECTION 111
SERVICE UTILITIES

111.1 Connection of service utilities. No person shall make
connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or power to
any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a
permit is required, until released by the building official.

111.2 Temporary connection. The building official shall have
the authority to authorize the temporary connection of the
building or system to the utility source of energy, fuel or power.

111.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The building
official shall have the authority to authorize disconnection of

utility service to the building, structure or system regulated by
this code and the codes referenced in case of emergency where
necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property.
The building official shall notify the serving utility, and wher-
ever possible the owner and occupant of the building, structure
or service system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking
such action. If not notified prior tp disconnecting, the owner or
occupant of the building, structure or service system shall be
notified in writing, as soon as practical thereafter.

SECTION 112
BOARD OF APPEALS

112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders,
decisions or determinations made by the building official rela-
tive to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall
be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The board of
appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall
hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of proce-
dure for conducting its business.

112.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal
shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code.or the
rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly inter-
preted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an
equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The
board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this
code.

112.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of
members who are qualified by experience and training to pass
on matters pertaining to building construction and are not
employees of the jurisdiction.

SECTION 113
VIOLATIONS

113.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm
or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move,
remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or equip-
ment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in con-
flict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code.

113.2 Notice of violation. The building official is authorized to
serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible
for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair,
moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a building or
structure in violation of the provisions of this code, or in viola-
tion of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this
code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal
action or condition and the abatement of the violation.

113.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation is not
complied with promptly, the building official is authorized to
request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to institute the
appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or
abate such violation, or to require the removal or termination of
the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in violation
of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction made
pursuant thereto.

113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provi-
sion of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or
structure in violation of the approved construction documents
or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate
issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to pen-
alties as prescribed by law.

SECTION 114
STOP WORK ORDER

114.1 Authority. Whenever the building official finds any
work regulated by this code being performed in a manner either
contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or unsafe,
the building official is authorized to issue a stop work order.

114.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing arid
shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to the
owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. Upon issuance
of a stop work order, the cited work shall immediately cease.
The stop work order shall state the reason for the order, and the
conditions under which the cited work will be permitted to
resume.

114.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue
any work after having been served with a stop work order,
except such work as that person is directed to perform to
remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to pen-
alties as prescribed by law.

that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall be posted
in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such
notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing manner upon the
owner's agent or upon the person responsible for the structure
shall constitute service of notice upon the owner.

115.5 Restoration. The structure or equipment determined to
be unsafe by the building official is permitted to be restored to a
safe condition. To the extent that repairs, alterations or addi-
tions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the res-
toration of the structure, such repairs, alterations, additions or
change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of
Section 105.2.2 and Chapter 34.

SECTION 115
UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT

115.1 Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that are or
hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of
inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate light and ven-
tilation, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dan-
gerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve
illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance,
shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe structures shall be
taken down and removed or made safe, as the building official
deems necessary and as provided for in this section. A vacant
structure that is not secured against entry shall be deemed
unsafe.

115.2 Record. The building official shall cause a report to be
filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occu-
pancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition.

115.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the building offi-
cial shall serve on the owner, agent or person in control of the
structure, a written notice that describes the condition deemed
unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be
made to abate the unsafe condition, or that requires the unsafe
structure to be demolished within a stipulated time. Such notice
shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to
the building official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the
order.

115.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed prop-
erly served if a copy thereof is (a) delivered to the owner per-
sonally; (b) sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the
owner at the last known address with the return receipt
requested; or (c) delivered in any other manner as prescribed by
local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned showing

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

1 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 2

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 201
GENERAL

201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following
words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the
meanings shown in this chapter.

201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense
include the future; words stated in the masculine gender
include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes
the plural and the plural, the singular.

201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code and are defined in the International Fuel
Gas Code, International Fire Code, International Mechanical
Code or International Plumbing Code, such terms shall have
the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.

201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined
through the methods authorized by this section, such terms
shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context
implies.

SECTION 202
DEFINITIONS

AAC MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

ACCESSIBLE. See Section 1102.1.

ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. See Section 1002.1.

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. See Section 1102.1.

ACCESSIBLE UNIT. See Section 1102.1.

ACCREDITATION BODY. See Section 2302.1.

ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area or height
of a building or structure.

ADHERED MASONRY VENEER. See Section 1402.1.

ADOBE CONSTRUCTION. See Section 2102.1.

Adobe, stabilized. See Section 2102.1.

Adobe, unstabilized. See Section 2102.1.
[F] AEROSOL. See Section 307.2.

Level 1 aerosol products. See Section 307.2.

Level 2 aerosol products. See Section 307.2.

Level 3 aerosol products. See Section 307.2.

[F] AEROSOL CONTAINER. See Section 307.2.

AGRICULTURAL, BUILDING. A structure designed and
constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry, live-
stock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be
a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, nor
shall it be a place used by the public.

AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. See Section 3102.2.

AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. See Section 3102.2.

Double skin. See Section 3102.2.

Single skin. See Section 3102.2.

AISLE. See Section 1002. 1 . I

AISLE ACCESSWAY. See Section 1002.1.

[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. See Section
902.1.

[F] ALARM SIGNAL. See Section 902.1.

[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. See Section
902.1.

ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. See Section 1602.1.

ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing
structure other than repair or addition.

ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. See Section 1002.1.

ANCHOR. See Section 2102.1.

ANCHOR BUILDING. See Section 402.2.

ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. See Section 1402.1.

ANNULAR SPACE. See Section 702.1.

[F] ANNUNCIATOR. See Section 902.1.

APPROVED. Acceptable to the code official or authority hav- I
ing jurisdiction. I

APPROVED AGENCY. See Section 1702.1.

APPROVED FABRICATOR. See Section 1702. 1 .

APPROVED SOURCE. An independent person, firm or cor-
poration, approved by the building official, who is competent
and experienced in the application of engineering principles to
materials, methods or systems analyses.

ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA. See Section 2102. 1 .

AREA. See Section 2102.1.

Bedded. See Section 2102.1.

Gross cross-sectional. See Section 2102.1.

Net cross-sectional. See Section 2102.1.

AREA, BUILDING. See Section 502.1.

AREA OF REFUGE. See Section 1002.1.

AREAWAY. A subsurface space adjacent to a building open at
the top or protected at the top by a grating or guard.

ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 3 10.2, "Res
idential Care/Assisted living facilities."

ATRIUM. See Section 404.1.1.

ATTIC. The space between the ceiling beams of the top story
and the roof rafters.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

DEFINITIONS

[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.

See Section 902.1.

IAUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC). See Sec-
tion 2102.1.

[F] AUTOMATIC. See Section 902.1.

[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.

See Section 902.1.

[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. See Section
; 902.1.

[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. See Section
902.1

,. AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather
protection, identity or decoration and is wholly supported by
the building to which it is attached. An awning is comprised of
a lightweight, rigid skeleton structure over which a covering is
attached.

BACKING. See Section 1402.1.

BALCONY, EXTERIOR. See Section 1602. 1 .

I BALED COTTON. See Section 307.2.
BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. See Section
307.2.

[F] BARRICADE. See Section 307.2.

Artificial barricade. See Section 307.2.

Natural barricade. See Section 307.2.
BASE FLOOD. See Section 1612.2.
; BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. See Section 1612.2.
BASEMENT.^See Section 502.1 and 1612.2.
BED JOINT. See Section 2102.1.
BLEACHERS. See Section 1002.1.
BOARDING HOUSE. See Section 310.2.
[F] BOILING POINT. See Section 307.2.
BOND BEAM. See Section 2102.1.
BOND REINFORCING. See Section 2102.1.
BRACED WALL LINE. See Section 2302.1.
BRACED WALL PANEL. See Section 2302.1.
BRICK. See Section 2102.1.

Calcium silicate (sand lime brick). See Section 2102.1.

Clay or shale. See Section 2102.1.

Concrete. See Section 2102.1.

BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for supporting or
sheltering any use or occupancy.

BUILDING LINE. The line estabhshed by law, beyond which
a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by
law.

BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated
authority charged with the administration and enforcement of
this code, or a duly authorized representative.

BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. See Section 1502.1.

BUTTRESS. See Section 2102.1.

CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUC-
TURE. See Section 3102.2.

CANOPY. An architectural projection that provides weather
protection, identity or decoration and is supported by the build-
ing to which it is attached and at the outer end by not less than
one stanchion. A canopy is comprised of a rigid structure over
which a covering is attached.

[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.

See Section 902.1.

CAST STONE. See Section 2102.1.

[F] CEILING LIMIT. See Section 902.1.

CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. See Section 702.1.

CELL.See Section 2102.1.

CEMENT PLASTER. See Section 2502.1.

CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. See Section 721 . 1 . 1 .

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. See Section 1702.1.

CHIMNEY. See Section 2102. 1 .

CHIMNEY TYPES. See Section 2102.1.

High-heat appliance type. See Section 2102. 1 .

Low-heat appliance type. See Section 2102.1.

Masonry type. See Section 2102.1.

Medium-heat appliance type. See Section 2102.1.

CIRCULATION PATH. See Section 1 102.1.

[F] CLEAN AGENT. See Section 902. 1 .

CLEANOUT. See Section 2102. 1 .

[F] CLOSED SYSTEM. See Section 307.2.

COLLAR JOINT. See Section 2102.1.

COLLECTOR. See Section 2302.1.

COLUMN, MASONRY. See Section 2102. 1 .

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. See Section
702.1.

[F] COMBUSTIBLE DUST. See Section 307.2.

[F] COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. See Section 307.2.

[F] COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. See Section 307.2.

Class II. See Section 307.2.

Class IIIA. See Section 307.2.

Class IIIB. See Section 307.2.

COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. See Section
1002.1.

COMMON USE. See Section 1102.1.

COMPOSITE ACTION. See Section 2102.1.

COMPOSITE MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

[F] COMPRESSED GAS. See Section 307.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

DEFINITIONS

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY. See Sec

tion 2102.1.

CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE. See Section

721.1.1.

CONCRETE, CELLULAR. See Section 721 . 1 . 1 .

CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE. See Sec-
tion 721.1.1.

CONCRETE, PERLITE. See Section 721.1.1.

CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT. See Section 72 1 . 1 . 1 .

CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE. See Section
721.1.1.

CONCRETE, VERMICULITE. See Section 721.1.1.

I CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 3 10.2.

CONNECTOR. See Section 2102.1.

[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. See Section
902.1.

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and
pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the
design, location and physical characteristics of the elements of
a project necessary for obtaining a building permit.

CONSTRUCTION TYPES. See Section 602.

Type I. See Section 602.2.

Type H. See Section 602.2.

Type m. See Section 602.3.

Type IV. See Section 602.4.

Type V. See Section 602.5.

[F] CONTINUOUS GAS-DETECTION SYSTEM. See

Section 415.2.

[F] CONTROL AREA. See Section 307.2.

CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL. A

self-compacted, cementitious material used primarily as a
backfill in place of compacted fill.

CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME WOOD CON-
STRUCTION. See Section 2302.1.

CORRIDOR. See Section 1002.1.

CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to
withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when
exposed to its environment.

[F] CORROSIVE. See Section 307.2.

COURT. An open, uncovered space, unobstructed to the sky,
bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or
other enclosing devices.

COVER. See Section 2102.1.

COVERED MALL BUILDING. See Section 402.2.

CRIPPLE WALL. See Section 2302. 1 .

CRYOGENIC FLUID. See Section 307.2.

DALLE GLASS. See Section 2402. 1 .

DAMPER. See Section 702. 1 .

DAY BOX. See Section 307.2.

DEAD LOADS. See Section 1602.1.

DECK. See Section 1602.1.

DECORATIVE GLASS. See Section 2402 1 .

[F] DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied
over the building interior finish for decorative, acoustical or
other effect (such as curtains, draperies, fabrics, streamers and
surface coverings), and all other materials utilized for decora-
tive effect (such as batting, cloth, cotton, hay, stalks, straw,
vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items), including foam
plastics and materials containing foam plastics. Decorative
materials do not include floor coverings, ordinary window
shades, interior finish and materials 0.025 inch (0.64 mm) or
less in thickness applied directly to and adhering tightly to a
substrate.

[F] DEFLAGRATION. See Section 307.2.

[F] DELUGE SYSTEM. See Section 902. 1 .

DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. See Section 1 908. 1 .3 .

DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. See Sec-
tion 1613.2.

DESIGN FLOOD. See Section 1612.2.

DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. See Section 1612.2.

DESIGN STRENGTH. See Section 1602.1.

DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. See Section 1702.1.

[F] DETACHED BUILDING. See Section 307.2.

DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL.

See Section 1908.1.3.

DETECTABLE WARNING. See Section 1102.1.
[F] DETECTOR, HEAT. See Section 902. 1 .
[F] DETONATION. See Section 307:2.
DIAPHRAGM. See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1.

Diaphragm, blocked. See Sections 1602.1.

Diaphragm, boundary. See Section 1602.1.

Diaphragm, chord. See Section 1602.1.

Diaphragm, flexible. See Section 1602.1.

Diaphragm, rigid. See Section 1602.1.

Diaphragm, unblocked. See Section 2302. 1 .
DIMENSIONS. See Section 2102.1.

Actual. See Section 2102.1.

Nominal. See Section 2102.1.

Specified. See Section 21()2.1.
DISPENSING. See Section 307.2.
DOOR, BALANCED. See Section 1002.1.
DORMITORY. See Section 310.2.
DRAFTSTOP. See Section 702. 1 .
DRAG STRUT. See Section 2302.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. See

Section 902.1.

DRY FLOODPROOFING. See Section 1612.2.

DURATION OF LOAD. See Section 1 602. 1 .

DWELLING. A building that contains one or two dwelling
units used, intended or designed to be used, rented, leased, let
or hired out to be occupied for living purposes.

DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, inde-
pendent living facilities for one or more persons, including per-
manent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and
sanitation.

DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTI-
STORY. See Section 1102.1.

DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE A. See

Section 1102.1.

DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE B. See

Section 1102.1.

EFFECTIVE HEIGHT. See Section 2102.1.

EGRESS COURT. See Section 1002.1.

[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.

[F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. See Section

415.2.

EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. See

Section 1002.1.

[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICA-
TIONS. See Section 902. 1 .

EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. See Section 1102.1.

EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. See Section 502.1.

ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. See Section 1602.1.

[F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. See Section 415.2.

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. See Section 1612.2.

EXISTING STRUCTURE. A structure erected prior to the
date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a
legal building permit has been issued. See also Section 1612.2.

EXIT. See Section 1002.1.

EXIT, HORIZONTAL. See Section 1002.1.

EXIT ACCESS. See Section 1002.1.

EXIT DISCHARGE. See Section 1002.1.

EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF. See Section 1002.1.

EXIT ENCLOSURE. See Section 1002. 1 .

EXIT PASSAGEWAY. See Section 1002.1.

EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. See Section
802.1.

[F] EXPLOSION. See Section 902.1.

[F] EXPLOSIVE. See Section 307.2.

High explosive. See Section 307.2.

Low explosive. See Section 307.2.

Mass detonating explosives. See Section 307.2.
UN/DOTn Class 1 Explosives. See Section 307.2.

Division 1.1. See Section 307.2.

Division 1.2. See Section 307.2.

Division 1.3. See Section 307.2.

Division 1.4. See Section 307.2.

Division 1.5. See Section 307.2.

Division 1.6. See Section 307.2.

EXTERIOR SURFACES. See Section 2502.1.

EXTERIOR WALL. See Section 1402. 1 .

EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. See Section 1402.1

EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. See Section 1402.1.

F RATING. See Section 702. 1 .

FABRIC PARTITIONS. See Section 1602. 1 . I

FABRICATED ITEM. See Section 1702.1.

[F] FABRICATION AREA. See Section 415.2.

FACILITY. See Section 1102.1.

FACTORED LOAD. See Section 1602.1.

FIBER CEMENT SIDING. See Section 1402. 1 . I

FIBERBOARD. See Section 2302. 1 .

FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See Section 902. 1 . I

[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. See Section 902.1.

[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. See Section 902.1.

[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.

FIRE AREA. See Section 702.1.

FIRE BARRIER. See Section 702. 1 .

[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. See Section 902.1.

FIRE DAMPER. See Section 702.1.

[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. See Section 902.1.

FIRE DOOR. See Section 702.1.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.

FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. See Section 1002. 1 .

[F] FIRE LANE. A road or other passageway developed to I
allow the passage of fire apparatus. A fire lane is not necessar- I
ily intended for vehicular traffic other than fire apparatus. |

FIRE PARTITION. See Section 702.1.

FIRE PROTECTION RATING. See Section 702.1.

[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.

FIRE RESISTANCE. See Section 702.1.

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. See Section 702.1.

FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. See Section 702 1.

[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. See Section 902.1.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. See Section 702.1.

FIRE WALL. See Section 702. 1 .

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

>®

DEFINITIONS

FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.
FIREBLOCKING. See Section 702.1
FIREPLACE. See Section 2102.1.
FIREPLACE THROAT. See Section 2102.1.
FIREWORKS. See Section 307.2.
FIREWORKS, 1.3G. See Section 307.2.
FIREWORKS, 1.4G. See Section 307.2.
' FLAME SPREAD. See Section 802. 1 .
FLAME SPREAD INDEX. See Section 802.1.
[F] FLAMMABLE GAS. See Section 307.2.
[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. See Section 307.2.
[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUID. See Section 307.2.

Class lA. See Section 307.2.

Class IB. See Section 307.2.

Class IC. See Section 307.2.

[F] FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. See Section 307.2.

[F] FLAMMABLE SOLID. See Section 307.2.

[F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. See Section
415.2.

[F] FLASH POINT. See Section 307.2.

FLEXURAL LENGTH. See Section 1808.1.

FLOOD OR FLOODING. See Section 1612.2.

FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. See Sec-
tion 1612.2.

FLOOD HAZARD AREA. See Section 1612.2.

FLOOD HAZARD AREA SUBJECT TO HIGH VELOC-
ITY WAVE ACTION. See Section 1612.2.

FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). See Section
1612.2.

FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY. See Section 1612.2.

FLOODWAY. See Section 1612.2.

FLOOR AREA, GROSS. See Section 1002.1.

FLOOR AREA, NET. See Section 1002.1.

FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.

FLY GALLERY. See Section 410.2.

[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. See Section
902.1.

FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. See Section 2602.1.

FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. See Section
1002.1.

FOOD COURT. See Section 402.2.

FOUNDATION PIER. See Section 2102.1.

[F] GAS CABINET. See Section 415.2.

[F] GAS ROOM. See Section 415.2.

[F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. See Section 420.2.

GLASS FIBERBOARD. See Section 721.1.1.

GLASS UNIT MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

GLUED BUILT-UP MEMBER. See Section 2302.1.

GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening
located such that the sill height of the opening is not more than
44 inches (1118 mm) above or below the finished ground level
adjacent to the opening.

GRADE (LUMBER). See Section 2302.1.

GRADE PLANE. See Section 502.1.

GRANDSTAND. See Section 1002.1.

GRIDIRON. See Section 410.2.

GROSS LEASABLE AREA. See Section 402.2.

GROUTED MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

Grouted hollow-unit masonry. See Section 2102.1.

Grouted multiwythe masonry. See Section 2102.1.

GUARD. See Section 1002.1.

GYPSUM BOARD. See Section 2502.1.

GYPSUM PLASTER. See Section 2502.1.

GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. See Section 2502.1.

HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for living, sleep-
ing, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls,
storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered
habitable spaces.

[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. See

Section 902.1.

[F] HANDLING. See Section 307.2.
HANDRAIL. See Section 1002. 1 .
HARDBOARD. See Section 2302.1.
[F] HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. See Section 307.2.

[F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).

See Section 415.2.

HEAD JOINT. See Section 2102.1.

HEADER (Bonder). See Section 2102.1.

[F] HEALTH HAZARD. See Section 307.2.

HEIGHT, BUILDING. See Section 502.1.

HEIGHT, STORY. See Section 502.1.

HEIGHT, WALLS. See Section 2102.1.

HELIPORT. See Section 412.5.1.

HELISTOR See Section 412.5.1.

[F] HIGHLY TOXIC. See Section 307.2.

HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Buildings that are listed in or eligi-
ble for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or
designated as historic under an appropriate state or local law
(see Sections 3407 and 3409.9).

HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.

[F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. See Section 415.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

[F] HPM ROOM. See Section 415.2.

HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. See Section 1609.2.

[F] HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM. See Section 420.2.

IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH
(IDLH). See Section 415.2.

IMPACT LOAD. See Section 1 602. 1 .

INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. See Section 307.2.

[F] INITIATING DEVICE. See Section 902.1.

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE. See Section 1702.1.

INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE. See

Section 1102.1.

INTERIOR FINISH. See Section 802.1.

INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. See Section 802.1.

INTERIOR SURFACES. See Section 2502. 1 .

INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. See Section
802.1.

INTERLAYMENT. See Section 1502. 1 .

JOINT. See Section 702.1.

JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted
this code under due legislative authority.

LABEL. See Section 1702. 1 .

LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. See Section 2602.1.

LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction
whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily
formed by a system of repetitive wood or light gage steel fram-
ing members.

LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS.

See Section 2602.1.

LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS.

See Section 2602.1.

LIMIT STATE. See Section 1 602. 1 .

[F] LIQUID. See Section 415.2.

[F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. See Section 415.2.

[F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOMS.

See Section 415.2.

LISTED. See Section 902.1.

LIVE LOADS. See Section 1602.1.

LIVE LOADS (ROOF). See Section 1602.1.

LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD).

See Section 1602.1.

LOAD EFFECTS. See Section 1602.1.

LOAD FACTOR. See Section 1602.1.

LOADS. See Section 1602.1.

LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.

LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a
street or any public place.

[F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). See Section

415.2.

LOWEST FLOOR. See Section 1612.2.

MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. See Section
1702.1.

MALL. See Section 402.2.

[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. See Section 902.1.

MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. See Section
1702.1.

MARK. See Section 1702.1.

MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and
supported by the building and that projects into the public
right-of-way.

MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

Ashlar masonry. See Section 2102. 1 .

Coursed ashlar. See Section 2102.1.

Glass unit masonry. See Section 2102.1.

Plain masonry. See Section 2102. 1 .

Random ashlar. See Section 2102.1.

Reinforced masonry. See Section 2102.1.

Solid masonry. See Section 2102.1.

Unreinforced (plain) masonry. See Section 2 102. 1 .
MASONRY UNIT. See Section 2102.1.

Clay. See Section 2102.1.

Concrete. See Section 2102.1.

Hollow. See Section 2102.1.

Solid. See Section 2102.1.

MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND I
MOTION. See Section 1613.2. I

MEAN DAILY TEMPERATURE. See Section 2102.1.

MEANS OF EGRESS. See Section 1002.1. ^

MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.

See Section 406.3.2.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. See Section
1502.1.

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. See Section 1613.2. |

MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. See

Section 3102.2.

MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. See

Section 3102.2.

MEMBRANE PENETRATION. See Section 702.1.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOR See Section
702.1.

MERCHANDISE PAD. See Section 1002. 1 . |

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). See Section
1402.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM.

See Section 1402.1.

METAL ROOF PANEL. See Section 1502. 1 .
METAL ROOF SHINGLE. See Section 1502. 1 .
MEZZANINE. See Section 502.1.
I MICROPILES.See Section 1808.1.
MINERAL BOARD. See Section 721.1.1.

I MINERAL FIBER. See Section 702.1.
MINERAL WOOL. See Section 702.1.

MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. See Section
1502.1.

MORTAR. See Section 2102.1.

MORTAR, SURFACE-BONDING. See Section 2102.1.

MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. See Section
1102.1.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. See Section
902.1.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. See Section
902.1.

I MULTISTORY UNITS. See Section 1102.1.

NAILING, BOUNDARY. See Section 2302.1.

NAILING, EDGE. See Section 2302.1.

NAILING, FIELD. See Section 2302.1.

NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. See Section 2302.1.

Decay resistant. See Section 2302.1.

Termite resistant. See Section 2302. 1 .
NOMINAL LOADS. See Section 1602.1.
NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER). See Section 2302. 1 .

NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. See

Section 3102.2.

[F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE

(NTP). See Section 415.2.

NOSING. See Section 1002. 1 .

[F] NUISANCE ALARM. See Section 902.1.

OCCUPANCY CATEGORY. See Section 1602.1.

OCCUPANT LOAD. See Section 1002.1.

OCCUPIABLE SPACE. A room or enclosed space designed
for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for
amusement, educational or similar purposes or in which occu-
pants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped with means
of egress and light and ventilation facilities meeting the
requirements of this code.

OPEN PARKING GARAGE. See Section 406.3.2.

[F] OPEN SYSTEM. See Section 307.2.

OPERATING BUILDING. See Section 307.2.

(ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL. See Sec
tion 1908.1.3.

ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUC-
TURAL WALL. See Section 1908.1.3.

ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE
WALL. See Section 1908.1.3.

[F] ORGANIC PEROXIDE. See Section 307.2.

Class L See Section 307.2.

Class II. See Section 307.2.

Class III. See Section 307.2.

Class IV. See Section 307.2.

Class V. See Section 307.2.

Unclassified detonable. See Section 307.2.

ORTHOGONAL. See Section 1613.2.

OTHER STRUCTURES. See Section 1602.1.

OWNER. Any person, agent, firm or corporation having a
legal or equitable interest in the property.

[F] OXIDIZER. See Section 307.2.

Class 4. See Section 307.2.

Class 3. See Section 307.2.

Class 2. See Section 307.2.

Class 1. See Section 307.2.

[F] OXIDIZING GAS. See Section 307.2.

PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). See Section 1602.1.

PANIC HARDWARE. See Section 1002. 1 .

PARTICLEBOARD. See Section 2302.1.

PENETRATION FIRESTOR See Section 702. 1 .

PENTHOUSE. See Section 1502. 1.

PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by the
authority. having jurisdiction which authorizes performance of
a specified activity.

PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators or
assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corporation, its
or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the afore-
said.

PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. See Section 310.2.

[F] PHYSICAL HAZARD. See Section 307.2.

[F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD
LEVEL. See Section 415.2.

PIER FOUNDATIONS. See Section 1808.1.

Belled piers. See Section 1 808. 1 .
PILE FOUNDATIONS. See Section 1 808. 1 .

Auger uncased piles. See Section 1808.1.

Caisson piles. See Section 1808.1.

Concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles. See Section
1808.1.

Driven uncased piles. See Section 1808.1 .

Enlarged base piles. See Section 1808.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

Steel-cased piles. See Section 1808.1.
I , : Timber piles. See Section 1 808. 1 .

PINRAIL. See Section 410.2.

PLASTIC, APPROVED. See Section 2602.1.

PLASTIC GLAZING. See Section 2602.1.

PLASTIC HINGE. See Section 2102.1.

PLATFORM. See Section 410.2.

POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. See Section 1502.1.
I PREFABRICATED WOOD I- JOIST. See Section 2302.1.

PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD. See Section 2302.1.

PRESTRESSED MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

PRIMARY FUNCTION. See Section 3402.1.

PRISM. See Section 2102.1.

PROSCENIUM WALL. See Section 410.2.

PUBLIC ENTRANCE. See Section 1 102. 1 .

PUBLIC-USE AREAS. See Section 1102.1.

PUBLIC WAY. See Section 1002.1.

[F] PYROPHORIC. See Section 307.2.

[F] PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. See Section 307.2.

RAMP. See Section 1002.1.

RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. See Sec-
tion 406.3.2.

[F] RECORD DRAWINGS. See Section 902.1.

REFERENCE RESISTANCE (D). See Section 2302.1.

REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual
who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design
profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the pro-
fessional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in which
the project is to be constructed.

REINFORCED PLASTIC, GLASS FIBER. See Section
2602.1.

(RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or portion
thereof intended for the performance of religious services.

REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an exist-
ing building for the purpose of its maintenance.

REQUIRED STRENGTH. See Sections 1602. 1 and 2102. 1 .

REROOFING. See Section 1502.1.

RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. See Section
412.3.1.

RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILI-
TIES. See Section 310.2.

RESISTANCE FACTOR. See Section 1602.1.

RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. See Section 1 102. 1 .

RETRACTABLE AWNING. See Section 3105.2.

ROOF ASSEMBLY. See Section 1502.1.

ROOF COVERING. See Section 1502.1.

ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See Section 1502.1.
ROOF DECK. See Section 1502. 1 .
ROOF RECOVER. See Section 1502.1.
ROOF REPAIR. See Section 1502.1.
ROOF REPLACEMENT. See Section 1502 1.
ROOF VENTILATION. See Section 1502.1.
ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. See Section 1502.1.
RUBBLE MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

Coursed rubble. See Section 2102.1.

Random rubble. See Section 2102.1.

Rough or ordinary rubble. See Section 2102.1.

RUNNING BOND. See Section 2102. 1 .

SCISSOR STAIR. See Section 1002.1.

SCUPPER. See Section 1502.1.

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. See Section 1613.2.

SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. See Section
1613.2.

SELF-CLOSING. See Section 702. 1 .

SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. See Section
1102.1.

[F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. See Section 415.2.

SERVICE ENTRANCE. See Section 1102.1.

SHAFT. See Section 702.1.

SHAFT ENCLOSURE. See Section 702.1.

SHEAR WALL. See Sections 2102. 1 and 2302. 1 .

Detailed plain masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1.

Intermediate prestressed masonry shear wall. See Sec-
tion 2102.1.

Intermediate reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.

Ordinary plain masonry shear wall. See Section 2102. 1 .

Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear wall. See Sec-
tion 2102.1.

Ordinary reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.

Perforated shear wall. See Section 2302.1.

Perforated shear wall segment. See Section 2302.1.

Special prestressed masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.

Special reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.

SHELL. See Section 2102.1.

SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE. See Section 1502. 1 .

[F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. See Section
902.1.

SITE. See Section 1102.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

SITE CLASS. See Section 1613.2.

SITE COEFFICIENTS. See Section 1613.2.

SKYLIGHT, UNIT. A factory-assembled, glazed fenestration
unit, containing one panel of glazing material that allows for
natural lighting through an opening in the roof assembly while
preserving the weather-resistant barrier of the roof.

SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other
transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a
slope of 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or more from vertical. Glazing
material in skylights, including unit skylights, solariums,
sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls, are included in this defini-
tion.

SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep,
which can also include permanent provisions for living, eating,
and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both. Such
rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not
sleeping units.

[F] SMOKE ALARM. See Section 902.1.

SMOKE BARRIER. See Section 702.1.

SMOKE COMPARTMENT. See Section 702.1.

SMOKE DAMPER. See Section 702.1.

[F] SMOKE DETECTOR. See Section 902.1.

SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. See Section 802.1.

SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. See Sec-
tion 1002.1.

SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. See Section 902.1.

[F] SOLID. See Section 415.2.

SPECIAL INSPECTION. See Section 1702.1.

Special inspection, continuous. See Section 1702.1.

Special inspection, periodic. See Section 1702.1.

SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. See Section 1612.2.

SPECIFIED. See Section 2102.1.

SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF
MASONRY (/"J. See Section 2102.1.

SPLICE. See Section 702. 1 .

SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. See Section
1702.1.

STACK BOND. See Section 2102.1.

STAGE. See Section 410.2.

STAIR. See Section 1002.1.

STAIRWAY. See Section 1002. 1 .

STAIRWAY, EXTERIOR. See Section 1002.1.

STAIRWAY, INTERIOR. See Section 1002.1.

STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. See Section 1002.1.

[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OE See Section
902.1.

Class I system. See Section 902. 1 .

Class II system. See Section 902.1.

Class III system. See Section 902.1.
[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. See Section 902.1.

Automatic dry. See Section 902.1.

Automatic wet. See Section 902. 1 .

Manual dry. See Section 902.1.

Manual wet. See Section 902. 1 .

Semiautomatic dry. See Section 902. 1 .

START OF CONSTRUCTION. See Section 1612.2.

STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD-FORMED. See Section
2202.1.

STEEL JOIST. See Section 2202. 1 .

STEEL MEMBER, STRUCTURAL. See Section 2202.1.

STEEP SLOPE. A roof slope greater than two units vertical in
12 units horizontal (17-percent slope).

STONE MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.

Ashlar stone masonry. See Section 2102.1.

Rubble stone masonry. See Section 2102.1.

[F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. See Section
415.2.

STORY. That portion of a building included between the upper
surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or roof next
above (also see "Mezzanine" and Section 502.1). It is mea-
sured as the vertical distance from top to top of two successive
tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces and, for the topmost
story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling
joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof raf-
ters.

STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its fin-
ished floor surface entirely above grade plane, except that a
basement shall be considered as a story above grade plane
where the finished surface of the floor above the basement is:

1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane; or

2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground
level at any point.

STRENGTH. See Section 2102.1.

Design strength. See Section 2102.1.

Nominal strength. See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1.

Required strength. See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1.

STRENGTH DESIGN. See Section 1602.1.

STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. See Secdon
2302.1.

Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). See Section 2302.1.

Parallel strand lumber (PSL). See Section 2302.1.

STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER. See'
Section 2302.1.

STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. See Section 1702.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed.
SUBDIAPHRAGM. See Section 2302.1.
SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. See Section 1612.2.
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. See Section 1612.2.
SUNROOM ADDITION. See Section 1202.1.
[F] SUPERVISING STATION. See Section 902.1.
[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. See Section 902.1.
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. See Section 902.1.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE. See

Section 902.1.

SWIMMING POOLS. See Section 3109.2.

T RATING. See Section 702.1.

TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE. See Section 3402.

TENT. Any structure, enclosure or shelter which is con-
structed of canvas or pliable material supported in any manner
except by air or the contents it protects.

THERMAL ISOLATION. See Section 1202. 1 .

THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL. See Section 2602.1.

THERMOSETTING MATERIAL. See Section 2602.1.

THIN-BED MORTAR. See Section 2102.1.

THROUGH PENETRATION. See Section 702.1.

THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. See

Section 702.1.

TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN). See Section 2302.1.

TIE, LATERAL. See Section 2102.1.

TIE, WALL. See Section 2102.1.

TILE. See Section 2102.1.

TILE, STRUCTURAL CLAY. See Section 2102:1.

[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. See Section 902.1.

TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit constructed in
a group of three or more attached units in which each unit
extends from the foundation to roof and with open space on at
least two sides.

[F] TOXIC. See Section 307.2.

TRANSIENT. See Section 310.2.

TREATED WOOD. See Section 2302.1.

TRIM. See Section 802.1.

[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. See Section 902.1.

TYPE A UNIT. See Section 1102.1.

TYPE B UNIT. See Section 1102.1.

' UNDERLAYMENT. See Section 1502. 1 .

[F] UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. See Section
307.2.

Class 4. See Section 307.2.

Class 3. See Section 307.2.

Class 2. See Section 307.2.

Class 1. See Section 307.2.

[F] USE (MATERIAL). See Section 415.2.

VAPOR-PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. A material or cover-
inghavingapermeanceratingof5perms(52.9xlO"'°kg/Pa- s- m^)
or greater, when tested in accordance with the dessicant method
using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. A vapor-permeable material
permits the passage of moisture vapor.

VAPOR RETARDER. A vapor-resistant material, membrane
or covering such as foil, plastic sheeting or insulation facing
having a permeance rating of 1 perm (5.7 x 10"'' kg/Pa • s • m^)
or less, when tested in accordance with the dessicant method
using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. Vapor retarders limit the
amount of moisture vapor that passes through a material or wall
assembly.

VEHICLE BARRIER SYSTEM. See Section 1602.1.

VENEER. See Section 1402.1.

VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of sup-
plying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such
air from, any space.

VINYL SIDING. See Section 1402.1.

[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.

See Section 902.1.

WALKWAY, PEDESTRIAN. A walkway used exclusively as
a pedestrian trafficway.

WALL. See Section 2102.1.

Cavity wall. See Section 2102.1.

Composite wall. See Section 2102.1.

Dry-stacked, surface-bonded wall. See Section 2102.1.

Masonry-bonded hollow wall. See Section 2102.1.

Parapet wall. See Section 2102. 1 .

WALL, LOAD-BEARING. Any wall meeting either of the
following classifications:

1 . Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than 100
pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of vertical load in
addition to its own weight.

2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than
200 pounds per linear foot (29 19 N/m) of vertical load in
addition to its own weight.

WALL, NONLOAD-BEARING. Any wall that is not a
load-bearing wall.

WALL PIER. See Section 1908.1.3.

[F] WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. See Section 307.2.

Class 3. See Section 307.2.

Class 2. See Section 307.2.

Class 1. See Section 307.2.
WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. See Section 1402.
WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES. See Section 2502.1.
WEB. See Section 2102.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. See

Section 902.1.

WHEELCHAIR SPACE. See Section 1102.1.

WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. See Section 1609.2.

WINDER. See Section 1002.1.

WIRE BACKING. See Section 2502.1.

[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. See Section
902.1.

WOOD SHEAR PANEL. See Section 2302.1.

WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. See Section 2302.1.

Composite panels. See Section 2302. 1 .

Oriented strand board (OSB). See Section 2302.1.

Plywood. See Section 2302.1.

[F] WORKSTATION. See Section 415.2.

WYTHE. See Section 2102.1.

YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from
the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by
this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.

[F] ZONE. See Section 902.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 21

22 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

CHAPTER 3

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

SECTION 301
GENERAL

301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of all buildings and structures as to use and occu-
pancy.

SECTION 302
CLASSIFICATION

302.1 General. Structures or portions of structures shall be
classified with respect to occupancy in one or more of the
groups listed below. A room or space that is intended to be
occupied at different times for different purposes shall comply
with all of the requirements that are applicable to each of the
purposes for which the room or space will be occupied. Struc-
tures with multiple occupancies or uses shall comply with Sec-
tion 508. Where a structure is proposed for a purpose that is not
specifically provided for in this code, such structure shall be
classified in the group that the occupancy most nearly resem-
bles, according to the fire safety and relative hazard involved.

1. Assembly (see Section 303): Groups A-1, A-2, A-3,
A-4 and A-5

2. Business (see Section 304): Group B

3. Educational (see Section 305): Group E

4. Factory and Industrial (see Section 306): Groups F-1
and F-2

5. High Hazard (see Section 307): Groups H-1, H-2, H-3,
H-4 and H-5

6. Institutional (see Section 308): Groups I-l, 1-2, 1-3 and
1-4

7. Mercantile (see Section 309): Group M

8. Residential (see Section 310): Groups R-1, R-2, R-3
and R-4

9. Storage (see Section 311): Groups S-1 and S-2

10. Utility and Miscellaneous (see Section 312): Group U

SECTION 303
ASSEMBLY GROUP A

303.1 Assembly Group A. Assembly Group A occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for the gathering of persons for purposes such
as civic, social or religious functions; recreation, food or drink
consumption; or awaiting transportation.

Exceptions:

1. A building used for assembly purposes with an occu-
pant load of less than 50 persons shall be classified as
a Group B occupancy.

2. A room or space used for assembly purposes with an
occupant load of less than 50 persons and accessory to
another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B
occupancy or as part of that occupancy.

3. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is
less than 750 square feet (70 m^) in area and is acces-
sory to another occupancy shall be classified as a
Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy.

Assembly occupancies shall include the following:

A-1 Assembly uses, usually with fixed seating, intended for
the production and viewing of the performing arts or
motion pictures including, but not limited to:

Motion picture theaters

Symphony and concert halls

Television and radio studios admitting an audience

Theaters

A-2 Assembly uses intended for food and/or drink con-
sumption including, but not limited to:

Banquet halls
Night clubs
Restaurants
Taverns and bars

A-3 Assembly uses intended for worship, recreation or
amusement and other assembly uses not classified else-
where in Group A including, but not limited to:

Amusement arcades
Art galleries
Bowling alleys
Places of religious worship
Community halls
Courtrooms

Dance halls (not including food or drink consump-
tion)

Exhibition halls
Funeral parlors

Gymnasiums (without spectator seating)
Indoor swimming pools (without spectator seating)
Indoor tennis courts (without spectator seating)
Lecture halls
Libraries
Museums

Waiting areas in transportation teraiinals
Pool and billiard parlors

A-4 Assembly uses intended for viewing of indoor sporting
events and activities with spectator seating including,
but not limited to:

Arenas
Skating rinks
Swimming pools
Tennis courts

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

A-5 Assembly uses intended for participation in or viewing
outdoor activities including, but not limited to:

Amusement park structures

Bleachers

Grandstands

Stadiums

SECTION 304
BUSINESS GROUP B

304.1 Business Group B. Business Group B occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for office, professional or service-type transac-
tions, including storage of records and accounts. Business
occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Airport traffic control towers

Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds

Banks

Barber and beauty shops

Car wash

Civic administration

Clinic — outpatient

Dry cleaning and laundries: pick-up and delivery stations

and self-service
Educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade
Electronic data processing
Laboratories: testing and research
Motor vehicle showrooms
Post offices
Print shops
Professional services (architects, attorneys, dentists,

physicians, engineers, etc.)
Radio and television stations
Telephone exchanges
Training and skill development not within a school or

academic program

SECTION 305
EDUCATIONAL GROUP E

305.1 Educational Group E. Educational Group E occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, by six or more persons at any one time for edu-
cational purposes through the 12th grade. Religious educa-
tional rooms and religious auditoriums, which are accessory to
places of religious worship in accordance with Section 508.3.1
and have occupant loads of less than 100, shall be classified as
A-3 occupancies.

305.2 Day care. The use of a building or structure, or portion
thereof, for educational, supervision or personal care services
for more than five children older than 2 V2 years of age, shall be
classified as a Group E occupancy.

SECTION 306
FACTORY GROUP F

306.1 Factory Industrial Group F. Factory Industrial Group
F occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or

structure, or a portion thereof, for assembling, disassembling,
fabricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging, repair or pro-
cessing operations that are not classified as a Group H hazard-
ous or Group S storage occupancy.

306.2 Factory Industrial F-1 Moderate-hazard Occupancy.

Factory industrial uses which are not classified as Factory
Industrial F-2 Low Hazard shall be classified as F-1 Moderate
Hazard and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Aircraft

Appliances

Athletic equipment

Automobiles and other motor vehicles

Bakeries

Beverages; over 12-percent alcohol content

Bicycles

Boats

Brooms or brushes

Business machines

Cameras and photo equipment

Canvas or similar fabric

Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning)

Clothing

Construction and agricultural machinery

Disinfectants

Dry cleaning and dyeing

Electric generation plants

Electronics

Engines (including rebuilding)

Food processing

Furniture

Hemp products

Jute products

Laundries

Leather products

Machinery

Metals

Millwork (sash & door)

Motion pictures and television filming (without spectators)

Musical instruments

Optical goods

Paper mills or products

Photographic film

Plastic products

Printing or publishing

Recreational vehicles

Refuse incineration

Shoes

Soaps and detergents

Textiles

Tobacco

Trailers

Upholstering

Wood; distillation

Woodworking (cabinet)

306.3 Factory Industrial F-2 Low-hazard Occupancy. Fac-
tory industrial uses that involve the fabrication or manufactur-
ing of noncombustible materials which during finishing,
packing or processing do not involve a significant fire hazard

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

shall be classified as F-2 occupancies and shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:

Beverages; up to and including 12-percent alcohol content

Brick and masonry

Ceramic products

Foundries

Glass products

Gypsum

Ice

Metal products (fabrication and assembly)

SECTION 307
HIGH-HAZARD GROUP H

[F] 307.1 High-hazard Group H. High-hazard Group H occu-
pancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or
a portion thereof, that involves the manufacturing, processing,
generation or storage of materials diat constitute a physical or
health hazard in quantities in excess of those allowed in control
areas constructed and located as required in Section 414. Hazard-
ous uses are classified in Groups H- 1 , H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 and
shall be in accordance with this section, the requirements of Sec-
tion 415 and the International Fire Code.

Exceptions: The following shall not be classified in Group
H, but shall be classified in the occupancy that they most
nearly resemble:

1 . Buildings and structures that contain not more than
the maximum allowable quantities per control area
of hazardous materials as shown in Tables 307.1(1)
and 307. 1(2), provided that such buildings are main-
tained in accordance with the International Fire
Code.

2. Buildings utilizing control areas in accordance with
Section 414.2 that contain not more than the maxi-
mum allowable quantities per control area of haz-
ardous materials as shown in Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2).

3. Buildings and structures occupied for the applica-
tion of flammable finishes, provided that such build-
ings or areas conform to the requirements of Section
416 and the International Fire Code.

4. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flammable
and combustible liquids in mercantile occupancies
conforming to the International Fire Code.

5 . Closed piping containing flammable or combustible
liquids or gases utilized for the operation of machin-
ery or equipment.

6. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible
liquid solvents having a flash point of 140°F (60°C)
or higher in closed systems employing equipment
listed by an approved testing agency, provided that
this occupancy is separated from all other areas of
the building by 1-hour fire barriers or 1-hour hori-
zontal assemblies or both.

7. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent
having a flash point at or above 200°F (93°C).

8 . Liquor stores and distributors without bulk storage.

9. Refrigeration systems.

10. The storage or utilization of materials for agricul-
tural purposes on the premises.

11. Stationary batteries utilized for facility emergency
power, uninterrupted power supply or telecommu-
nication facilities, provided that the batteries are
provided with safety venting caps and ventilation is
provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.

12. Corrosives shall not include personal or household
products in their original packaging used in retail
display or commonly used building materials.

13 Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol stor-
age shall be classified as Group S-1, provided that
such buildings conform to the requirements of the
International Fire Code.

14. Display and storage of nonflammable solid and non-
flammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous
materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantity per control area in Group M or S
occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5.

15. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant
and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and
special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F,
M and S, provided such storage conforms to the
quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the
International Fire Code.

307.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials in any
quantity shall conform to the requirements of this . code,
including Section 414, and the International Fire Code.

[F] 307.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.

AEROSOL. A product that is dispensed from an aerosol con-
tainer by a propellant.

Aerosol products shall be classified by means of the calcula-
tion of their chemical heats of combustion and shall be desig-
nated Level 1, 2 or 3.

Level 1 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat
of combustion that is less than or equal to 8,600 British ther-
mal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g).

Level 2 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat
of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/lb (20 kJ/g), but
less than or equal to 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).

Level 3 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat
combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).

AEROSOL CONTAINER. A metal can or a glass or plastic
bottie designed to dispense an aerosol. Metal cans shall be lim-
ited to a maximum size of 33.8 fluid ounces (1,000 ml). Glass
or plastic bottles shall be limited to a maximum size of 4 fluid
ounces (118 ml).

BALED COTTON. A natural seed fiber wrapped in and
secured with industry accepted materials, usually consisting of

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

burlap, woven polypropylene, polyethylene or cotton or sheet
polyethylene, and secured with steel, synthetic or wire bands or
wire; also includes linters (lint removed from the cottonseed)
and motes (residual materials from the ginning process).

BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. Cotton made into
banded bales with a packing density of at least 22 pounds per
cubic foot (360 kg/m^), and dimensions complying with the fol-
lowing: a length of 55 inches (1397 ± 20 mm), a width of 21
inches (533.4 ± 20 mm) and a height of 27.6 to 35.4 inches (701 to
899 mm).

BARRICADE. A structure that consists of a combination of
walls, floor and roof, which is designed to withstand the rapid
release of energy in an explosion and which is fully confined,
partially vented or fully vented; or other effective method of
shielding from explosive materials by a natural or artificial bar-
rier.

Artificial barricade. An artificial mound or revetment a
minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm).

Natural barricade. Natural features of the ground, such as
hills, or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding
exposures that require protection cannot be seen from the
magazine or building containing explosives when the trees
are bare of leaves.

BOILING POINT. The temperature at which the vapor pres-
sure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14.7 pounds
per square inch (psi) (101 kPa) gage or 760 mm of mercury.
Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material
in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boil-
ing point, for the purposes of this classification, the 20-percent
evaporated point of a distillation performed in accordance with
ASTM D 86 shall be used as the boiling point of the liquid.

CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous
material involving a closed vessel or system that remains
closed during normal operations where vapors emitted by the
product are not liberated outside of the vessel or system and the
product is not exposed to the atmosphere during normal opera-
tions; and all uses of compressed gases. Examples of closed
systems for solids and liquids include product conveyed
through a piping system into a closed vessel, system or piece of
equipment.

COMBUSTIBLE DUST. Finely divided solid material that is
420 microns or less in diameter and which, when dispersed in
air in the proper proportions, could be ignited by a flame, spark
or other source of ignition. Combustible dust will pass through
a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve.

COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. Readily ignitable and free-bum-

I ing materials in a fibrous or shredded form, such as cocoa fiber,

cloth, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen, istle, jute, kapok,

oakum, rags, sisal, Spanish moss, straw, tow, wastepaper, cer-

Itain synthetic fibers or other like materials. This definition does
not include densely packed baled cotton.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup
flash point at or above 100°F (38°C). Combustible liquids shall
be subdivided as follows:

Class II. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or above
100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C).

Class IIIA. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).

Class IIIB. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 200°F (93°C).

The category of combustible liquids does not include com-
pressed gases or cryogenic fluids.

COMPRESSED GAS. A material, or mixture of materials
which:

1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square
inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure; and

2. Has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia
(101 kPa) which is either liquefied, nonliquefied or in
solution, except those gases which have no other health-
or physical-hazard properties are hot considered to be
compressed until the pressure in the packaging exceeds
41 psia (282 kPa) at 68°F (20°C).

The states of a compressed gas are categorized as follows:

1. Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases, other than
those in solution, which are in a packaging under the
charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a tempera-
ture of 68 °F (20°C).

2. Liquefied compressed gases are gases that, in a packag-
ing under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a
temperature of 68°F (20°C).

3. Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied gases that
are dissolved in a solvent.

4. Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture of two or
more compressed gases contained in a packaging, the
hazard properties of which are represented by the proper-
ties of the mixture as a whole.

CONTROL AREA. Spaces within a building where quanti-
ties of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantities per control area are stored, dispensed,
used or handled. See also the definition of "Outdoor control
area" in the International Fire Code.

CORROSIVE. A chemical that causes visible destruction of,
or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at
the point of contact. A chemical shall be considered corrosive
if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method
described in DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173.137, such a chemical
destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the
point of contact following an exposure period of 4 hours. This
term does not refer to action on inanimate surfaces.

CRYOGENIC FLUID. A liquid having a boiling point lower
than -150°F (-101°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmo-
sphere (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101 kPa).

DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explosive
materials constructed in accordance with the requirements for
a Type 3 magazine as defined and classified in Chapter 33 of
the International Fire Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

[F] TABLE 307.1(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARD^'

m, n, p

MATERIAL

CLASS

GROUP WHEN
THE MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
QUANTITY IS
EXCEEDED

STORAGE"

USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS"

USE-OPEN SYSTEMS"

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds)

Combustible liquid'^' '

niA
mB

H-2orH-3
H-2orH-3

N/A

120"'^

330<i'^

13,200^- f

N/A

120"

330"

13,200^

N/A

30"

80"

3,300f

Combustible fiber

Loose
baled"

H-3

(100)
(1,000)

N/A

(100)
(1,000)

N/A

(20)
(200)

N/A

Consumer fireworks (Class
C, Common)

1.4G

H-3

125"' ^'i

N/A

Cryogenics flammable

N/A

H-2

N/A

45'*

N/A

45"

N/A

10"

Cryogenics, oxidizing

N/A

H-3

N/A

45''

N/A

45"

N/A

10"

Explosives

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.4G
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

H-1
H-1
H-1 or 2
H-3
H-3
H-1
H-1

ie.g

P-g.

5e,g

50^' s

125d,e,l
ie,g
Id, e, g

(1)^-8

(l)e.g

(5)^-8
(50)^-8

N/A

(l)e,g

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.258
0.258

508
N/A
0.258

N/A

(0.25)8
(0.25)8

(1)8

(50)8

N/A

(0.25)8

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.258
0.258

N/A
N/A
0.258
N/A

(0.25)8
(0.25)8

(1)8

N/A

(0.25)8

N/A

Flammable gas

Gaseous
liquefied

H-2

N/A

N/A
30'''^

1,000"'^

N/A

N/A
30"'^

1,000"'^

N/A

Flammable liquid"

lA
IB and IC

H-2
or H-3

N/A

30'*-^
120''-«

N/A

30"
120"

N/A

10"
30"

Combination flammable
liquid (lA, IB, IC)

N/A

H-2
or H-3

N/A

120d.e.h

N/A

120"' h

N/A

30"'''

Flammable solid

N/A

H-3

125'''^

N/A

1251

N/A

25"

N/A

Organic peroxide

n
m

IV
V

H-1
H-2
H-3
H-3

N/A
N/A

le,g
5cl,e

50'*'^

125"-^

(l)e,g
(5)'*'^

(50)'*'^
(125)'*' «

NL
NL

N/A

N/A ■

N/A

0.258
.1'*
50"

125"
N/L
N/L

(0.25)8

(1)

(50)"

(125)"

N/L

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.258
1"
10"

25"
NL

(0.25)8
(1)"
(10)"
(25)"
NL
NL

Oxidizer

4
3'^

H-1

H-2 or H-3

H-3

N/A

ie,g
10d,e

250'''«

4,000^-f

(l)e,g
(10)d.e

(250)'*'«
(4,000)«'f

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.258

2"
250"
4,000^

(0.25)8

(2)"
(250)"
(4,000)f

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.258

50"
1,000^

(0.25)8
(2)"
(50)"

(l,000)f

Oxidizing gas

Gaseous
liquefied

H-3

N/A
N/A

N/A
15'''^

1,500"'^

N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
15"'^

1,500"'^

N/A

N/A
N/A

(continued)

[F] TABLE 307.1(1)— continued
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARD^"" ""

MATERIAL

CLASS

GROUP WHEN

THE MAXIMUM

ALLOWABLE

QUANTITY IS

EXCEEDED

STORAGE"

USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS"

USE-OPEN SYSTEMS"

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds)

Pyrophoric material

■ N/A

H-2

4e,g

(4)e.g

50^-8

(1)8

10^-8

Unstable (reactive)

4
3
2
1

H-1

H-lorH-2

H-3

N/A

ie,g

^d, e

(l)e,g

(50)'*- =

.NL

IQd'g

250'*'^

■ N/L

0.258

I''

50"

(0.25)8

(1)
(50)''
N/L

26, g

10d,e

250"-^

0.258
1"
10"

(0.25)8
(1)"
(10)"
NL

Water reactive

3
2
1

H-2
H-3

N/A

5d, e

(50)'''^

N/A

■ WA'

5"
50''
NL

(5)'^
(50)''

N/A
N/A
N/A

1"
10"

(1)"
(10)"

>
z
a

o
o
o

■D

>
w
w

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.023 m^ 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
NL = Not Limited; N/A = Not Applicable; UD = Unclassified Detonable

a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.

b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.

c. The quantities of alcohoUc beverages in retail and wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited providing the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1 .3 gallons. In retail and wholesale sales
occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids with the remainder of the solutions not
being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.

d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 1 00 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 .3. 1 . 1 . Where Note e also applies, the increase for
both notes shall be apphed accumulatively.

e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures or safety cans. Where Note d also appUes, the increase for
both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

f. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

g. Permitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
h. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class lA, IB or IC flammable liquids.

i . Inside a building, the maximum capacity of a combustible Uquid storage system that is connected to a fuel-oil piping system shall be 660 gallons provided such system compUes with the International Fire Code.

j. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.

k. A maximum quantity of 200 pounds of solid or 20 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed when such materials are neces sary for maintenance purposes, operation or sanitation of equipment. Storage contain-
ers and the maimer of storage shall be approved.

1. Net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks. Where the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks is not known, 25 percent of the gross weight of the fireworks, including packaging,
shall be used.

m. For gallons of Uquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 2703. 1 .2 of the International Fire Code.

n. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.4, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and 414.2.5(2).

o. Densely packed baled cotton that compUes with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.

p. The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities:

1. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles.

2. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with this code.

3. Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appUances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code.

4. Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Mechanical Code.

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

[F] TABLE 307.1(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL POSING A HEALTH HAZARD^"-''''

MATERIAL

STORAGE"

USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS"

USE-OPEN SYSTEMS"

Solid pounds^' '

Liquid gallons
(pounds)^' '

Gas (cubic feet
at NTP)«

Solid pounds^

Liquid gallons
(pounds)^

Gas (cubic feet
at NTP)^

Solid pounds^

Liquid gallons
(pounds)"

Corrosive

5,000

500

810f-s

5,000

500

BlO^-g

1,000

100

Highly toxic

(10)'

20^

(10)'

20"

(3)'

Toxic

500

(500)'

810^

500

(5ooy

810f

125

(125)'

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m^ 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.

b. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics, containing not more than 50 per-
cent by volume of water-miscible hquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be hmited, provided that such materials are pack-
aged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.

c. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying withSection 414.2.4, see Table 414.2.4(1).

d. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity Usted for storage.

e. Quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
Where Note f also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

f. Quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire
Code. Where Note e also apphes, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

g. A single cylinder containing 1 50 pounds or less of anhydrous ammonia in a single control area in a nonsprinklered building shall be considered a maximum allow-
able quantity. Two cylinders, each containing 150 pounds or less in a single control area, shall be considered a maximum allowable quantity provided the building
is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance withSection 903.3.1.1.

h. Allowed only when stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire Code.

i. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.

j. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 2703. 1.2 of the International Fire Code.

DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the
extremely rapid oxidation of a flammable dust or vapor in air,
in which the reaction progresses through the unbumed material
at a rate less than the velocity of sound. A deflagration can have
an explosive effect.

DETACHED BUILDING. A separate single-story building,
without a basement or crawl space, used for the storage or use
of hazardous materials and located an approved distance from
all structures.

DETONATION. An exothermic reaction characterized by the
presence of a shock wave in the material which establishes and
maintains the reaction. The reaction zone progresses through
the material at a rate greater than the velocity of souiid. The
principal heating mechanism is one of shock compression.
Detonations have an explosive effect.

DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring of any material
from a container, tank or similar vessel, whereby vapors, dusts,
fumes, mists or gases are liberated to the atmosphere.

EXPLOSIVE. Any chemical compound, mixture or device,
the primary or common purpose of which is to function by
explosion. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite,
black powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators,
safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord, igniters and
display fireworks, 1.3G (Class B, Special).

The term "explosive" includes any material determined to be
within the scope of USC Title 18: Chapter 40 and also includes
any material classified as an explosive other than consumer
fireworks, 1 .40 (Class C, Common) by the hazardous materi-
als regulations of DQTn 49 CFR.

High explosive. Explosive material, such as dynamite,
which can be caused to detonate by means of a No. 8 test
blasting cap when unconfined.

Low explosive. Explosive material that will bum or defla-
grate when ignited. It is characterized by a rate of reaction
that is less than the speed of sound. Examples of low explo-
sives include, but are not limited to, black powder; safety
fuse; igniters; igniter cord; fuse lighters; fireworks, 1.3G
(Class B, Special) and propellants, 1.3C.

Mass-detonating explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5
explosives alone or in combination, or loaded into various
types of ammunition or containers, most of which can be
expected to explode virtually instantaneously when a small
portion is subjected to fire, severe concussion, impact, the
impulse of an initiating agent or the effect of a considerable
discharge of energy from without. Materials that react in
this manner represent a mass explosion hazard. Such an
explosive will normally cause severe structural damage to
adjacent objects. Explosive propagation could occur imme-
diately to other items of ammunition and explosives stored
sufficiently close to and not adequately protected from the
initially exploding pile with a time interval short enough so
that two or more quantities must be considered as one for
quantity-distance purposes.

UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives. The former classification
system used by DQTn included the terms "high" and "low"
explosives as defined herein. The following terms further
define explosives under the current system applied by
DQTn for all explosive materials defined as hazard Class 1
materials. Compatibility group letters are used in concert
with the division to specify further limitations on each divi-
sion noted (i.e., the letter G identifies the material as a pyro-
technic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic
substance and similar materials).

Division 1.1. Explosives that have a mass explosion haz-
ard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost the
entire load instantaneously.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard
but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and
either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard
or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion
hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to the
package and no projection of fragments of appreciable
size or range is to be expected. An external fire must not
cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the
entire contents of the package.

Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives. This division
is comprised of substances that have a mass explosion
hazard, but that are so insensitive there is very little prob-
ability of initiation or of transition from burning to deto-
nation under normal conditions of transport.

Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do not
have a mass explosion hazard. This division is comprised
of articles that contain only extremely insensitive deto-
nating substances and which demonstrate a negligible
probability of accidental initiation or propagation.

FIREWORKS. Any composition or device for the purpose of
producing a visible or audible effect for entertainment pur-
poses by combustion, deflagration or detonation that meets the
definition of 1.4G fireworks or 1.3G fireworks as set forth
herein.

FIREWORKS, 1.3G. (Formerly Class B, Special Fireworks.)
Large fireworks devices, which are explosive materials,
intended for use in fireworks displays and designed to produce
audible or visible effects by combustion, deflagration or deto-
nation. Such 1 .3G fireworks include, but are not limited to, fire-
crackers containing more than 130 milligrams (2 grains) of
explosive composition, aerial shells containing more than 40
grams of pyrotechnic composition, and other display pieces
which exceed the limits for classification as 1.4G fireworks.
Such 1.3G fireworks are also described as fireworks, UN0335
by the DOTn.

FIREWORKS, 1.4G. (Formerly Class C, Common Fire-
works.) Small fireworks devices containing restricted amounts
of pyrotechnic composition designed primarily to produce vis-
ible or audible effects by combustion. Such 1.4G fireworks
which comply with the construction, chemical composition
and labeling regulations of the DOTn for fireworks, UN0336,
and the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) as
set forth in CPSC 16 CFR: Parts 1500 and 1507, are not explo-
sive materials for the purpose of this code.

FLAMMABLE GAS. A material that is a gas at 68°F (20°C)
or less at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (101
kPa) of pressure [a material that has a boiling point of 68°F
(20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa)] which:

1 . Is ignitable at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) when in a mixture of 13
percent or less by volume with air; or

2. Has a flammable range at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) with air of
at least 12 percent, regardless of the lower limit.

The limits specified shall be determined at 14.7 psi (101 kPa)
of pressure and a temperature of 68 °F (20°C) in accordance
with ASTME 681.

FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. A liquefied compressed
gas which, under a charged pressure, is partially liquid at a tem-
perature of 68°F (20°C) and which is flammable.

FLAMMABLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup flash
point below 100°F (38°C). Flammable liquids are further cate-
gorized into a group known as Class I liquids. The Class I cate-
gory is subdivided as follows:

Class lA. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C).

Class IB. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C).

Class IC. Liquids having a flash point at or above 73 °F
(23°C) and below 100°F (38°C).

The category of flammable liquids does not include com-
pressed gases or cryogenic fluids.

FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of being
readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a temperature
of600°F(316°C)orless.

FLAMMABLE SOLID. A sohd, other than a blasting agent or
explosive, that is capable of causing fire through friction,
absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or
retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which has an
ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or which bums so
vigorously and persistently when ignited as to create a serious
hazard. A chemical shall be considered a flammable solid as
determined in accordance with the test method of CPSC 16
CFR; Part 1500.44, if it ignites and bums with a self-sustained
flame at a rate greater than 0. 1 inch (2.5 mm) per second along its
major axis.

FLASH POINT. The minimum temperature in degrees Fahren-
heit at which a Uquid will give off sufficient vapors to form an
ignitable mixture with air near the surface or in the container, but
will not sustain combustion. The flash point of a liquid shall be
determined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as spec-
ified in ASTM D 56, ASTM D 93 or ASTM D 3278.

HANDLING. The deUberate transport by any means to a point
of storage or use.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Those chemicals or substances
that are physical hazards or health hazards as defined and classi-
fied in this section and the International Fire Code, whether the
materials are in usable or waste condition.

HEALTH HAZARD. A classification of a chemical for which
there is statistically significant evidence that acute or chronic
health effects are capable of occurring in exposed persons. The
term "health hazard" includes chemicals that are toxic or highly
toxic, and corrosive.

HIGHLY TOXIC. A material which produces a lethal dose or
lethal concentration that falls within any of the following catego-
ries:

1 . A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 50 mil-
hgrams or less per kilogram of body weight when admin-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

istered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300
grams each.

2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 200
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if
death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino
rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each.

3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC50)
in air of 200 parts per milUon by volume or less of gas or
vapor, or 2 milUgrams per liter or less of mist, fume or
dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1
hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats
weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials, such as
water, might not warrant classification as highly toxic. While
this system is basically simple in application, any hazard evalua-
tion that is required for the precise categorization of this type of
material shall be performed by experienced, technically compe-
tent persons.

INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, when
mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that generates
heat, fumes, gases or byproducts which are hazardous to life or
property.

OPEN SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous mate-
rial involving a vessel or system that is continuously open to the
atmosphere during normal operations and where vapors are
liberated, or the product is exposed to the atmosphere during
normal operations. Examples of open systems for solids and
liquids include dispensing from or into open beakers or con-
tainers, dip tank and plating tank operations.

OPERATING BUILDING. A building occupied in conjunc-
tion with the manufacture, transportation or use of explosive
materials. Operating buildings are separated from one another
with the use of intraplant or intraline distances.

ORGANIC PEROXIDE. An organic compound that contains
the bivalent -0-0- structure and which may be considered to be
a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both
of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by an organic radi-
cal. Organic peroxides can pose an explosion hazard (detona-
tion or deflagration) or they can be shock sensitive. They can
also decompose into various unstable compounds over an
extended period of time.

Class I. Those formulations that are capable of deflagration
but not detonation.

Class II. Those formulations that bum very rapidly and that
pose a moderate reactivity hazard.

Class III. Those formulations that bum rapidly and that
pose a moderate reactivity hazard.

Class IV. Those formulations that bum in the same manner
as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reactivity
hazard.

Class V. Those formulations that bum with less intensity
than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion
and that pose no reactivity hazard.

Unclassified detonable. Organic peroxides that are capable
of detonation. These peroxides pose an extremely high
explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition.

OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or other
oxidizing gas, or that readily reacts to promote or initiate com-
bustion of combustible materials. Examples of other oxidizing
gases include bromine, chlorine and fluorine.

Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reaction
due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physical
shock. Additionally, the oxidizer will enhance the buming
rate and can cause spontaneous ignition of combustibles.

Class 3. An oxidizer that will cause a severe increase in the
buming rate of combustible materials with which it comes
in contact or that will undergo vigorous self-sustained
decomposition due to contamination or exposure to heat.

Class 2. An oxidizer that will cause a moderate increase in
the buming rate or that causes spontaneous ignition of com-
bustible materials with which it comes in contact.

Class 1. An oxidizer whose primary hazard is that it slightly
increases the buming rate but which does not cause sponta-
neous ignition when it comes in contact with combustible
materials.

OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate
combustion of other materials.

PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is evi-
dence that it is a combustible liquid, compressed gas, cryo-
genic, explosive, flammable gas, flammable liquid, flammable
solid, organic peroxide, oxidizer, pyrophoric or unstable (reac-
tive) or water-reactive material.

PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an autoignition tempera-
ture in air, at or below a temperature of 130°F (54.4°C).

PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mixmre
that produces visible light displays or sounds through a
self-propagating, heat-releasing chemical reaction which is
initiated by ignition.

TOXIC. A chemical falling within any of the following cate-
gories:

1 . A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more
than 50 milligrams per kilogram, but not more than 500
milligrams per kilogram of body weight when adminis-
tered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300
grams each.

2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more
than 200 milligrams per kilogram but not more than
1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less
if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of
albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each.

3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC50)
in air of more than 200 parts per million but not more
than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or
more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more than 20 mil-
ligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when adminis-
tered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.

UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material, other
than an explosive, which in the pure state or as commercially
produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense
or become self-reactive and undergo other violent chemical
changes, including explosion, when exposed to heat, friction or
shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in the presence of
contaminants, or in contact with incompatible materials.
Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as follows:

Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily capable of
detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive reac-
tion at normal temperatures and pressures. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or local-
ized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pressures.

Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable of detona-
tion or of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction but
which require a strong initiating source or which must be
heated under confinement before initiation. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechani-
cal shock at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally unstable
and readily undergo violent chemical change but do not det-
onate. This class includes materials that can undergo chemi-
cal change with rapid release of energy at normal
temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo violent
chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally stable but
which can become unstable at elevated temperatures and
pressure.

WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that
explodes; violently reacts; produces flammable, toxic or other
hazardous gases; or evolves enough heat to cause autoignition
or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or mois-
ture. Water-reactive materials are subdivided as follows:

Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water without
requiring heat or confinement.

Class 2. Materials that react violently with water or have the
ability to boil water. Materials that produce flammable,
toxic or other hazardous gases or evolve enough heat to
cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon expo-
sure to water or rhoisture.

Class 1. Materials that react with water with some release of
energy, but not violently.

[F] 307.3 High-hazard Group H-1. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a detonation hazard shall be
classified as Group H-1. Such materials shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:

Explosives:

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3

Exception: Materials that are used and maintained in
a form where either confinement or configuration will

not elevate the hazard from a mass fire to mass explo-
sion hazard shall be allowed in H-2 occupancies. ■

Division 1.4

Exception: Articles, including articles packaged for
shipment, that are not regulated as ah explosive under
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms regula-
tions, or unpackaged articles used in process opera-
tions that do not propagate a detonation or
deflagration between articles shall be allowed in H-3
occupancies.

. Division 1.5
Division 1.6

Organic peroxides, unclassified detonable

Oxidizers, Class 4

Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable and Class 4

Detonable pyrophoric materials

[F] 307.4 High-hazard Group H-2. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a deflagration hazard or a hazard
from accelerated burning shall be classified as Group H-2.
Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the follow-
ing:

Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids which
are used or stored in normally open containers or systems,
or in closed containers or systems pressurized at more than
. 15 psi (103.4 kPa) gage.

Combustible dusts

Cryogenic fluids, flammable

Flammable gases

Organic peroxides. Class I

Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally open
containers or systems, or in closed containers or systems
pressurized at more than 15 psi (103 kPa) gage

Pyrophoric liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable

Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3, nondetonable

Water-reactive materials. Class 3

[F] 307.5 High-hazard Group H-3. Buildings and structures
containing materials that readily support combustion or that
pose a physical hazard shall be classified as Group H-3. Such
materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that
are used or stored in normally closed containers or
systems pressurized at 15 pounds per square inch gauge
(103.4 kPa) or less

Combustible fibers, other than densely packed baled cotton

Consumer fireworks, 1.4G (Class C, Common)

Cryogenic fluids, oxidizing

Flammable solids

Organic peroxides. Class II and III

Oxidizers, Class 2

Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally
closed containers or systems pressurized at 1 5 pounds per
square inch gauge (103 kPa) or less

Oxidizing gases

Unstable (reactive) materials. Class 2

Water-reactive materials. Class 2

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

[F] 307.6 High-hazard Group H-4. Buildings and structures
which contain materials that are health hazards shall be classi-
fied as Group H-4. Such materials shall include, but not be lim-
ited to, the following:

Corrosives

Highly toxic materials

Toxic materials

[F] 307.7 High-hazard Group H-5 structures. Semiconduc-
tor fabrication facilities and comparable research and develop-
ment areas in which hazardous production materials (HPM)
are used and the aggregate quantity of materials is in excess of
those Usted in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) shall be classified
as Group H-5. Such facilities and areas shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with Section 415.8.

[F] 307.8 Multiple hazards. Buildings and structures containing
a material or materials representing hazards that are classified in
one or more of Groups H- 1 , H-2, H-3 and H-4 shall conform to the
code requirements for each of the occupancies so classified.

SECTION 308
INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I

308.1 Institutional Group I. Institutional Group I occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, in which people are cared for or live in a super-
vised environment, having physical limitations because of
health or age are harbored for medical treatment or other care
or treatment, or in which people are detained for penal or cor-
rectional purposes or in which the liberty of the occupants is
restricted. Institutional occupancies shall be classified as
Group 1-1,1-2, 1-3 or 1-4.

308.2 Group I-l. This occupancy shall include buildings,
structures or parts thereof housing more than 16 persons, on a
24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other
reasons, live in a supervised residential environment that pro-
vides personal care services. The occupants are capable of
responding to an emergency situation without physical assis-
tance from staff. This group shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:

Residential board and care facilities
Assisted living facilities
Halfway houses
Group homes
Congregate care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
Alcohol and drug centers
Convalescent facilities

A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall
be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the Interna-
tional Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. A
facility such as above, housing at least six and not more than 16
persons, shall be classified as Group R-4.

308.3 Group 1-2. This occupancy shall include buildings and
structures used for medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing or
custodial care on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons
who are not capable of self-preservation. This group shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:

Hospitals

Nursing homes (both intermediate care facilities and

skilled nursing facilities)
Mental hospitals
Detoxification facilities

A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall
be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the Interna-
tional Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2.

308.3.1 Child care facility. A child care facility that pro-
vides care on a 24-hour basis to more than five children 2V2
years of age or less shall be classified as Group 1-2.

308.4 Group 1-3. This occupancy shall include buildings and
structures that are inhabited by more than five persons who are
under restraint or security. An 1-3 facility is occupied by per-
sons who are generally incapable of self-preservation due to
security measures not under the occupants' control. This group
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Prisons
Jails

Reformatories
Detention centers
Correctional centers
Prerelease centers

Buildings of Group 1-3 shall be classified as one of the occu-
pancy conditions indicated in Sections 308.4.1 through
308.4.5 (see Section 408.1).

308.4.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas, and other spaces where access or occupancy
is permitted, to the exterior via means of egress without
restraint. A Condition 1 facility is permitted to be con-
structed as Group R.

308.4.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas and any other occupied smoke compartment
to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress to the
exterior is impeded by locked exits.

308.4.3 Condition 3. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed within
individual smoke compartments, such as within a residen-
tial unit comprised of individual sleeping units and group
activity spaces, where egress is impeded by remote-con-
trolled release of means of egress from such a smoke com-
partment to another smoke compartment.

308.4.4 Condition 4. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted from
an occupied space. Remote-controlled release is provided to
permit movement from sleeping units, activity spaces and
other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to
other smoke compartments.

308.4.5 Condition 5. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted from
an occupied space. Staff-controlled manual release is pro-
vided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity
spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke compart-
ment to other smoke compartments.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

308.5 Group 1-4, day care facilities. This group shall include
buildings and structures occupied by persons of any age who
receive custodial care for less than 24 hours by individuals
other than parents or guardians, relatives by blood, marriage or
adoption, and in a place other than the home of the person cared
for. A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall
be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the Interna-
tional Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2.
Places of worship during religious functions are not included.

308.5.1 Adult care facility. A facility that provides accom-
modations for less than 24 hours for more than five unre-
lated adults and provides supervision and personal care
services shall be classified as Group 1-4.

Exception: A facility where occupants are capable of
responding to an emergency situation without physical
assistance from the staff shall be classified as Group A-3 .

308.5.2 Child care facility. A facility that provides supervi-
sion and personal care on less than a 24-hour basis for more
than five children 2 Vj years of age or less shall be classified
as Group 1-4.

Exception: A child day care facility that provides care
for more than five but no more than 100 children 2 V2
years or less of age, when the rooms where such children
are cared for are located on the level of exit discharge and
each of these child care rooms has an exit door directly to
the exterior, shall be classified as Group E.

SECTION 309
MERCANTILE GROUP M

309.1 Mercantile Group M. Mercantile Group M occupancy
includes, among others, buildings and structures or a portion
thereof, for the display and sale of merchandise, and involves
stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to such pur-
poses and accessible to the public. Mercantile occupancies
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Department stores

Drug stores

Markets

Motor fuel-dispensing facilities

Retail or wholesale stores

Sales rooms

309.2 Quantity of hazardous materials. The aggregate quan-
tity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or
noncombustible liquid hazardous materials stored or displayed
in a single control area of a Group M occupancy shall not
exceed the quantities in Table 414.2.4(1).

SECTION 310
RESIDENTIAL GROUP R

310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes,
among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion
thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Institu-
tional Group I or when not regulated by the International Resi-

dential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. Residential
occupancies shall include the following:

R-1 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units
where the occupants are primarily transient in nature,
including:

Boarding houses (transient)
Hotels (transient)
Motels (transient)

R-2 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units or
more than two dwelling units where the occupants are
primarily permanent in nature, including:

Apartment houses

Boarding houses (not transient)

Convents

Dormitories

Fraternities and sororities

Hotels (nontransient)

Monasteries

Motels (nontransient)

Vacation timeshare properties

Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer occu-
pants are permitted to comply with the construction
requirements for Group R-3.

R-3 Residential occupancies where the occupants are pri-
marily permanent in nature and not classified as Group
R-1, R-2, R-4 or I, including:

Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling

units.
Adult facilities that provide accommodations for

five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24

hours.
Child care facilities that provide accommodations for

five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24

hours.
Congregate living facilities with 1 6 or fewer persons.

Adult and child care facilities that are within a sin-
gle-family home are permitted to comply with the
International Residential Code.

R-4 Residential occupancies shall include buildings
arranged for occupancy as residential care/assisted liv-
ing facilities including more than five but not more than
16 occupants, excluding staff.

Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the require-
ments for construction as defined for Group R-3,
except as otherwise provided for in this code, or shall
comply with the International Residential Code.

310.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

BOARDING HOUSE. A building arranged or used for lodg-
ing for compensation, with or without meals, and not occupied
as a single-family unit.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'^

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

I CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part
thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share bath-
room and/or kitchen facilities.

DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping
accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of
closely associated rooms, for persons not members of the same
family group, under joint occupancy and single management,
as in college dormitories or fraternity houses.

PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. The care of residents who do
not require chronic or convalescent medical or nursing care.
Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the resi-
dent while inside the building.

RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILI-
TIES. A building or part thereof housing persons, on a 24-hour
basis, who because of age, mental disability or other reasons,
live in a supervised residential environment which provides
personal care services. The occupants are capable of respond-
ing to an emergency situation without physical assistance from
staff. This classification shall include, but not be limited to, the
following: residential board and care facilities, assisted living
facilities, halfway houses, group homes, congregate care facili-
ties, social rehabiUtation facihties, alcohol and drug abuse cen-
ters and convalescent facilities.

(TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit
for not more than 30 days.

SECTION 311
STORAGE GROUP S

311.1 Storage Group S. Storage Group S occupancy includes,
among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion
thereof, for storage that is not classified as a hazardous occu-
pancy.

311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-1. Buildings
occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2,
including, but not limited to, storage of the following:

Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3

Aircraft repair hangar

Bags: cloth, burlap and paper

Bamboos and rattan

Baskets

Belting: canvas and leather

Books and paper in rolls or packs

Boots and shoes

Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone

Cardboard and cardboard boxes

,Clothing, woolen wearing apparel

Cordage

Dry boat storage (indoor)

Furniture

Furs

Glues, mucilage, pastes and size

Grains

Horns and combs, other than celluloid

Leather

Linoleum

Lumber

Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the maximum

allowable quantities of hazardous materials listed in

Table 307.1(1) (see Section 406.6)
Photo engravings
Resilient flooring
Silks
Soaps
Sugar

Tires, bulk storage of
Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff
Upholstery and mattresses
Wax candles

311.3 Low-hazard storage, Group S-2. Includes, among oth-
ers, buildings used for the storage of noncombustible materials
such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons with or
without single thickness divisions; or in paper wrappings. Such
products are permitted to have a negligible amount of plastic
trim, such as knobs, handles or film wrapping. Storage uses
shall include, but not be limited to, storage of the following:

Aircraft hangar

Asbestos

Beverages up to and including 12-percent alcohol in metal,

glass or ceramic containers
Cement in bags
Chalk and crayons

Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers
Dry cell batteries
Electrical coils
Electrical motors
Empty cans
Food products

Foods in noncombustible containers
Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or containers
Frozen foods
Glass

Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids
Gypsum board
Inert pigments
Ivory
Meats

Metal cabinets

Metal desks with plastic tops and trim
Metal parts
Metals
Mirrors

Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers
Parking garages, open or enclosed
Porcelain and pottery
Stoves

Talc and soapstones
Washers and dryers

SECTION 312
UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U

312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an accessory char-
acter and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific
occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to
conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy. Group U
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Agricultural buildings

Aircraft hangars, accessory to a one- or two-family

residence (see Section 412.3)
Bams
Carports

Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) high
Grain silos, accessory to a residential occupancy
Greenhouses
Livestock shelters
Private garages
Retaining walls
Sheds
Stables
Tanks
Towers

36 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

CHAPTER 4

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED
ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

SECTION 401
SCOPE

401.1 Detailed use and occupancy requirements. In addition
to the occupancy and construction requirements in this code,
the provisions of this chapter apply to the special uses and
occupancies described herein.

SECTION 402
COVERED MALL BUILDINGS

402.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to
buildings or structures defined herein as covered mall buildings
not exceeding three floor levels at any point nor more than three
stories above grade plane. Except as specifically required by
this section, covered mall buildings shall meet applicable pro-
visions of this code.

Exceptions:

1. Foyers and lobbies of Groups B, R-1 and R-2 are not
required to comply with this section.

2. Buildings need not comply with the provisions of this
section when they totally comply with other applica-
ble provisions of this code.

402.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter building of a
group other than H having direct access to a covered mall build-
ing but having required means of egress independent of the
mall.

COVERED MALL BUILDING. A single building enclosing
a number of tenants and occupants such as retail stores, drink-
ing and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement
facilities, passenger transportation terminals, offices, and other
similar uses wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance
into one or more malls. For the purpose of this chapter, anchor
buildings shall not be considered as a part of the covered mall
building.

FOOD COURT. A public seating area located in the mall that
serves adjacent food preparation tenant spaces.

GROSS LEASABLE AREA. The total floor area designed
for tenant occupancy and exclusive use. The area of tenant
occupancy is measured from the centerlines of joint partitions
to the outside of the tenant walls. All tenant areas, including
areas used for storage, shall be included in calculating gross
leasable area.

MALL. A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a
covered mall building that serves as access for two or more ten-
ants and not to exceed three levels that are open to each other.

402.3 Lease plan. Each covered mall building owner shall pro-
vide both the building and fire departments with a lease plan
showing the location of each occupancy and its exits after the
certificate of occupancy has been issued. No modifications or
changes in occupancy or use shall be made from that shown on
the lease plan without prior approval of the building official.

402.4 Means of egress. Each tenant space and the covered mall
building shall be provided with means of egress as required by
this section and this code. Where there is a conflict between the
requirements of this code and the requirements of this section,
the requirements of this section shall apply.

402.4.1 Determination of occupant load. The occupant
load permitted in any individual tenant space in a covered
mall building shall be determined as required by this code.
Means of egress requirements for individual tenant spaces
shall be based on the occupant load thus determined.

402.4.1.1 Occupant formula. In determining required
means of egress of the mall, the number of occupants for
whom means of egress are to be provided shall be based
on gross leasable area of the covered mall building
(excluding anchor buildings) and the occupant load fac-
tor as determined by the following equation.

OLF= (0.00007) (GLA) + 25
where:

(Equation 4-1)

OLF= The occupant load factor (square feet per per-
son).

GLA= The gross leasable area (square feet).

402.4.1.2 OLE range. The occupant load factor (OLF) is
not required to be less than 30 and shall not exceed 50.

402.4.1.3 Anchor buildings. The occupant load of
anchor buildings opening into the mall shall not be
included in computing the total number of occupants for
the mall.

402.4.1.4 Food courts. The occupant load of a food
court shall be determined in accordance with Section
1004. For the purposes of determining the means of
egress requirements for the mall, the food court occupant
load shall be added to the occupant load of the covered
mall building as calculated above.

402.4.2 Number of means of egress. Wherever the dis-
tance of travel to the mall from any location within a ten-
ant space used by persons other than employees exceeds
75 feet (22 860 mm) or the tenant space has an occupant
load of 50 or more, not less than two means of egress shall
be provided.

402.4.3 Arrangements of means of egress. Assembly
occupancies with an occupant load of 500 or more shall be
so located in the covered mall building that their entrance

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

will be immediately adjacent to a principal entrance to the
mall and shall have not less than one-half of their required
means of egress opening directly to the exterior of the cov-
ered mall building.

402.4.3.1 Anchor building means of egress. Required
means of egress for anchor buildings shall be provided
independently from the mall means of egress system.
The occupant load of anchor buildings opening into the
mall shall not be included in determining means of egress
requirements for the mall. The path of egress travel of
malls shall not exit through anchor buildings. Malls ter-
minating at an anchor building where no other means of
egress has been provided shall be considered as a
dead-end mall.

402.4.4 Distance to exits. Within each individual tenant
space in a covered mall building, the maximum distance of
travel from any point to an exit or entrance to the mall shall
not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).

The maximum distance of travel from any point within a
mall to an exit shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).

402.4.5 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is
required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to travel
in either direction from any point in a mall to separate exits.
The minimum width of an exit passageway or corridor from
a mall shall be 66 inches (1676 mm).

Exception: Dead ends not exceeding a length equal to
twice the width of the mall measured at the narrowest
location within the dead-end portion of the mall.

402.4.5.1 Exit passageways. Where exit passageways
provide a secondary means of egress from a tenant space,
doorways to the exit passageway shall be protected by
1-hour fire door assemblies that are self- or automatic
closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section
715.4.7.3.

402.4.6 Service areas fronting on exit passageways.

Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, building service areas
and service elevators are permitted to open directly into exit
passageways, provided the exit passageway is separated
from such rooms with not less than 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated fire barriers and 1-hour opening protectives.

402.5 Mall width. For the purpose of providing required egress,
malls are permitted to be considered as corridors but need not
comply with the requirements of Section 1005.1 of this code
where the width of the mall is as specified in this section.

402.5.1 Minimum width. The minimum width of the mall
shall be 20 feet (6096 mm). The mall width shall be suffi-
cient to accommodate the occupant load served. There shall
be a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) clear exit width to a
height of 8 feet (2438 mm) between any projection of a ten-
ant space bordering the mall and the nearest kiosk, vending
machine, bench, display opening, food court or other
obstruction to means of egress travel.

402.6 Types of construction. The area of any covered mall
building, including anchor buildings, of Type I, II, III and IV
construction, shall not be limited provided the covered mall

building and attached anchor buildings and parking garages are
surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less
than 60 feet (18 288 mm) and the anchor buildings do not
exceed three stories in height. The allowable height and area of
anchor buildings greater than three stores in height shall com-
ply with Section 503, as modified by Sections 504 and 506. The
construction type of open parking garages and enclosed park-
ing garages shall comply with Sections 406.3 and 406.4,
respectively.

402.7 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Fire-resis-
tance-rated separation is not required between tenant spaces
and the mall. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not required
between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces or the mall.

402.7.1 Attached garage. An attached garage for the stor-
age of passenger vehicles having a capacity of not more than
nine persons and open parking garages shall be considered
as a separate building where it is separated from the covered
mall building by a fire barrier having a fire-resistance rating
of at least 2 hours.

Exception: Where an open parking garage or enclosed
parking garage is separated from the covered mall build-
ing or anchor building a distance greater than 10 feet
(3048 mm), the provisions of Table 602 shall apply.
Pedestrian walkways and tunnels which attach the open
parking garage or enclosed parking garage to the covered
mall building or anchor building shall be constructed in
accordance with Section 3104.

402.7.2 Tenant separations. Each tenant space shall be
separated from other tenant spaces by a fire partition com-
plying with Section 708. A tenant separation wall is not
required between any tenant space and the mall.

402.7.3 Anchor building separation. An anchor building
shall be separated from the covered mall building by fire
walls complying with Section 705.

Exception: Anchor buildings of not more than three sto-
ries above grade plane that have an occupancy classifica- I
tion the same as that permitted for tenants of the covered
mall building shall be separated by 2-hour fire-resistive
fire barriers complying with Section 706.

402.7.3.1 Openings between anchor building and
mall. Except for the separation between Group R-1
sleeping units and the mall, openings between anchor
buildings of Type I A, IB, IIA and IIB construction and
the mall need not be protected.

[F] 402.8 Automatic sprinkler system. The covered mall
building and buildings connected shall be equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, which shall comply with the following:

1. The automatic sprinkler system shall be complete and
operative throughout occupied space in the covered mall
building prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces.
Unoccupied tenant spaces shall be similarly protected
unless provided with approved alternate protection.

2. Sprinkler protection for the mall shall be independent
from that provided for tenant spaces or anchors. Where

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

tenant spaces are supplied by the same system, they shall
be independently controlled.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of open parking garages con-
structed in accordance with Section 406.2.

402.8.1 Standpipe system. The covered mall building shall
be equipped throughout with a standpipe system as required
by Section 905.3.3.

402.9 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be pro-
vided where required for atriums in Section 404.

402.10 Kiosks. Kiosks and similar structures (temporary or
permanent) shall meet the following requirements:

1. Combustible kiosks or other structures shall not be
located within the mall unless constructed of any of the
following materials:

1.1. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying with
Section 2303.2.

1.2. Foam plastics having a maximum heat release
rate not greater than lOOkW (105 Btu/h) when
tested in accordance with the exhibit booth proto-
col in UL 1975.

1.3. Aluminum composite material (ACM) having a
flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450
when tested as an assembly in the maximum
thickness intended for use in accordance with
ASTM E 84.

2. Kiosks or similar structures located within the mall shall
be provided with approved fire suppression and detec-
tion devices.

3. The minimum horizontal separation between kiosks or
groupings thereof and other structures within the mall
shall be 20 feet (6096 mm).

4. Each kiosk or similar structure or groupings thereof shall
have a maximum area of 300 square feet (28 m^).

402.11 Children's playground structures. Structures
intended as children's playgrounds that exceed 10 feet (3048
mm) in height and 150 square feet (14 m^) in area shall comply
with the following.

402.11.1 Materials. Children's playground structures shall
be constructed of noncombustible materials or of combusti-
ble materials that comply with the following:

1 . Fire-retardant-treated wood.

2. Light-transmitting plastics complying with Section
2606.

3. Foam plastics (including the pipe foam used in
soft-contained play equipment structures) having a
maximum heat-release rate not greater than 100 kW
when tested in accordance with UL 1975.

4. Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the
requirements of Class A interior finish in accordance
with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the
maximum thickness intended for use.

5. Textiles and films complying with the flame propaga-
tion performance criteria contained in NFPA 701.

6. Plastic materials used to construct rigid components
of soft-contained play equipment structures (such as
tubes, windows, panels, junction boxes, pipes, slides
and decks) meeting the UL 94 V-2 classification
when tested in accordance with UL 94.

7. Ball pool balls, used in soft-contained play equipment
structures, having a maximum heat release rate not
greater than 100 kW when tested in accordance with
UL 1975. The minimum specimen test size shall be
36 inches by 36 inches (914 mm by 914 mm) by an
average of 21 inches (533 mm) deep, and the balls
shall be held in a box constructed of galvanized steel
poultry netting wire mesh.

8. Foam plastics shall be covered by a fabric, coating or
film meeting the flame propagation performance cri-
teria of NFPA 701.

9. The floor covering placed under the children's play-
ground structure shall exhibit a Class I interior floor
finish classification, as described in Section 804,
when tested in accordance with NFPA 253.

402.11.2 Fire protection. Children's playground structures
located within the mall shall be provided with the same level
of approved fire suppression and detection devices required
for kiosks and similar structures.

402.11.3 Separation. Children's playground structures
shall have a minimum horizontal separation from other
structures within the mall of 20 feet (6090 mm).

402.11.4 Area limits. Children's playground structures
shall not exceed 300 square feet (28 m^) in area, unless a
special investigation has demonstrated adequate fire safety. .

402.12 Security grilles and doors. Horizontal sliding or verti-
cal security grilles or doors that are a part of a required means of
egress shall conform to the following:

1. They shall remain in the full open position during the
period of occupancy by the general public.

2. Doors or grilles shall not be brought to the closed posi-
tion when there are 10 or more persons occupying spaces I
served by a single exit or 50 or more persons occupying I
spaces served by more than one exit.

3. The doors or grilles shall be openable from within with-
out the use of any special knowledge or effort where the
space is occupied.

4. Where two or more exits are required, not more than
one-half of the exits shall be permitted to include either a
horizontal sliding or vertical rolling grille or door.

402.13 Standby power. Covered mall buildings exceeding
50,000 square feet (4645 m^) shall be provided with standby
power systems that are capable of operating the emergency
voice/alarm communication system.

[F] 402.14 Emergency voice/alarm communication system.

Covered mall buildings exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645
m^) in total floor area shall be provided with an emergency

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

voice/alarm communication system. Emergency voice/alarm
communication systems serving a mall, required or otherwise,
shall be accessible to the fire department. The system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.

402.15 Plastic signs. Plastic signs affixed to the storefi-ont of
any tenant space facing the mall shall be limited as specified in
Sections 402.15.1 through 402.15.5.2.

402.15.1 Area. Plastic signs shall not exceed 20 percent of
the wall area facing the mall.

402.15.2 Height and width. Plastic signs shall not exceed a
height of 36 inches (914 mm), except if the sign is vertical,
the height shall not exceed 96 inches (2438 mm) and the
width shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm).

402.15.3 Location. Plastic signs shall be located a mini-
mum distance of 1 8 inches (457 mm) from adjacent tenants.

402.15.4 Plastics other than foam plastics. Plastics other
than foam plastics used in signs shall be light-transmitting
plastics complying with Section 2606.4 or shall have a
self-ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater when
tested in accordance with ASTM D 1929, and a flame
spread index not greater than 75 and smoke-developed
index not greater than 450 when tested in the manner
intended for use in accordance with ASTM E 84 or meet the
acceptance criteria of Section 803.2. 1 when tested in accor-
dance with NFPA 286.

402.15.4.1 Encasement. Edges and backs of plastic
signs in the mall shall be fully encased in metal.

402.15.5 Foam plastics. Foam plastics used in signs shall
have flame-retardant characteristics such that the sign has a
maximum heat-release rate of 150 kilowatts when tested in
accordance with UL 1975 and the foam plastics shall have
the physical characteristics specified in this section. Foam
plastics used in signs installed in accordance with Section
402.14 shall not be required to comply with the flame
spread and smoke-developed indexes specified in Section
2603.3.

402.15.5.1 Density. The minimum density of foam plas-
tics used in signs shall not be less than 20 pounds per
cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/m^).

402.15.5.2 Thickness. The thickness of foam plastic
signs shall not be greater than V2 inch (12.7 mm).

[F] 402.16 Fire department access to equipment. Rooms or
areas containing controls for air-conditioning systems, auto-
matic fire-extinguishing systems or other detection, suppres-
sion or control elements shall be identified for use by the fire
department.

SECTION 403
HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS

403.1 Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply
to buildings with an occupied floor located more than 75 feet

(22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle ■:,
access. ;,

Exception: The provisions of this section shall not apply to
the following buildings and structures:

1 . Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Sec-
tion 412.

2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.3.

3. Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5 in accor-
dance with Section 303.1.

4. Low-hazard special industrial occupancies in accor-
dance with Section 503. 1 . 1 .

5. Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-1, H-2 or
H-3 in accordance with Section 415.

[F] 403.2 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and struc-
tures shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a secondary
water supply where required by Section 903.3.5.2.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of:

1. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.3.

2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used
exclusively for telecommunications equipment, asso-
ciated electrical power distribution equipment, bat-
teries and standby engines , provided that those spaces
or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic
fire detection system in accordance with Section
907.2 and are separated from the remainder of the
building by fire barriers consisting of not less than I
1-hour fire-resistance-rated walls and 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assemblies.

403.3 Reduction in fire-resistance rating. The fire-resis-
tance-rating reductions listed in Sections 403.3.1 and 403.3.2
shall be allowed in buildings that have sprinkler control valves
equipped with supervisory initiating devices and water-flow
initiating devices for each floor.

403.3.1 Type of construction. The following reductions in
the minimum construction type allowed in Table 601 shall
be allowed as provided in Section 403.3:

1. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in I
height. Type lA construction shall be allowed to be I
reduced to Type IB.

Exception: The required fire-resistance rating of
columns supporting floors shall not be allowed to
be reduced.

2. In other than Groups F-1, M and S-1, Type IB con-
struction shall be allowed to be reduced to Type IIA.

3. The height and area limitations of the reduced con-
struction type shall be allowed to be the same as for
the original construction type.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

403.3.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater than
420 feet (128 m) in height, the required fire-resistance rat-
ing of the fire barriers enclosing vertical shafts, other than
exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures, shall be
reduced to 1 hour where automatic sprinklers are installed
within the shafts at the top and at alternate floor levels.

403.4 Emergency escape and rescue. Emergency escape and
rescue openings required by Section 1026 are not required.

[F] 403.5 Automatic fire detection. Smoke detection shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.12.1.

[F] 403.6 Emergency voice/alarm communication systems.

An emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.

[F] 403.7 Fire department communications system. A

two-way fire department communications system shall be pro-
vided for fire department use in accordance with Section
907.2.12.3.

[F] 403.8 Fire command. A fire command center complying
with Section 911 shall be provided in a location approved by
the fire department.

403.9 Elevators. Elevator operation and installation shall be in
accordance with Chapter 30.

[F] 403.10 Standby power. A standby power system comply-
ing with Section 2702 shall be provided for standby power
loads specified in Section 403.10.2.

403.10.1 Special requirements for standby power sys-
tems. If the standby system is a generator set inside a build-
ing, the system shall be located in a separate room enclosed
with 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 706 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor-
dance with Section 711, or both. System supervision with
manual start and transfer features shall be provided at the
fire command center.

[F] 403.10.2 Standby power loads. The following are clas-
sified as standby power loads:

1. Power and lighting for the fire command center
required by Section 403.8;

2. Electrically powered fire pumps; and

3. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment
for smokeproof enclosures.

Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accor-
dance with Sections 1007.4 and 3003.

[F] 403.11 Emergency power systems. An emergency power
system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for
emergency power loads specified in Section 403.11.1.

[F] 403.11.1 Emergency power loads. The following are
classified as emergency power loads:

1 . Exit signs and means of egress illumination required
by Chapter 10;

2. Elevator car lighting;

3. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems;

4. Automatic fire detection systems; and

5. Fire alarm systems.

403.12 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other than
the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be locked from
stairway side. Stairway doors that are locked from the stairway
side shall be capable of being unlocked simultaneously without
unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center.

403.12.1 Stairway communications system. A telephone
or other two-way communications system connected to an
approved constantly attended station shall be provided at
not less than every fifth floor in each required stairway
where the doors to the stairway are locked.

403.13 Smokeproof exit enclosures. Every required stairway
serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest
level of fire department vehicle access shall comply with Sec-
tions 909.20 and 1020.1.7.

403.14 Seismic considerations. For seismic considerations,
see Chapter 16.

SECTION 404
ATRIUMS

404.1 General. In other than Group H occupancies, and where
permitted by Exception 5 in Section 707.2, the provisions of
this section shall apply to buildings or structures containing
vertical openings defined herein as "Atriums."

404.1.1 Definition. The following word and term shall, for
the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meaning shown herein.

ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stories
other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escala-
tors, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equip-
ment, which is closed at the top and not defined as a mall.
Stories, as used in this definition, do not include balconies
within assembly groups or mezzanines that comply with
, Section 505.

404.2 Use. The floor of the atrium shall not be used for other
than low fire hazard uses and only approved materials and dec-
orations in accordance with the International Fire Code shall
be used in the atrium space.

Exception: The atrium floor area is permitted to be used for
any approved use where the individual space is provided
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1.

[F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the
entire building.

Exceptions:

1 . That area of a building adj acent to or above the atrium
need not be sprinklered, provided that portion of the
, building is separated from the atrium portion by not
less than a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barrier or
horizontal assembly, or both.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

2. Where the ceiling of the atrium is more than 55 feet
(16 764 mm) above the floor, sprinkler protection at
the ceiling of the atrium is not required.

404.4 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be
installed in accordance with Section 909.

Exception: Smoke control is not required for atriums that
connect only two stories.

404.5 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be separated
from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in
accordance with Section 706 or a horizontal assembly con-
structed in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

Exceptions:

1 . A glass wall forming a smoke partition where auto-
matic sprinklers are spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) or less
along both sides of the separation wall, or on the room
side only if there is not a walkway on the atrium side,
and between 4 inches and 12 inches (102 mm and 305
mm) away from the glass and designed so that the
entire surface of the glass is wet upon activation of the
sprinkler system without obstruction. The glass shall
be installed in a gasketed frame so that the framing
system deflects without breaking (loading) the glass
before the sprinkler system operates.

2. A glass-block wall assembly in accordance with Sec-
tion 2110 and having a V4-hour fire protection rating.

3. The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the atrium
shall not be required to be separated from the atrium
where such spaces are included in the design of the
smoke control system.

[F] 404.6 Standby power. Equipment required to provide
smoke control shall be connected to a standby power system in
accordance with Section 909. 1 1 .

404.7 Interior finish. The interior finish of walls and ceilings
of the atrium shall not be less than Class B with no reduction in
class for sprinkler protection.

404.8 Travel distance. In other than the lowest level of the
atrium, where the required means of egress is through the
atrium space, the portion of exit access travel distance within
the atrium space shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).

SECTION 405
UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS

405.1 General. The provisions of this section apply to building
spaces having a floor level used for human occupancy more
than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the lowest level of exit dis-
charge.

Exceptions:

1 . One- and two-family dwellings, sprinklered in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.3.

2. Parking garages with automatic sprinkler systems in
compliance with Section 405.3.

3. Fixed guide way transit systems.

4. Grandstands, bleachers, stadiums, arenas and similar
facihties.

5. Where the lowest story is the only story that would
qualify the building as an underground building and
has an area not exceeding 1,500 square feet (139 m^)
and has an occupant load less than 10.

405.2 Construction requirements. The underground portion
of the building shall be of Type I construction.

[F] 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system. The highest level of
exit discharge serving the underground portions of the building
and all levels below shall be equipped with an automatic sprin-
kler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
Water-flow switches and control valves shall be supervised in
accordance with Section 903.4.

405.4 Compartmentation. Compartmentation shall be in
accordance with Sections 405.4.1 through 405.4.3.

405.4.1 Number of compartments. A building having a
floor level more than 60 feet (18 288 mm) below the lowest
level of exit discharge shall be divided into a minimum of
two compartments of approximately equal size. Such
compartmentation shall extend through the highest level of
exit discharge serving the underground portions of the
building and all levels below.

Exception: The lowest story need not be compartmented
where the area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (139
m^) and has an occupant load of less than 10.

405.4.2 Smoke barrier penetration. The compartments
shall be separated from each other by a smoke barrier in
accordance with Section 709. Penetrations between the two
compartments shall be limited to plumbing and electrical
piping and conduit that are firestopped in accordance with
Section 712. Doorways shall be protected by fire door
assemblies that are automatic closing by smoke detection in
accordance with Section 715.4.7.3 and are installed in
accordance with NFPA 105 and Section 715.4.3. Where
provided, each compartment shall have an air supply and an
exhaust system independent of the other compartments.

405.4.3 Elevators. Where elevators are provided, each
compartment shall have direct access to an elevator. Where
an elevator serves more than one compartment, an elevator
lobby shall be provided and shall be separated from each
compartment by a smoke barrier in accordance with Section
709. Doors shall be gasketed, have a drop sill and be auto-
matic closing by smoke detection in accordance with Sec-
tion 715.4.7.3.

[F] 405.5 Smoke control system. A smoke control system
shall be provided in accordance with Sections 405.5.1 and
405.5.2.

[F] 405.5.1 Control system. A smoke control system is
required to control the migration of products of combustion
in accordance with Section 909 and the provisions of this
section. Smoke control shall restrict movement of smoke to
the general area of fire origin and maintain means of egress
in a usable condition.

[F] 405.5.2 Compartment smoke control system. Where
compartinentation is required, each compartment shall have

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

an independent smoke control system. The system shall be
automatically activated and capable of manual operation in
accordance with Section 907.2. 18.

[F] 405.6 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be
provided where required by Section 907.2.19.

[F] 405.7 Public address. A pubUc address system shall be
provided where required by Section 907.2. 19. 1 .

405.8 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be in accordance
with Sections 405.8.1 and 405.8.2.

405.8.1 Number of exits. Each floor level shall be provided
with a minimum of two exits. Where compartmentation is
required by Section 405.4, each compartment shall have a
minimum of one exit and shall also have an exit access door-
way into the adjoining compartment.

405.8.2 Smokeproof enclosure. Every required stairway
serving floor levels more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below its
level of exit discharge shall comply with the requirements
for a smokeproof enclosure as provided in Section 1020. 1 .7.

[F] 405.9 Standby power. A standby power system complying
with Section 2702 shall be provided standby power loads spec-
ified in Section 405.9.1.

405.9.1 Standby power loads. The following loads are
classified as standby power loads.

1 . Smoke control system.

2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment
for smokeproof enclosures.

3. Fire pumps.

Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accor-
dance with Section 3003.

405.9.2 Pick-up time. The standby power system shall pick
up its connected loads within 60 seconds of failure of the
normal power supply.

[F] 405.10 Emergency power. An emergency power system
complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for emergency
power loads specified in Section 405.10.1.

[F] 405.10.1 Emergency power loads. The following loads
are classified as emergency power loads:

1. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems.

2. Fire alarm systems.

3. Automatic fire detection systems.

4. Elevator car lighting.

5 . Means of egress and exit sign illumination as required
by Chapter 10.

[F] 405.11 Standpipe system. The underground building shall
be equipped throughout with a standpipe system in aqcordance
with Section 905.

SECTION 406
MOTOR-VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES

406.1 Private garages and carports.
2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

406.1.1 Classification. Buildings or parts of buildings clas-
sified as Group U occupancies because of the use or charac-
ter of the occupancy shall not exceed 1,000 square feet (93
m^) in area or one story in height except as provided in Sec-
tion 406.1.2. Any building or portion thereof that exceeds
the limitations specified in this section shall be classified in
the occupancy group other than Group U that it most nearly
resembles.

406.1.2 Area increase. Group U occupancies used for the
storage of private or pleasure-type motor vehicles where no
repair work is completed or fuel is dispensed are permitted
to be 3,000 square feet (279 m^) when the following provi-
sions are met:

1 . For a mixed occupancy building, the exterior wall and
opening protection for the Group U portion of the
building shall be as required for the major occupancy
of the building. For such a mixed occupancy building,
the allowable floor area of the building shall be as per-
mitted for the major occupancy contained therein.

2. For a building containing only a Group U occupancy,
the exterior wall shall not be required to have a
fire-resistance rating and the area of openings shall
not be limited when the fire separation distance is 5
feet (1524 mm) or more.

More than one 3,000-square-foot (279 m^) Group U
occupancy shall be permitted to be in the same building,
provided each 3,000-square-foot (279 m^) area is separated
by fire walls complying with Section 705.

406.1.3 Garages and carports. Carports shall be open on at
least two sides. Carport floor surfaces shall be of approved :
noncombustible material. Carports not open on at least two
sides shall be considered a garage and shall comply with the
provisions of this section for garages.

Exception: Asphalt surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level in carports.

The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other
vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids
to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.

406.1.4 Separation. Separations shall comply with the
following:

1 . The private garage shall be separated from the dwell-
ing unit and its attic area by means of a minimum
Vj-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board applied to the
garage side. Garages beneath habitable rooms shall be
separated from all habitable rooms above by not less
than a Vg-inch Type X gypsum board or equivalent.
Door openings between a private garage and the
dwelling unit shall be equipped with either solid
wood doors or solid or honeycomb core steel doors
not less than IVg inches (34.9 mm) thick, or doors in
comphance with Section 715.4.3. Openings from a
private garage directly into a room used for sleeping
purposes shall not be permitted. Doors shall be I
self-closing and self-latching. I

2. Ducts in a private garage and ducts penetrating the
walls or ceilings separating the dwelUng unit from the
garage shall be constructed of a minimum 0.019-inch

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

(0.48 mm) sheet steel and shall have no openings into
the garage.

3 . A separation is not required between a Group R-3 and
U carport, provided the carport is entirely open on two
or more sides and there are not enclosed areas above.

406.2 Parking garages.

406.2.1 Classification. Parking garages shall be classified
as either open, as defined in Section 406.3, or enclosed and
shall meet the appropriate criteria in Section 406.4. Also see
Section 509 for special provisions for parking garages.

406.2.2 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level in
vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7
feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodat-
ing van-accessible parking required by Section 1 106.5 shall
conform to ICC A117.1.

406.2.3 Guards. Guards shall be provided in accordance
with Section 1012 at exterior and interior vertical openings
on floor and roof areas where vehicles are parked or moved
and where the vertical distance to the ground or surface
directly below exceeds 30 inches (762 mm).

406.2.4 Vehicle barriers. Parking areas shall be provided
with exterior or interior walls or vehicle barriers, except at
pedestrian or vehicular accesses, designed in accordance
with Section 1607.7. Vehicle barriers not less than 2 feet
(607 mm) high shall be placed at the end of drive lanes, and
at the end of parking spaces where the difference in adjacent
floor elevation is greater than 1 foot (305 mm).

Exception: Vehicle storage compartments in a mechani-
cal access parking garage.

406.2.5 Ramps. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as
required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided.
Vehicle ramps that are utilized for vertical circulation as
well as for parking shall not exceed a slope of 1:15 (6.67
percent).

406.2.6 Floor surface. Parking surfaces shall be of concrete
or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials.

Exception: Asphalt parking surfaces are permitted at
ground level.

The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other
vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids
to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.

406.2.7 Mixed separation. Parking garages shall be sepa-
rated from other occupancies in accordance with Section
508.3.

406.2.8 Special hazards. Connection of a parking garage
with any room in which there is a fuel -fired appliance shall
be by means of a vestibule providing a two-doorway separa-
tion.

Exception: A single door shall be allowed provided the
sources of ignition in the appliance are at least 18 inches
(457 mm) above the floor.

406.2.9 Attached to rooms. Openings from a parking
garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall
not be permitted.

406.3 Open parking garages.

406.3.1 Scope. Except where specific provisions are made
in the following subsections, other requirements of this
code shall apply.

406.3.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.

MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING

GARAGES. Open parking garages employing parking
machines, lifts, elevators or other mechanical devices for
vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public
occupancy is prohibited above the street level.

OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a
structure with the openings as described in Section
406.3.3. 1 on two or more sides that is used for the parking or
storage of private motor vehicles as described in Section
406.3.4.

RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open
parking garages employing a series of continuously rising
floors or a series of interconnecting ramps between floors
permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power
from and to the street level.

406.3.3 Construction. Open parking garages shall be of
Type I, II or IV construction. Open parking garages shall
meet the design requirements of Chapter 16. For vehicle
barriers, see Section 406.2.4.

406.3.3.1 Openings. For natural ventilation purposes,
the exterior side of the structure shall have uniformly dis-
tributed openings on two or more sides. The area of such
openings in exterior walls on a tier must be at least 20
percent of the total perimeter wall area of each tier. The
aggregate length of the openings considered to be pro-
viding natural ventilation shall constitute a minimum of
40 percent of the perimeter of the tier. Interior walls shall
be at least 20 percent open with uniformly distributed
openings.

Exception: Openings are not required to be distrib-
uted over 40 percent of the building perimeter where
the required openings are uniformly distributed over
two opposing sides of the building.

406.3.4 Uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same
building as an open parking garage subject to the provisions
of Sections 508.3, 402.7.1, 406.3.13, 509.3, 509.4 and
509.7.

406.3.5 Area and height. Area and height of open parking
garages shall be limited as set forth in Chapter 5 for Group
S-2 occupancies and as further provided for in Section
508.3.

406.3.5.1 Single use. When the open parking garage is
used exclusively for the parking or storage of private
motor vehicles, with no other uses in the building, the
area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

406.3.5, along with increases allowed by Section
406.3.6.

Exception: The grade-level tier is permitted to con-
tain an office, waiting and toilet rooms having a total
combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93
m^). Such area need not be separated from the open
parking garage.

In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping
floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any
cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per
parking tier. In the case of an open parking garage having
a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896 mm)
of height, or portion thereof, shall be considered a tier.

The clear height of a parking tier shall not be less than
7 feet (2134 mm), except that a lower clear height is per-
mitted in mechanical-access open parking garages where
approved by the building official.

406.3.6 Area and height increases. The allowable area and
height of open parking garages shall be increased in accor-
dance with the provisions of this section. Garages with sides
open on three-fourths of the building's perimeter are permit-
ted to be increased by 25 percent in area and one tier in
height. Garages with sides open around the entire building's
perimeter are permitted to be increased by 50 percent in area
and one tier in height. For a side to be considered open under
the above provisions, the total area of openings along the
side shall not be less than 50 percent of the interior area of
the side at each tier and such openings shall be equally dis-
tributed along the length of the tier.

Allowable tier areas in Table 406.3.5 shall be increased
for open parking garages constructed to heights less than the
table maximum. The gross tier area of the garage shall not
exceed that permitted for the higher structure. At least three
sides of each such larger tier shall have continuous horizon-
tal openings not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in clear height
extending for at least 80 percent of the length of the sides
and no part of such larger tier shall be more than 200 feet (60
960 mm) horizontally from such an opening. In addition,
each such opening shall face a street or yard accessible to a
street with a width of at least 30 feet (9144 mm) for the full
length of the opening, and standpipes shall be provided in
each such tier.

Open parking garages of Type II construction, with all
sides open, shall be unlimited in allowable area where the
height does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). For a side to be
considered open, the total area of openings along the side
shall not be less than 50 percent of the interior area of the
side at each tier and such openings shall be equally distrib-
uted along the length of the tier. All portions of tiers shall be
within 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally from such open-
ings or other natural ventilation openings as defined in Sec-
tion 406.3.3.1. These openings shall be permitted to be
provided in courts with a minimum width of 30 feet (9144
mm) for the full width of the openings.

406.3.7 Fire separation distance. Exterior walls and open-
ings in exterior walls shall comply with Tables 601 and 602.
The distance to an adjacent lot line shall be determined in
accordance with Table 602 and Section 704.

406.3.8 Means of egress. Where persons other than parking
attendants are permitted, open parking garages shall meet
the means of egress requirements of Chapter 10. Where no
persons other than parking attendants are permitted, there
shall not be less than two 36-inch- wide (914 mm) exit stair-
ways. Lifts shall be permitted to be installed for use of
employees only, provided they are completely enclosed by
noncombustible materials.

406.3.9 Standpipes. Standpipes shall be installed where
required by the provisions of Chapter 9.

406.3.10 Sprinlder systems. Where required by other pro-
visions of this code, automatic sprinkler systems and
standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provi-
sions of Chapter 9.

406.3.11 Enclosure of vertical openings. Enclosure shall
not be required for vertical openings except as specified in
Section 406.3.8.

406.3.12 Ventilation. Ventilation, other than the percentage
of openings specified in Section 406.3.3.1, shall not be
required.

406.3.13 Prohibitions. The following uses and alterations
are not permitted:

1. Vehicle repair work.

2. Parking of buses, trucks and similar vehicles.

TABLE 406.3.5
OPEN PARKING GARAGES AREA AND HEIGHT

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

AREA PER TIER
(square feet)

HEIGHT (in tiers)

Ramp access

Mechanical access

Automatic sprinkler system

Yes

Unlimited

12 tiers

18 tiers

IIA

50,000

10 tiers

15 tiers

50,000

8 tiers

12 tiers

50,000

4 tiers

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

3. Partial or complete closing of required openings in
exterior walls by tarpaulins or any other means.

4. Dispensing of fuel.

406.4 Enclosed parking garages.

406.4.1 Heights and areas. Enclosed vehicle parking
garages and portions thereof that do not meet the definition
of open parking garages shall be limited to the allowable
heights and areas specified in Table 503 as modified by Sec-
tions 504, 506 and 507. Roof parking is permitted.

406.4.2 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system shall
be provided in accordance with the International Mechani-
cal Code.

406.5 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities.

406.5.1 Construction. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities
shall be constructed in accordance with the International
Fire Code and this section.

406.5.2 Canopies. Canopies under which fuels are dis-
pensed shall have a clear, unobstructed height of not less
than 1 3 feet 6 inches (4 11 5 mm) to the lowest proj ecting ele-
ment in the vehicle drive-through area. Canopies and their
supports over pumps shall be of noncombustible materials,
fire-retardant-treated wood complying with Chapter 23,
wood of Type IV sizes or of construction providing 1-hour
fire resistance. Combustible materials used in or on a can-
opy shall comply with one of the following:

1. Shielded from the pumps by a noncombustible ele-
ment of the canopy, or wood of Type IV sizes;

2. Plastics covered by aluminum facing having a mini-
mum thickness of 0.010 inch (0.30 mm) or corro-
sion-resistant steel having a minimum base metal
thickness of 0.016 inch (0.41 mm). The plastic shall
have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a
smoke-developed index of 450 or less when tested in
the form intended for use in accordance with ASTM E
84 and a self-ignition temperature of 650°F (343 °C)
or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D
1929; or

3. Panels constructed of light-transmitting plastic mate-
rials shall be permitted to be installed in canopies
erected over motor vehicle fuel-dispensing station
fuel dispensers, provided the panels are located at
least 10 feet (3048 mm) from any building on the
same lot and face yards or streets not less than 40 feet
(12 192 mm) in width on the other sides. The aggre-
gate areas of plastics shall not exceed 1,000 square
feet (93 m^). The maximum area of any individual
panel shall not exceed 100 square feet (9.3 m^).

406.5.2.1 Canopies used to support gaseous hydrogen
systems. Canopies that are used to shelter dispensing
operations where flammable compressed gases are
located on the roof of the canopy shall be in accordance
with the following:

1 . The canopy shall meet or exceed Type I construc-
tion requirements.

2. Operations located under canopies shall be limited
to refueling only.

3. The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that
prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas. ,

406.6 Repair garages.

406.6.1 General. Repair garages shall be constructed in
accordance with the International Fire Code and this sec-
tion. This occupancy shall not include motor fuel-dispens-
ing facilities, as regulated in Section 406.5.

406.6.2 Mixed uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the
same building as a repair garage subject to the provisions of
Section 508.3.

406.6.3 Ventilation. Repair garages shall be mechanically
ventilated in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code. The ventilation system shall be controlled at the
entrance to the garage.

406.6.4 Floor surface. Repair garage floors shall be of con-
crete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materi-
als.

Exception: Slip-resistant, nonabsorbent, interior floor
finishes having a critical radiant flux not more than 0.45
W/cm^, as determined by NFPA 253, shall be permitted.

406.6.5 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
installed in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.

[F] 406.6.6 Gas detection system. Repair garages used for
repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases, such as
hydrogen and nonodorized LNG, shall be provided with an
approved flammable gas-detection system.

[F] 406.6.6.1 System design. The flammable gas-detec-
tion system shall be calibrated to the types of fuels or
gases used by vehicles to be repaired. The gas detection
system shall be designed to activate when the level of
flammable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower explosive
limit. Gas detection shall also be provided in lubrication
or chassis repair pits of garages used for repairing
nonodorized LNG-fueled vehicles.

[F] 406.6.6.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection
system shall result in all of the following:

1 . Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm sig-
nals in the repair garage.

2. Deactivation of all heating systems located in the
repair garage.

3. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system,
where the system is interlocked with gas detection.

[F] 406.6.6.3 Failure of the gas detection system. Fail-
ure of the gas detection system shall result in the deacti-
vation of the heating system, activation of the
mechanical ventilation system when the system is inter-
locked with the gas detection system and cause a trouble
signal to sound in an approved location.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

SECTION 407
GROUP 1-2

407.1 General. Occupancies in Group 1-2 shall comply with
the provisions of this section and other applicable provisions of
this code.

407.2 Corridors. Corridors in occupancies in Group 1-2 shall
be continuous to the exits and separated from other areas in
accordance with Section 407.3 except spaces conforming to
Sections 407.2. 1 through 407.2.4.

407.2.1 Spaces of unlimited area. Waiting areas and simi-
lar spaces constructed as required for corridors shall be per-
mitted to be open to a corridor, only where all of the
following criteria are met:

1. The spaces are not occupied for patient sleeping units,
treatment rooms, hazardous or incidental use areas as
defined in Section 508.2.

2. The open space is protected by an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.

3 . The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the same
smoke compartment, are protected by an automatic
fire detection system installed in accordance with
Section 907, or the smoke compartment in which the
spaces are located is equipped throughout with
quick-response sprinklers in accordance with Section
903.3.2.

4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to
the required exits.

407.2.2 Nurses' stations. Spaces for doctors' and nurses'
charting, communications and related clerical areas shall be
permitted to be open to the corridor, when such spaces are
constructed as required for corridors.

407.2.3 Mental health treatment areas. Areas wherein
mental health patients who are not capable of self-preserva-
tion are housed, or group meeting or multipurpose therapeu-
tic spaces other than incidental use areas as defined in
Section 508.2, under continuous supervision by facility
staff, shall be permitted to be open to the corridor, where the
following criteria are met:

1 . Each area does not exceed 1 ,500 square feet (140 m^).

2. The area is located to permit supervision by the facil-
ity staff.

3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access to
the required exits.

4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire detection
system installed in accordance with Section 907.2.

5. Not more than one such space is permitted in any one
smoke compartment.

6. The walls and ceilings ofthe space are constructed as
required for corridors.

407.2.4 Gift shops. Gift shops less than 500 square feet
(46.5 m^) in area shall be permitted to be open to the corridor
provided the gift shop and storage areas are fully

sprinklered and storage areas are protected in accordance
with Section 508.2.

407.3 Corridor walls. Corridor walls shall be constructed as
smoke partitions in accordance with Section 710. |

407.3.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors, other than those in
a wall required to be rated by Section 508.2 or for the enclo-
sure of a vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a required
fire protection rating and shall not be required to be
equipped with self-closing or automatic-closing devices,
but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the transfer of
smoke and shall be equipped with positive latching. Roller
latches are not permitted. Other doors shall conform to Sec-
tion 715.4.

407.3.2 Locking devices. Locking devices that restrict
access to the patient room from the corridor, and that are
operable only by staff from the corridor side, shall not
restrict the means of egress from the patient room except for
patient rooms in mental health facilities.

407.4 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to
subdivide every story used by patients for sleeping or treatment
and to divide other stories with an occupant load of 50 or more
persons, into at least two smoke compartments. Such stories
shall be divided into smoke compartments with an area of not
more than 22,500 square feet (2092 m^) and the travel distance
from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door
shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall
be in accordance with Section 709.

407.4.1 Refuge area. At least 30 net square feet (2.8 m^) per
patient shall be provided within the aggregate area of corri-
dors, patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas
and other low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke bar-
rier. On floors not housing patients confined to a bed or lit-
ter, at least 6 net square feet (0.56 m^) per occupant shall be
provided on each side of each smoke barrier for the total
number of occupants in adjoining smoke compartments.

407.4.2 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke com-
partment from which means of egress originated.

[F] 407.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Smoke compartments
containing patient sleeping units shall be equipped throughout
with an automatic fire sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1. The smoke compartments shall be equipped
with approved quick-response or residential sprinklers in
accordance with Section 903.3.2.

[F] 407.6 Automatic fire detection. Corridors in nursing
homes (both intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities),
detoxification facilities and spaces permitted to be open to the
corridors by Section 407.2 shall be equipped with an automatic
fire detection system. Hospitals shall be equipped with smoke I
detection as required in Section 407.2. I

Exceptions:

1. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
patient sleeping units are provided with smoke detec-
tors that comply with UL 268. Such detectors shall
provide a visual display on the corridor side of each

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

patient sleeping unit and an audible and visual alarm
at the nursing station attending each unit.

2. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
patient sleeping unit doors are equipped with auto-
matic door-closing devices with integral smoke
detectors on the unit sides installed in accordance
with their listing, provided that the integral detectors
perform the required alerting function.

407.7 Secured yards. Grounds are permitted to be fenced and
gates therein are permitted to be equipped with locks, provided
that safe dispersal areas having 30 net square feet (2.8 m^) for
bed and litter patients and 6 net square feet (0.56 m^) for ambu-
latory patients and other occupants are located between the
building and the fence. Such provided safe dispersal areas shall
not be located less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the building
they serve.

SECTION 408
GROUP 1-3

408.1 General. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall comply with
the provisions of this section and other applicable provisions of
this code (see Section 308.4).

408.2 Mixed occupancies. Portions of buildings with an occu-
pancy in Group 1-3 that are classified as a different occupancy
shall meet the applicable requirements of this code for such
occupancies. Where security operations necessitate the lock-
ing of required means of egress, provisions shall be made for
the release of occupants at all times.

Means of egress from detention and correctional occupan-
cies that traverse other use areas shall, as a minimum, conform
to requirements for detention and correctional occupancies.

Exception: It is permissible to exit through a horizontal exit
into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform to
detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions but
that do comply with requirements set forth in the appropriate
occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a high-hazard use.

408.3 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided for
in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply.

408.3.1 Door width. Doors to resident sleeping units shall
have a clear width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm).

408.3.2 Sliding doors. Where doors in a means of egress are
of the horizontal-sUding type, the force to shde the door to its
fully open position shall not exceed 50 pounds (220 N) with a
perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds (220 N).

408.3.3 Spiral stairs. Spiral stairs that conform to the
requirements of Section 1009.8 are permitted for access to
and between staff locations.

408.3.4 Exit discharge. Exits are permitted to discharge
into a fenced or walled courtyard. Enclosed yards or courts
shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants, a minimum
of 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the building with a net area of
15 square feet (1.4 m^) per person.

408.3.5 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a
means of egress where there are provisions for continuous

and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an
emergency egress condition.

408.3.6 Exit enclosures. One of the required exit enclo- I
sures in each building shall be permitted to have glazing
installed in doors and interior walls at each landing level
providing access to the enclosure, provided that the follow-
ing conditions are met:

1 . The exit enclosure shall not serve more than four floor
levels.

2. Exit doors shall not be less than V4-hour fire door
assemblies complying with Section 715.4

3. The total area of glazing at each floor level shall not
exceed 5,000 square inches (3 m^) and individual pan-
els of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches
(0.84 m2).

4. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an
automatic fire sprinkler system. The sprinkler system
shall be designed to wet completely the entire surface
of any glazing affected by fire when actuated.

5. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed
in such a manner that the framing system will deflect
without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprin-
kler system operates.

6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse
rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be
installed between the automatic sprinklers and the
glazing.

408.4 Locks. Egress doors are permitted to be locked in accor-
dance with the applicable use condition. Doors from an area of
refuge to the exterior are permitted to be locked with a key in
lieu of locking methods described in Section 408.4. 1 . The keys
to unlock the exterior doors shall be available at all times and
the locks shall be operable from both sides of the door.

408.4.1 Remote release. Remote release of locks on doors
in a means of egress shall be provided with reliable means of
operation, remote from the resident living areas, to release
locks on all required doors. In Occupancy Conditions 3 or 4,
the arrangement, accessibility and security of the release
mechanism(s) required for egress shall be such that with the
minimum available staff at any time, the lock mechanisms
are capable of being released within 2 minutes.

Exception: Provisions for remote locking and unlocking
of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition 4 are not
required provided that not more than 10 locks are neces-
sary to be unlocked in order to move occupants from one
smoke compartment to a refuge area within 3 minutes.
The opening of necessary locks shall be accomplished
with not more than two separate keys.

408.4.2 Power-operated doors and locks. Power-operated
sliding doors or power-operated locks for swinging doors
shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at the
door, and either emergency power or a remote mechanical
operating release shall be provided.

Exception: Emergency power is not required in facilities
with 10 locks or less complying with the exception to
Section 408.4.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

408.4.3 Redundant operation. Remote release, mechani-
cally operated sliding doors or remote release, mechanically
operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically oper-
ated release mechanism at each door, or shall be provided
with a redundant remote release control.

408.4.4 Relock capability. Doors remotely unlocked under
emergency conditions shall not automatically relock when
closed unless specific action is taken at the remote location
to enable doors to relock.

408.5 Vertical openings. Vertical openings shall be enclosed
in accordance with Section 707.

Exception: A floor opening between floor levels of residen-
tial housing areas is permitted without enclosure protection
between the levels, provided that both of the following con-
ditions are met:

1 . The entire normally occupied areas so interconnected
are open and unobstructed so as to enable observation
of the areas by supervisory personnel.

2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient to provide
simultaneous egress for all occupants from all inter-
connected levels and areas.

The height difference between the highest and lowest fin-
ished floor levels shall not exceed 23 feet (7010 mm). Each
story, considered separately, has at least one-half of its individ-
ual required means of egress capacity provided by exits leading
directly out of that story without traversing another story
within the interconnected area.

408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall have
smoke barriers complying with Section 709 to divide every
story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any other story hav-
ing an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into at least two
smoke compartments.

Exception: Spaces having a direct exit to one of the follow-
ing, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors
involved complies with the requirements for doors at the
smoke barrier for the use condition involved:

1 . A public way.

2. A building separated from the resident housing area
by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated assembly or 50 feet
(15 240 mm) of open space.

3 . A secured yard or court having a holding space 50 feet
(15 240 mm) from the housing area that provides 6
square feet (0.56 m^) or more of refuge area per occu-
pant, including residents, staff and visitors.

408.6.1 Smoke compartments. The maximum number of
residents in any smoke compartment shall be 200. The
travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any room
door required as exit access shall not exceed 150 feet (45
720 mm). The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier
from any point in a room shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960
mm).

408.6.2 Refuge area. At least 6 net square feet (0.56 m^) per
occupant shall be provided on each side of each smoke bar-
rier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke
compartments. This space shall be readily available wher-

ever the occupants are moved across the smoke barrier in a
fire emergency.

408.6.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke com-
partment from which means of egress originates.

408.7 Subdivision of resident housing areas. Sleeping areas
and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other
common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated
from other spaces in accordance with Sections 408.7. 1 through
408.7.4.

408.7.1 Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4. Each sleeping
area in Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4 shall be separated
from the adjacent common spaces by a smoke-tight parti-
tion where the travel distance from the sleeping area
through the common space to the corridor exceeds 50 feet
(15 240 mm).

408.7.2 Occupancy Condition 5. Each sleeping area in
Occupancy Condition 5 shall be separated from adjacent
sleeping areas, corridors and common spaces by a smoke-
tight partition. Additionally, common spaces shall be sepa-
rated from the corridor by a smoke-tight partition.

408.7.3 Openings in room face. The aggregate area of
openings in a solid sleeping room face in Occupancy Condi-
tions 2, 3, 4 and 5 shall not exceed 120 square inches (77 419
mm^). The aggregate area shall include all openings includ-
ing door undercuts, food passes and grilles. Openings shall
be not more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the floor. In
Occupancy Condition 5, the openings shall be closeable
from the room side.

408.7.4 Smoke-tight doors. Doors in openings in partitions
required to be smoke tight by Section 408.7 shall be sub-
stantial doors, of construction that will resist the passage of
smoke. Latches and door closures are not required on cell
doors.

408.8 Windowless buildings. For the purposes of this section,
a windowless building or portion of a building is one with
nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable or with-
out windows. Windowless buildings shall be provided with an
engineered smoke control system to provide ventilation
(mechanical or natural) in accordance with Section 909. for
each windowless smoke compartment.

SECTION 409
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS

409.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose acetate or other safety
film is utilized in conjunction with electric arc, xenon or other
light-source projection equipment that develops hazardous
gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose nitrate film is utilized
or stored, such rooms shall comply with NFPA 40.

409.1.1 Projection room required. Every motion picture
machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of
this section shall be enclosed in a projection room. Appurte-
nant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transformers

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

and generators, shall be within the projection room or in an
adjacent room of equivalent construction.

409.2 Construction of projection rooms. Every projection
room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the
construction requirements for the type of building in which the
projection room is located. Openings are not required to be pro-
tected.

The room shall have a floor area of not less than 80 square
feet (7.44 m^) for a single machine and at least 40 square feet
(3.7 m^) for each additional machine. Each motion picture pro-
jector, floodlight, spotlight or similar piece of equipment shall
have a clear working space of not less than 30 inches by 30
inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side and at the rear
thereof, but only one such space shall be required between two
adjacent projectors. The projection room and the rooms appur-
tenant thereto shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6
inches (2286 mm). The aggregate of openings for projection
equipment shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of the wall
between the projection room and the auditorium. Openings
shall be provided with glass or other approved material, so as to
close completely the opening.

409.3 Projection room and equipment ventilation. Ventila-
tion shall be provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.

409.3.1 Supply air. Each projection room shall be provided
with adequate air supply inlets so arranged as to provide
well-distributed air throughout the room. Air inlet ducts
shall provide an amount of air equivalent to the amount of
air being exhausted by projection equipment. Air is permit-
ted to be taken from the outside; from adjacent spaces
within the building, provided the volume and infiltration
rate is sufficient; or from the building air-conditioning sys-
tem, provided it is so arranged as to provide sufficient air
when other systems are not in operation.

409.3.2 Exhaust air. Projection rooms are permitted to be
exhausted through the lamp exhaust system. The lamp
exhaust system shall be positively interconnected with the
lamp so that the lamp will not operate unless there is the
required airflow. Exhaust air ducts shall terminate at the
exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust air
cannot be readily recirculated into any air supply system.
The projection room ventilation system is permitted to also
serve appurtenant rooms, such as the generator and rewind
rooms.

409.3.3 Projection machines. Each projection machine
shall be provided with an exhaust duct that will draw air
from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the
building. The lamp exhaust is permitted to serve to exhaust
air from the projection room to provide room air circulation.
Such ducts shall be of rigid materials, except for a flexible
connector approved for the purpose. The projection lamp or
projection room exhaust system, or both, is permitted to be
combined but shall not be interconnected with any other
exhaust or return system, or both, within the building.

409.4 Lighting control. Provisions shall be made for control
of the auditorium lighting and the means of egress lighting sys-
tems of theaters from inside the projection room and from at
least one other convenient point in the building.

409.5 Miscellaneous equipment. Each projection room shall
be provided with rewind and film storage facilities.

SECTION 410
STAGES AND PLATFORMS

410.1 Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply
to all parts of buildings and structures that contain stages or
platforms and similar appurtenances as herein defined.

410.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

FLY GALLERY. A raised floor area above a stage from which
the movement of scenery and operation of other stage effects
are controlled.

GRIDIRON. The structural framing over a stage supporting
equipment for hanging or flying scenery and other stage
effects.

PINRAIL. A rail on or above a stage through which belaying
pins are inserted and to which lines are fastened.

PLATFORM. A raised area within a building used for wor-
ship, the presentation of music, plays or other entertainment;
the head table for special guests; the raised area for lecturers
and speakers; boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-the-round
stages; and similar purposes wherein there are no overhead
hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than
lighting and sound. A temporary platform is one installed for
not more than 30 days.

PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage
from the auditorium or assembly seating area.

STAGE. A space within a building utilized for entertainment
or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains,
drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound. I

410.3 Stages. Stage construction shall comply with Sections
410.3.1 through 410.3.7.

410.3.1 Stage construction. Stages shall be constructed of
materials as required for floors for the type of construction
of the building in which such stages are located.

Exceptions:

1 . Stages of Type IIB or IV construction with a nomi-
nal 2-inch (5 1 nam) wood deck, provided that the
stage is separated from other areas in accordance
with Section 410.3.4.

2. In buildings of Type II A, IIIA and VA construc-
tion, a fire-resistance-rated floor is not required,
provided the space below the stage is equipped
with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in
accordance with Section 903 or 904.

3 . In all types of construction, the finished floor shall be
constructed of wood or approved noncombustible
materials. Openings through stage floors shall be
equipped with tight-fitting, soUd wood trap doors
with approved safety locks.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

410.3.1.1 Stage height and area. Stage areas shall be
measured to include the entire performance area and
adjacent backstage and support areas not separated from
the performance area by fire-resistance-rated construc-
tion. Stage height shall be measured from the lowest
point on the stage floor to the highest point of the roof or
floor deck above the stage.

410.3.2 Galleries, gridirons, catwalks and pinrails.

Beams designed only for the attachment of portable or fixed
theater equipment, gridirons, galleries and catwalks shall be
constructed of approved materials- consistent with the
requirements for the type of construction of the building;
and a fire-resistance rating shall not be required. These areas
shall not be considered to be floors, stories, mezzanines or
levels in applying this code.

Exception: Floors of fly galleries and catwalks shall be
constructed of any approved material.

410.3.3 Exterior stage doors. Where protection of open-
ings is required, exterior exit doors shall be protected with
fire door assemblies that comply with Section 715. Exterior
openings that are located on the stage for means of egress or
loading and unloading purposes, and that are likely to be
open during occupancy of the theater, shall be constructed
with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the auditorium.

410.3.4 Proscenium wall. Where the stage height is greater
than 50 feet (15 240 mm), all portions of the stage shall be
completely separated from the seating area by a proscenium
wall with not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating
extending continuously from the foundation to the roof.

410.3.5 Proscenium curtain. Where a proscenium wall is
required to have a fire-resistance rating, the stage opening
shall be provided with a fire curtain of approved material or
an approved water curtain complying with Section
903.3.1.1. The fire curtain shall be designed and installed to
intercept hot gases, flames and smoke and to prevent a glow
from a severe fire on the stage from showing on the audito-
rium side for a period of 20 minutes. The closing of the fire
curtain from the full open position shall be accomplished in
less than 30 seconds, with the last 8 feet (2438 mm) of travel
requiring 5 or more seconds for full closure.

410.3.5.1 Activation. The curtain shall be activated by
rate-of-rise heat detection installed in accordance with
Section 907.10 operating at a rate of temperature rise of
15 to 20°F per minute (8 to 1 1°C per minute), and by an
auxiliary manual control.

410.3.5.2 Fire test. A sample curtain with a minimum of
two vertical seams shall be subjected to the standard fire
test specified in ASTM E 1 19 for a period of 30 minutes.
The curtain shall overlap the furnace edges by an amount
that is appropriate to seal the top and sides. The curtain
shall have a bottom pocket containing a minimum of 4
pounds per linear foot (5.9 kg/m) of batten. The exposed
surface of the curtain shall not glow, and flame or smoke
shall not penetrate the curtain during the test period.
Unexposed surface temperature and hose stream test
requirements are not applicable to the proscenium fire
safety curtain test.

410.3.5.3 Smoke test. Curtain fabrics shall have a
smoke-developed rating of 25 or less when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84.

410.3.5.4 Tests. The completed proscenium curtain shall
be subjected to operating tests prior to the issuance of a
certificate of occupancy.

410.3.6 Scenery. Combustible materials used in sets and
scenery shall meet the fire propagation performance criteria I
of NFPA 70 1 , in accordance with Section 805 and the Inter- I
national Fire Code. Foam plastics and materials containing
foam plastics shall comply with Section 2603 and the Inter-
national Fire Code.

410.3.7 Stage ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be
provided for stages larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m^) in
floor area, or with a stage height greater than 50 feet (15 240
mm). Such ventilation shall comply with Section 410.3.7.1
or 410.3.7.2.

410.3.7.1 Roof vents. Two or more vents constructed to
open automatically by approved heat-activated devices
and with an aggregate clear opening area of not less than
5 percent of the area of the stage shall be located near the
center and above the highest part of the stage area. Sup-
plemental means shall be provided for manual operation
of the ventilator. Curbs shall be provided as required for
skylights in Section 2610.2. Vents shall be labeled.

[F] 410.3.7.2 Smoke control. Smoke control in accor-
dance with Section 909 shall be provided to maintain the
smoke layer interface not less than 6 feet (1829 mm)
above the highest level of the assembly seating or above
the top of the proscenium opening where a proscenium
wall is provided in compliance with Section 410.3.4.

410.4 Platform construction. Permanent platforms shall be
constructed of materials as required for the type of construction
of the building in which the permanent platform is located. Per-
manent platforms are permitted to be constructed of fire-retar-
dant-treated wood for Type I, II, and IV constmction where the
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the
main floor, and not more than one-third of the room floor area
and not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m^) in area. Where the
space beneath the permanent platform is used for storage or any
other purpose other than equipment, wiring or plumbing, the
floor construction shall not be less than 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated construction. Where the space beneath the perma-
nent platform is used only for equipment, wiring or plumbing,
the underside of the permanent platform need not be protected.

410.4.1 Temporary platforms. Platforms installed for a
period of not more than 30 days are permitted to be con-
structed of any materials permitted by the code. The space
between the floor and the platform above shall only be used
for plumbing and electrical wiring to platform equipment.

410.5 Dressing and appurtenant rooms. Dressing and appur-
tenant rooms shall comply with Sections 410.5.1 through
410.5.3.

410.5.1 Separation from stage. Where the stage height is
greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm), the stage shall be sepa-
rated from dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms,
workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

the stage and other parts of the building by a fire barrier with
not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating with approved
opening protectives. For stage heights of 50 feet (15 240
mm) or less, the required stage separation shall be a fire bar-
rier with not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance rating with
approved opening protectives.

410.5.2 Separation from each other. Dressing rooms,
scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and
compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated
from each other by fire barriers with not less than a 1-hour
fire-resistance rating with approved opening protectives.

410.5.3 Stage exits. At least one approved means of egress
shall be provided from each side of the stage and from each
side of the space under the stage. At least one means of
escape shall be provided from each fly gallery and from the
gridiron. A steel ladder, alternating tread stairway or spiral
stairway is permitted to be provided from the gridiron to a
scuttle in the stage roof.

[F] 410.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Stages shall be
equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in
accordance with Chapter 9. Sprinklers shall be installed under
the roof and gridiron and under all catwalks and galleries over
the stage. Sprinklers shall be installed in dressing rooms, per-
former lounges, shops and storerooms accessory to such
stages.

Exceptions:

1. Sprinklers are not required under stage areas less than
4 feet (1219 mm) in clear height that are utilized
exclusively for storage of tables and chairs, provided
the concealed space is separated from the adjacent
spaces by not less than Vg-inch (15.9 mm) Type X
gypsum board.

2. Sprinklers are not required for stages 1,000 square
feet (93 m^) or less in area and 50 feet (15 240 mm) or
less in height where curtains, scenery or other com-
bustible hangings are not retractable vertically. Com-
bustible hangings shall be limited to a single main
curtain, borders, legs and a single backdrop.

3. Sprinklers are not required within portable orchestra
enclosures on stages.

[F] 410.7 Standpipes. Standpipe systems shall be provided in
accordance with Section 905.

SECTION 411
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS

411.1 General. Special amusement buildings having an occu-
pant load of 50 or more shall comply with the requirements for
the appropriate Group A occupancy and this section. Amuse-
ment buildings having an occupant load of less than 50 shall
comply with the requirements for a Group B occupancy and
this section.

Exception: Amusement buildings or portions thereof that
are without walls or a roof and constructed to prevent the
accumulation of smoke.

For flammable decorative materials, see the International
Fire Code.

411.2 Special amusement building. A special amusement
building is any temporary or permanent building or portion
thereof that is occupied for amusement, entertainment or edu-
cational purposes and that contains a device or system that con-
veys passengers or provides a walkway along, around or over a
course in any direction so arranged that the means of egress
path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio distractions
or is intentionally confounded or is not readily available
because of the nature of the attraction or mode of conveyance
through the building or structure.

[F] 411.3 Automatic fire detection. Special amusement build-
ings shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection system
in accordance with Section 907,

[F] 411.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Special amusement
buildings shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where
the special amusement building is temporary, the sprinkler
water supply shall be of an approved temporary means.

Exception: Automatic sprinklers are not required where the
total floor area of a temporary special amusement building
is less than 1,000 square feet (93 m^) and the travel distance
from any point to an exit is less than 50 feet (15 240 mm).

[F] 411.5 Alarm. Actuation of a single smoke detector, the
automatic sprinkler system or other automatic fire detection
device shall immediately sound an alarm at the building at a
constantly attended location from which emergency action can
be initiated including the capability of manual initiation of
requirements in Section 907.2.11.2.

[F] 411.6 Emergency voice/alarm communications system.

An emergency voice/alarm communications system shall be
provided in accordance with Sections 907.2. 1 1 and 907.2. 12.2,
which is also permitted to serve as a public address system and
shall be audible throughout the entire special amusement build-
ing.

411.7 Exit marking. Exit signs shall be installed at the
required exit or exit access doorways of amusement buildings.
Approved directional exit markings shall also be provided.
Where mirrors, mazes or other designs are utilized that dis-
guise the path of egress travel such that they are not apparent,
approved low-level exit signs and directional path markings
shall be provided and located not more than 8 inches (203 mm)
above the walking surface and on or near the path of egress
travel. Such markings shall become visible in an emergency.
The directional exit marking shall be activated by the automatic
fire detection system and the automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 907.2.1 1.2.

411.8 Interior finish. The interior finish shall be Class A in
accordance with Section 803.1.

SECTION 412
AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES

412.1 Airport traffic control towers.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

412.1.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply
to airport traffic control towers not exceeding 1,500 square
feet (140 m^) per floor occupied only for the following uses:

1 . Airport traffic control cab.

2. Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms.

3. Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms.

4. Office spaces incidental to the tower operation.

5. Lounges for employees, including sanitary facilities.

412.1.2 Type of construction. Airport traffic control tow-
ers shall be constructed to comply with the height and area
limitations of Table 412.1.2.

TABLE 41 2.1 .2

HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR AIRPORT

TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS

TYPE OF
CONSTRUCTION

HEIGHT^
(feet)

MAXIMUM AREA
(square feet)

Unlimited

1,500

240

1,500

IIA

100

1,500

IIB

1,500

niA

1,500

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^.
a. Height to be measured from grade plane to cab floor

412.1.3 Egress. A minimum of one exit stairway shall be
permitted for airport traffic control towers of any height pro-
vided that the occupant load per floor does not exceed 15.
The stairway shall conform to the requirements of Section
.,'. 1009. The stairway shall be separated from elevators by a
minimum distance of one-half of the diagonal of the area
served measured in a straight line. The exit stairway and ele-
vator hoistway are permitted to be located in the same shaft
enclosure, provided they are separated from each other by a
4-hour fire barrier having no openings. Such stairway shall
be pressurized to a minimum of 0. 1 5 inch of water column
(43 Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inch of water column (101
Pa) in the shaft relative to the building with stairway doors
closed. Stairways need not extend to the roof as specified in
Section 1009.11. The provisions of Section 403 do not
apply.

Exception: Smokeproof enclosures as set forth in Sec-
tion 1020.1.7 are not required where required stairways
are pressurized.

[F] 412.1.4 Automatic fire detection systems. Airport traf-
fic control towers shall be provided with an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.2.

[F] 412.1.5 Standby power. A standby power system that
conforms to Section 2702 shall be provided in airport traffic
control towers more than 65 feet (19 812 mm) in height.
Power shall be provided to the following equipment:

1 . Pressurization equipment, mechanical equipment and
hghting.

2. Elevator operating equipment.

3. Fire alarm and smoke detection systems.

412.1,6 Accessibility. Airport traffic control towers need
not be accessible as specified in the provisions of Chapter
11.

412.2 Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 412.2.1 through 412.2.6.

412.2.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls located less than 30
feet (9 144 mm) from property lines, lot lines or a public
way shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 hours.

412.2.2 Basements. Where hangars have basements, the
floor over the basement shall be of Type lA construction and
shall be made tight against seepage of water, oil or vapors.
There shall be no opening or communication between the
basement and the hangar. Access to the basement shall be
from outside only.

412.2.3 Floor surface. Floors shall be graded and drained
to prevent water or fuel from remaining oh the floor. Floor
drains shall discharge through an oil separator to the sewer
or to an outside vented sump.

Exception: Aircraft hangars with individual lease
spaces not exceeding 2,000 square feet (186 m^) each in
which servicing, repairing or washing is not conducted
and fuel is not dispensed shall have floors that are graded
toward the door, but shall not require a separator.

412.2.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
placed in another room separated by 2-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated construction. Entrance shall be from the outside
or by means of a vestibule providing a two-doorway separa-
tion.

Exceptions:

1. Unit heaters and vented infrared radiant heating
equipment suspended at least 10 feet (3048 mm)
above the upper surface of wings or engine enclo-
sures of the highest aircraft that are permitted to be
housed in the hangar and at least 8 feet (2438 mm)
above the floor in shops, offices and other sections
of the hangar communicating with storage or ser-
vice areas.

2. A single interior door shall be allowed, provided
the sources of ignition in the appliances are at least
18 inches (457 mm) above the floor.

412.2.5 Finishing. The process of "doping," involving use
of a volatile flammable solvent, or of painting, shall be car-
ried on in a separate detached building equipped with auto-
matic fire-extinguishing equipment in accordance with
Section 903.

[F] 412.2.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft hangars shall be pro-
vided with fire suppression as required by NFPA 409.

Exception: Group II hangars as defined in NFPA 409
storing private aircraft without major maintenance or

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

overhaul are exempt from foam suppression require-
ments.

412.3 Residential aircraft hangars. Residential aircraft han-
gars as defined in Section 412.3.1 shall comply with Sections
412.3.2 through 412.3.6.

412.3.1 Definition. The following word and term shall, for
the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meaning shown herein.

RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An accessory
building less than 2,000 square feet (186 m^) and 20 feet
(6096 mm) in height, constructed on a one- or two-family
residential property where aircraft are stored. Such use will
be considered as a residential accessory use incidental to the
dwelling.

412.3.2 Fire separation. A hangar shall not be attached to a
dwelling unless separated by a fire barrier having a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Such separation
shall be continuous from the foundation to the underside of
the roof and unpierced except for doors leading to the dwell-
ing unit. Doors into the dwelling unit must be equipped with
self-closing devices and conform to the requirements of
Section 715 with at least a 4-inch (102 mm) noncombustible
raised sill. Openings from a hanger directly into a room used
for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted.

412.3.3 Egress. A hangar shall provide two means of
egress. One of the doors into the dwelling shall be consid-
ered as meeting only one of the two means of egress.

[F] 412.3.4 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be pro-
vided within the hangar in accordance with Section
907.2.21.

412.3.5 Independent systems. Electrical, mechanical and
plumbing drain, waste and vent (DWV) systems installed
within the hangar shall be independent of the systems
installed within the dwelling. Building sewer lines shall be
permitted to be connect outside the structures.

Exception: Smoke detector wiring and feed for electri-
cal subpanels in the hangar.

412.3.6 Height and area limits. Residential aircraft han-
gars shall not exceed 2,000 square feet (186 m^) in area and
20 feet (6096 mm) in height.

[F] 412.4 Aircraft paint hangars. Aircraft painting opera-
tions where flammable liquids are used in excess of the maxi-
mum allowable quantities per control area listed in Table
307.7(1) shall be conducted in an aircraft paint hangar that
complies with the provisions of Section 412.4.

[F] 412.4.1 Occupancy group. Aircraft paint hangars shall
be classified as Group H-2. Aircraft paint hangars shall
comply with the applicable requirements of this code and
the International Fire Code for such occupancy.

412.4.2 Construction. The aircraft paint hangar shall be of
Type I or II construction.

[F] 412.4.3 Operations. Only those flammable liquids nec-
essary for painting operations shall be permitted in quantities
less than the maximum allowable quantities per control area

in Table 307.1(1). Spray equipment cleaning operations shall
be conducted in a Uquid use, dispensing and mixing rooni.

[F]412.4.4 Storage. Storage of flanmiable liquids shall be
in a liquid storage room.

[F] 412.4.5 Fire suppression. Aircraft paint hangars shall
be provided with fire suppression as required by NFR\ 409.

412.4.6 Ventilation. Aircraft paint hangars shall be pro-
vided with ventilation as required in the International
Mechanical Code.

412.5 Heliports and helistops. Heliports and helistops shall
be permitted to be erected on buildings or other locations where
they are constructed in accordance with this section.

412.5.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.

HELIPORT. An area of land or water or a structural surface
that is used, or intended for use, for the landing and taking off
of heUcopters, and any appurtenant areas that are used, or
intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport
facilities.

HELISTOP. The same as a "Heliport," except that no fuel-
ing, defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicop-
ters is permitted.

412.5.2 Size. The landing area for helicopters less than
3,500 pounds (1588 kg) shall be a minimum of 20 feet (6096
mm) in length and width. The landing area shall be sur-
rounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum aver-
age width at roof level of 15 feet (4572 mm) but with no
width less than 5 feet (1524 mm).

412.5.3 Design. Helicopter landing areas and the supports
thereof on the roof of a building shall be noncombustible
construction. Landing areas shall be designed to confine any
flammable liquid spillage to the landing area itself and pro-
visions shall be made to drain such spillage away from any
exit or stairway serving the helicopter landing area or from a
structure housing such exit or stairway. For structural design
requirements, see Section 1605.5.

412.5.4 Means of egress. The means of egress from heli-
ports and helistops shall comply with the provisions of
Chapter 10. Landing areas located on buildings or structures
shall have two or more means of egress. For landing areas
less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length, or less than 2,000
square feet (186 m^) in area, the second means of egress may
be a fire escape or ladder leading to the floor below.

412.5.5 Rooftop heliports and helistops. Rooftop heli-
ports and helistops shall comply with NFPA 418.

SECTION 413
COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE

413.1 General. High-piled stock or rack storage in any occu-
pancy group shall comply with the International Fire Code.

413.2 Attic, under-floor and concealed spaces. Attic,
under-floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combusti-
ble materials shall be protected on the storage side as required

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

for 1 -hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Openings shall
be protected by assemblies that are self-closing and are of
noncombustible construction or solid wood core not less than
IV4 inch (45 mm) in thickness.

Exceptions:

1 . Areas protected by approved automatic sprinkler sys-
tems.

2. Group R-3 and U occupancies.

SECTION 414
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

[F] 414.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
buildings and structures occupied for the manufacturing, pro-
cessing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous materials.

[F] 414.1.1 Other provisions. Buildings and structures
with an occupancy in Group H shall also comply with the
applicable provisions of Section 415 and the International
Fire Code.

[F] 414.1.2 Materials. The safe design of hazardous mate-
rial occupancies is material dependent. Individual material
requirements are also found in Sections 307 and 415, and in
the International Mechanical Code and the International
Fire Code.

[F] 414.1.2.1 Aerosols. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products
shall be stored and displayed in accordance with the
International Fire Code. See Section 311.2 and the Inter-
national Fire Code for occupancy group requirements.

[F] 414.1.3 Information required. Separate floor plans
shall be submitted for buildings and structures with an occu-
pancy in Group H, identifying the locations of anticipated
contents and processes so as to reflect the nature of each
occupied portion of every building and structure. A report
identifying hazardous materials including, but not limited
to, materials representing hazards that are classified in
Group H to be stored or used, shall be submitted and the
methods of protection from such hazards shall be indicated
on the construction documents. The opinion and report shall
be prepared by a qualified person, firm or corporation

approved by the building official and shall be provided
without charge to the enforcing agency.

[F] 414.2 Control areas. Control areas shall comply with Sec-
tions414.2.1 through 414.2.5 andthe International Fire Code.

414.2.1 Construction requirements. Control areas shall
be separated from each other by fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assemblies con-
structed in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

[F] 414.2.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quanti-
ties. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials per control area permitted at each floor
level within a building shall be in accordance with Table
414.2.2.

[F] 414.2.3 Number. The maximum number of control
areas within a building shall be in accordance with Table
414.2.3.

414.2.4 Fire-resistance-rating requirements. The

required fire-resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in
accordance with Table 414.2.2. The floor construction of
the control area and the construction supporting the floor of
the control area shall have a minimum 2-hour fire-resistance
rating.

Exception: The floor construction of the control area
and the construction supporting the floor of the control
area is allowed to be 1-hour fire-resistance rated in build-
ings of Type IIA, IIIA and VA construction, provided
that both of the following conditions exist:

1 . The building is equipped throughout with an auto-
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, and

2. The building is three stories or less in height.

[F] 414.2.5 Hazardous material in Group M display and
storage areas and in Group S storage areas. The aggre-
gate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or
noncombustible liquid hazardous materials permitted
within a single control area of a Group M display and stor-
age area, a Group S storage area or an outdoor control area is
permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities per

[F] TABLE 414.2.2
DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS

FLOOR LEVEL

PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA^

NUMBER OF CONTROL
AREAS PER FLOOR

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING
FOR FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURS"

Above grade
plane

Higher than 9

7-9

5
4
3
2
1

5
12.5
12.5
12.5

50
75
100

2
2
2
2
2
3
4

2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1

Below grade
plane

Lower than 2

Not Allowed

a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2), with all increases allowed in the notes to those
tables.

b. Fire barriers shall include walls and floors as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

control area specified in Tables 307. 1(1) and 307. 1(2) with-
out classifying the building or use as a Group H occupancy,
provided that the materials are displayed and stored in
accordance with the International Fire Code and quantities
do not exceed the maximum allowable specified in Table
414.2.5(1).

In Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses,
indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall
not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control
area as indicated in Table 414.2.5(2), provided that the
materials are displayed and stored in accordance with the
International Fire Code.

The maximum quantity of aerosol products in Group M
occupancy retail display areas, storage areas adjacent to
retail display areas and retail storage areas shall be in accor-
dance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 414.3 Ventilation. Rooms, areas or spaces of Group H in
which explosive, corrosive, combustible, flammable or
highly toxic dusts, mists, fumes, vapors or gases are or may be
emitted due to the processing, use, handling or storage of
materials shall be mechanically ventilated as required by the
International Fire Code and the International Mechanical
Code.

Ducts conveying explosives or flammable vapors, fumes or
dusts shall extend directly to the exterior of the building with-
out entering other spaces. Exhaust ducts shall not extend into or
through ducts and plenums.

Exception: Ducts conveying vapor or fumes having flam-
mable constituents less than 25 percent of their lower flam-
mable limit (LFL) are permitted to pass through other
spaces.

Emissions generated at workstations shall be confined to the
area in which they are generated as specified in the Interna-
tional Fire Code and the International Mechanical Code.

The location of supply and exhaust openings shall be in
accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Exhaust
air contaminated by highly toxic material shall be treated in
accordance with the International Fire Code,.

A manual shutoff control for ventilation equipment required
by this section shall be provided outside the room adjacent to
the principal access door to the room. The switch shall be of the
break-glass type and shall be labeled: VENTILATION SYS-
TEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF.

[F] 414.4 Hazardous material systems. Systems involving
hazardous materials shall be suitable for the intended applica-
tion. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from
entering or leaving process or reaction systems at other than the
intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls, where pro-
vided, shall be designed to be fail safe.

[F] 414.5 Inside storage, dispensing and use. The inside stor-
age, dispensing and use of hazardous materials in excess of the
maximum allowable quantities per control area of Tables
307.1(1) and 307.1(2) shall be in accordance with Sections
414.5. 1 through 414.5.5 of this code and the International Fire
Code.

[F] 414.5.1 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
provided in accordance with the International Fire Code as
required by Table 414.5.1 where quantities of hazardous
materials specified in that table exceed the maximum allow-
able quantities in Table 307.1(1) or where a structure, room
or space is occupied for purposes involving explosion haz-
ards as required by Section 415 or the International Fire
Code.

[F] 414.5.2 Monitor control equipment. Monitor control
equipment shall be provided where required by the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

[F] 414.5.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Group H
occupancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detec-
tion system in accordance with Section 907.2.

[F] 414.5.4 Standby or emergency power. Where mechan-
ical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control,
alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems are
required, such systems shall be provided with an emergency
or standby power system in accordance with this code or the
ICC Electrical Code.

Exceptions:

1. Storage areas for Class I and II oxidizers.

2. Storage areas for Class III, IV and V organic per-
oxides.

3. Storage, use and handling areas for highly toxic or
toxic materials as provided for in the International
Fire Code.

4. Standby power for mechanical ventilation, treat-
ment systems and temperature control systems
shall not be required where an approved fail-safe
engineered system is installed.

[F] 414.5.5 Spill control, drainage and containment.

Rooms, buildings or areas occupied for the storage of solid
and liquid hazardous materials shall be provided with a
means to control spillage and to contain or drain off spillage
and fu-e protection water discharged in the storage area
where required in the International Fire Code. The methods
of spill control shall be in accordance with the International
Fire Code.

[F] 414.6 Outdoor storage, dispensing and use. The outdoor
storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in
accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 414.6.1 Weather protection. Where weather protection
is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous material stor-
age or use areas, such areas shall be considered outdoor
storage or use when the weather protection structure com-
plies with Sections 414.6.1.1 through 414.6.1.3.

[F] 414.6.1.1 Walls. Walls shall not obstruct more than
one side of the structure.

Exception: Walls shall be permitted to obstruct por-
tions of multiple sides of the structure, provided that
the obstructed area does not exceed 25 percent of the
structure's perimeter.

[F] 414.6.1.2 Separation distance. The distance from
the structure to buildings, lot lines, public ways or means

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] TABLE 414.2.5(1)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M AND S OCCUPANCIES

NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS "-«'

CONDITION

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA

Material

Class

Solids
pounds

Liquids
gallons

A. Health-hazard materials — nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids

1. Corrosives*'''^

Not Applicable

. 9,750

975

2. Highly toxics

Not Applicable

20''''=

2b, c

3. Toxics'"''^

Not Applicable

1,000

100

B. Physical-hazard materials — nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids

1. Oxidizers''''^

Not Allowed

1,1508

115

2,250''

225

1 8,000'' J

1,800''J

2. Unstable (reactives)''' ^

Not Allowed

550

1,150

115

Not Limited

3. Water (reactives)

3''' ^

550

55'

2b, c

1,150

115

Not Limited

For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gaUon = 3.785 L.

a. Hazard categories are as specified in the International Fire Code.

b. .Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 1 00 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with Section 903 . 3 . 1 . 1 . When Note c also applies, the
increase for both notes shall be appUed accumulatively.

c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, in accordance with the International Fire Code. When
Note b also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

d. See Table 414.2.2 for design and number of control areas.

e. Allowable quantities for other hazardous material cat^ories shall be in accordance with Section 307.

f. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas.

g. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 2,250 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or
packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each.

h. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 4,500 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or

packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each,
i. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
j. Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

TABLE [F] 414.2.5(2)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND CCMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCIES PER CONTROL AREA»

TYPE OF LIQUID

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PEi 1 CONTROL AREA (gallons)

Sprinklered in accordance with Note B
densities and arrangements

Sprinklered In aiicordance with Tables

3404.3.6.3(4) throujih 3404.3.6.3(8) and Table

3404.3.7.5.1 of the International Fire Code

Nonsprlnklered

Class lA

Class IB, IC, II and IHA

7,500=

15,000=

1,600

Class mB

Unlimited

13,200

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute per squar

a. Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier wall.

b. To be considered as sprinklered, a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sp
as follows:

1. For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not i
mum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2.

2. For cartoned, palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height an
ties are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of 0.21 ^llon per minute per

c. Where wholesale and retail sales or storage areas exceed 50,000 square feet in area, the maximum allow
each 1 ,000 square feet of area in excess of 50,000 square feet, up to a maximum of 1 00 percent of the tal
cumulative amounts, including amounts attained by having an additional control area, shall not excee

i foot = 40.75 L/minAn^.

inkier system with a design providing minimum densities

;xceed 18 feet, quantities are those permitted with a mini-

d where the ceiling height does not exceed 1 8 feet, quanti-
iquare foot over the most remote 1,500-square-foot area,
ible quantities are allowed to be increased by 2 percent for
lie amounts. A control area separation is not required. The
1 30,000 gallons.

of egress to a public way shall not be less than the dis-
tance required for an outside hazardous material storage
or use area without weather protection.

[F] 414.6.1.3 Noncombustible construction. The over-
head structure shall be of approved noncombustible con-
struction with a maximum area of 1,500 square feet (140
m2).

Exception: The increases permitted by Section 506
apply.

[F] 414.7 Emergency alarms. Emergency alarms for the
detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group
H occupancies shall be provided as set forth herein.

[F] 414.7.1 Storage. An approved manual emergency
alarm system shall be provided in buildings, rooms or areas
used for storage of hazardous materials. Emergency
alarm-initiating devices shall be installed outside of each
interior exit or exit access door of storage buildings, rooms
or areas. Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device
shall sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an emergency
situation involving hazardous materials.

[F] 414.7.2 Dispensing, use and handling. Where hazard-
ous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accor-
dance with NFPA 704 are transported through corridors or
exit enclosures, there shall be an emergency telephone sys-
tem, a local manual alarm station or an approved alarm-ini-
tiating device at not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm)
intervals and at each exit and exit access doorway through-
out the transport route. The signal shall be relayed to an
approved central, proprietary or remote station service or
constantly attended on-site location and shall also initiate a
local audible alarm.

[F] 414.7.3 Supervision. Emergency alarm systems shall
be supervised by an approved central, proprietary or remote
station service or shall initiate an audible and visual signal at
a constantly attended on-site location.

SECTION 415
GROUPS H-1 , H-2, H-3, H-4 AND H-5

[F] 415.1 Scope, The provisions of this section shall apply to
the storage and use of hazardous materials in excess of the
maximum allow able quantities per control area listed in Sec-
tion 307.1. Buildings and structures with an occupancy in
Group H shall also comply with the applicable provisions of
Section 414 and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in the
code, have the neanings shown herein.

[F] CONTINUOUS GAS-DETECTION SYSTEM. A gas

detection system where the analytical instrument is maintained
in continuous o])eration and sampling is performed without
interruption. Analysis is allowed to be performed on a cyclical
basis at intervals not to exceed 30 minutes.

[F] EMERGED fCY CONTROL STATION. An approved
location on the p:.emises where signals from emergency equip-
ment are received and which is staffed by trained personnel.

[F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. An appUance or piece of
equipment that ci )nsists of a top, a back and two sides providing
a means of local <;xhaust for capturing gases, fumes, vapors and
mists. Such enclosures include laboratory hoods, exhaust fume
hoods and similtr appliances and equipment used to locally
retain and exhaus t the gases, fumes, vapors and mists that could
be released. Rooms or areas provided with general ventilation,
in themselves, aie not exhausted enclosures.

[F] FABRIC at: [ON AREA. An area within a semiconductor
fabrication faciliuy and related research and development areas
in which there an ^ processes using hazardous production mate-
rials. Such areas iu^e allowed to include ancillary rooms or areas
such as dressing rooms and offices that are directly related to
the fabrication aiea processes.

[F] FLAMMAILE VAPORS OR FUMES. The concentra-
tion of flammable constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of
their lower flammable limit (LFL).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] GAS CABINET. A fully enclosed, noncombustible enclo-
sure used to provide an isolated environment for compressed
gas cylinders in storage or use. Doors and access ports for
exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure-regulating con-
trols are allowed to be included.

[F] GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed room
in which only compressed gases and associated equipment and
supplies are stored or used.

[F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).

A solid, liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manufac-
turing that has a degree-of-hazard rating in health,
flammability or reactivity of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFPA
704 and which is used directly in research, laboratory or pro-

duction processes that have as their end product materials that
are not hazardous.

[F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. An HPM liquid that is
defined as either a Class I flammable liquid or a Class 11 or
Class niA combustible liquid.

[F] HPM ROOM. A room used in conjunction with or serving
a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used and
which is classified as a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occupancy.

[F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of air-borne contami-
nants which poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed per-
manent adverse health effects, or effects that could prevent

[F] TABLE 414.5.1
EXPLOSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS"

MATERIAL

CLASS

EXPLOSION CONTROL METHODS

Barricade construction

Explosion (deflagration) venting

or explosion (deflagration)

prevention systems''

HAZARD CATEGORY

Combustible dusts'^

Not Required

Required

Cryogenic flammables

Not Required

Required

Explosives

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required

Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required

Flammable gas

Gaseous
Liquefied

Not Required
Not Required

Required
Required

Flammable liquid

IB^

Not Required
Not Required

Required
Required

Organic peroxides

U
I

Required
Required

Not Permitted
Not Permitted

Oxidizer liquids and solids

Required

Not Permitted

Pyrophoric gas

Not Required

Required

Unstable (reactive)

3 Detonable

3 Nondetonable

Required

Not Required

Not Permitted

Required

Water-reactive liquids and solids

3
2s

Not Required
Not Required

Required
Required

SPECIAL USES

Acetylene generator rooms

Not Required

Required

Grain processing

Not Required

Required

Liquefied petroleum gas- distribution facilities

—

Not Required

Required

Where explosion hazards exist^

Detonation
Deflagration

Required
Not Required

Not Permitted
Required

a. See Section 414.1.3.

b. See the International Fire Code.

c. As generated during manufacturing or processing. See definition of "Combustible dust" in Chapter 3.

d. Storage or use.

e. In open use or dispensing.

f . Rooms containing dispensing and use of hazardous materials when an explosive environment can occur because of the characteristics or nature of the hazardous
materials or as a result of the dispensing or use process.

g. A method of explosion control shall be provided when Class 2 water-reactive materials can form potentially explosive mixtures.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

escape from such an environment. This contaminant concen-
tration level is established by the National Institute of Occupa-
tional Safety and Health (NIOSH) based on both toxicity and
flammability. It generally is expressed in parts per million by
volume (ppm v/v) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m^). If
adequate data do not exist for precise estabUshment of IDLH
concentrations, an independent certified industrial hygienist,
industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory agency or other
source approved by the code official shall make such determina-
tion.

[F] LIQUID. A material that has a melting point that is equal to
or less than 68°F (20°C) and a boiling point that is greater than
68°F (20°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia)
(101 kPa). When not otherwise identified, the term "liquid"
includes both flammable and combustible liquids.

[F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classified as a
Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of flammable or
combustible liquids in a closed condition.

[F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOMS.

Rooms in which Class I, n and HIA flammable or combustible
liquids are used, dispensed or mixed in open containers.

[F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). The minimum
concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of flame will
occur in the presence of an ignition source. The LFL is some-
times referred to as "LEL" or "lower explosive limit."

NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (NTP). A

temperature of 70°F (21°C) and a pressure of 1 atmosphere
[14.7 psia (101 kPa)].

[F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD
LEVEL. A concentration of air-borne contaminants, normally
expressed in parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic
meter, that represents the concentration at which persons can
sense the presence of the contaminant due to odor, irritation or
other quick-acting physiological response. When used in
conjunction with the permissible exposure limit (PEL) the physio-
logical warning threshold levels are those consistent with the classi-
fication system used to establish the PEL. See the definition of
"Permissible exposure limit (PEL)" in the International Fire Code.

[F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. A fully enclosed passage used
for transporting HPM and purposes other than required means
of egress.

[F] SOLID. A material that has a melting point, decomposes or
sublimes at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C).

[F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

1 . The keeping, retention or leaving of hazardous materials
in closed containers, tanks, cylinders or similar vessels, or

2. Vessels supplying operations through closed connec-
tions to the vessel.

[F] USE (MATERIAL). Placing a material into action, includ-
ing solids, liquids and gases.

[F] WORKSTATION. A defined space or an independent prin-
cipal piece of equipment using HPM within a fabrication area
where a specific function, laboratory procedure or research
activity occurs. Approved or fisted hazardous materials storage
cabinets, flammable Hquid storage cabinets or gas cabinets serv-

ing a workstation are included as part of the workstation. A
workstation is allowed to contain ventilation equipment, fire
protection devices, detection devices, electrical devices and
other processing and scientific equipment.

[F] 415.3 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies
shall be located on property in accordance with the other provi-
sions of this chapter. In Groups H-2 and H-3, not less than 25
percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an exte-
rior wall.

Exceptions:

1. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a
floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46.5 m^)
need not be located on the outer perimeter of the
building where they are in accordance with the Inter-
national Fire Code and NFPA 30.

2. Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not more
than 1,000 square feet (93 m^) need not be located on
the outer perimeter where they are in accordance with
the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.

3 . Spray paint booths that comply with the International
Fire Code need not be located on the outer perimeter.

[F] 415.3.1 Group H occupancy minimum fire separa-
tion distance. Regardless of any other provisions, buildings
containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to the
minimum fire separation distance as set forth in Items 1
through 4 below. Distances shall be measured from the
walls enclosing the occupancy to lot fines, including those
on a public way. Distances to assumed lot lines established
for the purpose of determining exterior wall and opening
protection are not to be used to estabfish the minimum fire
separation distance for buildings on sites where explosives
are manufactured or used when separation is provided in
accordance with the quantity distance tables specified for
explosive materials in the International Fire Code.

1 . Group H- 1 . Not less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not
less than required by the International Fire Code.

Exceptions:

1. Fireworks manufacturing buildings sepa-
rated in accordance with NFPA 1124.

2. Buildings containing the following materi-
als when separated in accordance with Table
415.3.1:

2.1. Organic peroxides, unclassified
detonable.

2.2. Unstable reactive materials, Class 4.

2.3. Unstable reactive materials, Class 3
detonable.

2.4. Detonable pyrophoric materials.

2. Group H-2. Not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where
the area of the occupancy exceeds 1,000 square feet
(93 m^) and it is not required to be located in a
detached building.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

TABLE 415.311
MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS

MINIMUM DISTANCE (feet)

QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL^

Lot lines" and inhabited buildings"

Separation of magazines'*' °' '

Pounds over

Pounds not over

Barricaded"

Unbarricaded

2 .

140

180

110

220

125

250

140

280

150

300

170

340

100

190

380

100

125

200

400

125

150

215

430

150

200

235

470

200

250

255

510

250

300

270

540

300

400

295

590

400

500

320

640

500

600

340

680

600

700

355

710

700 '

800

375

750

800

900

■ 390

780

900

1,000

400

800

1,000

1,200

425

. 850

1,200

1,400

450

900

1,400

1,600

470

940

1,600

1,800

490

980

1,800

2,000

505

1,010

2,000

2,500

545

1,090

2,500

3,000

580

1,160

104

3,000

4,000

635

1,270

116

4,000

5,000

685

1,370

122

5,000

6,000

730

1,460

130

6,000

7,000

770

1,540

136

7,000

8,000

800

1,600

144

8,000

9,000

835

1,670

150

9,000

10,000

865

1,730

156

10,000

12,000

875

1,750

164

12,000

14,000

885

1,770 ■

. 174

14,000

16,000

900

1,800

180

16,000

18,000

940

1,880

188

18,000

20,000

975

1,950

196

20,000

25,000

1,055

2,000

210

25,000

30,000

1,130

2,000

■ 224

30,000

35,000

1,205

2,000

238

35,000

40,000

1,340

2,000

248

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

TABLE 415.3.1— continued
MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS

MINIMUM DISTANCE (feet)

QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL^'

Lot lines" and inhabited buildings'"

Separation of magazines'''^'*

Pounds over

Pounds not over

Barricaded''

Unbarricaded

40,000

45,000

1,340

2,000

258

45,000

50,000

1,400

2,000 •

270

50,000

55,000

1,460

2,000

280

55,000

60,000

1,515

2,000

290

60,000

65,000

1,565

2,000

300

65,000

70,000

1,610

2,000

310

70,000

75,000

1,655

2,000

320

75,000

80,000

1,695

2,000

330

80,000

85,000

1,730

2,000

340

85,000

90,000

1,760

2,000

350

90,000

95,000

1,790

2,000

360

95,000

100,000

1,815

2,000

370

100,000

110,000

1,835

2,000

390

110,000

120,000

1,855

2,000

410

: 120,000

130,000

1,875

2,000

430

130,000

140,000

1,890

2,000

450

140,000

150,000

1,900

2,000

470

150,000

160,000

1,935

2,000

490

160,000

170,000

1,965

2,000

510

170,000

180,000

1,990

2,000

530

180,000

190,000

2,010

550

190,000

200,000

2,030 .

2,030

570

200,000

210,000

2,055

590

210,000

230,000

2,100

630

230,000

250,000

2,155

670

250,000

275,000

2,215

720

275,000

300,000

2,275

770

For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929m2.

a. The number of pounds of explosives listed is the number of pounds of trinitrotoluene (TNT) or the equivalent pounds of other explosive.

b. The distance listed is the distance to lot line, including lot lines at public ways.

c. For the purpose of this table, an inhabited building is any building on the same lot that is regularly occupied by people. Where two or more buildings containing
explosives or magazines are located on the same lot, each building or magazine shall comply with the minimum distances specified from inhabited buildings and,
in addition, they shall be separated from each other by not less than the distance shown for "Separation of magazines," except that the quantity of explosive materi-
als contained in detonator buildings or magazines shall govern in regard to the spacing of said detonator buildings or magazines from buildings or magazines con-
taining other explosive materials. If any two or more buildings or magazines are separated from each other by less than the specified "Separation' of Magazines"
distances, then such two or more buildings or magazines, as a group, shall be considered as one building or magazine, and the total quantity of explosive materials
stored in such group shall be treated as if the explosive were in a single building or magazine located on the site of any building or magazine of the group, and shall
comply with the minimum distance specified from other magazines or inhabited buildings.

d. Barricades shall effectively screen the building containing explosives from other buildings, public ways or magazines. Where mounds or revetted walls of earth are
used for barricades, they shall not be less than 3 feet in thickness . A straight line from the top of any side wall of the building containing explosive materials to the
eave line of any other building, magazine or a point 12 feet above the centerline of a pubUc way shall pass through the barricades.

e. Magazine is a building or structure, other than an operating building, approved for storage of explosive materials. Portable or mobile magazines not exceeding 1 20
square feet in area need not comply with the requirements of this code, havever, all magazines shall comply with the International Fire Code.

f . The distance fisted is permitted to be reduced by 50 percent where approved natural or artificial barriers are provided in accordance with the requirements in Note
d.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

3. Groups H-2 and H-3. Not less than 50 feet (15 240
mm) where a detached building is required (see Table
415.3.2).

4. Groups H-2 and H-3. Occupancies containing materi-
als with explosive characteristics shall be separated as
required by the International Fire Code. Where sepa-
rations are not specified, the distances required shall
not be less than the distances required by Table
415.3.1.

[F] 415.3.2 Group H-1 and H-2 or H-3 detached build-
ings. Where a detached building is required by Table
415.3.2, there are no requirements for wall and opening pro-
tection based on fire separation distance.

[F] 415.4 Special provisions for Group H-1 occupancies.

Group H-1 occupancies shall be in buildings used for no other
purpose, shall not exceed one story in height and be without a
basement, crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces. Roofs
shall be of lightweight construction with suitable thermal insu-
lation to prevent sensitive material from reaching its decompo-
sition temperature.

Group H-1 occupancies containing materials which are in
themselves both physical and health hazards in quantities
exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area

in Table 307.1.(2) shall comply with requirements for both
Group H-1 and H-4 occupancies.

[F] 415.4.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, pyrophoric materials and unsta-
ble (reactive) materials shall be of liquid-tight,
noncombustible construction.

[F] 415.5 Special provisions for Group H-2 and H-3 occu-
pancies. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing quanti-
ties of hazardous materials in excess of those set forth in Table
415.3.2 shall be in buildings used for no other purpose, shall
not exceed one story in height and shall be without basements,
crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces.

Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing water-reactive
materials shall be resistant to water penetration. Piping for con-
veying liquids shall not be over or through areas containing
water reactives, unless isolated by approved Uquid-tight con-
struction.

Exception: Fire protection piping.

[F] 415.5.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophoric materi-
als, unstable (reactive) materials and water-reactive solids
and liquids shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible con-
struction.

TABLE 415.3.2
REQUIRED DETACHED STORAGE

DETACHED STORAGE IS REQUIRED WHEN THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN

Material

Class

Solids and Liquids (1008)°'"

Gases (cubic feet)^"

Explosives

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.4*^
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity

1
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity

Not Applicable

Oxidizers

Class 4

Maximum Allowable Quantity

Unstable (reactives) detonable

Class 3 or 4

Maximum Allowable Quantity

Oxidizer, liquids and solids

Class 3
Class 2

1,200
2,000

Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Organic peroxides

Detonable
Class I
Class n

Class m

Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity

■ 25
50

Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Unstable (reactives) nondetonable

Class 3
Class 2

25.

2,000
10,000

Water reactives

Class, 3
Class 2 :

,25

Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Pyrophoric gases

Not Applicaijle

Not Applicable

2,000

For SI: 1 ton = 906 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m^ 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

a. For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be as specified in Table 415.3. 1 based on trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalence of the
material. For materials classified as explosives, see Chapter 33 the International Fire Code. For all other materials, the distance shall be as indicated in Section
415.3.1.

b. "Maximum Allowable Quantity" means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 307.7(1).

c. Limited to Division 1 .4 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco
and Firearms (BATF) regulations or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles, providing
the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 415.5.2 Waterproof room. Rooms or areas used for the
storage of water-reactive solids and liquids shall be con-
structed in a manner that resists the penetration of water
through the use of waterproof materials. Piping carrying
water for other than approved automatic fire sprinkler sys-
tems shall not be within such rooms or areas.

[F] 415.6 Group H-2. Occupancies in Group H-2 shall be con-
structed in accordance with Sections 415.6.1 through 415.6.4
and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.6.1 Combustible dusts, grain processing and
storage. The provisions of Sections 415.6.1.1 through
415.6.1.6 shall apply to buildings in which materials that
produce combustible dusts are stored or handled. Buildings
that store or handle combustible dusts shall comply with the
applicable provisions of NFPA 61, NFFA 120, NFPA 651,
NFFA 654, NFPA 655, NFPA 664 and NFPA 85, and the
International Fire Code.

[F] 415.6.1.1 Type of construction and height excep-
tions. Buildings shall be constructed in compliance with
the height and area limitations of Table 503 for Group
H-2; except that where erected of Type I or II construc-
tion, the heights and areas of grain elevators and similar
structures shall be unlimited, and where of Type IV con-
struction, the maximum height shall be 65 feet (19 812
mm) and except further that, in isolated areas, the maxi-
mum height of Type IV structures shall be increased to
85 feet (25 908 mm).

[F] 415.6.1.2 Grinding rooms. Every room or space
occupied for grinding or other operations that produce
combustible dusts shall be enclosed with fire barriers that
have not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating where
the area is not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m^), and
not less than a 4-hour fire-resistance rating where the
area is greater than 3,000 square feet (279 m^).

[F] 415.6.1.3 Conveyors. Conveyors, chutes, piping and
similar equipment passing through the enclosures of
rooms or spaces shall be constructed dirt tight and vapor
tight, and be of approved noncombustible materials com-
plying with Chapter 30.

[F] 415.6.1.4 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided as specified in the International Fire
Code, or spaces shall be equipped with the equivalent
mechanical ventilation complying with the International
Mechanical Code.

[F] 415.6.1.5 Grain elevators. Grain elevators, malt
houses and buildings for similar occupancies shall not be
located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of interior lot Hnes or
structures on the same lot, except where erected along a
railroad right-of-way.

[F] 415.6.1.6 Coal pockets. Coal pockets located less
than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines or from
structures on the same lot shall be constructed of not less
than Type IB construction. Where more than 30 feet
(9 144 mm) from interior lot lines, or where erected along
a railroad right-of-way, the minimum type of construc-

tion of such structures not more than 65 feet (19 812 mm)
in height shall be Type IV.

[F] 415.6.2 Flammable and combustible liquids. The

storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma-
ble and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with the
International Mechanical Code and the International Fire
Code.

[F] 415.6.2.1 Mixed occupancies. Where the storage
tank area is located in a building of two or more occupan-
cies, and the quantity of liquid exceeds the maximum
allowable quantity for one control area, the use shall be
completely separated from adjacent fire areas in accor-
dance with the requirements of Section 508.3.3.

[F] 415.6.2.1.1 Height exception. Where storage
tanks are located within only a single-story building,
the height limitation of Section 503 shall not apply for
Group H.

[F] 415.6.2.2 Tank protection. Storage tanks shall be
noncombustible and protected from physical damage. A
fire barrier wall or horizontal assemblies or both around
the storage tank(s) shall be permitted as the method of
protection from physical damage.

[F] 415.6.2.3 Tanks. Storage tanks shall be approved
tanks conforming to the requirernents of the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

[F] 415.6.2.4 Suppression. Group H shall be equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler sys-
tem, installed in accordance with Section 903.

[F] 415.6.2.5 Leakage containment. A liquid-tight con-
tainment area compatible with the stored liquid shall be
provided. The method of spill control, drainage control
and secondary containment shall be in accordance with
the International Fire Code.

Exception: Rooms where only double-wall storage
tanks conforming to Section 415.6.2.3 are used to
store Class I, II and IIIA flammable and combustible
liquids shall not be required to have a leakage contain-
ment area.

[F] 415.6.2.6 Leakage alarm. An approved automatic
alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in a storage
tank and room. The alarm shall sound an audible signal,
15 dBa above the ambient sound level, at every point of
entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is
located. An approved sign shall be posted on every entry
door to the tank storage room indicating the potential
hazard of the interior room environment, or the sign shall
state: WARNING, WHEN ALARM SOUNDS, THE
ENVIRONMENT WITHIN THE ROOM MAY BE
HAZARDOUS. The leakage alarm shall also be super-
vised in accordance with Chapter 9 to transmit a trouble
signal.

[F] 415.6.2.7 Tank vent. Storage tank vents for Class I,
II or IIIA liquids shall terminate to the outdoor air in
accordance with the International Fire Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 415.6.2.8 Room ventilation. Storage tank areas stor-
ing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation. The mechanical ventilation sys-
tem shall be in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.6.2.9 Explosion venting. Where Class I hquids
are being stored, explosion venting shall be provided in
accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.6.2.10 Tank openings other than vents. Tank
openings other than vents from tanks inside buildings
shall be designed to ensure that liquids or vapor concen-
trations are not released inside the building.

[F] 415.6.3 Liquefied petroleum gas-distribution facili-
ties. The design and construction of propane, butane, pro-
pylene, butylene and other liquefied petroleum
gas-distribution facilities shall conform to the applicable
provisions of Sections 415.6.3.1 through 415.6.3.5.2. The
storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas systems
shall conform to the International Fire Code. The design
and installation of piping, equipment and systems that uti-
lize liquefied petroleum gas shall be in accordance with the
International Fuel Gas Code. Liquefied petroleum gas-dis-
tribution facilities shall be ventilated in accordance with the
International Mechanical Code and Section 415.6.3.1.

[F] 415.6.3.1 Air movement. Liquefied petroleum gas-
distribution facilities shall be provided with air inlets and
outlets arranged so that air movement across the floor of
the facility will be uniform. The total area of both inlet
and outlet openings shall be at least 1 square inch (645
mm^) for each 1 square foot (0.093 m^) of floor area. The
bottom of such openings shall not be more than 6 inches
(152 mm) above the floor.

[F] 415.6.3.2 Construction. Liquefied petroleum
gas-distribution facilities shall be constructed in accor-
dance with Section 415.6.3.3 for separate buildings. Sec-
tion 415.6.3.4 for attached buildings or Section
415.6.3.5 for rooms within buildings.

[F] 415.6.3.3 Separate buildings. Where located in sep-
arate buildings, liquefied petroleum gas-distribution
facilities shall be occupied exclusively for that purpose
or for other purposes having similar hazards. Such build-
ings shall be limited to one story in height and shall con-
form to Sections 415.6.3.3.1 through 415.6.3.3.3.

[F] 415.6.3.3.1 Floors. The floor shall not be located
below ground level and any spaces beneath the floor
shall be solidly filled or shall be unenclosed.

[F] 415.6.3.3.2 Materials. Walls, floors, ceilings,
columns and roofs shall be constructed of
noncombustible materials.

[F] 415.6.3.3.3 Explosion venting. Explosion vent-
ing shall be provided in accordance with the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

[F] 415.6.3.4 Attached buildings. Where liquefied
petroleum gas-distribution facilities are located in an
attached structure, the attached perimeter shall not
exceed 50 percent of the perimeter of the space enclosed
and the facility shall comply with Sections 415.6.3.3 and
415.6.3.4.1. Where the attached perimeter exceeds 50
percent, such facilities shall comply with Section
415.6.3.5.

[F] 415.6.3.4.1 Fire separation. Separation of the
attached structures shall be provided by fire barriers
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour
and shall not have openings. Fire barriers between
attached structures occupied only for the storage of
LP-gas are permitted to have fire door assemblies that
comply with Section 715. Such fire barriers shall be
designed to withstand a static pressure of at least 100
pounds per square foot (psf) (4788 Pa), except where
the building to which the structure is attached is occu-
pied by operations or processes having a similar haz-
ard.

[F] 415.6.3.5 Rooms within buildings. Where liquefied
petroleum gas-distribution facilities are located in rooms
within buildings, such rooms shall be located in the first
story above grade plane and shall have at least one exte-
rior wall with sufficient exposed area to provide explo-
sion venting as required in the International Fire Code.
The building in which the room is located shall not have a
basement or unventilated crawl space and the room shall
comply with Sections 415.6.3.5.1 and 415.6.3.5.2.

[F] 415.6.3.5.1 Materials. Walls, floors, ceihngs and
roofs of such rooms shall be constructed of approved
noncombustible materials.

[F] 415.6.3.5.2 Common construction. Walls and
floor/ceiling assemblies conmion to the room and to
the building where the room is located shall be fire
barriers with not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance rat-
ing and without openings. Common walls for rooms
occupied only for storage of LP-gas are permitted to
have opening protectives complying with Section
715. The walls and ceilings shall be designed to with-
stand a static pressure of at least 100 psf (4788 Pa).

Exception: Where the building, within which the
room is located, is occupied by operations or pro-
cesses having a similar hazard.

[F] 415.6.4 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and
installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance
with the requirements of this code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Plumbing Code and
NFPA 32. Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be classi-
fied in accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.7 Groups H-3 and H-4. Groups H-3 and H-4 shall be
constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this code and the International Fire Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 415.7.1 Gas rooms. When gas rooms are provided, such
rooms shall be separated from other areas by not less than a
1-hour fire barrier.

[F] 415.7.2 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for corrosive liquids and highly toxic or toxic materi-
als shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.

[F] 415.7.3 Separation — highly toxic solids and liquids.

Highly toxic solids and liquids not stored in approved haz-
ardous materials storage cabinets shall be isolated from
other hazardous materials storage by a fire barrier having a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.

[F] 415.8 Group H-5.

[F] 415.8.1 General. In addition to the requirements set
forth elsewhere in this code. Group H-5 shall comply with
the provisions of Section 415.8 and the International Fire
Code.

[F] 415.8.2 Fabrication areas.

[F] 415.8.2.1 Hazardous materials in fabrication
areas.

[F] 415.8.2.1.1 Aggregate quantities. The aggregate
quantities of hazardous materials stored and used in a
single fabrication area shall not exceed the quantities
set forth in Table 415.8.2.1.1.

Exception: The quantity limitations for any haz-
ard category in Table 415.8.2.1.1 shall not apply
where the fabrication area contains quantities of
hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantities per control area established
by Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).

[F] 415.8.2.1.2 Hazardous production materials.

The maximum quantities of hazardous production
materials (HPM) stored in a single fabrication area
shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities
per control area established by Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2).

[F] 415.8.2.2 Separation. Fabrication areas, whose
sizes are limited by the quantity of hazardous materials
allowed by Table 415.8.2.1.1, shall be separated from
each other, from corridors and from other parts of the
building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers.

Exceptions:

1. Doors within such fire barrier walls, including
doors to corridors, shall be only self-closing
fire door assemblies having a fire protection
rating of not less than V4 hour.

2. Windows between fabrication areas and corri-
dors are permitted to be fixed glazing listed and
labeled for a fire protection rating of at least V4
hour in accordance with Section 715.

[F] 415.8.2.3 Location of occupied levels. Occupied
levels of fabrication areas shall be located at or above the
first story above grade plane.

[F] 415.8.2.4 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors within
fabrication areas shall be of noncombustible construc-
tion.

Openings through floors of fabrication areas are per-
mitted to be unprotected where the interconnected levels
are used solely for mechanical equipment directly
related to such fabrication areas (see also Section
415.8.2.5).

Floors forming a part of an occupancy separation shall
be liquid tight.

[F] 415.8.2.5 Shafts and openings through floors. Ele-
vator shafts, vent shafts and other openings through
floors shall be enclosed when required by Section 707.
Mechanical, duct and piping penetrations within a fabri-
cation area shall not extend through more than two
floors. The annular space around penetrations for cables,
cable trays, tubing, piping, conduit or ducts shall be
sealed at the floor level to restrict the movement of air.
The fabrication area, including the areas through which
the ductwork and piping extend, shall be considered a
single conditioned environment.

[F] 415.8.2.6 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventila-
tion at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per
square foot (0.044 L/s/m^) of floor area shall be provided
throughout the portions of the fabrication area where
HPM are used or stored. The exhaust air duct system of
one fabrication area shall not connect to another duct
system outside that fabrication area within the building.

A ventilation system shall be provided to capture and
exhaust gases, fumes and vapors at workstations.

Two or more operations at a workstation shall not be
connected to the same exhaust system where either one
or the combination of the substances removed could con-
stitute a fire, explosion or hazardous chemical reaction
within the exhaust duct system.

Exhaust ducts penetrating occupancy separations
shall be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire-resis-
tance-rated construction. Exhaust ducts shall not pene-
trate fire walls.

Fire dampers shall not be installed in exhaust ducts.

[F] 415.8.2.7 Transporting hazardous production
materials to fabrication areas. HPM shall be trans-
ported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or
tubing systems that comply with Section 415.8.6.1,
through service corridors complying with Section
415.8.4, or in corridors as permitted in the exception to
Section 415.8.3. The handling or transporting of HPM
within service corridors shall comply with the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.2.8 Electrical.

[F] 415.8.2.8.1 General. Electrical equipment and
devices within the fabrication area shall comply with
the ICC Electrical Code. The requirements for haz-
ardous locations need not be applied where the aver-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

TABLE 415.8.2.1.1
QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5»

HAZARD CATEGORY

SOLIDS
(pounds per square feet)

LIQUIDS
(gallons per square feet)

GAS
(feet^ @ NTP/square feet)

PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS

.Combustible dust

Noteb

Not Applicable

Combustible fiber Loose
Baled

Noteb
Notes b, c

Not Applicable

Combustible liquid II

IIIA
IIIB

Combination Class I, E and IIIA

Not Applicable

0.01

0.02

Not Limited

0.04

Not Applicable

Cryogenic gas Flammable
Oxidizing

Not Applicable

Noted
1.25

Explosives

Noteb

Flammable gas Gaseous
Liquefied

Not Applicable

Note d
Noted

Flammable liquid lA
IB
IC

Combination Class lA, IB and IC
Combination Class I, II and IIIA

Not Applicable

0.0025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.04

Not Applicable

Flammable solid

0.001

Not Applicable

Organic peroxide
Unclassified detonable
Class I
Class II
Class m
Class IV
Class V

Noteb

0.025

0.1

Not Limited

Not limited

Not Applicable

Oxidizing gas Gaseous
Liquefied

Combination of gaseous
and liquefied

Not Applicable

1.25
1.25

1.25

Oxidizer Class 4
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1

Combination Class 1, 2, 3

Noteb
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.003

Not Applicable

Pyrophoric material

Note b

0.00125

Notes d and e

Unstable reactive Class 4
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1

Noteb

0.025

0.1

Not Limited

Noteb

0.0025

0.01

Not Limited

Noteb

Not Limited

Water reactive Class 3
Class 2
Class 1

Note b

0.25

Not Limited

0.00125

0.025

Not Limited

Not Applicable

HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS

Corrosives

Not Limited

Highly toxic

Not.Limited

Not Limited

Note d

Toxics

Not Limited

Noted

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kgAn^, 1 gallon per square foot = 40.7 L/m^, 1 cubic foot @ NTP/square foot - 0.305 m^ @ NTP/m^,
1 cubic foot = 0.02832 Ml

a. Hazardous materials within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities.

b. Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).

c. Densely packed baled cotton that comphes with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.

d. The aggregate quantity of flammable, pyrophoric, toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed 9,000 cubic feet at NTP.

e. The aggregate quantity of pyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 415.3.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

age air change is at least four times that set forth in
Section 415.8.2.6 and where the number of air
changes at any location is not less than three times that
required by Section 415.8.2.6. The use of recirculated
air shall be permitted.

[F] 415.8.2.8.2 Workstations. Workstations shall not
be energized without adequate exhaust ventilation.
See Section 415.8.2.6 for workstation exhaust venti-
lation requirements.

[F] 415.8.3 Corridors. Corridors shall comply with Chap-
ter 10 and shall be separated from fabrication areas as speci-
fied in Section 415.8.2.2. Corridors shall not contain HPM
and shall not be used for transporting such materials, except
through closed piping systems as provided in Section
415.8.6.3.

Exception: Where existing fabrication areas are altered
or modified, HPM is allowed to be transported in existing
corridors, subject to the following conditions:

1. Corridors. Corridors adjacent to the fabrication
area where the alteration work is to be done shall
comply with Section 1 1 7 for a length determined
as follows:

1.1 The length of the common wall of the cor-
ridor and the fabrication area; and

1.2. For the distance along the corridor to the
point of entry of HPM into the corridor
serving that fabrication area.

2. Emergency alarm system. There shall be an emer-
gency telephone system, a local manual alarm sta-
tion or other approved alarm-initiating device
within corridors at not more than 150-foot (45 720
mm) intervals and at each exit and doorway. The
signal shall be relayed to an approved central, pro-
prietary or remote station service or the emergency
control station and shall also initiate a local audible
alarm.

3. Pass-throughs. Self-closing doors having a fire
protection rating of not less than 1 hour shall sepa-
rate pass-throughs from existing corridors.
Pass-throughs shall be constructed as required for
the corridors and protected by an approved auto-
matic fire-extinguishing system.

[F] 415.8.4 Service corridors.

[F] 415.8.4.1 Occupancy. Service corridors shall be
classified as Group H-5.

[F] 415.8.4.2 Use conditions. Service corridors shall be
separated from corridors as required by Section
415.8.2.2. Service corridors shall not be used as a
required corridor.

[F] 415.8.4.3 Mechanical ventilation. Service corridors
shall be mechanically ventilated as required by Section
415.8.2.6 or at not less than six air changes per hour,
whichever is greater.

[F] 415.8.4.4 Means of egress. The maximum distance
of travel from any point in a service corridor to an exit,
exit access corridor or door into a fabrication: area shall
not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). Dead ends shall not
exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) in length. There shall be not less
than two exits, and not more than one-half of the required
means of egress shall require travel into a fabrication
area. Doors from service corridors shall swing in the
direction of egress travel and shall be self-closing.

[F] 415.8.4.5 Minimum width. The minimum clear
width of a service corridor shall be 5 feet ( 1 524 mm), or
33 inches (838 mm) wider than the widest cart or truck
used in the corridor, whichever is greater.

[F] 415.8.4.6 Emergency alarm system. Emergency
alarm systems shall be provided in accordance with this
section and Sections 414.7. 1 and 414.7.2. The maximum
allowable quantity per control area provisions shall not
apply to emergency alarm systems required for HPM.

[F] 415.8.4.6.1 Service corridors. An emergency
alarm system shall be provided in service corridors,
with at least one alarm device in each service corridor.

[F] 415.8.4.6.2 Exit access corridors and exit enclo-
sures. Emergency alarms for exit access corridors and
exit enclosures shall comply with Section 414.7.2.

[F] 415.8.4.6.3 Liquid storage rdcims, HPM rooms
and gas rooms. Emergency alarms for liquid storage
rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms shall comply with
Section 414.7.1.

[F] 415.8.4.6.4 Alarm-ihitiating devices. An

approved emergency telephone system, local alarm
manual pull stations, or other approved alarm-initiat-
ing devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.

[F] 415.8.4.6.5 Alarm signals. Activation of the
emergency alarm system shall sound a local alarm
and transmit a signal to the emergency control station.

[F] 415.8.5 Storage of hazardous production materials.

[F] 415.8.5.1 General. Storage of HPM in fabrication
areas shall be within approved or listed storage cabinets
or gas cabinets or within a workstation. The storage of
HPM in quantities greater than those listed in Section
1804.2 of the International Fire Code shall be in liquid
storage rooms, HPM rooms or gas rooms as appropriate
for the materials stored. The storage of other hazardous
materials shall be in accordance with other applicable
provisions of this code and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.5.2 Construction.

[F] 415.8.5.2.1 HPM rooms and gas rooms. HPM

rooms and gas rooms shall be separated from other
areas by not less than a 2-hour fire barrier where the
area is 300 square feet (27.9 m^) or more and not less
than a 1-hour fire barrier where the area is less than
300 square feet (27.9 m2).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 415.8.5.2.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid stor-
age rooms shall be constructed in accordance with the
following requirements:

1. Rooms in excess of 500 square feet (46.5 m^)
shall have at least one exterior door approved
for fire department access.

2. Rooms shall be separated from other areas by
fire barriers having a fire-resistance rating of
not less than 1-hour for rooms up to 150 square
feet (13.9 m^) in area and not less than 2 hours
where the room is more than 150 square feet
(13.9 m^) in area.

3. Shelving, racks and wainscoting in such areas
shall be of noncombustible construction or
wood of not less than linch (25 mm) nominal
thickness.

4. Rooms used for the storage of Class I flamma-
ble liquids shall not be located in a basement.

[F] 415.8.5.2.3 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors of
HPM rooms and liquid storage rooms shall be of
noncombustible liquid-tight construction. Raised
, grating over floors shall be of noncombustible materi-
als.

[F] 415.8.5.3 Location. Where HPM rooms, liquid stor-
age rooms and gas rooms are provided, they shall have at
least one exterior wall and such wall shall be not less than
30 feet (9 144 mm) from lot lines, including lot lines adja-
cent to public ways.

[F] 415.8.5.4 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided where required by Section 414.5.1.

[F] 415.8.5.5 Exits. Where two exits are required from
HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms, one
shall be directly to the outside of the building.

[F] 415.8.5.6 Doors. Doors in a fire barrier wall, includ-
ing doors to corridors, shall be self-closing fire door
assemblies having a fire-protection rating of not less than
V4 hour.

[F] 415.8.5.7 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventila-
tion shall be provided in liquid storage rooms, HPM
rooms and gas rooms at the rate of not less than 1 cubic
foot per minute per square foot (0.044 L/s/m^) of floor
area or six air changes per hour, whichever is greater, for
categories of material.

Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall be designed to
operate at a negative pressure in relation to the surround-
ing areas and direct the exhaust ventilation to an exhaust
system.

[F] 415.8.5.8 Emergency alarm system. An approved
emergency alarm system shall be provided for HPM
rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms.

Emergency alarm-initiating devices shall be installed
outside of each interior exit door of such rooms.

Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device
shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
emergency control station.

An approved emergency telephone system, local
alarm manual pull stations or other approved alarm-initi-
ating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.

[F] 415.8.6 Piping and tubing.

[F] 415.8.6.LGeneral. Hazardous production materials
piping and tubing shall comply with this section and
ASMEB31.3.

[F] 415.8.6.2 Supply piping and tubing.

[F] 415.8.6.2.1 HPM having a health-hazard rank-
ing of 3 or 4. Systems supplying HPM liquids or
gases having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be
welded throughout, except for connections, to the
systems that are within a ventilated enclosure if the
material is a gas, or an approved method of drainage
or containment is provided for the connections if the
material is a liquid.

[F] 415.8.6.2.2 Location in service corridors. Haz-
ardous production materials supply piping or tubing
in service corridors shall be exposed to view.

[F] 415.8.6.2.3 Excess flow control. Where HPM
gases or liquids are carried in pressurized piping
above 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103.4
kPa), excess flow control shall be provided. Where
the piping originates from within a liquid storage
room, HPM room or gas room, the excess flow con-
trol shall be located within the liquid storage room,
HPM room or gas room. Where the piping originates
from a bulk source, the excess flow control shall be
located as close to the bulk source as practical.

[F] 415.8.6.3 Installations in corridors and above
other occupancies. The installation of HPM piping and
tubing within the space defined by the walls of corridors
and the floor or roof above, or in concealed spaces above
other occupancies, shall be in accordance with Section
415.8.6.2 and the following conditions:

1. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the
space unless the space is less than 6 inches (152
mm) in the least dimension,

2. Ventilation not less than six air changes per hour
shall be provided. The space shall not be used to
convey air from any other area.

3. Where the piping or tubing is used to transport
HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed below
such piping or tubing. The receptor shall be
designed to collect any discharge or leakage and
drain it to an approved location. The 1-hour enclo-
sure shall not be used as part of the receptor.

4. HPM supply piping and tubing and nonmetallic
waste lines shall be separated from the corridor
and from occupancies other than Group H-5 by
fire barriers that have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than 1 hour. Where gypsum wallboard is used,
joints on the piping side of the enclosure are not
required to be taped, provided the joints occur over
framing members. Access openings into the enclo-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

sure shall be protected by approved fire protec-
tion-rated assemblies.

5. Readily accessible manual or automatic. remotely
activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall
be installed on piping and tubing other than waste
lines at the following locations:

5.1. At branch connections into the fabrication
area.

5.2. At entries into corridors.

Exception: Transverse crossings of the
corridors by supply piping that is
enclosed within a ferrous pipe or tube for
the width of the corridor need not comply
with Items 1 through 5.

[F] 415.8.6.4 Identification. Piping, tubing and HPM
waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ANSI
A13.1 to indicate the material being transported.

[F] 415.8.7 Continuous gas detection systems. A continu-
ous gas detection system shall be provided for HPM gases
when the physiological warning threshold level of the gas is
at a higher level than the accepted PEL for the gas and for
flammable gases in accordance with this section.

[F] 415.8.7.1 Where required. A continuous gas-detec-
tion system shall be provided in the areas identified in
Sections 415.8.7.1.1 through 415.8.7.1.4.

[F] 415.8.7.1.1 Fabrication areas. A continuous
gas-detection systerh shall be provided in fabrication
areas when gas is used in the fabrication area.

[F] 415.8.7.1.2 HPM rooms. A continuous
gas-detection system shall be provided in HPM
rooms when gas is used in the room.

[F] 415.8.7.1.3 Gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures
and gas rooms. A continuous gas-detection system
shall be provided in gas cabinets and exhausted enclo-
sures. A continuous gas-detection system shall be
provided in gas rooms when gases are not located in
gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures.

[F] 415.8.7.1.4 Corridors. When gases are trans-
ported in piping placed within the space defined by
the walls of a corridor and the floor or roof above the
corridor, a continuous gas-detection system shall be
provided where piping is located and in the corridor.

Exception: A continuous gas-detection system is
not required for occasional transverse crossings of
the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed in a
ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the corridor.

[F] 415.8.7.2 Gas-detection system operation. The

continuous gas-detection system shall be capable of
monitoring the room, area or equipment in which the gas
is located at or below the PEL or ceiling limit of the gas
for which detection is provided. For flammable giases,
the monitoring detection threshold level shall be vapor
concentrations in excess of 20 percent of the lower
explosive limit (LEL). Monitoring for highly toxic and

toxic gases shall also comply with the requirements for
such material iii the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.7.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system
shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
emergency control station when a short-term hazard
condition is detected. The alarm shall be both visual
and audible and shall provide warning both inside and
outside the area where the gas is detected. The audible
alarm shall be distinct from all other alarms.

[F] 415.8.7.2.2 Shutoff of gas supply. The gas detec-
tion system shall automatically close the shutoff valve
at the source on gas supply piping and tubing related
to the system being monitored for which gas is
detected when a short-term hazard condition is
detected. Automatic closure of shutoff valves shall
comply with the following:

1. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiat-
ing the gas detection system alarm is within a
gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure, the shutoff
valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure
for the specific gas detected shall automatically
close.

2. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiat-
ing the gas detection system alarm is within a
room and compressed gas containers are not in
gas cabinets or an exhausted enclosure, the
shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific
gas detected shall automatically close.

3. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiat-
ing the gas detection system alarm is within a
piping distribution manifold enclosure, the
shutoff valve supplying the manifold for the
compressed gas container of the specific gas
detected shall automatically close.

Exception: Where the gas-detection sampling
point initiating the gas detection system alarm is at
the use location or within a gas valve enclosure of a
branch line downstream of a piping distribution
manifold, the shutoff valve for the branch line
located in the piping distribution manifold enclo-
sure shall automatically close.

[F] 415.8.8 Manual fire alarm system. An approved man-
ual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout buildings
containing Group H-5. Activation of the alarm system shall
initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency
control station. The fire alarm system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with Section 907.

415.8.9 Emergency control station. An emergency con-
trol station shall be provided in accordance with Sections
415.8.9.1 through 415.8.9.3.

415.8.9.1 Location. The emergency control station
shall be located on the premises at an approved location
outside the fabrication area.

415.8.9.2 Staffing. Trained personnel shall continu-
ously staff the emergency control station.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

415.8.9.3 Signals. The emergency control station shall
receive signals from emergency equipment and alarm
and detection systems. Such emergency equipment and
alarm and detection systems shall include, but not be lim-
ited to, the following where such equipment or systems
are required to be provided either in this chapter or else-
where in this code:

1. Automatic fire sprinkler system alarm and moni-
toring systems.

2. Manual fire alarm systems.

3. Emergency alarm systems.

4. Continuous gas-detection systems.

5. Smoke detection systems.

6. Emergency power system.

7. Automatic detection and alarm systems for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liq-
uids required in Section 1805.2.3.5 of the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

8. Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liq-
uids cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required
in Section 1805.2.3.5 of the International Fire
Code:

[F] 415.8.10 Emergency power system. An emergency
power system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies
where required in Section 415.8.10.1. The emergency
power system shall be designed to supply power automati-
cally to required electrical systems when the normal electri-
cal supply system is interrupted.

[F] 415.8.10.1 Required electrical systems. Emer-
gency power shall be provided for electrically operated
equipment and connected control circuits for the follow-
ing systems:

1. HPM exhaust ventilation systems

2. HPM gas cabinet ventilation systems.

3. HPM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems.

4. HPM gas room ventilation systems.

5. HPM gas detection systems.

6. Emergency alarm systems.
'7. Manual fire alarm systems.

8. Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and
alarm systems.

9. Automatic alarm and detection systems for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive
liquids required in Section 1805.2.3.5 of the
International Fire Code.

10. Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric Uquids and
Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust
ventilation systems required in Section
1805.2.3.5 of the International Fire Code.

1 1 . Electrically operated systems required elsewhere
in this code or in the International Fire Code

applicable to the use, storage or handling of
HPM.

[F] 415.8.10.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust
ventilation systems are allowed to be designed to operate
at not less than one-half the normal fan speed on the
emergency power system where it is demonstrated that
the level of exhaust will maintain a safe atmosphere.

[F] 415.8.11 Automatic sprinkler system protection in
exhaust ducts for HPM.

[F] 415.8.11.1 Exhaust ducts for HPM. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in exhaust
ducts conveying gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts
generated from HPM in accordance with this section and
the International Mechanical Code.

[F] 415.8.11.2 Metallic and noncombustible nonme-
tallic exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprinkler
system shall be provided in metallic and noncombustible
nonmetallic exhaust ducts when all of the following con-
ditions apply:

1 . Where the largest cross-sectional diameter is equal
to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).

2. The ducts are within the building.

3. The ducts are conveying flammable gases, vapors
or fumes.

[F] 415.8.11.3 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust
ducts. Automatic sprinkler system protection shall be
provided in combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts
where the largest cross-sectional diameter of the duct is
equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).

Exceptions:

1. Ducts listed or approved for applications with-
out automatic fire sprinkler system protection.

2. Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 nrai) in
length installed below ceiling level.

[F] 415.8.11.4 Automatic sprinkler locations. Sprin-
kler systems shall be installed at 12-foot (3658 nmi)
intervals in horizontal ducts and at changes in direction.
In vertical ducts, sprinklers shall be installed at the top
and at alternate floor levels.

SECTION 416
APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES

[F] 416.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
the construction, installation and use of buildings and struc-
tures, or parts thereof, for the spraying of flammable paints,
varnishes and lacquers or other flammable materials or mix-
tures or compounds used for painting, varnishing, staining or
similar purposes. Such construction and equipment shall com-
ply with the International Fire Code.

[F] 416.2 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall be enclosed with
fire barriers with not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance rating.
Floors shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved man-
ner.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 416.2.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray rooms
shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to permit the
free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and
to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be so designed
to confine residues within the room. Aluminum shall not be
used.

[F] 416.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be venti-
lated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of
flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code. Where such spaces are not separately
enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be provided to
restrict the spread of flammable vapors.

[F] 416.3.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying
spaces shall be smooth and continuous without edges; shall
be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air
from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and
cleaning; and shall be so designed to confine residues within
the spraying space. Aluminum shall not be used.

[F] 416.4 Fire protection. An automatic fire-extinguishing
system shall be provided in all spray, dip and immersing spaces
and storage rooms and shall be installed in accordance with
Chapter 9.

SECTION 417
DRYING ROOMS

[F] 417.1 General. A drying room or dry kiln installed within a
building shall be constructed entirely of approved
noncombustible materials or assemblies of such materials reg-
ulated by the approved rules or as required in the general and
specific sections of Chapter 4 for special occupancies and
where applicable to the general requirements of Chapter 28.

[F] 417.2 Piping clearance. Overhead heating pipes shall have
a clearance of not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) from combustible
contents in the dryer.

[F] 417.3 Insulation. Where the operating temperature of the
dryer is 175°F (79°C) or more, metal enclosures shall be insu-
lated from adjacent combustible materials by not less than 12
inches (305 mm) of airspace, or the metal walls shall be lined
with V4-inch (6.35 nmi) insulating mill board or other approved
equivalent insulation.

[F] 417.4 Fire protection. Drying rooms designed for
high-hazard materials and processes, including special occu-
pancies as provided for in Chapter 4, shall be protected by an
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying with
the provisions of Chapter 9.

SECTION 418
ORGANIC COATINGS

[F] 418.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coat-
ings shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or
basements.

[F] 418.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing opera-
tions and operations incidental to or connected therewith shall
not be located in buildings having other occupancies.

[F] 418.3 Process mills. Mills operating with close clearances
and that process flammable and heat-sensitive materials, such
as nitrocellulose, shall be located in a detached building or
noncombustible structure.

[F] 418.4 Tank storage. Storage areas for flammable and com-
bustible liquid tanks inside of structures shall be located at or
above grade and shall be separated from the processing area by
not less than 2-hour fire barriers.

[F] 418.5 Nitrocellulose storage. Nitrocellulose storage shall
be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or a room
enclosed with no less than 2-hour fire barriers.

[F] 418.6 Finished products. Storage rooms for finished prod-
ucts that are flammable or combustible liquids shall be sepa-
rated from the processing area by fire barriers having a
fire-resistance rating of at least 2 hours, and openings in the
walls shall be protected with approved opening protectives.

SECTION 419
GROUP 1-1, R-1,R-2,R-3

419.1 General. Occupancies in Groups I-l, R-1, R-2 and R-3
shall comply with the provisions of this section and other appli-
cable provisions of this code.

419.2 Separation walls. Walls separating dwelling units in the
same building and walls separating sleeping units in the same
building shall comply with Section 708.

419.3 Horizontal separation. Floor/ceiling assemblies sepa-
rating dwelling units in the same buildings and floor/ceiling
assemblies separating sleeping units in the same building shall
be constructed in accordance with Section 711.

SECTION 420
HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOMS

[F] 420.1 General. When required by the International Fire
Code, hydrogen cutoff rooms shall be designed and con-
structed in accordance with this section.

[F] 420.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.

[F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. An assembly of
piping, devices and apparatus designed to generate, store, con-
tain, distribute or transport a nontoxic, gaseous hydrogen-con-
taining mixture having at least 95-percent hydrogen gas by
volume and not more than 1 -percent oxygen by volume. Gas-
eous hydrogen systems consist of items such as compressed
gas containers, reactors and appurtenances, including pressure
regulators, pressure relief devices, manifolds, pumps, com-
pressors and interconnecting piping and tubing and controls.

[F] HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM. A room or space that is
intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen system.

[F] 420.3 Location. Hydrogen cut-off rooms shall not be
located below grade.

[F] 420.4 Design and construction. Hydrogen cutoff rooms
shall be classified with respect to occupancy in accordance
with Section 302. 1 and separated from other areas of the build-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

ing by not less than 1 -hour fire barriers or as required by Sec-
tion 508.2 or 508.3 as applicable.

[F] 420.4.1 Opening protectives. Doors within such fire
barrier walls, including doors to corridors, shall be
self-closing in accordance with Section 715. Interior door
openings shall be electronically interlocked to prevent oper-
ation of the hydrogen system when doors are opened or ajar
or the room shall be provided with a mechanical exhaust
ventilation system designed in accordance with Section
420.4.1.1.

[F] 420.4.1.1 Ventilation alternative. When an exhaust
system is used in lieu of the interlock system required by
Section 420.4, exhaust ventilation systems shall operate
continuously and shall be designed to operate at a nega-
tive pressure in relation to the surrounding area. The
average velocity of ventilation at the face of the door
opening with the door in the fully open position shall not
be less than 60 feet per minute (0.3048 m/s) with a mini-
mum of 45 feet per minute (0.2287 m/s) at any point in
the door opening.

[F] 420.4.2 Windows. Operable windows in interior walls
shall not be permitted. Fixed windows shall be permitted
when in accordance with Section 715.

[F] 420.5 Ventilation. Cutoff rooms shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation in accordance with the applicable pro-
visions for repair garages in Chapter 5 of the International
Mechanical Code.

[F] 420.6 Gas detection system. Hydrogen cutoff rooms shall
be provided with an approved flammable gas-detection system
in accordance with Sections 420.6.1 through 420.6.3.

[F] 420.6.1 System design. The flammable gas-detection
system shall be listed for use with hydrogen and any other
flammable gases used in the room. The gas detection system
shall be designed to activate when the level of flammable
gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammability limit
(LFL) for the gas or mixtures present at their anticipated
temperature and pressure.

[F] 420.6.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection sys-
tem shall result in all of the following:

1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals
both inside and outside of the cutoff room.

2. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system.

[F] 420.6.3 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of
the gas detection system shall result in activation of the
mechanical ventilation system, cessation of hydrogen gen-
eration and the sounding of a trouble signal in an approved
location.

[F] 420.7 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be pro-
vided in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Fire
Code.

[F] 420.8 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas
detection systems shall be connected to a standby power sys-
tem in accordance with Chapter 27.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 73

74 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 5

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

SECTION 501
GENERAL

501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter control the height
and area of structures hereafter erected and additions to exist-
ing structures.

[F] 501.2 Address numbers. Buildings shall have approved
address numbers, building numbers or approved building iden-
tification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible
from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers
shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be
Arabic numerals or alphabetical letters. Numbers shall be a
minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) high with a minimum stroke
width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm).

SECTION 502
DEFINITIONS

502.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

AREA, BUILDING. The area included within surrounding
exterior walls (or exterior walls and fire walls) exclusive of vent
shafts and courts. Areas of the building not provided with sur-
rounding walls shall be included in the building area if such
areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof
or floor above.

BASEMENT. That portion of a building that is partly or com-
pletely below grade plane (see "Story above grade plane" in
Section 202). A basement shall be considered as a story above
grade plane where the finished surface of the floor above the
basement is:

1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane; or

2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground
level at any point.

EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, elevated plat-
form used exclusively for mechanical systems or industrial
process equipment, including the associated elevated walk-
ways, stairs and ladders necessary to access the platform (see
Section 505.5).

GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average
of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior
walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from the
exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the
lowest points within the area between the building and the lot
line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from
the building, between the building and a point 6 feet ( 1 829 mm)
from the building.

HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade
plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.

HEIGHT, STORY. The vertical distance from top to top of
two successive finished floor surfaces; and, for the topmost
story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling
joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof raf-
ters.

MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the
floor and ceiling of any story and in accordance with Section
505.

SECTION 503
GENERAL HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS

503.1 General. The height and area for buildings of different
construction types shall be governed by the intended use of the
building and shall not exceed the limits in Table 503 except as
modified hereafter. Each part of a building included within the
exterior walls or the exterior walls and fire walls where pro-
vided shall be permitted to be a separate building.

503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and
structures designed to house special industrial processes
that require large areas and unusual heights to accommodate
craneways or special machinery and equipment, including,
among others, rolling mills; structural metal fabrication
shops and foundries; or the production and distribution of
electric, gas or steam power, shall be exempt from the height
and area limitations of Table 503.

503.1.2 Buildings on same lot. Two or more buildings on
the same lot shall be regulated as separate buildings or shall
be considered as portions of one building if the height of
each building and the aggregate area of buildings are within
the limitations of Table 503 as modified by Sections 504 and
506. The provisions of this code applicable to the aggregate
building shall be applicable to each building.

503.1.3 Type I construction. Buildings of Type I construc-
tion permitted to be of unlimited tabular heights and areas
are not subject to the special requirements that allow unlim-
ited area buildings in Section 507 or unlimited height in
Sections 503. 1 . 1 and 504.3 or increased height and areas for
other types of construction.

SECTION 504
HEIGHT

504.1 General. The height permitted by Table 503 shall be
increased in accordance with this section.

Exception: The height of one-story aiircraft hangars, air-
craft paint hangars and buildings used for the manufacturing
of aircraft shall not be hmited if the building is provided
with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance
with Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or
yards not less in width than one and one-half times the
height of the building.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

TABLE 503

ALLOWABLE HEIGHT AND BUILDING AREAS"

Height limitations shown as stories and feet above grade plane.

Area limitations as determined by the definition of "Area, building," per story

GROUP

TYPE OF CONSTRlicTlbN |

TYPE 1

TYPE II

TYPE III

TYPE IV

TYPE V 1

B '

HGT(feet)
HGT(S)

160

A-1

S
A

UL
UL

■ 5
UL

3
15,500

2
8,500

-3
14,000

2
8,500

3
15,000

2
11,500

1
5,500

A-2

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

3
15,500

2
9,500

3'
14,000

2'
9,500

3
15,000 :

2-
11,500

1
6,000

. A-3

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

3
15,500

2
9,500

3
.. 14,000

2.
9,500

3
15,000

. ■ • 2 •
11,500

• 1
6,000

A-4

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

3
• 15,500

2
9,500

3
14,000

2
9,500

3
15,000

2
11,500

1
6,000

A-5

S
A

UL
UL

• UL
UL

UL
UL

11
UL

5
37,500

4
23,000

5
28,500

4
19,000

5
36,000' '

3
18,000 '

2
9,000

S
A

UL
UL

5
UL

. 3
26,500

- . 2
14,500

3
23,500

■ 2
14,500

. 3
25,500

1
18,500

1
9,500

F-1

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

■ 4
25,000

2
15,500

3
19,000

2
12,000

4
33,500

2
14,000

1
8,500

F-2

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

, ^5
37,500

3
23,000

4
28,500

3
18,000

5
50,500

3
21,000

2
13,000

H-1

S
A

1
.21,000

1
16,500

1
11,000

7,000 •

1
9,500

1
7,000

1
10,500 .

7,500

NP
NP

H-2''

UL
21,000

■3
16,500

2
11,000

1
7,000

2 ■
9,500

1
7,000

2
10,500

7,500

1
3,000

H-3''

UL
UL

6
60,000

4
26,500

2
14,000

4
17,500

2
13,000

4
. 25,500

2 ■
10,000

1
5,006

H-4

S
A

UL
UL

7 ■
UL

5
37,500

3
17,500

5
28,500

3
17,500

5
36,000

3
18,000

2
6,500

H-5

S
A

4
UL

3
37,500

3
23,000

3
28,500

3
19,000

3
36,000

3
■ 18,000

2
9,000

I-l

UL
UL

9
55,000

4
19,000

3
10,000

4
16,500

3
10,000

4
18,000

3
10,500

2
4,500

1-2

' A'

UL
UL

4
UL

. 2
15,000

1
11,000

1
12,000

NP
hfP

1 .
12,000

1
9,500

NP
NP

1-3

A ■

UL
UL

4
UL

2
15,000

10,000

2
■ 10,500

1
7,500

2
12,000

2
7,500

1
5,000

1-4

S
A

UL
UL

5
60,500

3
26,500

2
13,000

3
23,500

2
13,000

3
25,500

1
18,500

1
9,000

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
21,500

4
12,500

4
18,500

4 .
12,500

4
20,500

3
14,000

1
9,000

R-1

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
20,500

3
12,000

2
7,000

R-2

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
20,500

3
12,000

'2
7,000

R-3

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
UL

3
UL

R-4

S
A

UL
UL

UL ,

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
24,000

■ 4 ■
16,000'

4
20,500

3
12,000

'2
. 7,000

S-1

S
A

UL
. UL

11
48,000

4
26,000

3
' 17,500

3
26,000 :

'3
17,500

4
25,500.

3 ■
14,000

1
. 9,000

S-2''''=

S
A

UL
UL

11
79,000

5
39,000

4
26,000

4
39,000

4
26,000

5
38,500

4
21,000

2
13,500

S
A

UL
UL

5
35,500

4
19,000

2
8,500

3
14,000

2
8,500

4
18,000

2
9,000

1
5,500

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 ml '
UL = Unlimited, NP = Not permitted.

a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503:

1. Section 504.2, Allowable height increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.

2. Section 506.2, Allowable area increase due to street frontage.

3. Section 506.3, Allowable area increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.

4. Section 507, Unlimited area buildings.

b. For open parking structures, see Section 406.3.

c. For private garages, see Section 406.1.

d. See Section 415.5 for limitations.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

504.2 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a build-
ing is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the value
specified in Table 503 for maximum height is increased by 20
feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of stories is
increased by one. These increases are permitted in addition to
the area increase in accordance with Sections 506.2 and 506.3.
For Group R buildings equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903 . 3 . 1 . 2, the value specified in Table 503 for maximum height
is increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of
stories is increased by one, but shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288
mm) or four stories, respectively.

Exceptions:

1 . Fire areas with an occupancy in Group 1-2 of Type
TIB, III, IV or V construction.

2. Fire areas with an occupancy in Group H-1, H-2, H-3
or H-5.

3. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance with
Table 601, Note e.

504.3 Roof structures. Towers, spires, steeples and other roof
structures shall be constructed of materials consistent with the
required type of construction of the building except where
other construction is permitted by Section 1509.2.1. Such
structures shall not be used for habitation or storage. The struc-
tures shall be unlimited in height if of noncombustible materi-
als and shall not extend more than 20 feet (6096 mm) above the
allowable height if of combustible materials (see Chapter 15
for additional requirements).

SECTION 505
MEZZANINES

505.1 General. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compliance
with Section 505 shall be considered a portion of the story
below. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to either the build-
ing area or number of stories as regulated by Section 503 . 1 . The
area of the mezzanine shall be included in determining the fire
area defined in Section 702. The clear height above and below
the mezzanine floor construction shall not be less than 7 feet
(2134 mm).

505.2 Area limitation. The aggregate area of a mezzanine or
mezzanines within a room shall not exceed one-third of the
floor area of that room or space in which they are located. The
enclosed portion of a room shall not be included in a determina-
tion of the floor area of the room in which the mezzanine is
located. In determining the allowable mezzanine area, the area
of the mezzanine shall not be included in the floor area of the
room.

Exceptions:

1. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and
structures of Type I or II construction for special
industrial occupancies in accordance with Section
503. 1 . 1 shall not exceed two-thirds of the area of the
room.

2. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and
structures of Type I or II construction shall not exceed

one-half of the area of the room in buildings and
structures equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1 and an approved emergency
voice/alarm communication system in accordance
with Section 907.2.12.2.

505.3 Egress. Each occupant of a mezzanine shall have access
to at least two independent means of egress where the common
path of egress travel exceeds the limitations of Section 1014.3.
Where a stairway provides a means of exit access from a mez-
zanine, the maximum travel distance includes the distance trav-
eled on the stairway measured in the plane of the tread nosing.
Accessible means of egress shall be provided in accordance
with Section 1007.

Exception: A single means of egress shall be permitted in
accordance with Section 1015.1.

505.4 Openness. A mezzanine shall be open and unobstructed
to the room in which such mezzanine is located except for walls
not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) high, columns and posts.

Exceptions:

1 . Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be
open to the room in which the mezzanines are located,
provided that the occupant load of the aggregate area
of the enclosed space does not exceed 10.

2. A mezzanine having two or more means of egress is
not required to be open to the room in which the mez-
zanine is located if at least one of the means of egress
provides direct access to an exit from the mezzanine
level.

3. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be
open to the room in which the mezzanines are located,
provided that the aggregate floor area of the enclosed
space does not exceed 10 percent of the mezzanine
area.

4. In industrial facilities, mezzanines used for control
equipment are permitted to be glazed on all sides.

5. In other than Groups H and I occupancies no more
than two stories in height above grade plane and
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys-
tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, a mezza-
nine having two or more means of egress shall not be
required to be open to the room in which the mezza-
nine is located.

505.5 Equipment platforms. Equipment platforms in build- I
ings shall not be considered as a portion of the floor below.
Such equipment platforms shall not contribute to either the
building area or the number of stories as regulated by Section
503 . 1 . The area of the equipment platform shall not be included I
in determining the fire area. Equipment platforms shall not be a I
part of any mezzanine and such platforms and the walkways,
stairs and ladders providing access to an equipment platform
shall not serve as a part of the means of egress from the build-
ing-

505.5.1 Area limitations. The aggregate area of all equip- I
ment platforms within a room shall not exceed two-thirds of
the area of the room in which they are located. Where an

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

equipment platform is located in the same room as a mezza-
nine, the area of the mezzanine shall be determined by Sec-
tion 505.2 and the combined aggregate area of the
equipment platforms and mezzanines shall not exceed
two-thirds of the room in which they are located.

[F] 505.5.2 Fire suppression. Where located in a building
that is required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler
system, equipment platforms shall be fully protected by
sprinklers above and below the platform, where required by
the standards referenced in Section 903.3.

505.5.3 Guards. Equipment platforms shall have guards
where required by Section 1013.1.

SECTION 506
AREA MODIFICATIONS

506.1 General. The areas limited by Table 503 shall be permit-
ted to be increased due to frontage (If) and automatic sprinkler
system protection (I J in accordance with the following:

K ={4 +[A X // ] + [A X ^J} (Equation5-l)

where:

Afl = Allowable area per story (square feet).

At = Tabular area per story in accordance with Table 503
(square feet).

// = Area increase factor due to frontage as calculated in
accordance with Section 506.2.

Is = Area increase factor due to sprinkler protection as cal-
culated in accordance with Section 506.3.

506.1.1 Basements. A single basement that is not a story
above grade plane need not be included in the total allow-
able area, provided such basement does not exceed the area
permitted for a building with no more than one story above
grade plane.

506.2 Frontage increase. Every building shall adjoin or have
access to a public way to receive an area increase for frontage.
Where a building has more than 25 percent of its perimeter on a
public way or open space having a minimum width of 20 feet
(6096 mm), the frontage increase shall be determined in accor-
dance with the following:

I If=[F/P-0.25]W/30

(Equation 5-2)

where:

= Area increase due to frontage.

= Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or open
space having 20 feet (6096 mm) open minimum width
(feet).

= Perimeter of entire building (feet).

= Width of public way or open space (feet) in accordance
with Section 506.2.1.

506.2.1 Width limits. "W" must be at least 20 feet (6096
mm). Where the value of W varies along the perimeter of the
building, the calculation performed in accordance with
Equation 5-2 shall be based on the weighted average of each

portion of exterior wall and open space where the value of W
is greater than or equal to 20 feet (6096 mm). Where W
exceeds 30 feet (9144 mm), a value of 30 feet (9144 mm)
shall be used in calculating the weighted average, regardless
of the actual width of the open space.

Exception: The quantity of Wdivided by 30 shall be per-
mitted to be a maximum of 2 when the building meets all
requirements of Section 507 except for compliance with
the 60-foot (18 288 nun) public way or yard requirement,
as applicable.

506.2.2 Open space limits. Such open space shall be either
on the same lot or dedicated for public use and shall be
accessed from a street or approved fire lane.

506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a build-
ing is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the area
limitation in Table 503 is permitted to be increased by an addi-
tional 200 percent (I, = 2) for buildings with more than one
story above grade plane and an additional 300 percent (^ = 3)
for buildings with no more than one story above grade plane.
These increases are permitted in addition to the height and
story increases in accordance with Section 504.2.

Exception: The area limitation increases shall not be per-
mitted for the following conditions:

1. The automatic sprinkler system increase shall not
apply to buildings with an occupancy in Use Group
H-1.

2. The automatic sprinkler system increase shall not
apply to the floor area of an occupancy in Use Group
H-2 or H-3. For mixed-use buildings containing such
occupancies, the allowable area shall be calculated in
accordance with Section 508.3.3.2, with the sprinkler
increase applicable only to the portions of the build-
ing not classified as Use Group H-2 or H-3.

3. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance with
Table 601, Note e.

506.4 Area determination. The maximum area of a building
with more than one stoiy above grade plane shall be deter-
mined by multiplying the allowable area of the first story (A„),
as determined in Section 506. 1 , by the number of stories above
grade plane as listed below:

1 . For buildings with two stories above grade plane, multi-
ply by 2;

2. For buildings with three or more stories above grade
plane, multiply by 3; and

3. No story shall exceed the allowable area per story (A„), as
determined in Section 506. 1 , for the occupancies on that
story.

Exceptions:

1. Unlimited area buildings in accordance with
Section 507.

2. The maximum area of a building equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be
determined by multiplying the allowable area

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

per story |A J, as determined in Section 506.1,
by the number of stories above grade plane.

506.4.1 Mixed occupancies. In buildings with mixed occu-
pancies, the allowable area per story (AJ shall be based on
the most restrictive provisions for each occupancy when the
mixed occupancies are treated according to Section 508.3.2.
When the occupancies are treated according to Section
508.3.3 as separated occupancies, the maximum total build-
ing area shall be such that the sum of the ratios for each such
area on all floors as calculated according to Section
508.3.3.2 shall not exceed 2 for two-story buildings and 3
for buildings three stories or higher.

SECTION 507
UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS

1507.1 GeneraL The area of buildings of the occupancies and
configurations specified herein shall not be limited.

507.2 Nonsprinklered, one story. The area of a one-story.
Group F-2 or S-2 building shall not be limited when the build-
ing is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less
than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.

507.3 Sprinklered, one story. The area of a one-story. Group
B, F, M or S building or a one-story Group A-4 building, of
other than Type V construction, shall not be limited when the
building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system
throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is sur-
rounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60
feet (18 288 mm) in width.

Exceptions:

1 . Buildings and structures of Type I and II construction
for rack storage facilities that do not have access by
the public shall not be limited in height, provided that
such buildings conform to the requirements of Sec-

I tions 507.2 and 903.3. 1 . 1 and NFPA 230.

2. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be required
in areas occupied for indoor participant sports, such
as tennis, skating, swimming and equestrian activities
in occupancies in Group A-4, provided that:

2. 1 . Exit doors directly to the outside are provided
for occupants of the participant sports areas;
and

2.2. The building is equipped with a fire alarm sys-
tem with manual fire alarm boxes installed in
accordance with Section 907.

3 . Group A- 1 and A-2 occupancies of other than Type V
construction shall be permitted, provided:

3.1. All assembly occupancies are separated from
other spaces as required for separated uses in
Section 508.3.3.4 with no reduction allowed
in the fire-resistance rating of the separation
based upon the installation of an automatic
sprinkler system;

3.2. Each Group A occupancy shall not exceed the
maximum allowable area permitted in Section
503.1; and

3.3. All required exits shall discharge directly to I
the exterior. I

507.4 Two story. The area of a two-story. Group B, F, M or S
building shall not be limited when the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3. 1.1, and is surrounded and adjoined by pub-
lic ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.

507.5 Reduced open space. The permanent open space of 60
feet (18 288 mm) required in Sections 507.2, 507.3, 507.4, I

507.6 and 507.10 shall be permitted to be reduced to not less I
than 40 feet (12 192 mm), provided the following requirements
are met:

1. The reduced open space shall not be allowed for more
than 75 percent of the perimeter of the building.

2. The exterior wall facing the reduced open space shall
have a minimum fire-resistance rating of 3 hours.

3. Openings in the exterior wall facing the reduced open
space shall have opening protectives with a minimum I
fire protection rating of 3 hours. |

507.6 Group A-3 buildings. The area of a one-story. Group
A-3 building used as a place of religious worship, community
hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall,
indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type II construction I
shall not be limited when all of the following criteria are met:

1 . The building shall not have a stage other than a platform.

2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an auto-
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.

3 . The assembly floor shall be located at or within 2 1 inches
(533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits are pro-
vided with ramps complying with Section 1010. 1 to the
street or grade level.

4. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.

507.7 Group H occupancies. Group H-2, H-3 and H-4 occu-
pancies shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings contain-
ing Group F and S occupancies, in accordance with Sections
507.3 and 507.4 and the limitations of this section. The aggre-
gate floor area of the Group H occupancies located at the per-
imeter of the unlimited area building shall not exceed 10
percent of the area of the building nor the area limitations for
the Group H occupancies as specified in Table 503 as modified
by Section 506.2, based upon the percentage of the perimeter
of each Group H fire area that fronts on a street or other unoccu-
pied space. The aggregate floor area of Group H occupancies
not located at the perimeter of the building shall not exceed 25
percent of the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as
specified in Table 503. Group H fire areas shall be separated
from the rest of the unlimited area building and from each other
in accordance with Table 508.3.3 For two-story unlimited area
buildings, the Group H fire areas shall not be located above the
first story unless permitted by the allowable height in stories
and feet as set forth in Table 503 based on the type of construc-
tion of the unlimited area building.

507.8 Aircraft paint hangar. The area of a one-story, Group
H-2 aircraft paint hangar shall not be limited where such air-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

craft paint hangar complies with the provisions of Section
412.4 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or yards not
less in width than one and one-half times the height of the
building.

507.9 Group E buildings. The area of a one-story Group E
building of Type II, IIIA or IV construction shall not be limited
when the following criteria are met:

1 . Each classroom shall have not less than two means of
egress, with one of the means of egress being a direct exit
to the outside of the building complying with Section
1018.

2. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3. 1 . 1 .

3. The building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways
or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.

507.10 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II con-
struction, the area of a one-story motion picture theater shall
not be limited when the building is provided with an automatic
sprinkler system throughout in, accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or
yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.

507.11 Covered mall buildings and anchor stores. The area
of covered mall buildings and anchor stores not exceeding
three stories in height that comply with Section 402.6 shall not
be limited.

SECTION 508
MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY

508.1 General. Where a building or portion thereof contains
two or more occupancies or uses, the building or portion
thereof shall comply with the applicable provisions of this sec-
tion.

508.2 Incidental uses. Incidental use areas shall comply with
the provisions of this section.

Exception: Incidental use areas within and serving a dwell-
ing unit are not required to comply with this section.

508.2.1 Occupancy classification. An incidental use area
shall be classified in accordance with the occupancy of that
portion of the building in which it is located or the building
shall be classified as a mixed occupancy and shall comply
with Section 508.3.

508.2.2 Separation. Incidental use areas shall be separated
or protected, or both, in accordance with Table 508.2.

508.2.2.1 Construction. Where Table 508.2 requires a
fire-resistance-rated separation, the incidental use area
shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a
fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 706
or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with
Section 7 1 1 , or both. Where Table 508.2 permits an auto-
matic fire-extinguishing system without a fire barrier, the
incidental use area shall be separated from the remainder
of the building by construction capable of resisting the
passage of smoke. The partitions shall extend from the
floor to the underside of the fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling assembly or fire-resistance-rated roof/ceil-

: ing assembly above or to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, or sub deck above. Doors shall be self- or
automatic closing upon detection of smoke. Doors shall
not have air transfer openings and shall not be undercut
in excess of the clearance permitted in accordance with
NFPA80.

508.2.3 Protection. Where an automatic fire-extinguishing
system or an automatic sprinkler system is provided in
accordance with Table 508.2, only the incidental use areas
need be equipped with such a system.

TABLE 508.2
INCIDENTAL USE AREAS

ROOM OR AREA

SEPARATION AND/OR
PROTECTION

Furnace room where any piece of
equipment is over 400,000 Btu ■
per hour input

1 hour or provide automatic
fire-extinguishing system

Rooms with boilers where the
largest piece of equipment is
over 15 psi'and 10 horsepower

1 hour or provide automatic
fire-extinguishing system

Refrigerant machinery rooms

1 hour or provide automatic
sprinkler system .

Parking garage (Section 406.2)

2 hours; or 1 hour and provide
automatic fire-extinguishing
system' -' '

Hydrogen cut-off rooms, not
classified as Group H

l-hour in Group B, F, M, S and
U occupancies. 2-hour in Group
A, E, I and R occupancies.

Incinerator rooms

2 hours and automatic sprinkler
system

Paint shops, not classified as
Group H, located in occupancies
other than Group F

2 hours; or 1 hour and provide
automatic fire-extinguishing
system

Laboratories and vocational
shops, not classified as Group H,
located in Group E or 1-2
occupancies

1 hour or provide automatic
fire-extinguishing system

Laundry rooms over 100 square
feet

1 hour or provide automatic
fire-extinguishing system

Storage rooms over 100 square
feet

1 hour or provide automatic
fire-extinguishing system

Group 1-3 cells equipped with
padded surfaces

1 hour

Group 1-2 waste and linen
collection rooms

1 hour

Waste and linen collection rooms
over 100 square feet

1 hour or provide automatic
fire-extinguishing system

Stationary lead-acid battery
systems having a liquid capacity
of more than 100 gallons used
for facility standby power,
emergency power or
uninterrupted power supplies

1-hour in Group B, F, M, S and
U occupancies. 2-hour in Group
A, E, I and R occupancies.

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^, 1 pound per square inch = 6.9 kPa,
i British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 watts, 1 horsepower = 746 watts,
1 gallon = 3.785 L.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

508.3 Mixed occupancies. Each portion of a building shall be
individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1.

Where a building contains more than one occupancy group,
the building or portion thereof shall comply with Sections
508.3.1, 508.3.2, 508.3.3 or a combination of these sections.

Exceptions:

1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section
509.

2. Where required by Table 415.3.2, areas of Group
H-1, H-2 or H-3 occupancies shall be located in a sep-
arate and detached building or structure.

508.3.1 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies
are those occupancies subsidiary to the main occupancy of
the building or portion thereof. Aggregate accessory occu-
pancies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the area of
the story in which they are located and shall not exceed the
tabular values in Table 503, without height and area
increases in accordance with Sections 504 and 506 for such
accessory occupancies.

Exceptions:

1 . Accessory assembly areas having a floor area less
than 750 square feet (69.7 m^) are not considered
separate occupancies.

2. Assembly areas that are accessory to Group E
occupancies are not considered separate occupan-
cies except when applying the assembly occu-
pancy requirements of Chapter 1 1 .

3. Accessory religious educational rooms and reli-
gious auditoriums with occupant loads of less than
100 are not considered separate occupancies.

508.3.1.1 Occupancy classification. Accessory occu-
pancies shall be individually classified in accordance
with Section 302.1. Code requirements shall apply to
each portion of the building based on the occupancy clas-
sification of that accessory space, except that the most
restrictive applicable provisions of Section 403 and
Chapter 9 shall apply to the entire building or portion
thereof.

508.3.1.2 Allowable area and height. The allowable
area and height of the building shall be based on the
allowable area and height for the main occupancy in
accordance with Section 503. 1 . The height of any acces-
sory occupancy shall not exceed the tabular values in
Table 503, without height and area increases in accor-
dance with Sections 504 and 506 for such accessory
occupancies.

508.3.1.3 Separation. No separation is required
between accessory occupancies or the main occupancy.

Exception: Group H-2, H-3, H-4 or H-5 occupancies
shall be separated from all other occupancies in accor-
dance with Section 508.3.3.

508.3.2 Nonseparated occupancies. Buildings or portions
of buildings that comply with the provisions of this section
shall qualify as nonseparated occupancies.

508.3.2.1 Occupancy classification. Nonseparated
occupancies shall be individually classified in accor-
dance with Section 302. 1 . Code requirements shall apply

TABLE 508.3.3
REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES (HOURS)

OCCUPANCY

A«,E

F-2, S-2''', U"

B^F-1,M^s-1

H-1

H-2

H-3, H-4, H-5

A^E=

F-2, S-2'^-^ U*"

—

B^ F-i, M^ s-i

H-l

—

H-2

—

H-3, H-4, H-5

—

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 ml

S = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 .3 .1.1.

NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance withSection 903.3.1.1.

N = No separation requirement.

NP = Not permitted.

a. For Group H-5 occupancies, see Section 903.2.4.2.

b. Occupancy separation need not be provided for storage areas within Groups B and M if the:

1 . Area is less than 10 percent of the floor area;

2. Area is equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system and is less than 3,000 square feet; or

3. Area is less than 1,000 square feet.

c. Areas used only for private or pleasure vehicles shall be allowed to reduce separation by 1 hour.

d. See Section 406.1.4.

e. Conmiercial kitchens need not be separated from the restaurant seating areas that they serve.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

to each portion of the building based on the occupancy
classification of that space except that the most restric-
tive applicable provisions of Section 403 and Chapter 9
shall apply to the entire building or portion thereof.

508.3.2.2 Allowable area and height. The allowable
area and height of the building or portion thereof shall be
based on the most restrictive allowances for the occu-
pancy groups under consideration for the type of con-
struction of the building in accordance with Section
503.1.

508.3.2.3 Separation. No separation is required
between occupancies.

Exception: Group H-2, H-3, H-4 or H-5 occupancies
shall be separated from all other occupancies in accor-
dance with Section 508.3.3.

508.3.3 Separated occupancies. Buildings or portions of
buildings that comply with the provisions of this section
shall qualify as separated occupancies.

508.3.3.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occu-
pancies shall be individually classified in accordance
with Section 302. 1 . Each fire area shall comply with this
code based on the occupancy classification of that por-
tion of the building.

508.3.3.2 Allowable area. In each story, the building
area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual
floor area of each occupancy divided by the allowable
area of each occupancy shall not exceed one.

508.3.3.3 Allowable height. Each occupancy shall com-
ply with the height limitations based on the type of con-
struction of the building in accordance with Section
503.1. The height, in both feet and stories, of each fire
area shall be measured from grade plane. This measure-
ment shall include the height, in both feet and stories, of
intervening fire areas.

Exception: Special provisions permitted by Section
509.

508.3.3.4 Separation. Individual occupancies shall be
separated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with
Table 508.3.3

508.3.3.4.1 Construction. Required separations
shall be fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 706 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both, so as to com-
pletely separate adjacent occupancies.

SECTION 509
SPECIAL PROVISIONS

509.1 General. The provisions in this section shall permit the
use of special conditions that are exempt from, or modify, the
specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable
heights and areas of buildings based on the occupancy classifi-
cation and type of construction, provided the special condition
complies with the provisions specified in this section for such
condition and other applicable requirements of this code.

509.2 Group S-2 enclosed or open parking garage with
Group A, B, M, R or S above. A basement and/or the first
story above grade plane of a building shall be considered as a
separate and distinct building for the purpose of determining
area limitations, continuity of fire walls, limitation of number
of stories and type of construction when all of the following
conditions are met:

1 . The basement and/or the first story above grade plane is
of Type lA construction and is separated from the build-
ing above with a horizontal assembly having a minimum
3-hour fire-resistance rating.

2. Shaft, stairway, ramp or escalator enclosures through the
horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2-hour
fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in accor-
dance with Table 715.4.

Exception: Where the enclosure walls below the hor-
izontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour
fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in
accordance with Table 715.4, the enclosure walls
extending above the horizontal assembly shall be per-
mitted to have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating, pro-
vided:

1. The building above the horizontal assembly is
not required to be of Type I construction;

2. The enclosure connects less than four stories;
and

3. The enclosure opening protectives above the
horizontal assembly have a minimum 1-hour
fire protection rating.

3. The building above the horizontal assembly shall be per-
mitted to have multiple Group A uses, each with an occu-
pant load of less than 300, or Group B, M, R or S uses.

4. The building below the horizontal assembly is a Group
S-2 enclosed or open parking garage, used for the park-
ing and storage of private motor vehicles.

Exceptions:

1. Entry lobbies, mechanical rooms and similar
uses incidental to the operation of the building
shall be permitted.

2. Multiple Group A uses, each with an occupant
load of less than 300, or Group B or M uses
shall be permitted, in addition to those uses
incidental to the operation of the building
(including storage areas), provided that the
entire structure below the horizontal assembly
is protected throughout by an approved auto-
matic sprinkler system.

5. The maximum building height in feet shall not exceed
the limits set forth in Section 503 for the building having
the smaller allowable height as measured from the grade
plane.

509.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2
open parking garage above. A Group S-2 enclosed parking
garage located in the basement or first story below a Group S-2
open parking garage shall be classified as a separate and dis-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

tinct building for the purpose of determining the type of con-
struction when the following conditions are met:

1 . The allowable area of the structure shall be such that the
sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the allow-
able area for each separate occupancy shall not exceed
1.0.

2. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or II
construction and is at least equal to the fire-resistance
requirements of the Group S-2 open parking garage.

3. The height and the number of the floors above the base-
ment shall be limited as specified in Table 406.3.5.

4. The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed
parking garage and Group S-2 open parking garage shall
be protected as required for the floor assembly of the
Group S-2 enclosed parking garage. Openings between
the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and Group S-2
open parking garage, except exit openings, shall not be
required to be protected.

5. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclu-
sively for the parking or storage of private motor vehi-
cles, but shall be permitted to contain an office, waiting
room and toilet room having a total area of not more than
1,000 square feet (93 m^), and mechanical equipment
rooms incidental to the operation of the building.

509.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum
one-story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage,
enclosed or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construc-
tion or open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is
provided under a building of Group R, the number of stories to
be used in determining the minimum type of construction shall
be measured from the floor above such a parking area. The
floor assembly between the parking garage and the Group R
above shall comply with the type of construction required for
the parking garage and shall also provide a fire-resistance rat-
ing not less than the mixed occupancy separation required in
Section 508.3.3.

509.5 Group R-2 buildings of Type IIIA construction. The

height hmitation for buildings of Type IIIA construction in
Group R-2 shall be increased to six stories and 75 feet (22 860
mm) where the first-floor construction above the basement has
a fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours and the floor
area is subdivided by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire walls
into areas of not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m^).

509.6 Group R-2 buildings of Type IIA construction. The

height limitation for buildings of Type IIA construction in
Group R-2 shall be increased to nine stories and 100 feet (30
480 mm) where the building is separated by not less than 50
feet (15 240 mm) from any other building on the lot and from
lot lines, the exits are segregated in an area enclosed by a 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated fire wall and the first-floor construction
has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 V2 hours.

509.7 Open parking garage beneath Groups A, I, B, M and

R. Open parking garages constructed under Groups A, I, B, M
and R shall not exceed the height and area hmitations permitted
under Section 406.3. The height and area of the portion of the
building above the open parking garage shall not exceed the
limitations in Section 503 for the upper occupancy. The height.

in both feet and stories, of the portion of the building above the
open parking garage shall be measured from grade plane and
shall include both the open parking garage and the portion of
the building above the parking garage.

509.7.1 Fire separation. Fire barriers constructed in accor-
dance with Section 706 or horizontal assemblies con-
structed in accordance with Section 711 between the
parking occupancy and the upper occupancy shall corre-
spond to the required fire-resistance rating prescribed in
Table 508.3.3 for the uses involved. The type of construc-
tion shall apply to each occupancy individually, except that
structural members, including main bracing within the open
parking structure, which is necessary to support the upper
occupancy, shall be protected with the more restrictive
fire-resistance-rated assemblies of the groups involved as
shown in Table 601. Means of egress for the upper occu-
pancy shall conform to Chapter 10 and shall be separated
from the parking occupancy by fire barriers having at least a
2-hour fire -resistance rating as required by Section 706 with
self-closing doors complying with Section 715 or horizon-
tal assemblies having at least a 2-hour fire-resistance rating
as required by Section 71 1, with self-closing doors comply-
ing with Section 715. Means of egress from the open park-
ing garage shall comply with Section 406.3.

509.8 Group B or M with Group S-2 open parking garage
above. Group B or M uses located in the basement or first story
below a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be classified as a
separate and distinct building for the purpose of determining
the type of construction when all of the following conditions
are met:

1 . The basement or first story shall be Type I or II construc-
tion, but not less than the type of construction required
for the open parking garage above. The height and area
of the basement or first story shall not exceed the limita-
tions in Section 503 for the Group B or M uses.

2. The height and area of the open parking garage shall not
exceed the limitations permitted under Section 406.3.
The height, in both feet and stories, of the open parking
garage shall be measured from grade plane and include
both the open parking garage and the basement or first
story.

3. Fire separation assemblies between the open parking
garage and the basement or first story use group shall
correspond to the required fire-resistance rating pre-
scribed by Table 508.3.3

4. Exits serving the open parldng garage shall discharge
directly to a street or public way and shall be separated
from the basement or first story use group by not less
than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 706 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 711, or both, with opening
protectives in accordance with Table 715.4.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

84 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 6

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 601
GENERAL

601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of buildings as to type of construction.

SECTION 602
CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION

602.1 General. Buildings and structures erected or to be
erected, altered or extended in height or area shall be classified
in one of the five construction types defined in Sections 602.2
through 602.5. The building elements shall have a fire-resis-
tance rating not less than that specified in Table 601 and exte-
rior walls shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
specified in Table 602.

602.1.1 Minimum requirements. A building or portion
thereof shall not be required to conform to the details of a
type of construction higher than that type, which meets the
minimum requirements based on occupancy even though
certain features of such a building actually conform to a
higher type of construction.

602.2 Types I and II. Type I and II construction are those types
of construction in which the building elements listed in Table

1601 are of noncombustible materials, except as permitted in
Section 603 and elsewhere in this code.

602.3 Type III. Type III construction is that type of construc-
tion in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materi-
als and the interior building elements are of any material
permitted by this code. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing
complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exte-
rior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less.

602.4 Type IV. Type IV construction (Heavy Timber, HT) is
that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of
noncombustible materials and the interior building elements
are of solid or laminated wood without concealed spaces. The
details of Type IV construction shall comply with the provi-
sions of this section. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing com-
plying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exterior
wall assemblies with a 2-hour rating or less. Minimum solid
sawn nominal dimensions are required for structures built
using Type IV construction (HT). For glued-laminated mem-
bers the equivalent net finished width and depths correspond-
ing to the minimum nominal width and depths of solid sawn
lumber are required as specified in Table 602.4.

602.4.1 Columns. Wood columns shall be sawn or glued
laminated and shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm),
nominal, in any dimension where supporting floor loads and
not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not
less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth where sup-
porting roof and ceihng loads only. Columns shall be con-
tinuous or superimposed and connected in an approved
manner.

602.4.2 Floor framing. Wood beams and girders shall be of
sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall be not less than 6
inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not less than 10
inches (254 mm) nominal in depth. Framed sawn or
glued-laminated timber arches, which spring from the floor
line and support floor loads, shall be not less than 8 inches
(203 mm) nominal in any dimension. Framed timber trusses
supporting floor loads shall have members of not less than 8
inches (203 mm) nominal in any dimension.

602.4.3 Roof framing. Wood-frame or glued-laminated
arches for roof construction, which spring from the floor
line or from grade and do not support floor loads, shall have
members not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width
and have less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth for
the lower half of the height and not less than 6 inches (152
mm) nominal in depth for the upper half. Framed or glued-
laminated arches for roof construction that spring from the
top of walls or wall abutments, framed timber trusses and
other roof framing, which do not support floor loads, shall
have members not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal in
width and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in depth.
Spaced members shall be permitted to be composed of two
or more pieces not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in
thickness where blocked solidly throughout their interven-
ing spaces or where spaces are tightly closed by a continu-
ous wood cover plate of not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm)
nominal in thickness secured to the underside of the mem-
bers. SpUce plates shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm)
nominal in thickness. Where protected by approved auto-
matic sprinklers under the roof deck, framing members
shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width.

602.4.4 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces.
Wood floors shall be of sawn or glued-laminated planks,
splined or tongue-and-groove, of not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in thickness covered with 1-inch (25 mm)
nominal dimension tongue-and-groove flooring, laid cross-
wise or diagonally, or 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) particleboard or
planks not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal in width set
on edge close together and well spiked and covered with
1-inch (25 mm) nominal dimension flooring or 'V32-inch
(12 mm) wood structural panel or 0.5-inch (12.7 nmi)
particleboard. The lumber shall be laid so that no continu-
ous line of joints will occur except at points of support.
Floors shall not extend closer than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) to
walls. Such 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) space shall be covered by a
molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that it will not
obstruct the swelling or shrinkage movements of the floor.
Corbeling of masonry walls under the floor shall be permit-
ted to be used in place of molding.

602.4.5 Roofs. Roofs shall be without concealed spaces and
wood roof decks shall be sawn or glued laminated, splined
or tongue-and-groove plank, not less than 2 inches (51 mm)
nominal in thickness, 1 Vg-inch-thick (32 mm) wood struc-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

tural panel (exterior glue), or of planks not less than 3 inches
(76 mm) nominal in width, set on edge close together and
laid as required for floors. Other types of decking shall be
permitted to be used if providing equivalent fire resistance
and structural properties.

602.4.6 Partitions. Partitions shall be of solid wood con-
struction formed by not less than two layers of 1-inch (25
mm) matched boards or laminated construction 4 inches
(102 mm) thick, or of 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construc-
tion.

602.4.7 Exterior structural members. Where a horizontal
separation of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more is provided, wood
columns and arches conforming to heavy timber sizes shall
be permitted to be used externally.

602.5 Type V. Type V construction is that type of construction
in which the structural elements, exterior walls and interior
walls are of any materials permitted by this code.

SECTION 603

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN TYPE I

AND II CONSTRUCTION

603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be
permitted in buildings of Type I or Type II construction in the
following applications and in accordance with Sections
603.1.1 through 603.1.3:

1 . Fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted in:

1.1. Nonbearing partitions where the required
fire-resistance rating is 2 hours or less.

1 .2. Nonbearing exterior walls where no fire rating is
required.

1.3. Roof construction, including girders, trusses,
framing and decking.

Exception: In buildings of Type I construc-
tion exceeding two stories in height,
fire-retardant-treated wood is not permitted in
roof construction when the vertical distance
from the upper floor to the roof is less than 20
feet (6096 mm).

2. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam
plastics, having a flame spread index of not more than

25.

Exceptions:

1. Insulation placed between two layers of
noncombustible materials without an interven-
ing airspace shall be allowed to have a flame
spread index of not more than 100.

2. Insulation installed between a finished floor
and solid decking without intervening airspace
shall be allowed to have a flame spread index of
not more than 200.

3. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26.

4. Roof coverings that have an A, B or C classification.

5. Interior floor finish and interior finish, trim and mill-
work such as doors, door frames, window sashes and
frames.

6. Where not installed over 15 feet (4572 mm) above
grade, show windows, nailing or furring strips and
wooden bulkheads below show windows, including
their frames, aprons and show cases.

7. Finished flooring applied directly to the floor slab or to
wood sleepers that are fireblocked in accordance with
Section 717.2.7.

8. Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or similar
places occupied by one tenant only and that do not
establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or
more shall be permitted to be constructed of fire-retar-
dant-treated wood, 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con-
struction or of wood panels or similar light construction
up to 6 feet (1829 mm) in height.

9. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with
Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.

10. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies and
similar projections and bay or oriel windows in accor-
dance with Chapter 14.

11. Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabinets and
window and door frames.

1 2. Light-transmitting plastics as permitted by Chapter 26.

1 3 . Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide flex-
ible seals between components of exterior wall con-
struction.

14. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with
Section 2605.2.

1 5 . Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section 803 .4.

16. Heavy timber as permitted by Note d to Table 601 and
Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3.

17. Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as
permitted by Section 703.2.2.

18. Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumescent and
mastic fire-resistant coatings, determined on the basis
of fire-resistance tests in accordance with Section
703.2 and installed in accordance with Section 1704. 10
and 1704.11, respectively.

19. Materials used to protect penetrations in fire-resis-
tance-rated assemblies in accordance with Section 712.

20. Materials used to protect joints in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies in accordance with Section 713.

21 Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of buildings
of Type I and II construction in accordance with Sec-
tion 717.5.

22. Materials exposed within plenums complying with
Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code.

603.1.1 Ducts. The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be per-
mitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of
the International Mechanical Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials
shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the
limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the
International Plumbing Code.

603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods
with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related
components shall be permitted when installed in accor-
dance with the limitations of the ICC Electrical Code.

TABLE 601
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (hours)

BUILDING ELEMENT

TYPEI

TYPE II

TYPE III

TYPE IV

TYPEV

. B

A«

Structural frame^

Bearing walls
Exterior^
Interior

3
3*'

2
2"

2
1

2
1/HT

1
1

Nonbearing walls and partitions
Exterior

See Table 602

Nonbearing walls and partitions
Interior^

See Section 602.4.6

Floor construction

Including supporting beams and joists

Roof construction
Including supporting beams and joists

IV/

led

QCd

led

QCd

ic, d

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and bracing
members designed to carry gravity loads. The members of floor or roof panels which have no connection to the columns shall be considered secondary members
and not a part of the structural frame.

b. Roof supports: Fire-resistance ratings of structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting a rooi' only

c. Except in Group F- 1 , H, M and S- 1 occupancies, fire protection of structural members shall not be required, including protection of roof framing and decking
where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below. Fire-retardant-treated wood members shall be allowed to be used
for such unprotected members.

d. In all occupancies, heavy timber shall be allowed where a 1-hour or less fire-resistance rating is required.

e. An approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3. 1 . 1 shall be allowed to be substituted for 1 -hour fire-resistance-rated construction, pro-
vided such system is not otherwise required by other provisions of the code or used for an allowable area increase in accordance with Section 506.3 or an allowable
height increase in accordance with Section 504.2. The 1-hour substitution for the fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be permitted.

fi Not less than the fire-resistance rating required by other sections of this code.

g. Not less than the fire-resistance rating based on fire separation distance (see Table 602).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 602
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE^' »

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE = X
(feet)

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

OCCUPANCY
GROUP H

OCCUPANCY
GROUP F-1,M,S-1

OCCUPANCY
GROUP A, B, E, F-2, 1, R, S-2, U"

X<5'^

All

5<X<10

lA
Others

2
1

10 < X< 30

IA,IB
nB,VB
Others

2
1
1

Id ■

X>30

All

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of Table 601.
I b. For special requirements for Group U occupancies see Section 406.1.2
c. See Section 705.1.1 for party walls.

Id. Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating,
e. The fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior \yall and the story in which the wall is located.

TABLE 602.4
WOOD MEMBER SIZE

MINIMUM NOMINAL SOLID SAWN SIZE

MINIMUM GLUED-LAMINATED NET SIZE

Width, inch

Depth, inch

Width, inch

Depth, inch

6V4

8V,

IOV2

8V4

6^8

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 7

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 701
GENERAL

701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
materials and assemblies used for structural fire resistance and
fire-resistance-rated construction separation of adjacent spaces
to safeguard against the spread of fire and smoke within a
building and the spread of fire to or from buildings.

SECTION 702
DEFINITIONS

702.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the penetrating
item.

CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. A listed device installed
in a ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assernbly to limit automatically the radiative heat
transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening.

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. A listed
device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to
close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the
passage of flame and smoke. The device is installed to operate
automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system, and
where required, is capable of being positioned from a fire com-
mand center.

DAMPER. See "Ceiling radiation damper," "Combination
fire/smoke damper," "Fire damper" and "Smoke damper."

DRAFTSTOP. A material, device or construction installed to
restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed
areas of building components such as crawl spaces, floor/ceil-
ing assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics.

F RATING. The time period that the through-penetration
firestop system limits the spread of fire through the penetration
when tested in accordance with ASTM E 814.

FIRE AREA. The aggregate floor area enclosed and bounded
by fire walls, fire barriers, exterior walls or fire-resis-
tance-rated horizontal assemblies of a building.

FIRE BARRIER. A fire-resistance-rated wall assembly of
materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which conti-
nuity is maintained.

FIRE DAMPER. A hsted device installed in ducts and air
transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detec-
tion of heat and resist the passage of flame. Fire dampers are
classified for use in either static systems that will automatically
shut down in the event of a fire, or in dynamic systems that con-
tinue to operate during a fire. A dynamic fire damper is tested
and rated for closure under elevated temperature airflow.

FIRE DOOR. The door component of a fire door assembly.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of a fire door,
frame, hardware, and other accessories that together provide a
specific degree of fire protection to the opening.

FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials
designed to restrict the spread of fire in which openings are pro-
tected.

FIRE PROTECTION RATING. The period of time that an
opening protective assembly will maintain the ability to con-
fine a fire as determined by tests prescribed in Section 715. Rat-
ings are stated in hours or minutes.

FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their
assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of excessive
heat, hot gases or flames under conditions of use.

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a build-
ing element, component or assembly maintains the ability to
confine a fire, continues to perform a given structural function,
or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based on
tests, prescribed in Section 703.

FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assemblage of
specific materials or products that are designed, tested, and
fire-resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E 1966 or
UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the passage of
fire through joints made in or between fire-resistance-rated
assemblies.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured
from the building face to one of the following:

1. The closest interior lot line;

2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way; or

3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the prop-
erty.

FIRE WALL. A fire-resistance-rated wall having protected
openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends contin-
uously from the foundation to or through the roof, with suffi-
cient structural stabiUty under fire conditions to allow collapse
of construction on either side without collapse of the wall.

FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window constructed and
glazed to give protection against the passage of fire.

FIREBLOCKING. Building materials installed to resist the
free passage of flame to other areas of the building through
concealed spaces.

FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. A combination of a fire
door, a frame, hardware and other accessories installed in a hor-
izontal plane, which together provide a specific degree of fire
protection to a through-opening in a fire-resistance-rated floor
(see Section 71 1.8).

HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fire-resistance-rated floor
or roof assembly of materials designed to restiict the spread of
fire in which continuity is maintained.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

JOINT. The linear opening in or between adjacent fire-resis-
tance-rated assemblies that is designed to allow ind.ependent
movement of the building in any plane caused by thermal, seis-
mic, wind or any other loading.

MEMBRANE PENETRATION. An opening made through
one side (wall, floor or ceiling membrane) of an assembly.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material,
device or construction installed to resist for a prescribed time
period the passage of flame and heat through openings in a pro-
tective membrane in order to accommodate cables, cable trays,
conduit, tubing, pipes or similar items.

MINERAL FIBER. Insulation composed principally of fibers
manufactured from rock, slag or glass, with or without binders.

MINERAL WOOL. Synthetic vitreous fiber insulation made
by melting predominately igneous rock or furnace slag, and
other inorganic materials, and then physically forming the melt
into fibers.

PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A through-penetration
firestop or a membrane-penetration firestop.

SELF-CLOSING. As applied to a fire door or other opening,
means equipped with an approved device that will ensure clos-
ing after having been opened.

SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more
stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in succes-
sive floors, or floors and roof.

SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction forming
the boundaries of a shaft.

SMOKE BARRIER. A continuous membrane, either vertical
or horizontal, such as a wall, floor, or ceiling assembly, that is
designed and constructed to restrict the movement of smoke.

SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a building
enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including the top and
bottom.

SMOKE DAMPER. A Usted device installed in ducts and air
transfer openings designed to resist the passage of smoke. The
device is installed to operate automatically, controlled by a
smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of
being positioned from a fire command center.

SPLICE. The result of a factory and/or field method of joining
or connecting two or more lengths of a fire-resistant joint sys-
tem into a continuous entity.

T RATING. The time period that the penetration firestop sys-
tem, including the penetrating item, Hmits the maximum tem-
perature rise to 325°F (163°C) above its initial temperature
through the penetration on the nonfire side when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 814.

THROUGH PENETRATION. An opening that passes
through an entire assembly.

THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An

assemblage of specific materials or products that are designed,
tested and fire-resistance rated to resist for a prescribed period
of time the spread of fire through penetrations. The F and T rat-
ing criteria for penetration firestop systems shall be in accor-

dance with ASTM E 814. See definitions of "F rating" and "T
rating."

SECTION 703
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS

703.1 Scope. Materials prescribed herein for fire resistance
shall conform to the requirements of this chapter.

703.2 Fire-resistance ratings. The fire-resistance rating of
building elements shall be determined in accordance with the
test procedures set forth in ASTM E 1 19 or in accordance with
Section 703.3. Where materials, systems or devices that have
not been tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly are
incorporated into the assembly, sufficient data shall be made
available to the building official to show that the required
fire-resistance rating is not reduced. Materials and methods of
construction used to protect joints and penetrations in
fire-resistance-rated building elements shall not reduce the
required fire-resistance rating.

Exception: In determining the fire-resistance rating of exte-
rior bearing walls, compliance with the ASTM E 1 19 crite-
ria for unexposed surface temperature rise and ignition of
cotton waste due to passage of flame or gases is required
only for a period of time corresponding to the required
fire-resistance rating of an exterior nonbearing wall with the
same fire separation distance, and in a building of the same
group. When the fire-resistance rating determined in accor-
dance with this exception exceeds the fire-resistance rating
determined in accordance with ASTM E 1 19, the fire expo-
sure time period, water pressure, and application duration
criteria for the hose stream test of ASTM E 119 shall be
based upon the fire-resistance rating determined in accor-
dance with this exception.

703.2.1 Nonsymmetrical wall construction. Interior walls
and partitions of nonsymmetrical construction shall be
tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration
obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with
ASTM E 1 19. When evidence is furnished to show that the
wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side exposed to
the furnace, subject to acceptance of the building official,
the wall need not be subjected to tests from the opposite side
(see Section 704.5 for exterior walls).

703.2.2 Combustible components. Combustible aggre-
gates are permitted in gypsum and portland cement concrete
mixtures approved for fire-resistance-rated construction.
Any approved component material or admixture is permit-
ted in assembUes if the resulting tested assembly meets the
fire-resistance test requirements of this code.

703.2.3 Restrained classification. Fire-resistance-rated
assembhes tested under ASTM E 119 shall not be consid-
ered to be restrained unless evidence satisfactory to the
building official is furnished by the registered design pro-
fessional showing that the construction qualifies for a
restrained classification in accordance with ASTM E 119.
Restrained construction shall be identified on the plans.

703.3 Alternative methods for determining fire resistance.

The application of any of the alternative methods listed in this

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

section shall be based on the fire exposure and acceptance crite-
ria specified in ASTM E 1 19. The required fire resistance of a
building element shall be permitted to be established by any of
the following methods or procedures:

1. Fire-resistance designs documented in approved
sources.

2. Prescriptive designs of fire-resistance-rated building
elements as prescribed in Section 720.

3. Calculations in accordance with Section 721.

4. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of building
element designs having fire-resistance ratings as deter-
mined by the test procedures set forth in ASTM E 1 19.

5. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.

703.4 Noncombustibility tests. The tests indicated in Sections
703.4.1 and 703.4.2 shall serve as criteria for acceptance of
building materials as set forth in Sections 602.2, 602.3 and
602.4 in Type I, II, III and IV construction. The term
"noncombustible" does not apply to the flame spread charac-
teristics of interior finish or trim materials. A material shall not
be classified as a noncombustible building construction mate-
rial if it is subject to an increase in combustibility or flame
spread beyond the limitations herein established through the
effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions.

703.4.1 Elementary materials. Materials required to be
noncombustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E
136.

703.4.2 Composite materials. Materials having a struc-
tural base of noncombustible material as determined in
accordance with Section 703.4.1 with a surfacing not more
than 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick that has a flame spread
index not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84 shall be acceptable as noncombustible materi-
als.

SECTION 704
EXTERIOR WALLS

704.1 General. Exterior walls shall comply with this section.

704.2 Projections. Cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balco-
nies and similar projections extending beyond the floor area
shall conform to the requirements of this section and Section
1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit stairways
shall also comply with Sections 1014.5 and 1023.1, respec-
tively. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance deter-
mined by the following two methods, whichever results in the
lesser projection:

1. A point one-third the distance to the lot line from an
assumed vertical plane located where protected openings
are required in accordance with Section 704.8.

2. More than 12 inches (305 mm) into areas where open-
ings are prohibited.

704.2.1 Type I and II construction. Projections from walls
of Type I or II construction shall be of noncombustible

materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sections
1406.3 and 1406.4.

704.2.2 Type III, IV or V construction. Projections from
walls of Type EI, IV or V construction shall be of any
approved material.

704.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projec-
tions located where openings are not permitted or where
protection of openings is required shall be of at least 1 -hour

. fire-resistance-rated construction. Type IV construction,
fire-retardant-treated wood or as required by Section
1406.3.

Exception: Type V construction shall be allowed for R-3
occupancies.

704.3 Buildings on the same lot. For the purposes of deter-
mining the required wall and opening protection and roof-cov-
ering requirements, buildings on the same lot shall be assumed
to have an imaginary line between them.

Where a new building is to be erected on the same lot as an
existing building, the location of the assumed imaginary line
with relation to the existing building shall be such that the exte-
rior wall and opening protection of the existing building meet
the criteria as set forth in Sections 704.5 and 704.8.

Exception: Two or more buildings on the same lot shall
either be regulated as separate buildings or shall be consid-
ered as portions of one building if the aggregate area of such
buildings is within the limits specified in Chapter 5 for a sin-
gle building. Where the buildings contain different occu-
pancy groups or are of different types of construction, the
area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy
or construction.

704.4 Materials. Exterior walls shall be of materials permitted
by the building type of construction.

704.5 Fire-resistance ratings. Exterior walls shall be
fire-resistance rated in accordance with Tables 601 and 602.
The fire-resistance rating of exterior walls with a fire separa-
tion distance of greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) shall be rated for
exposure to fire from the inside. The fu-e-resistance rating of
exterior walls with a fire separation distance of 5 feet (1524
mm) or less shall be rated for exposure to fu-e from both sides.

704.6 Structural stability. The wall shall extend to the height
required by Section 704.1 1 and shall have sufficient structural
stability such that it will remain in place for the duration of time
indicated by the required fire-resistance rating.

704.7 Unexposed surface temperature. Where protected
openings are not limited by Section 704.8, the limitation on the
rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls
as required by ASTM E 1 19 shall not apply. Where protected
openings are limited by Section 704.8, the limitation on the rise
of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls as
required by ASTM E 1 19 shall not apply provided that a cor-
rection is made for radiation from the unexposed exterior wall
surface in accordance with the following fonnula:

A,=A + {AfXFJ

(Equation 7-1)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

where:

Ae = Equivalent area of protected openings.

A = Actual area of protected openings.

Af = Area of exterior wall surface in the story under consid-
eration exclusive of openings, on which the tempera-
ture limitations of ASTM E 119 for walls are exceeded.

Feo = An "equivalent opening factor" derived from Figure
704.7 based on the average temperature of the unex-

posed wall surface and the fire-resistance rating of the
wall.

704.8 Allowable area of openings. The maximum area of
unprotected or protected openings permitted in an exterior wall
in any story shall not exceed the values set forth in Table 704.8.
Where both unprotected and protected openings are located in
the exterior wall in any story, the total area of the openings shall
comply with the following formula:

- + ^<1.0 (Equation 7-2)

a a..

For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32] / 1 .8.

200

400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000
Average temperature of unexposed surface (°F)

FIGURE 704.7
EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR

TABLE 704.8
MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS^

CLASSIFICATION
OF OPENING

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet)

Oto3'l

Greater
than 3 to 5"'^

Greater
thanStolO'^'^'S''

Greater
than10to15'''*'9

Greater
thamStoZC'S

Greater
than 20 to 25'''9

Greater
than 25 to sC-s

Greater
than 30

Unprotected

Not
Permitted

Not
Permitted'^

10%'

15%'

25%'

. 45%'

70%'

No Limit''

Protected

Not
Permitted

15%

25%

45%

75%

No Limit''

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 nun.

a. Values given are percentage of the area of the exterior wall.

b. See Section 704.7 for unexposed surface temperature.

c. For occupancies in Group R-3, the maximum percentage of unprotected and protected ecterior wall openings shall be 25 percent.

d. The area of openings in an open parking structure with a fire separation distance of greater than 10 feet shall not be limited.

e. For occupancies in Group H-2 or H-3, unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a fire separation distance of 15 feet or less.

f . For requirements for fire walls for buildings with differing roof heights, see Section 705 .6.1.

g. The area of unprotected and protected openings is not limited for occupancies in Group R-3, with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet,
h. For special reqiiirements for Group U occupancies, see Section 406. 1 .2.

i. Buildings whose exterior bearing wall, exterior nonbearing wall and exterior structural frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated by Table 601 or 602 shall

be permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings,
j. Includes accessory buildings to Group R-3.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

where:

A = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent
area of protected openings, A^ (see Section 704.7).

a = Allowable area of protected openings.

Au. = Actual area of unprotected openings.

au = Allowable area of unprotected openings.

704.8.1 Automatic sprinkler system. In buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3. 1 . 1 , the maximum allowable
area of unprotected openings in occupancies other than
Groups H-1, H-2 and H-3 shall be the same as the tabulated
limitations for protected openings.

704.8.2 First story. In occupancies other than Group H,
unlimited unprotected openings are permitted in the exterior
walls of the first story above grade facing a street that have a
fire separation distance of greater than 15 feet (4572 mm) or
facing an unoccupied space. The unoccupied space shall be
on the same lot or dedicated for public use, shall not be less
than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width and shall have access from
a street by a posted fire lane in accordance with the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

704.9 Vertical separation of openings. Openings in exterior
walls in adjacent stories shall be separated vertically to protect
against fire spread on the exterior of the buildings where the
openings are within 5 feet (1524 mm) of each other horizon-
tally and the opening in the lower story is not a protected open-
ing with a fire protection rating of not less than V4 hour. Such
openings shall be separated vertically at least 3 feet (914 mm)
by spandrel girders, exterior walls or other similar assemblies
that have a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour or by flame
barriers that extend horizontally at least 30 inches (762 mm)
beyond the exterior wall. Flame barriers shall also have a
fire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour. The unexposed surface
temperature limitations specified in ASTM E 119 shall not
apply to the flame barriers or vertical separation unless other-
wise required by the provisions of this code.

Exceptions:

1 . This section shall not apply to buildings that are three
stories or less in height.

2. This section shall not apply to buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

3. Open parking garages.

704.10 Vertical exposure. For buildings on the same lot, open-
ing protectives having a fire-protection rating of not less than
^/^ hour shall be provided in every opening that is less than 15
feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an adjoining build-
ing or adjacent structure that is within a horizontal fire separa-
tion distance of 15 feet (4572 mm) of the wall in which the
opening is located.

Exception; Opening protectives are not required where the
roof construction has a fire-resistance rating of not less than
1 hour for a minimum distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from
the adjoining building, and the entire length and span of the

supporting elements for the fire-resistance-rated roof
assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.

704.11 Parapets. Parapets shall be provided on exterior walls
of buildings.

Exceptions: A parapet need not be provided on an exterior
wall where any of the following conditions exist:

1. The wall is not required to be fire-resistance rated in
accordance with Table 602 because of fire separation
distance.

2. The building has an area of not more than 1,000
square feet (93 m^) on any floor.

3. Walls that terminate at roofs of not less than 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction or where the roof,
including the deck and supporting construction, is
constructed entirely of noncombustible materials.

4. One-hour fire-resistance-rated exterior walls that ter-
minate at the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or
slab, provided:

4. 1 . Where the roof/ceiling framing elements are
parallel to the walls, such framing and ele-
ments supporting such framing shall not be of
less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con-
struction for a width of 4 feet (1220 mm) for
Groups R and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for
other occupancies, measured from the interior
side of the wall.

4.2. Where roof/ceiling framing elements are not
parallel to the wall, the entire span of such
framing and elements supporting such fram-
ing shall not be of less than 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated construction.

4.3. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the 1-hour fire-re-
sistance-rated exterior wall for Groups R and
U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other occupan-
cies, measured from the interior side of the
wall.

4.4. The entire building shall be provided with not
less than a Class B roof covering.

5. In Groups R-2 and R-3 where the entire building is
provided with a Class C roof covering, the exterior
wall shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of
the roof sheathing or deck in Type III, IV and V con-
struction, provided:

5.1. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of
approved noncombustible materials or of
fire-retardant-treated wood for a distance of 4
feet (1220 mm); or

5.2. The roof is protected with 0.625-inch (16
mm) Type X gypsum board directly beneath
the underside of the roof sheathing or deck,
supported by a minimum of nominal 2-inch
(5 1 mm) ledgers attached to the sides of the
roof framing members for a minimum dis-
tance of 4 feet (1220 mm).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

6. Where the wall is permitted to have at least 25 percent
of the exterior wall areas containing unprotected
openings based on fire separation distance as deter-
mined in accordance with Section 704.8.

704.11.1 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the
same fire-resistance rating as that required for the support-
ing wall, and on any side adjacent to a roof surface, shall
have noncombustible faces for the uppermost 18 inches
(457 mm), including counterflashing and coping materials.
The height of the parapet shall not be less than 30 inches
(762 mm) above the point where the roof surface and the
wall intersect. Where the roof slopes toward a parapet at a
slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(16.7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to the same
height as any portion of the roof within a fire separation dis-
tance where protection of wall openings is required, but in
no case shall the height be less than 30 inches (762 mm).

704.12 Opening protection. Windows in exterior walls
required to have protected openings in accordance with other
sections of this code or determined to be protected in accor-
dance with Section 704.3 or 704.8 shall comply with Section
7 15.5. Other openings required to be protected with fire door or
shutter assemblies in accordance with other sections of this
code or determined to be protected in accordance with Section
704.3 or 704.8 shall comply with Section 715.4.

Exception: Opening protectives are not required where the
building is protected throughout by an automatic sprinkler
system and the exterior openings are protected by an
approved water curtain using automatic sprinklers approved
for that use. The sprinklers and the water curtain shall be
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and shall
have an automatic water supply and fire department connec-
tion.

704.12.1 Unprotected openings. Where protected open-
ings are not required by Section 704, windows and doors
shall be constructed of any approved materials. Glazing
shall conform to the requirements of Chapters 24 and 26.

704.13 Joints. Joints made in or between exterior walls
required by this section to have a fire-resistance rating shall
comply with Section 713.

Exception: Joints in exterior walls that are permitted to
have unprotected openings.

704.13.1 Voids. The void created at the intersection of a
floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assem-
bly shall be protected in accordance with Section 713.4.

704.14 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by air
ducts and air transfer openings in fire-resistance-rated exterior
walls required to have protected openings shall comply with
Section 716.

Exception: Foundation vents installed in accordance with
this code are permitted.

SECTION 705
FIRE WALLS

705.1 GeneraL Each portion of a building separated by one or
more fire walls that comply with the provisions of this section
shall be considered a separate building. The extent and location
of such fire walls shall provide a complete separation. Where a
fire wall also separates occupancies that are required to be sep-
arated by a fire barrier wall, the most restrictive requirements of
each separation shall apply.

705.1.1 Party walls. Any wall located on a lot line between
adjacent buildings, which is used or adapted for joint service
between the two buildings, shall be constructed as a fire wall
in accordance with Section 705. Party walls shall be con-
structed without openings and shall create separate build-
ings.

705.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall have sufficient
structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of
construction on either side without collapse of the wall for the
duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rat-
ing.

705.3 Materials. Fire walls shall be of any approved
noncoinbustible materials.

Exception: Buildings of Type V construction.

705.4 Fire-resistance rating. Fire walls shall have a fire-resis-
tance rating of not less than that required by Table 705.4.

TABLE 705.4
FIRE WALL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS

GROUP

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

A,B,E,H-4,I,R-1,R-2,U

3«

F-1,H-3\H-5,M,S-1

H-1, H-2

F-2, S-2, R-3, R-4

a. Walls shall be not less than 2-hour fire-resistance rated where separating
buildings of Type 11 or V construction.

b. For Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 buildings, also see Sections 415.4 and 415.5.

705.5 Horizontal continuity. Fire walls shall be continuous
from exterior wall to exterior wall and shall extend at least 18
inches (457 nim) beyond the exterior surface of exterior walls.

Exceptions:

1. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte-
rior surface of combustible exterior sheathing or sid-
ing provided the exterior wall has a fire-resistance
rating of at least 1 hour for a horizontal distance of at
least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall.
Openings within such exterior walls shall be pro-
tected by opening protectives having a fire protection
rating of not less than V4 hour.

2. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte-
rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing,
exterior siding or other noncombustible exterior fin-
ishes provided the sheathing, siding, or other exterior
noncombustible finish extends a horizontal distance
of at least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire
wall.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

3. Fire walls shall be permitted- to terminate at the inte-
rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing
where the building on each side of the fire wall is pro-
tected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

705.5.1 Exterior walls. Where the fire wall intersects the
exterior walls, the fire-resistance rating for the exterior
walls on both sides of the fire wall shall have a 1-hour
fire-resistance rating with V4-hour opening protection
where opening protection is required. The fire-resistance
rating of the exterior wall shall extend a minimum of 4 feet
( 1 220 mm) on each side of the intersection of the fire wall to
exterior wall. Exterior wall intersections at fire walls that
form an angle equal to or greater than 1 80 degrees (3.14 rad)
do not need exterior wall protection.

705.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire walls shall
extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements
such as balconies, roof overhangs, canopies, marquees and
similar projections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the
fire wall.

Exceptions:

1. Horizontal projecting elements without concealed
spaces, provided the exterior wall behind and
below the projecting element has not less than
1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a dis-
tance not less than the depth of the projecting ele-
ment on both sides of the fire wall. Openings
within such exterior walls shall be protected by
opening protectives having a fire protection rating
of not less than V4 hour.

2. Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, provided a minimum
1-hour fire-resistance-rated wall extends through
the concealed space. The projecting element shall
be separated from the building by a minimum of
1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a dis-
tance on each side of the fire wall equal to the depth
of the projecting element. The wall is not required
to extend under the projecting element where the
building exterior wall is not less than 1-hour
fire-resistance rated for a distance on each side of
the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting
element. Openings within such exterior walls shall
be protected by opening protectives having a fire
protection rating of not less than V4 hour.

3. For combustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only
extend through the concealed space to the outer
edges of the projecting elements. The exterior wall
behind and below the projecting element shall be
of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con-
struction for a distance not less than the depth of
the projecting elements on both sides of the fire
wall. Openings within such exterior walls shall be
protected by opening protectives having a
fire-protection rating of not less than V4 hour.

705.6 Vertical continuity. Fire walls shall extend from the
foundation to a termination point at least 30 inches (762 mm)
above both adjacent roofs.

Exceptions:

1. Stepped buildings in accordance with Section
705.6.1.

2. Two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls shall be permit-
ted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing,
deck or slab provided:

2.1. The lower roof assembly within 4 feet (1220
mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour
fire-resistance rating and the entire length and
span of supporting elements for the rated roof
assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not
less than 1 hour.

2.2. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.

2.3. Each building shall be provided with not less
than a Class B roof covering.

3. Walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside
of noncombustible roof sheathing, deck, or slabs
where both buildings are provided with not less than a
Class B roof covering. Openings in the roof shall not
be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.

4. In buildings of Type III, IV and V construction, walls
shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of
combustible roof sheathing or decks provided:

4.1. There are no openings in the roof within 4 feet
( 1 220 mm) of the fire wall,

4.2. The roof is covered with a minimum Class B
roof covering, and

4.3. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of
fire-retardant-treated wood for a distance of 4
feet ( 1 220 mm) on both sides of the wall or the
roof is protected with Vg inch (15.9 mm) Type
X gypsum board directly beneath the under-
side of the roof sheathing or deck, supported
by a minimum of 2-inch (51 mm) nominal
ledgers attached to the sides of the roof fram-
ing members for a minimum distance of 4 feet
(1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall.

5. Buildings located above a parking garage designed in
accordance with Section 509.2 shall be permitted to
have the fire walls for the buildings located above the
parking garage extend from the horizontal separation
between the parking garage and the buildings.

705.6.1 Stepped buildings. Where a fire wall serves as an
exterior wall for a building and separates buildings having
different roof levels, such wall shall terminate at a point not
less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof level,
provided the exterior wall for a height of 15 feet (4572 mm)
above the lower roof is not less than 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated construction from both sides with openings pro-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

tected by fire assemblies having a fire protection rating of
not less than V4 hour.

Exception: Where the fire wall terminates at the under-
side of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the lower roof,
provided:

1 . The lower roof assembly within 1 feet (3048 mm)
of the wall has not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance
rating and the entire length and span of supporting
elements for the rated roof assembly has a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.

2. Openings in the lower roof shall not be located
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the fire wall.

705.7 Combustible framing in fire walls. Adjacent combusti-
ble members entering into a concrete or masonry fire wall from
opposite sides shall not have less than a 4-inch (102 mm) dis-
tance between embedded ends. Where combustible members
frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units, hollow spaces
shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of the wall and for a
distance not less than 4 inches (102 nam) above, below and
between the structural members, with noncombustible materi-
als approved for fireblocking.

705.8 Openings. Each opening through a fire wall shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 715.4 and shall not exceed
120 square feet (11 m^). The aggregate width of openings at
any floor level shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the
wall.

Exceptions:

1 . Openings are not permitted in party walls constructed
in accordance with Section 705.1.1.

2. Openings shall not be limited to 120 square feet (11
m^) where both buildings are equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accor-
dance with Section 903.3:1.1.

705.9 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire walls shall comply
with Section 712.

705.10 Joints. Joints made in or between fire walls shall com-
ply with Section 713.

705.11 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts and air trans-
fer openings shall not penetrate fire walls.

Exception: Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings
of fire walls that are not on a lot line shall be allowed pro-
vided the penetrations comply with Sections 712 and 716.
The size and aggregate width of all openings shall not
exceed the limitations of Section 705.8.

SECTION 706
FIRE BARRIERS

706.1 General. Fire barriers installed as required elsewhere in
this code or the International Fire Code shall comply with this
section.

706.2 Materials. Fire barriers shall be of materials permitted
by the building type of construction.

706.2.1 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resis-
tance-rated glazing, when tested in accordance with ASTM

OCCUPANCY GROUP

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

H-1, H-2

F-1, H-3, S-1

A, B, E, F-2, H-4, H-5,
I, M, R, S-2

E 1 19 and complying with the requirements of Section 706,
shall be permitted. Fire-resistance-rated glazing shall bear a
label or other identification showing the name of the manu-
facturer, the test standard and the identifier "W-XXX,"
where the "XXX" is the fire-resistance rating in minutes.
Such label or identification shall be issued by an approved
agency and shall be permanently affixed to the glazing.

706.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of fire
barriers shall comply with this section.

706.3.1 Shaft enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the
fire barrier separating building areas from a shaft shall com-
ply with Section 707.4.

706.3.2 Exit enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the
fire barrier separating building areas from an exit shall com-
ply with Section 1020.1.

706.3.3 Exit passageway. The fire-resistance rating of the
separation between building areas and an exit passageway
shall comply with Section 1021.1.

706.3.4 Horizontal exit. The fire-resistance rating of the
separation between building areas connected by a horizon-
tal exit shall comply with Section 1022.1.

706.3.5 Atriums. The fire-resistance rating of the fire bar-
rier separating atriums shall comply with Section 404.5.

706.3.6 Incidental use areas. The fire barrier separating
incidental use areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than that indicated in Table 508.2.

706.3.7 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control
areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that
required in Section 414.2.3.

706.3.8 Separation of mixed occupancies. Where the pro-
visions of Section 508.3.2 are applicable, the fire barrier
separating mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance
rating of not less than that indicated in Section 508.3.2
based on the occupancies being separated.

706.3.9 Single-occupancy fire areas. The fire barrier or I
horizontal assembly, or both, separating a single occupancy I
into different fire areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than that indicated in Table 706.3.9.

TABLE 706.3.9

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE

BARRIER ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN FIRE AREAS

706.4 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required fire-resistance-rated shaft or exit enclosure, such
walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 704 for
exterior walls and the fire-resistance-rated enclosure require-
ments shall not apply.

Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1023.6.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

706.5 Continuity. Fire barriers shall extend from the top of the
floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or
roof slab or deck above and shall be securely attached thereto.
Such fire barriers shall be continuous through concealed
spaces, such as the space above a suspended ceiling. The sup-
porting construction for fire barrier walls shall be protected to
afford the required fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier sup-
ported, except for 1-hour fire-resistance-rated incidental use
area separations as required by Table 508.2 in buildings of
Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction. Hollow vertical spaces
within a fire barrier shall be fireblocked in accordance with
Section 717.2 at every floor level.

Exceptions:

1. The maximum required fire-resistance rating for
assemblies supporting fire barriers separating tank
storage as provided for in Section 415.6.2.1 shall be 2
hours, but not less than required by Table 601 for the
building construction type.

2. Shaft enclosures shall be permitted to terminate at a
top enclosure complying with Section 707.12.

706.6 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required fire-resistance-rated enclosure or separation, such
walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 704 for
exterior walls, and the fire-resistance-rated enclosure or sepa-
ration requirements shall not apply.

Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1014.5.1 for exterior
egress balconies, Section 1020.1.4 for exit enclosures and
Section 1023.6 for exterior exit ramps and stairways.

706.7 Openings. Openings in a fire barrier wall shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 715. Openings shall be lim-
ited to a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall, and the maximum area of any single opening shall
not exceed 156 square feet (15 m^). Openings in exit enclosures
and exit passageways shall also comply with Sections 1020. 1 . 1
and 1021.4, respectively.

Exceptions:

1. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m^) where adjoining fire areas are equipped through-
out with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Fire doors serving an exit enclosure.

3. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m^) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective assembly has
been tested in accordance with ASTM E 1 19 and has a
minimum fire-resistance rating not less than the
fire-resistance rating of the wall.

4. Fire windows permitted in atrium separation walls
shall not be limited to a maximum aggregate width of
25 percent of length of the wall.

706.8 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire barriers shall comply
with Section 712.

706.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations into an exit
enclosure or an exit passageway shall be allowed only when
permitted by Section 1020.1.2 or 1021.5, respectively.

706.9 Joints. Joints made in or between fire barriers shall com-
ply with Section 713.

706.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire
barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with
Section 716.

SECTION 707
SHAFT ENCLOSURES

707.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
vertical shafts where such shafts are required to protect open-
ings and penetrations through floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling
assemblies. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire barri-
ers in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assembUes in
accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

707.2 Shaft enclosure required. Openings through a
floor/ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft enclosure
complying with this Section.

Exceptions:

1 . A shaft enclosure is not required for openings totally
within an individual residential dwelling unit and
connecting four stories or less.

2. A shaft enclosure is not required in a building
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys-
tem in accordance with Section 903.3. 1 . 1 for an esca-
lator opening or stairway that is not a portion of the
means of egress protected according to Item 2. 1 or
2.2: .

2.1. Where the area of the floor opening between
stories does not exceed twice the horizontal
projected area of the escalator or stairway and
the opening is protected by a draft curtain and
closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with
NFPA 13. In other than Groups B and M, this
application is limited to openings. that do not
connect more than four stories.

2.2. Where the opening is protected by approved
power-operated automatic shutters at every
penetrated floor. The shutters shall be of
noncombustible construction and have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1.5
hours. The shutter shall be so constructed as to
close immediately upon the actuation of a
smoke detector installed in accordance with
Section 907.1 1 and shall completely shut off
the well opening. Escalators shall cease oper-
ation when the shutter begins to close. The
shutter shall operate at a speed of not more
than 30 feet per minute (152.4 mm/s) and shall
be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to
arrest its progress where in contact with any
obstacle, and to continue its progress on re-
lease therefrom.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

3. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by
pipe, tube, conduit, wire, cable and vents protected in
accordance with Section 712.4.

4. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by
ducts protected in accordance with Section 712.4.
Grease ducts shall be protected in accordance with the
International Mechanical Code.

5. In other than Group H occupancies, a shaft enclosure
is not required for floor openings complying with the
provisions for atriums in Section 404.

6. A shaft enclosure is not required for approved
masonry chimneys where annular space protection is
provided at each floor level in accordance with Sec-
tion 717.2.5.

7. In other than Groups 1-2 and 1-3, a shaft enclosure is
not required for a floor opening or an air transfer
opening that complies with the following:

7.1. Does not connect more than two stories.

7.2. Is not part of the required means of egress sys-
tem, except as permitted in Section 1020.1.

7.3. Is not concealed within the building construc-
tion.

7.4. Is not open to a corridor in Group I and R oc-
cupancies.

7.5. Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered
floors in any occupancy.

7.6. Is separated from floor openings and air trans-
fer openings serving other floors by construc-
tion conforming to required shaft enclosures.

7.7. Is limited to the same smoke compartment.

8. A shaft enclosure is not required for automobile
ramps in open and enclosed parking garages con-
structed in accordance with Sections 406.3 and
406.4, respectively.

9. A shaft enclosure is not required for floor openings
between a mezzanine and the floor below.

10. A shaft enclosure is not required for joints protected
by a fire-resistant joint system in accordance with
Section 713.

11. A shaft enclosure shall not be required for floor
openings created by unenclosed stairs or ramps in
accordance with Exception 8 or 9 in Section 1020. 1 .

12. Floor openings protected by floor fire doors in
accordance with Section 711.8.

13. Where permitted by other sections of this code.

707.3 Materials. The shaft enclosure shall be of materials per-
mitted by the building type of construction.

707.4 Fire-resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting
four stories or more, and not less than 1 hour where connecting
less than four stories. The number of stories connected by the
shaft enclosure shall include any basements but not any mezza-
nines. Shaft enclosures shall have a fire-resistance rating not

less than the floor assembly penetrated, but need not exceed 2
hours.

707.5 Continuity. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire
barriers in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assem-
blies constructed in accordance with Section 71 1, or both, and
shall have continuity in accordance with Section 706.5 for fire
barriers or Section 71 1.4 for horizontal assemblies as applica-
ble.

707.6 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required shaft enclosure, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of Section 704 for exterior walls and the
fire-resistance-rated enclosure requirements shall not apply.

Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1014.5.1 for exterior I
egress balconies. Section 1020.1.4 for exit enclosures and I
Section 1023.6 for exterior exit ramps and stairways.

707.7 Openings. Openings in a shaft enclosure shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 7 15 as required for fire barri-
ers. Doors shall be self- or automatic closing by smoke I
detection in accordance with Section 715.3.7.3. I

707.7.1 Prohibited openings. Openings other than those
necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted
in shaft enclosures.

707.8 Penetrations. Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be
protected in accordance with Section 712 as required for fire
barriers.

707.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than
those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be per-
mitted in shaft enclosures. I

707.9 Joints. Joints in a shaft enclosure shall comply with Sec-
tion 713.

707.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of a
shaft enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 716. |

707.11 Enclosure at the bottom. Shafts that do not extend to
the bottom of the building or structure shall:

1 . Be enclosed at the lowest level with construction of the
same fire-resistance rating as the lowest floor through
which the shaft passes, but not less than the rating
required for the shaft enclosure;

2. Terminate in a room having a use related to the purpose
of the shaft. The room shall be separated from the
remainder of the building by a fire barrier having a |
fire-resistance rating and opening protectives at least
equal to the protection required for the shaft enclosure;
or

3. Be protected by approved fire dampers installed in
accordance with their listing at the lowest floor level
within the shaft enclosure.

Exceptions:

1 . The fire-resistance-rated room separation is not
required, provided there are no openings in or
penetrations of the shaft enclosure to the inte-
rior of the building except at the bottom. The

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

bottom of the shaft shall be closed off around
the penetrating items with materials permitted
by Section 717.3.1 for draftstopping, or the
room shall be provided with an approved auto-
matic fire suppression system.

2. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse chute or
laundry chute shall not be used for any other
purpose and shall terminate in a room protected
in accordance with Section 707.13.4.

3. The fire-resistance-rated room separation and
the protection at the bottom of the shaft are not
required, provided there are no combustibles in
the shaft and there are no openings or other pen-
etrations through the shaft enclosure to the inte-
rior of the building.

707.12 Enclosure at the top. A shaft enclosure that does not
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the
building shall be enclosed at the top with construction of the
same fire-resistance rating as the topmost floor penetrated by
the shaft, but not less than the fire-resistance rating required for
the shaft enclosure.

707.13 Refuse and laundry chutes. Refuse and laundry
chutes, access and termination rooms and incinerator rooms
shall meet the requirements of Sections 707.13.1 through
707.13.6.

Exception: Chutes serving and contained within a single
dwelling unit.

707.13.1 Refuse and laundry chute enclosures. A shaft
enclosure containing a refuse or laundry chute shall not be
used for any other purpose and shall be enclosed in accor-
dance with Section 707.4. Openings into the shaft, includ-
ing those from access rooms and termination rooms, shall
be protected in accordance with this section and Section
715. Openings into chutes shall not be located in corridors.
Doors shall be self- or automatic closing upon the actuation
of a smoke detector in accordance with Section 715.4.7.3,
except that heat-activated closing devices shall be permitted
between the shaft and the termination room.

707.13.2 Materials. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse
or laundry chute shall be constructed of materials as permit-
ted by the building type of construction.

707.13.3 Refuse and laundry chute access rooms. Access

openings for refuse and laundry chutes shall be located in
rooms or compartments enclosed by a fire barrier that has a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings into
the access rooms shall be protected by opening protectives
having a fire protection rating of not less than V4 hour. Doors
shall be self- or automatic closing upon the detection of
smoke in accordance with Section 715.4.7.3.

707.13.4 Termination room. Refuse and laundry chutes
shall discharge into an enclosed room separated from the
remainder of the building by a fire barrier that has a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings into
the termination room shall be protected by opening
protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than V4
hour. Doors shall be self- or automatic closing upon the
detection of smoke in accordance with Section 715.4.7.3.

Refuse chutes shall not terminate in an incinerator room.
Refuse and laundry rooms that are not provided with chutes
need only comply with Table 508.2.

707.13.5 Incinerator room. Incinerator rooms shall com-
ply with Table 508.2.

707.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved auto-
matic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with
Section 903.2.10.2.

707.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways. Elevator,
dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 and Chapter 30.

707.14.1 Elevator lobby. An enclosed elevator lobby shall
be provided at each floor where an elevator shaft enclosure
connects more than three stories. The lobby shall separate
the elevator shaft enclosure doors from each floor by fire
partitions equal to the fire-resistance rating of the corridor
and the required opening protection. Elevator lobbies shall
have at least one means of egress complying with Chapter
10 and other provisions within this code.

Exceptions:

1 . Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required at the I
street floor, provided the entire street floor is I
equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in
accordance with Section 707.2 are not required to I
have enclosed elevator lobbies.

3. Where additional doors are provided at the
hoistway opening in accordance with Section
3002.6. Such doors shall be tested in accordance
with UL 1784 without an artificial bottom seal.

4. In other than Group 1-3, and buildings having I
occupied floors located more than 75 feet (22 860
nmn) above the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access, enclosed elevator lobbies are not I
required where the building is protected by an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

5. Smoke partitions shall be permitted in lieu of fire
partitions to separate the elevator lobby at each I
floor where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

6. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the elevator hoistway is pressurized in accordance
with Section 707.14.2.

707.14.2 Enclosed elevator lobby pressurization alterna-
tive. Where elevator hoistway pressurization is provided in
lieu of required enclosed elevator lobbies, the pressurization
system shall comply with this section.

707.14.2.1 Pressurization requirements. Elevator
hoistways shall be pressurized to maintain a minimum
positive pressure of 0.04 inches of water colunm and a
maximum positive pressure of 0.06 inches of water col-
umn with respect to adjacent occupied space on all

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

floors. This pressure shall be measured at the midpoint of
each hoistway door, with all ground floor level hoistway
doors open and all other hoistway doors closed. The sup-
ply air intake shall be from an outside, uncontaminated
source located a minimum distance of 20 feet (6096 mm)
from any air exhaust system or outlet.

707.14.2.2 Ducts for system. Any duct system that is
part of the pressurization system shall be protected with
the same fire-resistance rating as required for the eleva-
tor shaft enclosure.

707.14.2.3 Fan system. The fan system provided for the
pressurization system shall be as required by this section.

707.14.2.3.1 Fire resistance. When located within
the building, the fan system that provides the pressur-
ization shall be protected with the same fire-resis-
tance rating required for the elevator shaft enclosure.

707.14.2.3.2 Smoke detection. The fan system shall
be equipped with a smoke detector that will automati-
cally shut down the fan system when smoke is
detected within the system.

707.14.2.3.3 Separate systems. A separate fan sys-
tem shall be used for each bank of elevators.

707.14.2.3.4 Fan capacity. The supply fan shall
either be adjustable with a capacity of at least 1,000
cfm (.47 19 mVs) per door, or that specified by a regis-
tered design professional to meet the requirements of
a designed pressurization system.

707.14.2.4 Standby power. The pressurization system
shall be provided with standby power from the same
source as other required emergency systems for the
building.

707.14.2.5 Activation of pressurization system. The

elevator pressurization system shall be activated upon
activation of the building fire alarm system or upon acti-
vation of the elevator lobby smoke detectors.

SECTION 708
FIRE PARTITIONS

708.1 General. The following wall assemblies shall comply
with this section:

1 . Walls separating dwelling units in the same building.

2. Walls separating sleeping units in occupancies in Group
R-1 hotel, R-2 and I-l occupancies.

3 . Walls separating tenant spaces in covered mall buildings
as required by Section 402.7.2.

4. Corridor walls as required by Section 1017.1.

5. Elevator lobby separation as required by Section
707.14.1.

6. Residential aircraft hangars.

708.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.

708.3 Fire-resistance rating. Fire partitions shall have a I
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. I

Exceptions:

1. Corridor walls as permitted by Table 1017.1.

2. Dwelling and sleeping unit separations in buildings of
Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction shall have
fire-resistance ratings of not less than V2 hour in build-
ings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the under- I
side of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above or to the I
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
above, and shall be securely attached thereto. If the partitions
are not continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, and where
constructed of combustible construction, the space between the
ceiling and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be
fireblocked or draftstopped in accordance with Sections 717.2
and 717.3 at the partition line. The supporting construction
shall be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating of
the wall supported, except for tenant and sleeping unit separa-
tion walls and corridor walls in buildings of Types IIB, IIIB and
VB construction.

Exceptions:

1. The wall need not be extended into the crawl space
below where the floor above the crawl space has a
minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating.

2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated membrane
of the corridor is carried through to the underside of
the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab of a fire-resis-
tance-rated floor or roof above, the ceiling of the cor-
ridor shall be permitted to be protected by the use of
ceiling materials as required for a 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated floor or roof system.

3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as required
for the corridor walls, the walls shall be permitted to
terminate at the upper membrane of such ceiling
assembly.

4. The fire partition separating tenant spaces in a mall,
complying with Section 402.7.2, are not required to
extend beyond the underside of a ceiling that is not
part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly. A wall is not
required in attic or ceiling spaces above tenant separa-
tion walls.

5. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the
partition line in Group R-2 buildings that do not
exceed four stories in height, provided the attic space
is subdivided by draftstopping into areas not exceed-
ing 3,000 square feet (279 m^) or above every two
dwelUng units, whichever is smaller.

6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the
partition line in buildings equipped with an automatic
sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided that

100

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

automatic Sprinklers are installed in combustible
floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces.

708.5 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required fire-resistance-rated separation, such walls shall com-
ply with the requirements of Section 704 for exterior walls, and
the fire-resistance-rated separation requirements shall not
apply.

708.6 Openings. Openings in a fire partition shall be protected
in accordance with Section 715.

708.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire partitions shall com-
ply with Section 712.

708.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire partitions shall
comply with Section 713.

708.9 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire
partition by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with
Section 716.

SECTION 709
SMOKE BARRIERS

709.1 General. Smoke barriers shall comply with this section.

709.2 Materials. Smoke barriers shall be of materials permit-
ted by the building type of construction.

709.3 Fire-resistance rating. A 1-hour fire-resistance rating is
required for smoke barriers.

Exception: Smoke barriers constructed of minimum
0.10-inch-thick (2.5 mm) steel in Group 1-3 buildings.

709.4 Continuity. Smoke barriers shall form an effective
membrane continuous from outside wall to outside wall and
from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below
to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab
above, including continuity through concealed spaces, such as
those found above suspended ceilings, and interstitial struc-
tural and mechanical spaces. The supporting construction shall
be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating of the
wall or floor supported in buildings of other than Type IIB , IHB
or VB construction.

Exception: Smoke-barrier walls are not required in intersti-
tial spaces where such spaces are designed and constructed
with ceilings that provide resistance to the passage of fire
and smoke equivalent to that provided by the smoke-barrier
walls.

709.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 715.

Exception: In Group 1-2, where doors are installed across
corridors, a pair of opposite-swinging doors without a cen-
ter muUion shall be installed having vision panels with
fire-protection-rated glazing materials in fire-protec-
tion-rated frames, the area of which shall not exceed that
tested. The doors shall be close fitting within operational
tolerances, and shall not have undercuts, louvers or grilles.

The doors shall have head and jamb stops, astragals or

rabbets at meeting edges and shall be automatic closing by I

smoke detection in accordance with Section 715.4.7.3. Pos- I

itive-latching devices are not required. I

709.6 Penetrations. Penetrations of smoke barriers shall com-
ply with Section 712.

709.7 Joints. Joints made in or between smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 713.

709.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a
smoke barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply I
with Section 716. I

SECTION 710
SMOKE PARTITIONS

710.1 General. Smoke partitions installed as required else-
where in the code shall comply with this section.

710.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.

710.3 Fire-resistance rating. Unless required elsewhere in the
code, smoke partitions are not required to have a fire-resistance
rating.

710.4 Continuity. Smoke partitions shall extend from the top
of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of the
ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed to
limit the transfer of smoke.

710.5 Openings. Windows shall be sealed to resist the free pas-
sage of smoke or be automatic-closing upon detection of smoke.
Doors in smoke partitions shall comply with this section.

710.5.1 Louvers. Doors in smoke partitions shall not
include louvers.

710.5.2 Smoke and draft control doors. Where required
elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall be
tested in accordance with UL 1784 with an artificial bottom
seal installed across the full width of the bottom of the door
assembly during the test. The air leakage rate of the door
assembly shall not exceed 3 cubic feet per minute per square
foot [ftV(min ft^)] (0.0 15424 mV s • m^) of door opening at
0.10 inch (24.9Pa) of water for both the ambient tempera-
ture test and the elevated temperature exposure test.

710.5.3 Self- or automatic-closing doors. Where required
elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall be
self- or automatic closing by smoke detection in accordance
with Section 715.4.7.3.

710.6 Penetrations and joints. The space around penetrating
items and in joints shall be filled with an approved material to
limit the free passage of smoke.

710.7 Ducts and air transfer openings. The space around a
duct penetrating a smoke partition shall be filled with an
approved material to limit the free passage of smoke. Air trans-
fer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with a
smoke damper complying with Section 716.3.2.

Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will
interfere with the operation of a required smoke control sy s-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

101

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

tern in accordance with Section 909, approved alternative
protection shall be utilized.

SECTION 711
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES

711.1 GeneraL Floor and roof assemblies required to have a
fire-resistance rating shall comply with this section.

711.2 Materials. The floor and roof assemblies shall be of
materials permitted by the building type of construction.

711.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of
floor and roof assemblies shall not be less than that required by
the building type of construction. Where the floor assembly
separates mixed occupancies, the assembly shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section
508.3.2 based on the occupancies being separated. Where the
floor assembly separates a single occupancy into different fire
areas, the assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less
than that required by Section 706.3.9. Floor assembhes sepa-
rating dwelling units in the same building or sleeping units in
occupancies in Group R- 1 , hotel occupancies, R-2 and I- 1 shall
be a minimum of l-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

Exception: Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in
buildings of Type IIB, IIIB, and VB construction shall have
fire-resistance ratings of not less than Vj hour in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

711.3.1 Ceiling panels. Where the weight of lay-in ceiling
panels, used as part of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or

. roof/ceiling assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward
force of 1 lb/ft.2 (48 Pa), wire or other approved devices
shall be installed above the panels to prevent vertical dis-
placement under such upward force.

711.3.2 Access doors. Access doors shall be permitted in
ceilings of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling and roof/ceil-
ing assemblies provided such doors are tested in accordance
with ASTM E 1 19 as horizontal assemblies and labeled by
an approved agency for such purpose.

711.3.3 Unusable space. In 1-hour fire-resistance-rated
floor construction, the ceiling membrane is not required to
be installed over unusable crawl spaces. In 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated roof construction, the floor rnembrane is not
required to be installed where unusable attic space occurs
above.

711.4 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous without
openings, penetrations or joints except as permitted by this sec-
tion and Sections 707.2, 712.4, 713 and 1020.1. Skylights and
other penetrations through a fire-resistance-rated roof deck or
slab are permitted to be unprotected, provided that the struc-
tural integrity of the fire-resistance-rated roof construction is
maintained. Unprotected skylights shall not be permitted in
roof construction required to be fire-resistance rated in accor-
dance with Section 704.10. The supporting construction shall
be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating of the
horizontal assembly supported.

711.5 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire-resistance-rated hori-
zontal assemblies shall comply with Section 712.

711.6 Joints. Joints made in or between fire-resistance-rated
horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 713. The void
created at the intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an
exterior curtain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance
vvithSection713.4.

711.7 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in hori-
zontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer openings shall com-
ply with Sections 716.

711.8 Floor fire door assemblies. Floor fire door assemblies
used to protect openings in fire-resistance-rated floors shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a
fire-resistance rating not less than the assembly being pene-
trated. Floor fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an
approved agency. The label shall be permanently affixed and
shall specify the manufacturer, the test standard and the
fire-resistance rating.

SECTION 71 2
PENETRATIONS

712.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the
materials and methods of construction used to protect through
penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizontal assem- I
blies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies. I

712.2 Installation details. Where sleeves are used, they shall
be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space
between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself
and any space between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated
shall be protected in accordance with this section. Insulation
and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not penetrate
the assembly unless the specific material used has been tested
as part of the assembly in accordance with this section.

712.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or
through fire walls, fire-barrier walls, smoke-barrier walls and I
fire partitions shall comply with Sections 712.3.1 through I
712.3.4.

712.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section
712.3.1.1 or 712.3.1.2.

Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer-
rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular space I
between the penetrating item and the fire-resis-
tance-rated wall is permitted to be protected as follows:

1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat-
ing item is a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal
diameter aiid the area of the opening through the I
wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929 I
m^), concrete, grout or mortar is permitted where it I
is installed the full thickness of the wall or the
thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance
rating; or

2. The material used to fill the annular space shall
prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi-
cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to
ASTM E 119 time- temperature fire conditions
under a minimum positive pressure differential of
0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the location of the

102

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

penetration for the time period equivalent to the
fire-resistance rating of the construction pene-
trated.

712.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra-
tions shall be installed as tested in an approved fire-resis-
tance-rated assembly.

712.3.1.2 Through-penetration Hrestop system.

Through penetrations shall be protected by an approved
penetration firestop system installed as tested in accor-
dance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a minimum
positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of
water and shall have an F rating of not less than the
required fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated.

712.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetrations
shall comply with Section 712.3.1. Where walls or parti-
tions are required to have a fire-resistance rating, recessed
fixtures shall be installed such that the required fire resis-
tance will not be reduced.

Exceptions:

1. Membrane penetrations of maximum two-hour
fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel
electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square
inches (0.0103 m^) in area, provided the aggregate
area of the openings through the membrane does
not exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m^) in any
100 square feet (9.29 m^) of wall area. The annular
space between the wall membrane and the box
shall not exceed Vg inch (3.1 mm). Such boxes on
opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be sepa-
rated by one of the following:

1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than 24
inches (610 mm);

1 .2., By a horizontal distance of not less than the
depth of the wall cavity where the wall cav-
ity is filled with cellulose loose-fill,
rockwool or slag mineral wool insulation;

1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 717.2.1;

1.4. By protecting both outlet boxes with listed
putty pads; or

1.5. By other listed materials and methods.

2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes
of any material, provided such boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the instruc-
tions included in the listing. The annular space
between the wall membrane and the box shall not
exceed Vg inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise.
Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or
partition shall be separated as follows:

2. 1 . By a horizontal distance of not less than 24
inches (610 mm);

2.2. By soUd fireblocking in accordance with
Section 717.2.1;

2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty
pads; or

2.4. By other listed materials and methods.

3. The annular space created by the penetration of a
fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal
escutcheon plate.

712.3.3 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected
with dampers shall comply with Sections 712.2 through
712.3.1. Ducts and air transfer openings that are protected
with dampers shall comply with Section 716.

712.3.4 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating
items shall not connect to combustible items beyond the
point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the
fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained.

712.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a floor,
floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceil-
ing assembly shall be protected in accordance with Section
707.

712.4.1 Fire-resistance rated assemblies. Penetrations of
the fire-resistance rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the
ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall comply
with Sections 712.4.1.1 through 714.4.1.5

712.4.1.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations
of fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies shall com-
ply with Section 712.4.1.1.1 or 712.4.1.1.2.

Exceptions:

1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper con-
duits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or
masonry items through a single fire-resis-
tance-rated floor assembly where the annular
space is protected with materials that prevent
the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to

,- . ■ ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E

119 time-temperature fire conditions under a
minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01
inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the location of the
penetration for the time period equivalent to the
fire-resistance rating of the construction pene-
trated. Penetrating items with a maximum
6-inch (152 mm) nominal diameter shall not be
limited to the penetration of a single fire-resis-
tance-rated floor assembly, provided the aggre-
gate area of the openings through the assembly
does not exceed 144 square inches (92 900
mm^) in any 100 square feet (9.3 m^) of floor
area.

2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel,
ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents
with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal
diameter, provided the concrete, grout or mor-
tar is installed the full thickness of the floor or
the thickness required to maintain the fire-resis-
tance rating. The penetrating items shall not be
Umited to the penetration of a single concrete
floor, provided the area of the opening through

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

103

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

each floor does not exceed 144 square inches
(92 900 mm2).

3. Penetrations by hsted electrical boxes of any
material, provided such boxes have been tested
for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and
installed in accordance with the instructions
included in the listing.

712.4.1.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall
be installed as tested in the approved fire-resis-
tance-rated assembly.

712.4.1.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.

Through penetrations shall be protected by an
approved through-penetration firestop system
installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814
or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differ-
ential of 0.01 inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system shall
have an F-rating and a T-rating of not less than 1 hour
but not less than the required rating of the floor pene-
trated.

Exception: Floor penetrations contained and
located within the cavity of a wall do not require a
T- rating.

712.4.1.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of
membranes that are part of a fire-resistance-rated hori-
zontal assembly shall comply with Section 712.4.1.1.1
or 712.4.1.1.2. Where floor/ceiling assemblies are
required to have a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rat-
ing, recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the
required fire resistance will not be reduced.

Exceptions:

1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions by
steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or
vents, or concrete or masonry items where the
annular space is protected either in accordance
with Section 712.4.1.1 or to prevent the free
passage of flame and the products of combus-
tion. The aggregate area of the openings
through the membrane shall not exceed 100
square inches (64 500 mm^) in any 100 square
feet (9.3 m^) of ceiling area in assemblies tested
without penetrations.

2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum
2-hour fire-resistance-rated horizontal assem-
blies by steel electrical boxes that do not exceed
16 square inches (10 323 mm^) in area, pro-
vided the aggregate area of such penetrations
does not exceed 100 square inches (44 500
mm^) in any 100 square feet (9.29 m^) of ceihng
area, and the annular space between the ceiling
membrane and the box does not exceed Vg inch
(3.12 mm).

3. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical
boxes of any material, provided such boxes
have been tested for use in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies and are installed in accordance with
the instructions included in the listing. The

annular space between the ceiling membrane
and the box shall not exceed Vg inch (3.1 mm)
unless listed otherwise.

4. The annular space created by the penetration of
a fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a
metal eschutcheon plate.

712.4.1.3 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetra-
tions of horizontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer
openings shall comply with Section 716.

712.4.1.4 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible pene-
trating items shall not connect to combustible materials
beyond the point of firestopping unless it can be demon-
strated that the fire-resistance integrity of the horizontal
assembly is maintained.

712.4.1.5 Floor fire doors. Floor fire doors used to pro-
tect openings in fire-resistance-rated floors shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a
fire-resistance rating not less than the assembly being
penetrated. Floor fire doors shall be labeled by an
approved agency.

712.4.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra-
tions of horizontal assemblies without a required fire-resis-
tance rating shall meet the requirements of Section 707 or
shall comply with Section 712.4.2.1 or 712.4.2.2.

712.4.2.1 Noncombustible penetrating items.

Noncombustible penetrating items that connect not more
than three stories are permitted, provided that the annular
space is filled with an approved noncombustible material
to resist the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion.

712.4.2.2 Penetrating items. Penetrating items that con-
nect not more than two stories are permitted, provided
that the annular space is filled with an approved material
to resist the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion.

712.4.3 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of
horizontal assemblies by ducts that are not protected with
dampers shall comply with Section 712.2 and Sections
712.4 through 712.4.2.2. Ducts and air transfer openings
that are protected with dampers shall comply with Section
716.

712.4.4 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating
items shall not connect to combustible materials beyond the
point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the
fire-resistance integrity of the horizontal assembly is main-
tained.

712.5 Penetrations in smoke barriers. Penetrations in smoke
barriers shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
UL 1479 for air leakage. The air leakage rate of the penetration
assembly shall not exceed 5.0 cfm per square foot (0.025 m^ / s •
m^ ) of penetration opening at 0.30 inch ( 7.47 Pa) of water for
both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests.

104

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 713
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS

713.1 General. Joints installed in or between fire-resis-
tance-rated walls, floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or
roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved
fire-resistant joint system designed to resist the passage of fire
for a time period not less than the required fire-resistance rating
of the wall, floor or roof in or between which it is installed.
Fire-resistant joint systems shall be tested in accordance with
Section 713.3. The void created at the intersection of a
floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly
shall be protected in accordance with Section 713.4.

Exception: Fire-resistant joint systems shall not be
required for joints in all of the following locations:

1 . Floors within a single dwelling unit.

2. Floors where the joint is protected by a shaft enclo-
sure in accordance with Section 707.

3. Floors within atriums where the space adjacent to the
atrium is included in the volume of the atrium for
smoke control purposes.

4. Floors within malls.

5. Floors within open parking structures.

6. Mezzanine floors.

7. Walls that are permitted to have unprotected open-
ings.

8. Roofs where openings are permitted.

9. Control joints not exceeding a maximum width of
0.625 inch (15.9 mm) and tested in accordance with
ASTME119.

713.2 Installation. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be
securely installed in or on the joint for its entire length so as not
to dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accommo-
date expected building movements and to resist the passage of
fire and hot gases.

713.3 Fire test criteria. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of either ASTM E
1966 or UL 2079. Nonsymmetrical wall joint systems shall be
tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the assigned
fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration obtained
from the two tests. When evidence is furnished to show that the
wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side exposed to the
furnace, subject to acceptance of the building official, the wall
need not be subjected to tests from the opposite side.

Exception: For exterior walls with a horizontal fire separa-
tion distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the joint system
shall be required to be tested for interior fire exposure only.

713.4 Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection. Where fire
resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies are required,
voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall
assemblies and such floor assemblies shall be sealed with an
approved material or system to prevent the interior spread of
fire. Such material or systems shall be securely installed and
capable of preventing the passage of flame and hot gases suffi-
cient to ignite cotton waste where subjected either to ASTM E
119 time-temperature fire conditions under a minimum posi-

tive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (0.254 mm) of water col-
umn (2.5 Pa) or installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E
2307 for the time period at least equal to the fire-resistance rat-
ing of the floor assembly. Height and fire-resistance require-
ments for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section
704.9.

713.5 Spandrel wall. Height and fire-resistance requirements
for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 704.9.
Where Section 704.9 does not require a fire-resistance-rated
spandrel wall, the requirements of Section 713.4 shall still
apply to the intersection between the spandrel wall and the
floor.

713.6 Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers.

Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers shall be tested in
accordance with the requirements of UL 2079 for air leakage.
The air leakage rate of the j oint shall not exceed 5 cf m per lineal
foot (0.00775 mVskn ) of joint at 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa ) of water
for. both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature
tests.

SECTION 714

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

714.1 Requirements. The fire-resistance rating of structural
members and assemblies shall comply with the requirements
for the type of construction and shall not be less than the rating
required for the fire-resistance-rated assemblies supported.

Exception: Fire barriers, fire partitions and smoke barriers
as provided in Sections 706.5, 708.4 and 709.4, respec-
tively.

714.2 Protection of structural members. Protection of col-
umns, girders, trusses, beams, lintels or other structural mem-
bers that are required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
comply with this section.

714.2.1 Individual protection. Columns, girders, trusses,
beams, lintels or other structural members that are required
to have a fire-resistance rating and that support more than
two floors or one floor and roof, or support a load-bearing
wall or a nonload-bearing wall more than two stories high,
shallbe individually protected on all sides for the full length
with materials having the required fire-resistance rating.
Other structural members required to have a fire-resistance
rating shall be protected by individual encasement, by a
membrane or ceiling protection as specified in Section 711,
or by a combination of both. Columns shall also comply
with Section 714.2.2.

714.2.1.1 Membrane protection. King studs and
boundary elements that are integral elements in
load-bearing walls of light-framed construction shall be
permitted to have required fire-resistance ratings pro-
vided by the membrane protection provided for the
load-bearing wall.

714.2.2 Column protection above ceilings. Where col-
umns require a fire-resistance rating, the entire column,
including its connections to beams or girders, shall be pro-
tected. Where the column extends through a ceiling, fire

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

105

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

resistance of the column shall be continuous from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below through the
ceiling space to the top of the column.

714.2.3 Truss protection. The required thickness and con-
struction of fire-resistance-rated assemblies enclosing
trusses shall be based on the results of full-scale tests or
combinations of tests on truss components or on approved
calculations based on such tests that satisfactorily demon-
strate that the assembly has the required fire resistance.

714.2.4 Attachments to structural members. The edges
of lugs, brackets, rivets and bolt heads attached to structural
members shall be permitted to extend to within 1 inch (25
mm) of the surface of the fire protection.

714.2.5 Reinforcing. Thickness of protection for concrete
or masonry reinforcement shall be measured to the outside
of the reinforcement except that stirrups and spiral rein-
forcement ties are permitted to project not more than
0.5-inch (12.7 mm) into the protection.

714.3 Embedments and enclosures. Pipes, wires, conduits,
ducts or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the
required fire protective covering of a structural member that is
required to be individually encased.

714.4 Impact protection. Where the fire protective covering
of a structural member is subject to impact damage from mov-
ing vehicles, the handling of merchandise or other activity, the
fire protective covering shall be protected by comer guards or
by a substantial jacket of metal or other noncombustible mate-
rial to a height adequate to provide full protection, but not less
than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the finished floor.

714.5 Exterior structural members. Load-bearing structural
members located within the exterior walls or on the outside of a
building or structure shall be provided with the highest
fire-resistance rating as determined in accordance with the fol-
lowing:

1. As required by Table 601 for the type of building ele-
ment based on the type of construction of the building;

2. As required by Table 601 for exterior bearing walls
based on the type of construction; and

3. As required by Table 602 for exterior walls based on the
fire separation distance.

714.6 Bottom flange protection. Fire protection is not
required at the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and plates,
spanning not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) whether part of the
structural frame or not, and from the bottom flange of lintels,
shelf angles and plates not part of the structural frame, regard-
less of span.

714.7 Seismic isolation systems. Fire-resistance ratings for
the isolation system shall meet the fire-resistance rating
required for the columns, walls or other structural elements in
which the isolation system is installed in accordance with Table
601.

Isolation systems required to have a fire-resistance rating
shall be protected with approved materials or construction
assemblies designed to provide the same degree of fire resis-
tance as the structural element in which it is installed when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 1 19 (see Section 703.2).

Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be capable of retarding the transfer of heat to the isolator
unit in such a manner that the required gravity load-carrying
capacity of the isolator unit will not be impaired after exposure
to the standard time-temperature curve fire test prescribed in
ASTM E 1 19 for a duration not less than that required for the
fire-resistance rating of the structure element in which it is
installed.

Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be suitably designed and securely installed so as not to
dislodge, loosen, sustain damage or otherwise impair its ability
to accommodate the seismic movements for which the isolator
unit is designed and to maintain its integrity for the purpose of
providing the required fire-resistance protection;

SECTION 715
OPENING PROTECTIVES

715.1 General. Opening protectives required by other sections
of this code shall comply with the provisions of this section.

715.2 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Labeled fire-resis-
tance-rated glazing tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated wall
assembly in accordance with ASTM E 119 shall not be
required to comply with this section.

715.3 Alternative methods for determining fire protection
ratings. The application of any of the alternative methods
listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and
acceptance criteria specified in NFPA 252 or NFPA 257. The
required fire resistance of an opening protective shall be per-
mitted to be established by any of the following methods or
procedures:

1. Designs documented in approved sources.

2. Calculations performed in an approved manner.

3. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of opening
protective designs having fire-protection ratings as
determined by the test procedures set forth in NFPA 252
or NFPA 257.

4. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.

715.4 Fire door and shutter assemblies. Approved fire door
and fire shutter assemblies shall be constructed of any material
or assembly of component materials that conforms to the test
requirements of Section 715.4.1, 715.4.2 or 715.4.3 and the
fire-protection rating indicated in Table 715.4. Fire door
assemblies and shutters shall be installed in accordance with
the provisions of this section and NFPA 80.

Exceptions:

1. Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the
requirements of this section or UL 10 A, UL 14B and
UL 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies.

2. Floor fire door assemblies in accordance with Section
711.8.

715.4.1 Side-hinged or pivoted swinging doors.

Side-hinged and pivoted swinging doors shall be tested in
accordance with NFPA 252 or UL IOC. After 5 minutes into

106

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE"

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

the NFPA 252 test, the neutral pressure level in the furnace
shall be established at 40 inches (1016 mm) or less above the
sill.

715.4.2 Other types of doors. Other types of doors, includ-
ing swinging elevator doors, shall be tested in accordance
with NFPA 252 or UL lOB . The pressure in the furnace shall
be maintained as nearly equal to the atmospheric pressure as
possible. Once established, the pressure shall be maintained
during the entire test period.

715.4.3 Door assemblies in corridors and smoke barri-
ers. Fire door assemblies required to have a minimum fire
protection rating of 20 minutes where located in corridor
walls or smoke-barrier walls having a fire-resistance rating
in accordance with Table 715.4 shall be tested in accordance
with NFPA 252 or UL IOC without the hose stream test.

Exceptions:

1 . Viewports that require a hole not larger than 1 inch
(25 mm) in diameter through the door, have at least
a 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) glass disc and the
holder is of metal that will not melt out where sub-
ject to temperatures of 1,700°F (927°C).

2. Corridor door assemblies in occupancies of Group
1-2 shall be in accordance with Section 407.3.1.

3. Unprotected openings shall be permitted for corri-
dors in multitheater complexes where each motion
picture auditorium has at least one-half of its
required exit or exit access doorways opening
directly to the exterior or into an exit passageway.

715.4.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assem-
blies shall also meet the requirements for a smoke and
draft control door assembly tested in accordance with
UL 1784. Louvers shall be prohibited. Installation of
smoke doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 105.

715.4.3.2 Glazing in door assemblies. In a 20-minute
fire door assembly, the glazing material in the door itself
shall have a minimum fire-protection rating of 20 min-
utes and shall be exempt from the hose stream test. Glaz-
ing material in any other part of the door assembly,
including transom lites and sidelites, shall be tested in
accordance with NFPA 257, including the hose stream
test, in accordance with Section 715.5.

715.4.4 Doors in exit enclosures and exit passageways.

Fire door assemblies in exit enclosures and exit passage-
ways shall have a maximum transmitted temperature end
point of not more than 450°F (250° C) above ambient at the
end of 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure.

Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature rise I
is not limited in buildings equipped throughout with an I
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

715.4.4.1 Glazing in doors. Fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing in excess of 100 square inches (0.065 m^) shall be
permitted in fire door assemblies when tested in accor-
dance with NFPA 252 as components of the door assem-
blies and not as glass lights, and shall have a maximum
transmitted temperature rise of 450°F (250°C) in accor- I
dance with Section 715.4.4.

Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature
end point is not required in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2.

715.4.5 Labeled protective assemblies. Fire door assem-
bhes shall be labeled by an approved agency. The labels
shall comply with NFPA 80, and shall be permanently
affixed to the door or frame.

TABLE 715.4
FIRE DOOR AND FIRE SHUTTER FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS

TYPE OF ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED ASSEMBLY RATING
(hours)

MINIMUM FIRE DOOR AND FIRE
SHUTTER ASSEMBLY RATING (hours)

Fire walls and fire barriers having a required fire-resistance
rating greater than 1 hour

IV,

3
3^
l\
IV,

Fire barriers having a required fire-resistance rating of 1 hour:
Shaft, exit enclosure and exit passageway walls
Other fu:e barriers

1
1

Fire partitions:
Corridor walls

Other fire partitions

1
0.5

Va"
Vb"

Exterior walls

3
2
1

IV2
IV2

Smoke barriers

v,^

a. Two doors, each with a fire protection rating of 1 V2 hours, installed on opposite sides of the same opening in a fire wall, shall be deemed equivalent in fire protection
rating to one 3-hour fire door.

b. For testing requirements, see Section 715.3.3.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE"

107

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

715.4.5.1 Fire door labeling requirements. Fire doors
shall be labeled showing the name of the manufacturer,
the name of the third-party inspection agency, the fire
protection rating and, where required for fire doors in
exit enclosures and exit passageways by Section 7 1 5.4.4,
the maximum transmitted temperature end point. Smoke
and draft control doors complying with UL 1784 shall be
labeled as such. Labels shall be approved and perma-
nently affixed. The label shall be applied at the factory or
location where fabrication and assembly are performed.

715.4.5.2 Oversized doors. Oversized fire doors shall
bear an oversized fire door label by an approved agency
or shall be provided with a certificate of inspection fur-
nished by an approved testing agency. When a certificate
of inspection is furnished by an approved testing agency,
the certificate shall state that the door conforms to the
requirements of design, materials and construction, but
has not been subjected to the fire test.

715.4.5.3 Smoke and draft control door labeling
requirements. Smoke and draft control doors comply-
ing with UL 1784 shall be labeled in accordance with
Section 7 1 5 .4.5 . 1 and shall show the letter "S" on the fire
rating label of the door. This marking shall indicate that
the door and frame assembly are in compliance when
listed or labeled gasketing is also installed.

715.4.5.4 Fire door frame labeling requirements. Fire
door frames shall be labeled showing the names of the
manufacturer and the third-party inspection agency.

715.4.6 Glazing material. Fire-protection-rated glazing
conforming to the opening protection requirements in Sec-
tion 715.4 shall be permitted in fire door assemblies.

715.4.6.1 Size limitations. Wired glass used in fire doors
shall comply with Table 715.5.3. Other fire-protec-
tion-rated glazing shall comply with the size limitations
ofNFPABO.

Exceptions:

1. Fire-protection-rated glazing in fire doors
located in fire walls shall be prohibited except
that where serving as a horizontal exit, a
self-closing swinging door shall be permitted to
have a vision panel of not more than 100 square
inches (0.065 m^) without a dimension exceed-
ing 10 inches (254 mm).

2. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall not be
installed in fire doors having a IVj-hour fire
protection rating intended for installation in fire
barriers, unless the glazing is not more than 100
square inches (0.065 m^) in area.

715.4.6.2 Exit and elevator protectives. Approved
fire-protection-rated glazing used in fire door assemblies
in elevator and exit enclosures shall be so located as to
furnish clear vision of the passageway or approach to the
elevator, ramp or stairway.

715.4.6.3 Labeling. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall
bear a label or other identification showing the name of
the manufacturer, the test standard and information

required in Section 715.5.8.1 that shall be issued by an
approved agency and shall be permanently affixed to the
glazing.

715.4.6.3.1 Identification. For fire-protection-rated
glazing, the label shall bear the following four-part
identification: "D - H or NH - T or NT- XXX." "D"
indicates that the glazing shall be used in fire door
assemblies and that the glazing meets the fire resis-
tance requirements of the test standard. "H" shall
indicate that the glazing meets the hose stream
requirements of the test standard. "NH" shall indicate
that the glazing does not meet the hose stream require-
ments of the test. "T" shall indicate that the glazing
meets the temperature requirements of Section
715.4.4.1. "NT" shall indicate that the glazing does
not meet the temperature requirements of Section
715.4.4.1. The placeholder "XXX" shall specify the
fire-protection-rating period, in minutes.

■■ 715.4.6.4 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing
installed in fire doors or fire window assemblies in areas
subject to human impact in hazardous locations shall
comply with Chapter 24.

715.4.7 Door closing. Fire doors shall be self- or automatic
closing in accordance with this section.

Exceptions:

1. Fire doors located in common walls separating
sleeping units in Group R-1 shall be permitted
without automatic- or self-closing devices.

2. The elevator car doors and the associated hoistway
enclosure doors at the floor level designated for
recall in accordance with Section 3003.2 shall be
permitted to remain open during Phase I emer-
gency recall operation. ;,

715.4.7.1 Latch required. Unless otherwise specifically
permitted, single fire doors and both leaves of pairs of
side-hinged swinging fire doors shall be provided with
an active latch bolt that will secure the door when it is
closed.

715.4.7.2 Automatic-closing fire door assemblies.

Automatic-closing fire door assemblies shall be
self-closing in accordance with NFPA 80.

715.4.7.3 Smoke-activated doors. Automatic-closing
doors installed in the following locations shall be auto-
matic closing by the actuation of smoke detectors
installed in accordance with Section 907. 10 or by loss of
power to the smoke detector or hold-open device. Doors
that are automatic closing by smoke detection shall not
have more than a 10-second delay before the door starts
to close after the smoke detector is actuated:

1. Doors installed across a corridor.

2. Doors that protect openings in exits or corridors
required to be of fire-resistance-rated construc-
tion.

108

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

3. Doors that protect openings in walls that are
capable of resisting the passage of smoke in
accordance with Section 508.2.2.1.

4. Doors installed in smoke barriers in accordance
with Section 709.5.

5. Doors installed in fire partitions in accordance
with Section 708.6.

6. Doors installed in a fire wall in accordance with
Section 705.8.

7. Doors installed in shaft enclosures in accordance
with Section 707.7.

8. Doors installed in refuse and laundry chutes and
access and termination rooms in accordance with
Section 707.13.

9. Doors installed in the walls for
compartmentatioh of underground buildings in
accordance with Section 405.4.2.

10. Doors installed in the elevator lobby walls of
underground buildings in accordance with Sec-
tion 405.4.3.

1 1 . Doors installed in smoke partitions in accordance
with Section 710.5.3.

715.4.7.4 Doors in pedestrian ways. Vertical shding or
vertical rolling steel fire doors in openings through
which pedestrians travel shall be heat activated or acti-
vated by smoke detectors with alarm verification.

715.4.8 Swinging fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the
swinging type are installed in exterior openings, not less
than one row in every three vertical rows shall be arranged to
be readily opened from the outside, and shall be identified
by distinguishing marks or letters not less than 6 inches (152
mm) high.

715.4.9 Rolling fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the
rolling type are installed, such shutters shall include
approved automatic-closing devices.

715.5 Fire-protection-rated glazing. Glazing in fire window
assemblies shall be fire-protection rated in accordance with
this section and Table 715.5. Glazing in fire door assemblies
shall comply with Section 715.4.6. Fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the accep-
tance criteria of NFPA 257. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall
also comply with NFPA 80. Openings in nonfire-resis-
tance-rated exterior wall assemblies that require protection in
accordance with Section 704.3, 704.8, 704.9 or 704.10 shall
have a fire-protection rating of not less than V4 hour.

Exceptions:

1. Wired glass in accordance with Section 715.5.3.

2. Fire-protection-rated glazing in 0.5-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated partitions is permitted to have an
0.33-hour fire-protection rating.

715.5.1Testing under positive pressure. NFPA 257 shall
evaluate fire-protection-rated glazing under positive pres-
sure. Within the first 10 minutes of a test, the pressure in the
furnace shall be adjusted so at least two-thirds of the test

specimen is above the neutral pressure plane, and the neutral
pressure plane shall be maintained at that height for the bal-
ance of the test.

TABLE 715.5
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS

TYPE OF ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED ASSEMBLY
RATING (hours)

MINIMUM FIRE

WINDOW

ASSEMBLY RATINg

(hours)

Interior walls:
Fire walls
Fire barriers
Smoke barriers
and fire partitions

All
>1

NP«

Npa

Exterior walls

>1
1

Party wall

All

NP = Not Permitted.

a. Not permitted except as specified in Section 715.2.

715.5.2 Nonsymmetrical glazing systems. Nonsymmetrical
fire-protection-rated glazing systems in fire partitions, fire
barriers or in exterior walls with a fire separation distance of
5 feet (1524 mm) or less pursuant to Section 704 shall be
tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire protection rating shall be the shortest duration
obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with
NFPA 257.

715.5.3 Wired glass. Steel window frame assemblies of
0.125-inch (3.2 mm) minimum solid section or of not less
than nominal 0.048-inch-thick (1.2 mm) formed sheet steel
members fabricated by pressing, mitering, riveting, inter-
locking or welding and having provision for glazing with
V4-inch (6.4 mm) wired glass where securely installed in the
building construction and glazed with V4-inch (6.4 mm)
labeled wired glass shall be deemed to meet the require-
ments for a V4-hour fire window assembly. Wired glass pan-
els shall conform to the size limitations set forth in Table
715.5.3.

TABLE 715.5.3
LIMITING SIZES OF WIRED GLASS PANELS

OPENING FIRE

PROTECTION

RATING

MAXIMUM

AREA

(square Inches)

MAXIMUM
HEIGHT
(Inches)

MAXIMUM
WIDTH
(inches)

3 hours

iVj-hour doors in
exterior walls

1 and IV2 hours

100

V4hour

1,296

20 minutes

Not Limited

Fire window
assemblies

1,296

.54

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 ran?.

715.5.4 Nonwired glass. Glazing other than wired glass in
fire window assemblies shall be fire-protection-rated glaz-

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

109

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

ing installed in accordance with and complying with the size
limitations set forth in NFPA 80.

715.5.5 Installation. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall be
in the fixed position or be automatic-closing and shall be
installed in approved frames.

715.5.6 Window muUions. Metal mulhons that exceed a
nominal height of 12 feet (3658 mm) shall be protected with
materials to afford the same fire-resistance rating as
required for the wall construction in which the protective is
located.

715.5.7 Interior fire window assemblies. Fire-protec-
tion-rated glazing used in fire window assemblies located in
fire partitions and fire barriers shall be limited to use in
assemblies with a maximum fire-resistance rating of 1 hour
in accordance with this section.

715.5.7.1 Where permitted. Fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing shall be limited to fire partitions designed in accor-
dance with Section 708 and fire barriers utilized in the
applications set forth in Sections 706.3.6 and 706.3.8
where the fire-resistance rating does not exceed 1 hour.

715.5.7.2 Size limitations. The total area of windows
shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of a common wall
with any room.

715.5.8 Labeling requirements. Fire-protection-rated
glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing the
name of the manufacturer, the test standard and information
required in Section 715.5.8.1 that shall be issued by an
approved agency and shall be permanently affixed to the
glazing.

715.5.8.1 Identification. For fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing, the label shall bear the following two-part identifica-
tion: "OH - XXX." "OH" indicates that the glazing
meets both the fire-resistance and the hose-stream
requirements of NFPA 257 and is permitted to be used in
openings. "XXX" represents the fire-protection rating
period, in minutes, that was tested.

SECTION 716
DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS

716.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the
protection of duct penetrations and air transfer openings in
assemblies required to be protected.

716.1.1 Ducts without dampers. Ducts that penetrate
fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are not required by this
section to have dampers shall comply with the requirements
of Section 712.

716.2 Installation. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, combina-
tion fire/smoke dampers and ceiling radiation dampers located
within air distribution and smoke control systems shall be
installed in accordance with the requirements of this section,
the manufacturer's installation instructions and the dampers'
listing.

716.2.1 Smoke control system. Where the installation of a
fire damper will interfere with the operation of a required

smoke control system in accordance with Section 909,
approved alternative protection shall be utilized.

716.2.2 Hazardous exhaust ducts. Fire dampers for haz-
ardous exhaust duct systems shall comply with the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code.

716.3 Damper testing and ratings. Dampers shall be listed
and bear the label of an approved testing agency indicating
compliance with the standards in this section. Fire dampers
shall comply with the requirements of UL 555. Only fire damp-
ers labeled for use in dynamic systems shall be installed in
heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems designed to
operate with fans on during a fire. Smoke dampers shall com-
ply with the requirements of UL 555S.. Combination
fire/smoke dampers shall comply with the requirements of both
UL 555 and UL 555S. Ceiling radiation dampers shall comply
with the requirements of UL 555C.

716.3.1 Fire protection rating. Fire dampers shall have the
minimum fire protection rating specified in Table 716.3.1
for the type of penetration.

TABLE 716.3.1
FIRE DAMPER RATING

TYPE OF
PENETRATION

MINIMUM DAMPER RATING
(hours)

Less than 3-hour fire-resistance-rated
assemblies

1.5

3-hour or greater fire-resistance-rated
assemblies

716.3.1.1 Fire damper actuating device. The fire
damper actuating device shall meet one of the following
requirements:

1 . The operating temperature shall be approximately
50°F (10°C) above the normal temperature within
the duct system, but not less than 160°F (71°C).

2. The operating temperature shall be not more than
286°F (141°C) where located in a smoke control
system complying with Section 909.

3. Where a combination fire/smoke damper is
located in a smoke control system complying with
Section 909, the operating temperature rating shall
be approximately 50°F (10°C) above the maxi-
mum smoke control system designed operating
temperature, or a maximum temperature of 350°F
(177°C). The temperature shall not exceed the UL
555S degradation test temperature rating for a
combination fire/smoke damper.

716.3.2 Smoke damper ratings. Smoke damper leakage
ratings shall not be less than Class IL Elevated temperature
ratings shall not be less than 250°F (121°C).

716.3.2.1 Smoke damper actuation methods. The

smoke damper shall close upon actuation of a listed
smoke detector or detectors installed in accordance with
Section 907.10 and one of the following methods, as
applicable:

1 . Where a damper is installed within a duct, a smoke
detector shall be installed in the duct within 5 feet
(1524 mm) of the damper with no air outlets or

110

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

inlets between the detector and the damper. The
detector shall be listed for the air velocity, temper-
ature and humidity anticipated at the point where it
is installed. Other than in mechanical smoke con-
trol systems, dampers shall be closed upon fan
shutdown where local smoke detectors require a
minimum velocity to operate.

2. Where a damper is installed above smoke barrier
doors in a smoke barrier, a spot-type detector listed
for releasing service shall be installed on either
side of the smoke barrier door opening.

3. Where a damper is installed within an unducted
opening in a wall, a spot-type detector listed for
releasing service shall be installed within 5 feet
(1524 mm) horizontally of the damper.

4. Where a damper is installed in a corridor wall or
ceiling, the damper shall be permitted to be con-
trolled by a smoke detection system installed in the
corridor.

5. Where a total-coverage smoke detector system is
provided within areas served by a heating, ventila-
tion and air-conditioning (HVAC) system, damp-
ers shall be permitted to be controlled by the
smoke detection system.

716.4 Access and identification. Fire and smoke dampers
shall be provided with an approved means of access, which is
large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the
damper and its operating partS; The access shall not affect the
integrity of fire-resistance-rated assemblies. The access open-
ings shall not reduce the fire-resistance rating of the assembly.
Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior
by a label having letters not less than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) in
height reading: FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER, SMOKE DAMPER
or FIRE DAMPER. Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting
and suitable for the required duct construction.

716.5 Where required. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, combi-
nation fire/smoke dampers and ceiling radiation dampers shall
be provided at the locations prescribed in Sections 716.5.1
through 716.5.5. Where an assembly is required to have both
fire dampers and smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke
dampers or a fire damper and a smoke damper shall be
required.

716.5.1 Fire walls. Ducts and air transfer openings permit-
ted in fire walls in accordance with Section 705.1 1 shall be
protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance
with their listing.

716.5.2 Fire barriers. Ducts and air transfer openings of
fire barriers shall be protected with approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing. Ducts and air
transfer openings shall not penetrate exit enclosures and exit
passageways except as permitted by Sections 1020.1.2 and
1 02 1 .5 , respectively.

Exception: Fire dampers are not required at penetrations
of fire barriers where any of the following apply:

1. Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM
E 1 19 as part of the fire-resistance rated assembly.

2. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke con-
trol system in accordance with Section 909 and
where the use of a fire damper would interfere with
the operation of a smoke control system.

3. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC sys-
tems, have a required fire-resistance rating of 1
hour or less, are in areas of other than Group H and
are in buildings equipped throughout with an auto-
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. For the purposes of this
exception, a ducted HVAC system shall be a duct
system for conveying supply, return or exhaust air
as part of the structure's HVAC system. Such a
duct system shall be constructed of sheet steel not
less than 26 gage thickness and shall be continuous
from the air-handling appliance or equipment to
the air outlet and inlet terminals.

716.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permit-
ted to be penetrated by ducts and air transi'er openings shall
be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers
installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions:

1. Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of
shafts where:

1.1. Steel exhaust subducts are extended at least
22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust
shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow
upward to the outside; or

1.2. Penetrations are tested in accordance with
ASTM E 1 19 as part of the rated assembly; or

1.3. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke
control system designed and installed in ac-
cordance with Section 909 and where the fire
damper will interfere with the operation of the
smoke control system; or

1.4. The penetrations are in parking garage ex-
haust or supply shafts that are separated from
other building shafts by not less than 2-hour
fire-resistarice-rated construction.

2. In Group B and R occupancies, equipped through-
out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke dampers are
not required at penetrations of shafts where:

2.1. Kitchen, clothes dryer, bathroom and toilet
room exhaust openings are installed with steel
exhaust subducts, having a wall thickness of
at least 0.019 inch (0.48 mm); and

2.2. That extend at least 22 inches (559 nmi) verti-
cally; and

2.3. An exhaust fan is installed at the upper termi-
nus of the shaft that is, powered continuously
in accordance with the provisions of Section
909 . 1 1 , so as to maintain a continuous upward
airflow to the outside.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

111

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

3. Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of
exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that are
separated from other building shafts by not less
than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

4. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of
shafts where ducts are used as part of an approved
mechanical smoke control system designed in
accordance with Section 909 and where the smoke
damper will interfere with the operation of the
smoke control system.

716.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings
that penetrate foe partitions shall be protected with listed
fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire
dampers are not required where any of the following
apply:

1. The partitions are tenant separation or corridor
walls in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the duct is pro-
tected as a through penetration in accordance with
Section 712.

2. Tenant partitions in covered mall buildings where
the walls are not required by provisions elsewhere
in the code to extend to the underside of the floor or
roof deck above.

3. The duct system is constructed of approved mate-
rials in accordance with the International Mechan-
ical Code and the duct penetrating the wall
complies with all of the following requirements:

3.1. The duct shall not exceed 100 square
inches (0.06 m^).

3.2. The duct shall be constructed of steel a
minimum of 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) in
thickness.

3.3. The duct shall not have openings that com-
municate the corridor with adjacent spaces
or rooms.

3.4. The duct shall be installed above a ceiling.

3.5. The duct shall not terminate at a wall regis-
ter in the fire-resistance-rated wall.

3.6. A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by
0.060-inch-thick (1.52 mm) steel sleeve
shall be centered in each duct opening. The
sleeve shall be secured to both sides of the
wall and all four sides of the sleeve with
minimum lV2-inch by lV2-inch by
0.060-inch (38 mm by 38 mm by 1 .52 mm)
steel retaining angles. The retaining angles
shall be secured to the sleeve and the wall
with No. 10 (M5) screws. The annular
space between the steel sleeve and the wall
opening shall be filled with mineral wool
batting on all sides.

716.5.4.1 Corridors. A listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each
point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a corridor
enclosure required to have smoke and draft control doors
in accordance with Section 715.4.3.

Exceptions:

1. Smoke dampers are not required where the
building is equipped throughout with an
approved smoke control system in accordance
with Section 909, and smoke dampers are not
necessary for the operation and control of the
system.

2. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor
penetrations where the duct is constructed of
steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in
thickness and there are no openings serving the
corridor.

716.5.5 Smoke barriers. A listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point
a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke barrier.
Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall
comply with Section 716.3.2.1.

Exception: Smoke dampers are not required where the
openings in ducts are limited to a single smoke compart-
ment and the ducts are constructed of steel.

716.6 Horizontal assemblies., Penetrations by ducts and air
transfer openings of a floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceil-
ing membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected by
a shaft enclosure that complies with Section 707 or shall com-
ply with Sections 716.6.1 through 716.6.3.

716.6.1 Through penetrations. In occupancies other than
Groups 1-2 and 1-3, a duct constructed of approved materials
in accordance with the International Mechanical Code that
penetrates a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assembly
that connects not more than two stories is permitted without
shaft enclosure protection, provided a listed fire damper is
installed at the floor line or the duct is protected in accor-
dance with Section 712.4. For air transfer openings, see
Exception 7 to Section 707.2.

Exception: A duct is permitted to penetrate three floors
or less without a fire damper at each floor, provided it
meets all of the following requirements:

1 . The duct shall be contained and located within the
cavity of a wall and shall be constructed of steel not
less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) (26 gage) in thick-
ness.

2. The duct shall open into only one dwelling or
sleeping unit and the duct system shall be continu-
ous from the unit to the exterior of the building.

3. The duct shall not exceed 4-inch (102 mm) nonu-
nal diameter and the total area of such ducts shall
not exceed 100 square inches (0.065 m^) in any
100 square feet (9.3 m^) of floor area.

4. The annular space around the duct is protected
with materials that prevent the passage of flame
and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste

112

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

where subjected to ASTM E 1 19 time-temperature
conditions under a minimum positive pressure dif-
ferential of OiO 1 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the loca-
tion of the penetration for the time period
equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the con-
struction penetrated.

5. Grille openings located in a ceiling of a fire-resis-
tance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
shall be protected with a listed ceiling radiation
damper installed in accordance with Section
716.6.2.1.

716.6.2 Membrane penetrations. Ducts and air transfer
openings constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate the
ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with one of the fol-
lowing:

- 1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 707.

2. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the ceil-
ing line where a duct penetrates the ceiling of a
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling
assembly.

3. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the ceil-
ing line where a diffuser with no duct attached pene-
trates the ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly.

716.6.2.1 Ceiling radiation dampers. Ceiling radiation
dampers shall be tested in accordance with UL 555C and
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions and listing. Ceiling radiation dampers
are not required where either of the following applies:

1 . Tests in accordance with ASTM E 1 1 9 have shown
that ceiling radiation dampers are not necessary in
order to maintain the fire-resistance rating of the
assembly.

2. Where exhaust duct penetrations are protected in
accordance with Section 712.4.1.2, are located
within the cavity of a wall and do not pass through
another dwelling unit or tenant space.

716.6.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. Duct
systems constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate
nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies shall be protected
by any of the following methods:

1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 707.

2. The duct connects not more than two stories, the
annular space around the penetrating duct is protected
with an approved noncombustible material that
resists the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion.

3. The duct connects not more than three stories, the
annular space around the penetrating duct is protected
with an approved noncombustible material that
resists the free passage of flame and the products of

combustion and a fire damper is installed at each floor
line.

Exception: Fire dampers are not required in ducts
within individual residential dwelling units.

716.7 Flexible ducts and air connectors. Flexible ducts and
air connectors shall not pass through any fire-resistance-rated
assembly. Flexible air connectors shall not pass through any
wall, floor or ceiling.

SECTION 717
CONCEALED SPACES

717.1 General. Fireblocking and draftstopping shall be
installed in combustible concealed locations in accordance
with this section. Fireblocking shall comply with Section
717.2. Draftstopping in floor/ceiling spaces and attic spaces
shall comply with Sections 717.3 and 717.4, respectively. The
permitted use of combustible materials in concealed spaces of
buildings of Type I or II construction shall be limited to the
applications indicated in Section 717.5.

717.2 Fireblocking. In combustible construction, fireblocking
shall be installed to cut off concealed draft openings (both ver-
tical and horizontal) and shall form an effective barrier between
floors, between a top story and a roof or attic space.
Fireblocking shall be installed in the locations specified in Sec-
tions 717.2.2 through 717.2.7.

717.2.1 Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall consist
of 2-inch (51 mm) nominal lumber or two thicknesses of
1-inch (25 mm) nominal lumber with broken lap joints or
one thickness of 0.719-inch (18.3 mm) wood structural
panel with joints backed by 0.719-inch (18.3 mm) wood
structural panel or one thickness of 0.75-inch (19 mm)
particleboard with joints backed by 0.75-inch (19 mm)
particleboard. Gypsum board, cement fiber board, batts or
blankets of mineral wool, glass fiber or other approved
materials installed in such a manner as to be securely
retained in place shall be permitted as an acceptable
fireblock. Batts or blankets of mineral or glass fiber or other
approved honrigid materials shall be permitted for compU-
ance with the 10-foot (3048 mm) horizontal fireblocking in
walls constructed using parallel rows of studs or staggered
studs. Loose-fill insulation material shall not be used as a
fireblock unless specifically tested in the form and manner
intended for use to demonstrate its ability to remain in place
and to retard the spread of fire and hot gases. The integrity of
fireblocks shall be maintained.

717.2.1.1 Double stud walls. Batts or blankets of min-
eral or glass fiber or other approved nonrigid materials
shall be allowed as fireblocking in walls constructed
using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs.

717.2.2 Concealed wall spaces. Fireblocking shall be pro-
vided in concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions,
including furred spaces, and parallel rows of studs or stag-
gered studs, as follows:

1. Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

113

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

2. Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048
mm).

717.2.3 Connections between horizontal and vertical
spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided at interconnections
between concealed vertical stud wall or partition spaces and
concealed horizontal spaces created by an assembly of floor
joists or trusses, and between concealed vertical and hori-
zontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings, cove
ceilings and similar locations.

717.2.4 Stairways. Fireblocking shall be provided in con-
cealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom
of the run. Enclosed spaces under stairs shall also comply
with Section 1009.5.3.

717.2.5 Ceiling and floor openings. Where annular space
protection is provided in accordance with Exception 6 of
Section 707.2, Exception 1 of Section 712.4.1.2, or Section
712.4.2, fireblocking shall be installed at openings around
vents, pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceiling and
floor levels, with an approved material to resist the free pas-
sage of flame and the products of combustion. Factory-built
chimneys and fireplaces shall be fireblocked in accordance
with UL 103 and UL 127.

717.2.6 Architectural trim. Fireblocking shall be installed
within concealed spaces of exterior wall finish and other
exterior architectural elements where permitted to be of
combustible construction as specified in Section 1406 or
where erected with combustible frames, at maximum inter-
vals of 20 feet (6096 mm), so that there will be no open
space exceeding 100 square feet (9.3 m^). Where wood fur-
ring strips are used, they shall be of approved wood of natu-
ral decay resistance or preservative-treated wood. If
noncontinuous, such elements shall have closed ends, with
at least 4 inches (102 mm) of separation between sections.

Exceptions:

1. Fireblocking of cornices is not required in sin-
gle-family dwellings. Fireblocking of cornices of a
two-family dwelling is required only at the line of
dwelling unit separation.

2. Fireblocking shall not be required where installed
on noncombustible framing and the face of the
exterior wall finish exposed to the concealed space
is covered by one of the following materials:

2. 1 . Aluminum having a minimum thickness of
0.019 inch (0.5 mm).

2.2. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base
metal thickness not less than 0.016 inch
(0.4 mm) at any point.

2.3. Other approved noncombustible materials.

717.2.7 Concealed sleeper spaces. Where wood sleepers
are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete
fire-resistance-rated floors, the space between the floor slab
and the underside of the wood flooring shall be filled with an
approved material to resist the free passage of flame and
products of combustion or fireblocked in such a manner that
there will be no open spaces under the flooring that will
exceed 100 square feet (9.3 m^) in area and such space shall

be filled solidly under permanent partitions so that there is
no communication under the flooring between adjoining
rooms.

Exceptions:

1. Fireblocking is not required for slab-on-grade
floors in gymnasiums.

2. Fireblocking is required only at the juncture of
each alternate lane and at the ends of each lane in a
bowling facility.

717.3 Draftstopping in floors. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling
assemblies in the locations prescribed in Sections 717.3.2
through 717.3.3.

717.3.1 Draftstopping materials. Draftstopping materials
shall not be less than 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board,
0.375-inch (9.5 mm) wood structural panel, 0.375-inch (9.5
mm) particleboard, 1-inch (25 -mm) nominal lumber,
cement fiberboard, batts or blankets of mineral wool or
glass fiber, or other approved materials adequately sup-
ported. The integrity of draftstops shall be maintained.

717.3.2 Groups R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping
shall be provided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R- 1 build-
ings, in Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling
units, in Group R-3 buildings with two dwelling units and in
Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be located above
and in line with the dwelling unit and sleeping unit separa-
tions.

Exceptions:

1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, pro-
vided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in
the combustible concealed spaces.

717.3.3 Other groups. In other groups, draftstopping shall
be installed so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed
1,000 square feet (93 m2).

Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

717.4 Draftstopping in attics. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide attic spaces and
concealed roof spaces in the locations prescribed in Sections
717.4.2 and717.4.3. Ventilationof concealed roof spaces shall
be maintained in accordance with Section 1203.2.

717.4.1 Draftstopping materials. Materials utilized for
draftstopping of attic spaces shall comply with Section
717.3.1.

717.4.1.1 Openings. Openings in the partitions shall be
protected by self-closing doors with automatic latches
constructed as required for the partitions.

114

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

717.4.2 Groups R-1 and R-2. Draftstopping shall be pro-
vided in attics, mansards, overhangs or other concealed roof
spaces of Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling
units and in all Group R-1 buildings. Draftstopping shall be
installed above, and in line with, sleeping unit and dwelling
unit separation walls that do not extend to the underside of
the roof sheathing above.

Exceptions:

1. Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or
dwelling unit separation, draftstopping shall only
be required above one of the corridor walls.

2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

3. In occupancies in Group R-2 that do not exceed
four stories in height, the attic space shall be subdi-
vided by draftstops into areas not exceeding 3,000
square feet (279 m^) or above every two dwelling
units, whichever is smaller.

4. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, pro-
vided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in
the combustible concealed spaces.

717.4.3 Other groups. Draftstopping shall be installed in
attics and concealed roof spaces, such that any horizontal
area does not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 m^).

Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3. 1 . 1 .

1717.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I
or II construction. Combustible materials shall not be permit-
ted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or II construc-
tion.

Exceptions:

1. Combustible materials in accordance with Section
603.

■ 2. Combustible materials exposed within plenums com-

plying with Section 602 of the International Mechan-
ical Code.

13. Class A interior finish materials classified in accor-
dance with Section 803.
4. Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclo-
sures installed in accordance with the provisions of
this code.

I 5. Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces

installed in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing
Code.

6. Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and tub-
ing, installed in concealed spaces other than plenums,
complying with Section 719.7.

SECTION 718

FIRE-RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS

FOR PLASTER

718.1 Thickness of plaster. The minimum thickness of gyp-
sum plaster or portland cement plaster used in a fire-resis-
tance-rated system shall be determined by the prescribed fire
tests. The plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of
the lath where applied to gypsum lath or metal lath.

718.2 Plaster equivalents. For fire-resistance purposes, 0.5
inch (12.7 mm) of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed
equivalent to 0.75 inch (19. 1 mm) of one-to-three gypsum sand
plaster or 1 inch (25 mm) of portland cement sand plaster.

718.3 Noncombustible furring. In buildings of Type I and II
construction, plaster shall be applied directly on concrete or
masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and
furring.

718.4 Double reinforcement. Plaster protection more than 1
inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced with an addi-
tional layer of approved lath embedded at least 0.75 inch (19. 1
mm) from the outer surface and fixed securely in place.

Exception: Solid plaster partitions or where otherwise
determined by fire tests.

718.5 Plaster alternatives for concrete. In reinforced con-
crete construction, gypsum plaster or portland cement plaster is
permitted to be substituted for 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) of the
required poured concrete protection, except that a minimum
thickness of 0.375 inch (9.5 mm) of poured concrete shall be
provided in reinforced concrete floors and 1 inch (25 mm) in
reinforced concrete columns in addition to the plaster finish.
The concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with Section
2510.7.

SECTION 719
THERMAL- AND SOUND-INSULATING MATERIALS

719.1 General. Insulating materials, including facings such as
vapor retarders and vapor-permeable membranes, similar cov-
erings, and all layers of single and multilayer reflective foil
insulations, shall comply with the requirements of this section.
Where a flame spread index or a smoke-developed index is
specified in this section, such index shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM E 84. Any material that is subject to an
increase in flame spread index or smoke-developed index
beyond the limits herein established through the effects of age,
moisture, or other atmospheric conditions shall not be permit-
ted.

Exceptions:

1. Fiberboard insulation shall comply with Chapter 23.

2. Foam plastic insulation shall comply with Chapter 26.

3. Duct and pipe insulation and duct and pipe coverings
and hnings in plenums shall comply with the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code.

719.2 Concealed installation. Insulating materials, where
concealed as installed in buildings of any type of construction.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

115

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray
applied, complying with the requirements of Section 719.6,
shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed index of
not more than 450.

719.2.1 Facings. Where such materials are installed in con-
cealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV or V construction,
the flame spread and smoke-developed limitations do not
apply to facings, coverings, and layers of reflective foil
insulation that are installed behind and in substantial contact
with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor fin-
ish.

719.3 Exposed installation. Insulating materials, where
exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction,
shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray
applied complying with the requirements of Section 719.6
shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed index of
not more than 450.

719.3.1 Attic floors. Exposed insulation materials installed
on attic floors shall have a critical radiant flux of not less
than 0.12 watt per square centimeter when tested in accor-
dance with ASTM E 970.

719.4 Loose-fill insulation. Loose-fill insulation materials
that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E 84 apparatus without a
screen or artificial supports shall comply with the flame spread
and smoke-developed limits of Sections 719.2 and 719.3 when
tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S 102.2.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation shall not be
required to comply with the flame spread index requirement
of CAN/ULC S 102.2, provided such insulation complies
with the requirements of Section 719.6.

719.5 Roof insulation. The use of combustible roof insulation
not complying with Sections 719.2 and 719.3 shall be permit-
ted in any type of constiuction provided it is covered with
approved roof coverings directly applied thereto.

719.6 Cellulose loose-fill insulation. Cellulose loose-fill insu-
lation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1209 and CPSC
16 CFR, Part 1404. Each package of such insulating material
shall be clearly labeled in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR, Part
1209 and CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1404.

719.7 Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing. Insula-
tion and covering on pipe and tubing shall have a flame spread
index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not
more than 450.

Exception: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing
installed in plenums shall comply with the International
Mechanical Code.

SECTION 720
PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE

720.1 General. The provisions of this section contain prescrip-
tive details of fire-resistance-rated building elements. The

materials of construction Usted in Tables 720.1(1), 720.1(2),
and 720.1(3) shall be assumed to have the fire-resistance rat-
ings prescribed therein. Where materials that change the capac-
ity for heat dissipation are incorporated into a
fire-resistance-rated assembly, fire test results or other substan-
tiating data shall be made available to the building official to
show that the required fire-resistance-rating time period is not
reduced.

720.1.1 Thickness of protective coverings. The thickness
of fire-resistant materials required for protection of struc-
tural members shall be not less than set forth in Table
720.1(1), except as modified in this section. The figures
shown shall be the net thickness of the protecting materials
and shall not include any hollow space in back of the protec-
tion.

720.1.2 Unit masonry protection. Where required, metal
ties shall be embedded in bed joints of unit masonry for pro-
tection of steel columns. Such ties shall be as set forth in
Table 720.1(1) or be equivalent thereto.

720.1.3 Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete col-
umn protection. Cast-in-place concrete protection for steel
columns shall be reinforced at the edges of such members
with wire ties of not less than 0. 1 8 inch (4.6 mm) in diameter
wound spirally around the columns on a pitch of not more
than 8 inches (203 mm) or by equivalent reinforcement.

720.1.4 Plaster application. The finish coat is not required
for plaster protective coatings where they comply with the
design mix and thickness requirements of Tables 720.1(1),
720.1(2) and 720.1(3).

720.1.5 Bonded prestressed concrete tendons. For mem-
bers having a single tendon or more than one tendon
installed with equal concrete cover measured from the near-
est surface, the cover shall not be less than that set forth in
Table 720.1(1). For members having multiple tendons
installed with variable concrete cover, the average tendon
cover shall not be less than that set forth in Table 720.1(1),
provided:

1. The clearance from each tendon to the nearest
exposed surface is used to determine the average
cover.

2. In no case can the clear cover for individual tendons
be less than one-half of that set forth in Table
720.1(1). A minimum cover of 0.75 inch (19.1 mm)
for slabs and 1 inch (25 mm) for beams is required for
any aggregate concrete.

3. For the purpose of establishing a fire-resistance rat-
ing, tendons having a clear covering less than that set
forth in Table 720. 1(1) shall not contribute more than
50 percent of the required ultimate moment capacity
for members less than 350 square inches (0.226 m^) in
cross-sectional area and 65 percent for larger mem-
bers. For structural design purposes, however, ten-
dons having a reduced cover are assumed to be fully
effective.

116

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(1)

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS'"

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (Inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

hour

1. Steel columns
and all of primary
trusses

1-1.1

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 6" x 6" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siUceous gravel).^

1-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 8" x 8" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel).^

1-1.3

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members
12" X 12" or greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)."

IV2

1-1.4

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1:1.1, members 6" x 6"
or greater.^

IV2

1-1.5

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 8" x 8"
or greater."

1-1.6

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members
12" X 12" or greater."

1-.2.1

Clay or shale brick with brick and mortar fill."

—

2V4

1-3.1

4" hollow clay tile in two 2" layers; Vj" mortar between tile and column; %" metal
mesh 0.046" wire diameter in horizontal joints; tile fill."

—

1-3.2

2" hollow clay tile; V/' mortar between tile and column; ^/g" metal mesh 0.046" wire
diameter in horizontal joints; Umestone concrete fill;" plastered with '^1^' gypsum
plaster.

—

. —

■
1-3.3

2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile or Vg"
metal mesh 0.046" diameter wire in horizontal joints; limestone or trap-rock
concrete fill" extending 1" outside column on all sides.

—

1-3.4

2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile with or
without concrete fill; ^1^' mortar between tile and column.

—

1-4.1

Cement plaster over metal lath wire tied to ^Z/' cold-rolled vertical channels with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed
1 :2 V2 by volume, cement to sand.

—

272"

1-5.1

Vermiculite concrete, 1:4 mix by volume over paperbacked wire fabric lath wrapped
directly around column with additional 2" x 2" 0.06570.065" (No. 16/16 B.W. gage)
wire fabric placed %" from outer concrete surface. Wire fabric tied with 0.049" (No.
18 B.W. gage) wire spaced 6" on center for inner layer and 2" on center for outer
layer.

—

1-6.1

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath wrapped around column and
furred 1 V4" from column flanges. Sheets lapped at ends and tied at 6" intervals with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) tie wire. Plaster pushed through to flanges.

■ —

—

1-6.2

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over self-furring metal lath wrapped directly
around column, lapped 1" and tied at 6" intervals with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage)
wire.

IV4

—

1-6.3

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath applied to V/' cold-rolled
channels spaced 24" apart vertically and wrapped flatwise around column.

IV2

—

1-6.4

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over two layers of V2" plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath wrapped with 1" hexagonal mesh of No.
20 gage wire and tied with doubled 0.035" diameter (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties
spaced 23" on center. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall
not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2V2 cubic feet of aggregate for the 3-hour
system.

2V2

—

{continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

117

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(1)— continued

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS'"

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

1-6.5

Perlite or vermiculate gypsum plaster over one layer of V2" plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath tied with doubled 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.
gage) wire ties spaced 23" on center and scratch coat wrapped with 1" hexagonal
mesh 0.035" (No. 20 B.W. gage) wire fabric. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for
the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2V2 cubic feet of
aggregate.

1-7.1

Multiple layers of V2" gypsum wallboard*^ adhesively'^ secured to column flanges and
successive layers. Wallboard applied without horizontal joints. Comer edges of each
layer staggered. Wallboard layer below outer layer secured to column with doubled
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel wire ties spaced 15" on center. Exposed corners
taped and treated.

1-7.2

Three layers of ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard.'^ First and second layer held in place
by Vg" diameter by l^/g" long ring shank nails with ^/j/' diameter heads spaced 24"
on center at comers. Middle layer also secured with metal straps at mid-height and
18" from each end, and by metal comer bead at each comer held by the metal straps.
Third layer attached to comer bead with 1" long gypsum wallboard screws spaced
12" on center.

I'U

1 . Steel columns
and all of
primary trusses
(continued)

1-7.3

Three layers of ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard,'^ each layer screw attached to P/g"
steel studs 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) at each comer of column.
Middle layer also secured with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) double-strand steel wire
ties, 24" on center. Screws are No. 6 by 1" spaced 24" on center for inner layer. No.
6 by 1^/g" spaced 12" on center for middle layer and No. 8 by 2V4" spaced 12" on
center for outer layer. .

\y.

1-8.1

Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum-to-sand aggregate
applied over metal lath. Lath lapped 1" and tied 6" on center at all end, edges and
spacers with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Lath applied over V2" spacers
made of ^Z/' furring channel with 2" legs bent around each comer. Spacers located 1"
from top and bottom of member and a maximum of 40" on center and wire tied with
a single strand of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Comer bead tied to the
lath at 6" on center along each comer to provide plaster thickness.

1V«

1-9.1

Minimum W8x35 wide flange steel column (w/d > 0.75) with each web cavity filled
even with the flange tip with normal weight carbonate or siliceous aggregate
concrete (3,000 psi minimum compressive strength with 145 pcf ± 3 pcf unit
weight). Reinforce the concrete in each web cavity with a minimum No. 4 deformed
reinforcing bar installed vertically and centered in the cavity, and secured to the
column web with a minimum No. 2 horizontal deformed reinforcing bar welded to
the web every 18" on center vertically. As an altemative to the No. 4 rebar, ^1^'
diameter by 3" long headed studs, spaced at 12" on center vertically, shall be welded
on each side of the web midway between the colunm flanges.

See

Note

2-1.1

2. Webs or
flanges of
steel beams and
girders

Carbonate, Ughtweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete (not including
sandstone, granite and siHceous gravel) with 3" or finer metal mesh placed 1" from
the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than 0.025
square inch of steel area per foot in each direction.

2-1.2

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 2-1.1 with 3" or finer
metal mesh placed 1" from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and
providing not less than 0.025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction.

2V,

2-2.1

Cement plaster on metal lath attached to ^1^" cold-rolled channels with 0.04" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 V2 by volume,
cement to sand.

21/2"

(continued)

118

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*^

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(1)— continued

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS""

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE

PERIODS (inches)

ITEM

PROTECTED

NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

hour

Vermiculite gypsum plaster on a metal lath cage, wire tied to 0.165" diameter (No. 8

2-3.1

B.W. gage) steel wire hangers wrapped around beam and spaced 16" on center.
Metal lath ties spaced approximately 5" on center at cage sides and bottom.

—

Two layers of ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard'^ are attached to U-shaped brackets

spaced 24" on center. 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) 1%" deep by 1"

galvanized steel runner channels are first installed parallel to and on each side of the

top beam flange to provide a ^l{' clearance to the flange. The channel runners are

attached to steel deck or concrete floor construction with approved fasteners spaced

12" on center. U-shaped brackets are formed from members identical to the channel

runners. At the bent portion of the U-shaped bracket, the flanges of the channel are

cut out so that iVg" deep comer channels can be inserted without attachment parallel

to each side of the lower flange.

2-4.1

As an alternate, 0.021" thick (No. 24 carbon sheet steel gage) T'x 2" runner and
comer angles may be used in Ueu of channels, and the web cutouts in the U-shaped
brackets may be omitted. Each angle is attached to the bracket with V2"-long No. 8

—

IV4

—

2. Webs or

self -drilling screws. The vertical legs of the U-shaped bracket are attached to the

flanges of steel

mnners with one Vj" long No. 8 self-driUing screw. The completed steel framing

beams and

provides a 2V8" and 1 Vj" space between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides

girders

and bottom of the steel beam, respectively. The inner layer of wallboard is attached

(continued)

to the top mnners and bottom comer channels or comer angles with 1 V4"-long No. 6
self-drilling screws spaced 16" on center. The outer layer of wallboard is applied
with iV/'-long No. 6 self-drilling screws spaced 8" on center. The bottom comers
are reinforced with metal comer beads.

Three layers of %" Type X gypsum wallboard"^ attached to a steel suspension system

as described immediately above utilizing the 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel

gage) 1" X 2" lower comer angles. The framing is located so that a 2V8" and 2" space

is provided between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the

beam, respectively. The first two layers of wallboard are attached as described

2-4.2

immediately above. A layer of 0.035" thick (No. 20 B.W. gage) 1" hexagonal
galvanized wire mesh is applied under the soffit of the middle layer and up the sides
approximately 2". The mesh is held in position with the No. 6 lV8"-long screws
installed in the vertical leg of the bottom comer angles. The outer layer of wallboard
is attached with No. 6 2V4"-long screws spaced 8" on center. One screw is also
installed at the mid-depth of the bracket in each layer. Bottom comers are finished as
described above.

3. Bonded

Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siUceous^ aggregate concrete

A.%

'X%

2V,

1'/

pretensioned

Beams or girders

i. '2

X /2

reinforcement in

3-1.1

prestressed

I'A

concrete^

Solid slabs^

± /2

Carbonate, Ughtweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous^ aggregate concrete

Unrestrained members:

4-1.1

SoUd slabs^

—

4. Bonded or

Beams and girders'

unbonded

8" wide

1^4

post-tensioned

greater than 12" wide

IV,

tendons in

Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous aggregate

prestressed

Restrained members:''

concrete^' '

4-1.2

Solid slabs'"
Beams and girders'

IV4

8" wide

greater than 12" wide

IV,

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

119

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(1)— continued

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS'"

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

5. Reinforcing
steel in reinforced
concrete columns,
beams girders and
trusses

5-1.1

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 12" or
larger, square or round. (Size limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic
with floors.)

Siliceous aggregate concrete, members 12" or larger, square or round. (Size limit
does not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors.)

1'/,

IV2
IV2

6. Reinforcing
steel in reinforced
concrete joists'

6-1.1
6-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete.
Siliceous aggregate concrete.

IV4
1%

1
1

V4
V4

7. Reinforcing and
tie rods in floor
and roof slabs'

7-1.1
7-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete.
Siliceous aggregate concrete.

1
I.V4

1
1

%
%

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm?, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m^.

a. Reentrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly.

b. Two layers of equal thickness with a %-inch airspace between.

c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in Table 720. 1(1), gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be
permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard and the joints on the face layer are reinforced,
and the entire surface is covered with a minimum of V,g-inch gypsum veneer plaster.

d. An approved adhesive qualified under ASTM E 1 19.

e. Where Ughtweight or sand-lightweight concrete having an oven-dry weight of 1 10 pounds per cubic foot or less is used, the tabulated minimum cover shall be per-
niitted to be reduced 25 percent, except that in no case shall the cover be less than % inch in slabs or IV2 inches in beams or girders.

f. For solid slabs of siliceous aggregate concrete, increase tendon cover 20 percent.

g. Adequate provisions against spalUng shall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member with a clear cover of 1 inch,
h. Prestressed slabs shall have a thickness not less than that required in Table 720.1(3) for the respective fire resistance time period.

i. Fire coverage and end anchorages shall be as follows: Cover to the prestressing steel at the anchor shall be Vj inch greater than that required away from the anchor.
Minimum cover to steel-bearing plate shall be 1 inch in beams and % inch in slabs.

j. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, cover thickness shall be permitted to be determined by interpolation.

k. Interior spans of continuous slabs, beams and girders shall be permitted to be considered restrained.

1. For use with concrete slabs having a comparable fire endurance where members are framed into the structure in such a manner as to provide equivalent perfor-
mance to that of monohthic concrete construction.

m. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.

n. No additional insulating material is required on the exposed outside face of the column flange to achieve a 1-hour fire-resistance rating.

120

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS °-'"'

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE"

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

1. Brick of clay or
shale

1-1.1

Solid brick of clay or shale*^

4.9

3.8

2.7

1-1.2

Hollow brick, not filled.

5.0

4.3

3.4

2.3

1-1.3

Hollow brick unit wall, grout or filled with perlite vermiculite or expanded shale
aggregate.

6.6

5.5

4.4

3.0

1-2.1

4" nominal thick units at least 75 percent solid backed with, a hat-shaped metal
furring channel ^Z/' thick formed from 0.021" sheet metal attached to the brick
wall on 24" centers with approved fasteners, and V2" Type X gypsum wallboard
attached to the metal furring strips with l"-long Type S screws spaced 8" on
center.

—

5'^

—

2. Combination of
clay brick and
load-bearing
hollow clay tile

2-1.1

4" solid brick and 4" tile (at least 40 percent solid).

2-1.2

4" soUd brick and 8" tile (at least 40 percent soUd).

—

3. Concrete
masonry units

3-l.lf>g

Expanded slag or pumice.

4.7

4.0

3.2

2.1

3-1.2f>e

Expanded clay, shale or slate.

5.1

4.4

3.6

2.6

3-1.3^

Limestone, cinders or air-cooled slag.

5.9

5.0

4.0

2.7

3-1.4^-8

Calcareous or siliceous gravel.

6.2

5.3

4.2 •

2.8

4. Solid concrete^' '

4-1.1

SiUceous aggregate concrete.

7.0

6.2

5.0

3.5

Carbonate aggregate concrete.

6.6

5.7

4.6

3.2

Sand-lightweight concrete.

5.4

4.6

3.8

2.7

Lightweight concrete.

5.1

4.4

3.6

2.5

5. Glazed or
unglazed facing
tile, nonload-
bearing

5-1.1

One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 25 percent
maximum with '^1^' mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions reversed in alternate
courses.

—

63/8

—

5-1.2

One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 40 percent
maximum with %" mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions side with '^1^' gypsum
plaster. Two wythes tied together every fourth course with No. 22 gage
corrugated metal ties.

—

63/4

—

5-1.3

One unit with three cells in wall thickness, cored 29 percent maximum.

5-1.4

One 2" unit cored 22 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 41 percent
maximum with V4" mortar-filled collar joint. Two wythes tied together every
third course with 0.030" (No. 22 galvanized sheet steel gage) corrugated metal
ties.

—

5-1.5

One 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with V/' gypsum plaster on one side.

5-1.6

One 4" unit with two cells in wall thickness, cored 22 percent maximum.

5-1.7

One 4" unit cored 30 percent maximum with V4" vermiculite gypsum plaster on
one side.

—

5-1.8

One 4" unit cored 39 percent maximum with '^1^" gypsum plaster on one side.

—

4V,,

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

121

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS "•"•^

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS

FACE-TO-FACE"

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

6. Solid gypsum
plaster

6-1.1

%" by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16"
on center with 2.6-pound flat metal lath appUed to one face and tied with 0.049"
(No. 18 B.W. Gage) wire at 6" spacing. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by
weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

— ,

—

6-1.2

^Z/' by 0.05" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels 16" on center
with metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
at 6" spacing. Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster each side. For three-coat
work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum
to 2V2 cubic feet of aggregate for the 1-hour system.

—

21/2"

6-1.3

^//' by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16"
on center with ^/g" gypsum lath applied to one face and attached with sheet metal
cUps. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

6-2.1

Smdless with V2" full-length plain gypsum lath and gypsum plaster each side.
Plaster mixed 1:1 for scratch coat and 1:2 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.

—

6-2.2

Studless with V2" full-length plain gypsum lath and perUte or vermiculite gypsum
plaster each side.

—

21/2'*

6-2.3

Studless partition with %" rib metal lath installed vertically adjacent edges tied
6" on center with No. 18 gage wire ties, gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by
weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

7. Solid perlite
and Portland
cement

7-1.1

Perlite mixed in the ratio of 3 cubic feet to 100 pounds of portland cement and
machine appUed to stud side of 1 V2" mesh by 0.058-inch (No. 17 B.W. gage)
paper-backed woven wire fabric lath wire-tied to 4"-deep steel trussed wire) studs
16" on center. Wire ties of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) galvanized steel wire 6" on
center vertically.

—

8. Solid neat wood
fibered gypsum
plaster

8-1.1

%" by 0.055-inch (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels, 12" on
center with 2.5-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049"
(No. 18 B.W. gage) wire at 6" spacing. Neat gypsum plaster applied each side.

—

9. Solid wallboard
partition

9-1.1

One full-length layer Vj" Type X gypsum wallboard® laminated to each side of 1"
full-length V-edge gypsum coreboard with approved laminating compound.
Vertical joints of face layer and coreboard staggered at least 3".

—

— ■

—

10. Hollow
(studless) gypsum
wallboard
partition

10-1.1

One full-length layer of ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard® attached to both sides of
wood or metal top and bottom runners laminated to each side of 1" x 6"
full-length gypsum coreboard ribs spaced 2" on center with approved laminating
compound. Ribs centered at vertical joints of face plies and joints staggered 24"
in opposing faces. Ribs may be recessed 6" from the top and bottom.

—

274"

10-1.2

1" regular gypsum V-edge full-length backing board attached to both sides of
wood or metal top and bottom runners with nails or iVg" dry wall screws at 24"
on center. Minimum width of rumors l^/g". Face layer of V2" regular full-length
gypsum wallboard laminated to outer faces of backing board with approved
laminating compound.

—

(continued)

122

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS »<"'

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE"

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

11. Noncombustible
studs — interior
partition with plaster
each side

11-1.1

3'//' X 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 24" on center,
^/g" gypsum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.

—

43/4"

11-1.2

3%" X 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable*^ studs spaced
24" on center. %" neat gypsum wood-fibered plaster each side over %" rib
metal lath nailed to studs with 6d common nails, 8" on center. Nails driven 1 V4"
and bent over.

—

5Vg

—

11-1.3

4" X 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped steel studs at 16"
on center. On each side approved resilient cUps pressed onto stud flange at 16"
vertical spacing, '//' pencil rods snapped into or wire tied onto outer loop of
cUps, metal lath wire-tied to pencil rods at 6" intervals, 1" perlite gypsum
plaster, each side.

—

1\'

—

11-1.4

l^l{' X 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 16" on center.
Wood fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate
appUed on %-pound metal lath wire tied to studs, each side. %" plaster appUed
over each face, including finish coat.

—

4'//

—

12. Wood studs
interior partition
with plaster each
side

12-1.1'-'"

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with Vg" gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
attached by 4d common nails bent over or No. 14 gage by \^l^' by V/ crown
width staples spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:1 '/2 for scratch coat and 1:3
for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

5Vg

12-1.2'

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and %" neat wood-fibered
gypsum plaster each side. Lath attached by 6d common nails, 7" on center.
Nails driven 1 '// and bent over.

—

5'/2''

—

12-1.3'

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with %" perforated or plain gypsum lath and
V2" gypsum plaster each side. Lath nailed with I'/g" by No. 13 gage by '^^4"
head plasterboard blued nails, 4" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight,
gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

5V4

12-1.4'

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with Vg" Type X gypsum lath and '/j"
gypsum plaster each side. Lath nailed with 1 '/g" by No. 13 gage by '^64" head
plasterboard blued nails, 5" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.

—

5V4

1 3 .Noncombustible
studs — interior
partition with
gypsum wallboard
each side

13-1.1

0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 24" on center
with one full-length layer of ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard^ applied vertically
attached with 1" long No. 6 dry wall screws to each stud. Screws are 8" on
center around the perimeter and 12" on center on the intermediate stud. The
wallboard may be applied horizontally when attached to 3^/g" studs and the
horizontal joints are staggered with those on the opposite side. Screws for the
horizontal application shall be 8" on center at vertical edges and 12" on center
at intermediate studs.

—

13-1.2

0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 25" on center
with two full-length layers of '/j" Type X gypsum wallboard^ applied vertically
each side. First layer attached with l"-long, No. 6 dry wall screws, 8" on center
around the perimeter and 12" on center on the intermediate stud. Second layer
applied with vertical joints offset one stud space from first layer using iVg"
long. No. 6 dry wall screws spaced 9" on center along vertical joints, 12" on
center at intermediate studs and 24" on center along top and bottom runners.

—

SVg"

—

13-1.3

0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable metal studs^ 24" on
center with full-length ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard^ apphed vertically and
nailed 7" on center with 6d cement-coated common nails. Approved metal
fastener grips used with nails at vertical butt joints along studs.

—

{continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

123

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS ^'"-p

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE"

(Inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

14.Wood
studs — interior
partition with
gypsum wallboard
each side

14.1.lh,m

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers of ^/g" regular gypsum
wallboard^ each side, 4d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center first layer, 5d
cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center second layer with laminating
compound between layers, joints staggered. First layer applied full length
vertically, second layer applied horizontally or vertically

—

14-1.2''-"

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers V2" regular gypsum wallboard^
applied vertically or horizontally each side'', joints staggered. Nail base layer
with 5d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center face layer with 8d cooler" or
wallboard" nails at 8" on center.

—

5'/,

14-1.3''™

2" X 4" wood studs 24" on center with ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard^ applied
vertically or horizontally nailed with 6d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 7" on
center with end joints on nailing members. Stagger joints each side.

—

14-1.4'

2" X 4" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
Vg" Type X gypsum wallboard^ appUed with face paper grain (long dimension)
parallel to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 7" on
center.

—

43/4"

14-1.5''™

2" X 4" wood studs 1" on center with two layers ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard*
each side. Base layers applied vertically and nailed with 6d cooler" or
wallboard" nails at 9" on center. Face layer appUed vertically or horizontally and
nailed with 8d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 7" on center. For nail-adhesive
application, base layers are nailed 6" on center. Face layers applied with coating
of approved wallboard adhesive and nailed 12" on center.

—

14-1.6'

2" X 3" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
Vg" Type X gypsum wallboard* appUed with face paper grain (long dimension)
at right angles to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d cement-coated box nails
spaced 7" on center.

—

15. Exterior or
interior walls

15-1.1''™

Exterior surface with '^1^' drop siding over '/j" gypsum sheathing on 2" x 4"
wood studs at 16" on center, interior surface treatment as required for
1 -hour-rated exterior or interior 2" x 4" wood stud partitions. Gypsum sheathing
nailed with 1^/4" by No. 11 gage by "^/jg" head galvanized nails at 8" on center.
Siding nailed with 7d galvanized smooth box nails.

—

Varies

15-1.2''™

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and V/' cement plaster on each
side. Lath attached with 6d common nails 7" on center driven to 1" minimum
penetration and bent over. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown
coat, by volume, cement to sand.

—

15-1.3''™

2" X 4" wood studs 16" on center with %" cement plaster (measured from the
face of studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required
for interior wood stud partitions in this table. Plaster mix 1 :4 for scratch coat and
1:5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to sand.

—

Varies

15-1.4

3^/g" No. 16 gage noncombustible studs 16" on center with%" cement plaster
(measured from the face of the studs) on the exterior surface with interior
surface treatment as required for interior, nonbearing, noncombustible stud
partitions in this table. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat,
by volume, cement to sand.

—

Varies"^

(continued)

124

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS °-°"

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE"

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

IS-LS-"

2V4" X 3^/4" clay face brick with cored holes over V2" gypsum sheathing on
exterior surface of 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center and two layers Vg" Type
X gypsum wallboard® on interior surface. Sheathing placed horizontally or
vertically with vertical joints over studs nailed 6" on center with 1%" x No. 1 1
gage by ^/jg" head galvanized nails. Inner layer of wallboard placed horizontally
or vertically and nailed 8" on center with 6d cooler" or wallboard" nails. Outer
layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and nailed 8" on center with
8d cooler" or wallboard" nails. All joints staggered with vertical joints over
studs. Outer layer joints taped and finished with compound. Nail heads covered
with joint compound. 0.035 inch (No. 20 galvanized sheet gage) corrugated
galvanized steel wall ties V4" by 6^1^' attached to each stud with two 8d cooler"
or wallboard" nails every sixth course of bricks. ^^^

15-1.6'-™

2" X 6" fire-retardant-treated wood studs 16" on center. Interior face has two
layers of ^/g" Type X gypsum with the base layer placed vertically and attached
with 6d box nails 12" on center. The face layer is placed horizontally and
attached with 8d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere.
The exterior face has a base layer of Vg" Type X gypsum sheathing placed
vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere.
An approved building paper is next applied, followed by self-furred exterior lath
attached with 2V2", No. 12 gage galvanized roofing nails with a ^/g" diameter
head and spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a V2"
brown coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by
weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated Ume and 3 pounds of
approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed
in the proportion of 1 :4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of
hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat.

15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)

15-1.7'-"'

2" X 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of Vg" Type X
gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and
12" on center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed
by 1" by No. 18 gage self -furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 2V2" long
galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster
consisting of a V2" scratch coat, a bonding agent and a V2" brown coat and a
finish coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by
weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of
approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed
in the proportion of 1 :4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of
hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat.
The interior is covered with %" gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of 0.035
inch (No. 20 B.W. gage) woven wire lath furred out ^/j/' and 1" perlite or
vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed with 1 Vg" by No. 13 gage by '^^4" head
plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center. Mesh attached by 1^/4" by No. 12
gage by ^/g" head nails with Vg" furrings, spaced 8" on center. The plaster mix
shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2V9 cubic feet of aggregate.

8V«

15-1.8'-™

2" X 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of ^/g" Type X
gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and
12" on center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed
by I'/j" by No. 17 gage self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 2'/2" long
galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster
consisting of a '72" scratch coat, and a '72" brown coat is then applied. The
plaster may be placed by machine. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of
1 :4 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The brown coat is mixed in the proportion
of 1:5 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The interior is covered with %"
gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of No. 20 gage woven wire lath furred out
^7i6" and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed with 1 '7g" by No.
13 gage by '^^4" head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center. Mesh
attached by 1%" by No. 12 gage by Vg" head nails with '^1^' furrings, spaced 8"
on center. The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2V2 cubic
feet of aggregate.

8V«

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

125

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS °'°-p

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE"

(inches)

4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour

15-1.9

4" No. 18 gage, nonload-bearing metal studs, 16" on center, with 1" portland
cement lime plaster [measured from the back side of the ^-pound expanded
metal lath] on the exterior surface. Interior surface to be covered with 1" of
gypsum plaster on ^/4-pound expanded metal lath proportioned by weight — 1:2
for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown, gypsum to sand. Lath on one side of the partition
fastened to V/' diameter pencil rods supported by No. 20 gage metal clips,
located 16" on center vertically, on each stud. 3" thick mineral fiber insulating
batts friction fitted between the studs.

15-1.10

Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, with Vj" Glass Fiber
Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is attached with flex
anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two V2"-long
flare-bevel welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC skin with %" thick GFRC
bonding pads that extend 2'/2" beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. Interior
surface to have two layers of V2" Type X gypsum wallboard.* The first layer of
wallboard to be attached with l"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 24" on
center and the second layer is attached with lVg"-long Type S screws spaced at
12" on center. Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber batts.
GFRC has 1 V2" returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior.

6V,

15-1.11

15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)

Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, respectively, with
V2" Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is
attached with flex anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two
V2"-long flare-bevel welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC skin with V8"-thick
GFRC bonding pads that extend 2V2" beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides.
Interior surface to have one layer of ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard*, attached
with 1 V/'-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 12" on center. Cavity is to be
filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber batts. GFRC has 1 V2" returns
packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior.

6V«

15-1.121

2" X 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 2V4"
Type S dry wall screws, spaced 12" on center.

(y'L

15-1.13"

2" X 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
vertically with all joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 2 V4" Type S
dry wall screws, spaced 12" on center. R-19 fiberglass insulation installed in stud
cavity.

6V.

15-1.141

6V.

15-1.151

2" X 4" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with ^l{ Type X gypsum wallboard and sheathing,
respectively, 4' wide, apphed horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over
studs, and fastened with 2V4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center.
Cavity to be filled with 3V2" mineral wool insulation.

4V.

15-1.161

2" X 4" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior
sides covered with ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied horizontally
unblocked, and fastened with 2V4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center,
wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads
covered with joint compound. Exterior covered with ^/g" wood structural panels
applied vertically, horizontal joints blocked and fastened with 6d common nails
(bright) — 12" on center in the field, 6" on center panel edges. Cavity to be filled
with 3V2" mineral wool insulation. Rating estabUshed for exposure from interior
side only.

(continued)

126

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE<^

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS "'•"•"

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE"

(inches)

4 hour

3 hour

2 hour

1 hour

16. Exterior walls
rated for fire
resistance from
the inside only in
accordance with
Section 704.5.

16-1.1"

2" X 4" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate;
interior side covered with ^/{ Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
horizontally unblocked, and fastened with 2V4" Type S dry wall screws, spaced
12" on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound,
fastener heads covered with joint compound. Exterior covered with %" wood
structural panels (oriented strand board), applied vertically, horizontal joints
blocked and fastened with 6d conmion nails (bright) — 12" on center in the field,
and 6" on center panel edges. Cavity to be filled with 37/ mineral wool
insulation. Rating established for exposure from interior side only.

—

16-1.21

2" X 6" (51mm x 152 mm) wood studs at 16 " centers with double top plates, single
bottom plate; interior side covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide,
applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs and fastened with
2V4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center, wallboard joints covered with
paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads covered with joint compound, exterior
side covered with ^/jg" wood structural panels (oriented strand board) fastened with
6d common nails (bright) spaced 12" on center in the field and 6" on center along the
panel edges. Cavity to be filled with 5 Vj" mineral wool insulation. Rating estabhshed
from the gypsum-covered side only.

—

6^/,6

16-1.3

2" X 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plates;
interior side covered with ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied
vertically with all joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 2V4" Type S
drywall screws spaced 7" on center. Joints to be covered with tape and joint
compound. Exterior covered with ^/g" wood structural panels (oriented strand
board), applied vertically with edges over framing or blocking and fastened with
6d common nails (bright) at 12" on center in the field and 6" on center on panel
edges. R-19 fiberglass insulation installed in stud cavity.

—

6V2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm?, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m^.

a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate festeners to nails for attachment to wood framing.

b. Thickness shown for brick and clay tile is nominal thicknesses unless plastered, in which case thicknesses are net. Thickness shown for concrete masonry and clay
masonry is equivalent thickness defined in Section 72 1 .3. 1 for concrete masonry and Section 72 1 .4. 1 . 1 for clay masonry. Where all cells are soUd grouted or filled
with siUcone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite loose-fill insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, the equivalent thickness
shall be the thickness of the block or brick using specified dimensions as defined in Chapter 21. Equivalent thickness may also include the thickness of applied
plaster and lath or gypsum wallboard, where specified.

c. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross-sec-
tional area measured in the same plane.

d. Shall be used for nonbearing purposes only.

e. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be permit-
ted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are reinforced and
the entire surface is covered with a minimum of Vig-inch gypsum veneer plaster.

f. The fire-resistance time period for concrete masonry units meeting the equivalent thicknesses required for a 2-hour fire-resistance rating in Item 3, and having a
thickness of not less than 7% inches is 4 hours when cores which are not grouted are filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite loose-fill
insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, sand or slag having a maximum particle size of % inch.

g. The fiffe-resistance rating of concrete masonry units composed of a combination of aggregate types or where plaster is applied directly to the concrete masoruy
shall be determined in accordance with ACI 216.1/TMS 0216. Lightweight aggregates shall have a maximum combined density of 65 pounds per cubic foot.

h. See also Note b. The equivalent thickness shall be permitted to include the thickness of cement plaster or 1 .5 times the thickness of gypsum plaster appUed in accor-
dance with the requirements of Chapter 25.

i. Concrete walls shall be reinforced with horizontal and vertical temperature reinforcement as required by Chapter 19.

j. Studs are welded truss wire studs with 0.18 inch (No. 7 B.W. gage) flange wire and 0.18 inch (No. 7 B.W. gage) truss wires.

k. Nailable metal studs consist of two channel studs spot welded back to back with a crimped web forming a nailing groove.

1. Wood structural panels shall be permitted to be installed between the fire protection and the wood studs on either the interior or exterior side of the wood frame
assembhes in this table, provided the length of the fasteners used to attach the fire protection is increased by an amount at least equal to the thickness of the wood
structural panel.

m. The design stress of studs shall be reduced to 78 percent of allowable f^ with the maximum not greater than 78 percent of the calculated stress with studs having a
slendemess ratio l/d of 33. .

n. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C 5 14, ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667.

0. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein fisted.

p. NCMA TEK 5-8A shall be permitted for the design of fire walls.

q. The design stress of studs shall be equal to a maximum of 100 percent of the allowable F^ calculated in accordance with Section 2306.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

127

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS^ "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

1. Siliceous
aggregate concrete

1-1.1

Slab (no ceiling required). Minimum cover over
nonprestressed reinforcement shall not be less than

7.0

6.2

5.0

3.5

— .

—

2. Carbonate
aggregate concrete

2-1.1

6.6

5.7

4.6

3.2

—

3. Sand-lightweight concrete

3-1.1

5.4

4.6

3.8

2.7

4. Lightweight concrete

4-1.1

5.1

4.4

3.6

2.5

5. Reinforced
concrete

5-1.1

Slab with suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum
plaster over metal lath attached to ^Z/' cold-rolled
channels spaced 12" on center. Ceiling located 6"
minimum below joists.

—

5-2.1

^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard'^ attached to 0.018
inch (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) by %" deep by
2^/3" hat-shaped galvanized steel channels with
r'-long No. 6 screws. The charmels are spaced 24"
on center, span 35" and are supported along their
length at 35" intervals by 0.033" (No. 21 galvanized
sheet gage) galvanized steel flat strap hangers
having formed edges that engage the lips of the
channel. The strap hangers are attached to the side
of the concrete joists with ^732" by 1 V4" long
power-driven fasteners. The wallboard is installed
with the long dimension perpendicular to the
channels. All end joints occur on channels and
supplementary channels are installed parallel to the
main channels, 12" each side, at end joint
occurrences. The finished ceiling is located
approximately 12" below the soffit of the floor slab.

—

2V2

—

6. Steel joists constructed with
a poured reinforced concrete
slab on metal lath forms or
steel form units'*' ^

6-1.1

Gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the bottom
cord with single No. 16 gage or doubled No. 18
gage wire ties spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2
for scratch coat, 1 :3 for brown coat, by weight,
gypsum-to-sand aggregate for 2-hour system. For
3-hour system plaster is neat.

—

2V2

2V4

—

— ■

6-2.1

VermicuUte gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to
the bottom chord with single No. 16 gage or doubled
0.049-inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties 6" on center.

—

6-3.1

Cement plaster over metal lath attached to the
bottom chord of joists with single No. 16 gage or
doubled 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced
6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat, 1:3
for brown coat for 1-hour system and 1:1 for scratch
coat, 1:1 V2 for brown coat for 2-hour system, by
weight, cement to sand.

—

6-4.1

Ceiling of Vg" Type X wallboard^ attached to ^l{
deep by 2%" by 0.021 inch (No. 25 carbon sheet
steel gage) hat- shaped furring channels 12" on
center with 1" long No. 6 wallboard screws at 8" on
center. Channels wire tied to bottom chord of joists
with doubled 0.049 inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire or
suspended below joists on wire hangers.^

—

2V2

—

6-5.1

Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight
gypsum to sand aggregate applied over metal lath.
Lath tied 6" on center to '^1^' channels spaced I3V2"
on center. Channels secured to joists at each
intersection with two strands of 0.049 inch (No. 18
B.W. gage) galvanized wire.

' —

—

2V2

—

■V4

—

(continued)

128

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS'

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEIUNG

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

hour

7. Reinforced concrete slabs
and joists with hollow clay tile
fillers laid end to end in rows
2 V2 " or more apart;
reinforcement placed between
rows and concrete cast around
and over tile.

7-1.1

Vg" gypsum plaster on bottom of floor or roof
construction.

—

— .

—

7-1.2

None

—

5V2'

— ,

—

8. Steel joists constructed with
a reinforced concrete slab on
top poured on a Vj" deep steel
deck.^

8-1.1

Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached
to V cold-rolled channels with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center.

I'l^

—

9. 3" deep cellular steel deck
with concrete slab on top. Slab
thickness measured to top.

9-1.1

Suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster
base coat and vermiculite acoustical plaster on metal
lath attached at 6" intervals to "^l^ cold-rolled
channels spaced 12" on center and secured to 1 V2"
cold-rolled channels spaced 36" on center with
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire. 1 V2" channels
supported by No. 8 gage wire hangers at 36" on
center. Beams within envelope and with a 2V2"
airspace between beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour
rating.

2V2

—

\%^

—

10. lV2"-deep steel roof deck
on steel framing. Insulation
board, 30 pcf density,
composed of wood fibers with
cement binders of thickness
shown bonded to deck with
unified asphalt adhesive.
Covered with a Class A or B
roof covering.

10-1.1

Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
attached to ^Z^" furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center. ^Z/'
channel saddle tied to 2" channels with doubled
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties. 2" channels
spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
framing and saddle-tied with 0.165" (No. 8 B.W.
gage) wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight,
gypsum-to-sand aggregate.

—

11.1 V2"-deep steel roof deck
on steel-framing wood fiber
insulation board, 17.5 pcf
density on top applied over a
15-lb asphalt-saturated felt.
Class A or B roof covering.

11-1.1

Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
attached to V4" furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center. ^Z/'
channels saddle tied to 2" channels with doubled
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties. 2" channels
spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
framing and saddle tied with 0. 1 65" (No. 8 B .W.
gage) wire. Plaster mixed 1 :2 for scratch coat and
1:3 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum-to-sand
aggregate for 1-hour system. For 2-hour system,
plaster mix is 1 :2 by weight, gypsum-to-sand
aggregate.

—

IV2

—

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

129

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS^"

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(Inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

4
hour

3
hour

hour

1
hour

12. 1 V2" deep steel roof deck
on steel-framing insulation of
rigid board consisting of
expanded perlite and fibers
impregnated with integral
asphalt waterproofing; density
9 to 12 pcf secured to metal
roof deck by V2" wide ribbons
of waterproof, cold-process
liquid adhesive spaced 6"
apart. Steel joist or light steel
construction with metal roof
deck, insulation, and Class A
or B built-up roof covering.^

12-1.1

Gypsum- vermicuUte plaster on metal lath wire tied
at 6" intervals to ^Z/' furring channels spaced 12" on
center and wire tied to 2" runner channels spaced
32" on center. Runners wire tied to bottom chord of
steel joists.

—

13. Double wood floor over
wood joists spaced 16" on
center.™'"

13-1.1

Gypsum plaster over ^/g" Type X gypsum lath. Lath
initially applied with not less than four 1 Vg" by No.
13 gage by ^'^l(^' head plasterboard blued nails per
bearing. Continuous stripping over lath along all
joist lines. Stripping consists of 3" wide strips of
metal lath attached by 1 V2" by No. 1 1 gage by V2"
head roofing nails spaced 6" on center. Alternate
stripping consists of 3" wide 0.049" diameter wire
stripping weighing 1 pound per square yard and
attached by No. 16 gage by 1 V2" by ^1^' crown width
staples, spaced 4" on center. Where alternate
stripping is used, the lath nailing may consist of two
nails at each end and one hail at each intermediate
bearing. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight,
gypsum-to-sand aggregate.

— ■

■ —

—

13-1.2

Cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
fastened with 1 Vj" by No. 1 1 gage by V^^' head
barbed shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center.
Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown
coat, by weight, cement to sand aggregate.

—

. —

13-1.3

PerHte or vermicuUte gypsum plaster on metal lath
secured to joists with 1 V2" by No. 11 gage by ^jg"
head barbed shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center.

—

■

—

13-1.4

V2" Type X gypsum wallboard'^ nailed to joists with
5d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 6" on center. End
joints of wallboard centered on joists.

—

14. Plywood stressed skin
panels consisting of ^/^''-thick
interior C-D (exterior glue)
top stressed skin on 2" x 6"
nominal (minimum) stringers.
Adjacent panel edges joined
with 8d common wire nails
spaced 6" on center. Stringers
spaced 12" maximum on
center.

14-1.1

V2"- thick wood fiberboard weighing 15 to 18
pounds per cubic foot installed with long dimension
parallel to stringers or ^/g" C-D (exterior glue)
plywood glued and/or nailed to stringers. Nailing to
be with 5d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 12" on
center. Second layer of V2" Type X gypsum
wallboard'^ applied with long dimension
perpendicular to joists and attached with 8d cooler"
or wallboard" nails at 6" on center at end joints and
8" on center elsewhere. Wallboard joints staggered
with respect to fiberboard joints.

—

{continued)

130

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS""

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(Inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

4
hour

3
hour

hour

1
hour

15. Vermiculite concrete slab
proportioned 1 :4 (portland
cement to vermiculite
aggregate) on a 1 V2"-deep
steel deck supported on
individually protected steel
framing. Maximum span of
deck 6'- 10" where deck is less
than 0.019 inch (No. 26
carbon steel sheet gage) or
greater. Slab reinforced with
4" X 8" 0.109/0.083" (No. '^/^^
B.W. gage) welded wire mesh.

15-1.1

None

—

16. Perlite concrete slab
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perUte aggregate)
on a iV/'-deep steel deck
supported on individually
protected steel framing. Slab
reinforced with 4" x 8"
0.109/0.083" (No. 12/j^ B.W.
gage) welded wire mesh.

16-1.1

None

—

3V2J

—

17. Perlite concrete slab
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite aggregate)
on a ^/i6"-deep steel deck
supported by steel joists 4' on
center. Class A or B roof
covering on top.

17-1.1

Perlite gypsum plaster on metal lath wire tied to %"
furring channels attached with 0.065" (No. 16 B.W.
gage) wire ties to lower chord of joists.

—

18. Perlite concrete slab
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite aggregate)
on iV/'-deep steel deck
supported on individually
protected steel framing.
Maximum span of deck 6'- 10"
where deck is less than 0.019"
(No. 26 carbon sheet steel
gage) and 8'-0" where deck is
0.019" (No. 26 carbon sheet
steel gage) or greater. Slab
reinforced with 0.042" (No. 19
B.W. gage) hexagonal wire
mesh. Class A or B roof
covering on top.

18-1.1

None

—

2V4P

—

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

131

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS^**

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(Inches)

4 hour

3 hour

2 hour

1 hour

4 hour

3 hour

2 hour

1 hour

19. Floor and beam
construction consisting of
3"-deep cellular steel floor
unit mounted on steel
members with 1:4
(proportion of portland
cement to periite
aggregate) periite-concrete
floor slab on top.

19-1.1

Suspended envelope ceiling of perlite
gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to
%" cold-rolled channels, secured to 1 V2"
cold-rolled channels spaced 42" on center
supported by 0.203 inch (No. 6 B.W. gage)
wire 36" on center. Beams in envelope with
3" minimum airspace between beam soffit
and lath have a 4-hour rating.

—

— .

.. —

—

20. PerUte concrete
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite
aggregate) poured to Vg"
thickness above top of
corrugations of l^/ig"-deep
galvanized steel deck
maximum span 8'-0" for
0.024" (No. 24 galvanized
sheet gage) or 6' 0" for
0.019" (No. 26 galvanized
sheet gage) with deck
supported by individually
protected steel framing.
Approved polystyrene
foam plastic insulation
board having a flame
spread not exceeding 75
(1" to 4" thickness) with
vent holes that
approximate 3 percent of
the board surface area
placed on top of perlite
slurry. A 2' by 4' insulation
board contains six 2^//'
diameter holes. Board
covered with 2V4"
minimum perlite concrete
slab.

20-1.1

None

—

Varies

—

— .

—

(continued)

132

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF.SYSTEMS^"

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(Inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

(continued)
20. Slab reinforced with mesh
consisting of 0.042" (No. 19
B.W. gage) galvanized steel
wire twisted together to form
2" hexagons with straight
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage)
galvanized steel wire woven
into mesh and spaced 3".
Alternate slab reinforcement
shall be permitted to consist of
4" X 8", 0.109/0.238" (No. 12/4
B.W. gage), or 2" X 2",
0.083/0.083" (No. 14/14 B.W.
gage) welded wire fabric. Class
A or B roof covering on top.

20-1.1

None

—

Varies

—

21. Wood joists, floor trusses
and flat or pitched roof trusses
spaced a maximum 24" o.c.
with V2" wood structural panels
with exterior glue applied at
right angles to top of joist or
top chord of trusses with 8d
nails. The "wood structural
panel thickness shall not be less
than nominal Vj" less than
required by Chapter 23.

21-1.1

Base layer ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard applied
at right angles to joist or truss 24" o.c. with 1 V/'
Type S or Type W drywall screws 24" o.c. Face
layer ^/g" Type X gypsum wallboard or veneer
base appUed at right angles to joist or truss
through base layer with 1%" Type S or Type W
drywall screws 12" o.c. at joints and intermediate
joist or truss. Face layer Type G drywall screws
placed 2" back on either side of face layer end
joints, 12" o.c.

— '

—

Varies

—

IV4

22.Wood joists, wood I-joists,
floor trusses and flat or pitched
roof trusses spaced a maximum
24" o.c. with V2" wood
structural panels with exterior
glue applied at right angles to
top of joist or top chord of
trusses with 8d nails. The wood
structural panel thickness shall
not be less than nominal Vj"
less than required by Chapter
23.

22-1.1

Base layer ^/g" Type X gypsum board applied at
right angles to steel framing 24" on center with 1"
Type S drywall screws spaced 24" on center. Face
layer ^/g" Type X gypsum board applied at right
angles to steel framing attached through base
layer with 1^/g" Type S drywall screws 12" on
center at end joints and intermediate joints and
1 V2" Type G drywall screws 12 inches on center
placed 2" back on either side of face layer end
joints. Joints of the face layer are offset 24" from
the joints of the base layer.

—

Varies

—

IV4

23. Wood I-joist (minimum joist
depth 9 V4" with a minimum
flange depth of iVig" and a
minimum flange cross- sectional
area of 2.3 square inches) at 24"
o.c. spacing with 1x4
(nominal) wood furring strip
spacer applied parallel to and
covering the bottom of the
bottom flange of each member,
tacked in place. 2" mineral fiber
insulation, 3.5 pcf (nominal)
installed adjacent to the bottom
flange of the I-joist and
supported by the 1 x 4 furring
strip spacer.

23-1.1

V2" deep single leg resilient channel 16" on center
(channels doubled at wallboard end joints), placed
perpendicular to the furring strip and joist and
attached to each joist by 1^/g" Type S drywall
screws, ^/g" Type C gypsum wallboard applied
perpendicular to the channel with end joints '
staggered at least 4' and fastened with 1 Vg" Type
S drywall screws spaced 7" on center. Wallboard
joints to be taped and covered with joint
compound.

—

Varies

—

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

133

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS^"

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(inches)

4
hour

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

4
hoiir

3
hour

2
hour

1
hour

24. Wood I-joist (minimum
joist depth 9'//' with a
minimum flange depth of '^/js"
and a minimum flange cross
sectional area of 2.3 square
inches) at 24"o.c. spacing with
1x4 (nominal) wood furring
strip spacer applied parallel to
and covering the bottom of the
bottom flange of each member,
tacked in place. 2" mineral
wool insulation, 3.5 pcf
(nominal) installed adjacent to
the bottom flange of the I-joist
and supported by the Ix 4
furring strip spacer.

24-1.1

V2" deep single-leg resiUent channel 16" o.c.
(channels doubled at wallboard end joints),
placed perpendicular to the furring strip and
joist and attached to each joist by 1%" Type S
drywall screws, ^/g" Type C gypsum wallboard
applied perpendicular to the channel with end
joints staggered at least 4' and fastened with
1 Vg" Type S drywall screws spaced 7" o.c.
Wallboard joints to be taped and covered with
joint compound.

—

Varies

—

25. Wood I-joist (niinimum
I-joist depth 97/' with a
minimum flange depth of 1 V2"
and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness of Vg") @ 24" o.c,
1 V2" mineral fiber insulation
(2.5 pcf - nominal) resting on
hat-shaped channels.

25-1.1

Minimum 0.026" thick hat-shaped channel 16"
o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard end joints),
placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to
each joist by iVg" Type S drywall screws. Vg"
Type C gypsum wallboard applied
perpendicular to the channel with end joints
staggered and fastened with 1 Vg" Type S
drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. in the field and
8" o.c. at the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints
to be taped and covered with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

Varies

26. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 9V4" with a
minimum flange depth of 1 V2"
and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness oVl^^') @ 24" o.c,
1 V2" mineral fiber insulation
(2.5 pcf - nominal) resting on
resiUent channels.

26-1.1

Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel 16" o.c.
(channels doubled at wallboard end joints),
placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to
each joist by iVg" Type S drywall screws. Vg"
Type C gypsum wallboard applied
perpendicular to the channel with end joints
staggered and fastened with 1" Type S drywall
screws spaced 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. at
the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints to be taped
and covered with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

Varies

27. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 9V4" with a
minimum flange thickness of
1 V2" and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 2.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness of %") @ 24" o.c.

27-1.1

Two layers of V2" Type X gypsum wallboard
applied with the long dimension perpendicular
to the I-joists with end joints staggered. The
base layer is fastened with 1^/g" Type S drywall
screws spaced 12" o.c. and the face layer is
fastened with 2" Type S drywall screws spaced
12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. on the edges.
Face layer end joints shall not occur on the same
I-joist as base layer end joints and edge joints
shall be offset 24" from base layer joints. Face
layer to also be attached to base layer with 1 V2"
Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o.c. placed 6"
from face layer end joints. Face layer wallboard
joints to be taped and covered with joint
compound.

—

Varies

— .

—

Varies

(continued)

134

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 720.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS^"

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(inches)

1
hour

28. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 9V2" with a
minimum flange depth of
iVjg" and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 1.95
square inches; minimum web
thickness of %") @ 24" o.c.

28-1.1

Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel 16"
o.c.(channels doubled at wallboard end joints),
placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to
each joist by iVg" Type S dry wall screws. Two
layers of V2" Type X gypsum wallboard applied
with the long dimension perpendicular to the
I-joists with end joints staggered. The base layer
is fastened with 1 V4" Type S dry wall screws
spaced 12" o.c. and the face layer is fastened
with iVg" Type S dry wall screws spaced 12"
o.c. Face layer end joints shall not occur on the
same I- Joist as base layer end joints and edge
joints shall be offset 24" from base layer joints.
Face layer to also be attached to base layer with
1 V2" Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o.c.
placed 6" from face layer end joints. Face layer
wallboard joints to be taped and covered witii
joint compound.

—

Varies

—

Varies

29. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 9 V4" with a
minimum flange depth of
1 V2" and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 2.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness of %") @ 24" o.c,
with hat-shaped channels
supporting the middle and
face layers of gypsum
wallboard. Unfaced
fiberglass insulation is
installed between the I-joists
supported on the upper
surface of the flange by stay
wires spaced 12" o.c.

29-1.1

Base layer of ^/g" Type C gypsum wallboard
attached directly to I-joists with l^/g" Type S
drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. with ends
staggered. Minimum 0.0179" thick resilient
channel 16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the joist and
attached to each joist by iVg" Type S drywall
screws after the base layer of gypsum wall
board has been appUed. The middle and face
layers of %" Type C gypsum wallboard appUed
perpendicular to the channel with end joints
staggered. The middle layer is fastened with 1"
Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. The face
layer is applied parallel to the middle layer but
with the edge joints offset 24" from those of the
middle layer and fastened with 1^/g" Type S
drywall screws 8" o.c. The joints shall be taped
and covered with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

Varies

30. Channel-shaped 18 gauge
steel joists (minimum depth
8") spaced a maximum 24"
o.c. supporting
tongue-and-groove wood
structural panels (iiominal
minimum %" thick) applied
perpendicular to framing
members. Structural panels
attached with 1 ^/g" Type
S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c.

30-1.1

Base layer Vg" Type X gypsum board applied
perpendicular to bottom of framing members
with lV8"Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c.
Second layer Vg" Type X gypsum board
attached perpendicular to framing members with
1 V'Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c. Second
layer joints offset 24" from base layer. Third
layer Vg" Type X gypsum board attached
perpendicular to framing members with 2^/g"
Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c. Third layer
joints offset 12" from second layer joints.
Hat-shaped rigid fiirring channels applied at
right angles to framing members over third layer
with two 2%" Type S-12 screws at each framing
member. Face layer Vg" Type X gypsum board
applied at right angles to furring channels with
1 Vg" Type S screws spaced 12" o.c.

—

Varies

—

3Vg

—

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

135

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

Table 720.1(3) Notes.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283m3,
1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per hneal foot = 1.4882 kg/m.

a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate festeners to nails for attachment to wood framing.

b. When the slab is in an unrestrained condition, minimum reinforcement cover shall not be less than l^/g inches for 4-hour (sihceous aggregate only); 1 V4 inches for
4- and 3-hour; 1 inch for 2-hour (siliceous aggr^ate only); and ^1^ inch for all other restrained and unrestrained conditions.

c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be permit-
ted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are reinforced and
the entire surface is covered with a minimum of Vi^-inch gypsum veneer plaster.

d. Slab thickness over steel joists measured at the joists for metal lath form and at the top of the form for steel form units.

e. (a) The maximum allowable stress level for H-Series joists shall not exceed 22,000 psi.

(b) The allowable stress for K-Series joists shall not exceed 26,000 psi, the nominal depth of such joist shall not be less than 10 inches and the nominal joist weight
shall not be less than 5 pounds per lineal foot.

f. Cement plaster with 15 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per bag of cement.

g. Gypsum wallboard ceilings attached to steel framing shall be permitted to be suspended with 1 Vj-inch cold-formed carrying channels spaced 48 inches on center,
which are suspended with No. 8 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No. 18
SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No. 18 SWG galvanized wire (double
strand) and spaced as required for direct attachment to the framing. This alternative is also apphcable to those steel framing assemblies recognized under
Note q.

h. Six-inch hollow clay tile with 2-inch concrete slab above.

i. Four-inch hollow clay tile with iVj-inch concrete slab above.

j. Thickness measured to bottom of steel form units.

k. Five-eighths inch of vermiculite gypsum plaster plus Vj inch of approved vermicuUte acoustical plastic.

1. Furring channels spaced 12 inches on center.

m. Double wood floor shall be permitted to be either of the following:

(a) Subfloor of l-inch nominal boarding, a layer of asbestos paper weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feet and a layer of 1-inch nominal
tongue-and-groove finished flooring; or

(b) Subfloor of 1-inch nominal tongue-and-groove boarding or 'V32-inch wood structural panels with exterior glue and a layer of 1-inch nominal
tongue-and-groove finished flooring or '%2-inch wood structural panel finish flooring or a layer of Type I Grade M- 1 particleboard not less than%-inch thick.

n. The ceiling shall be permitted to be omitted over unusable space, and flooring shall be permitted to be omitted where unusable space occurs above.

o. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C 5 14, ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667.

p. Thickness measured on top of steel deck unit.

q. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the Usting) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.

SECTION 721
CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE

721.1 General. The provisions of this section contain proce-
dures by which the fire resistance of specific materials or com-
binations of materials is established by calculations. These
procedures apply only to the information contained in this sec-
tion and shall not be otherwise used. The calculated fire resis-
tance of concrete, concrete masonry, and clay masonry
assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with ACI
216. 1/TMS 0216. The calculated fire resistance of steel assem-
blies shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE
29.

721.1.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.

CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A mineral wool insula-
tion material made of alumina-silica fibers and weighing 4
to 10 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/m^).

CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE. Concrete
made with aggregates consisting mainly of calcium or mag-
nesium carbonate, such as limestone or dolomite, and con-
taining 40 percent or less quartz, chert, or flint.

CONCRETE, CELLULAR. A Ughtweight insulating
concrete made by mixing a preformed foam with portland
cement slurry and having a dry unit weight of approxi-
mately 30 pcf (480 kg/m^).

CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE. Con-
crete made with aggregates of expanded clay, shale, slag or

slate or sintered fly ash or any natural lightweight aggregate
meeting ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fire-resis-
tance properties and weighing 85 to 1 15 pcf (1360 to 1840
kg/m^).

CONCRETE, PERLITE. A lightweight insulating con-
crete having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480
kg/m^) made with perlite concrete aggregate. Perlite aggre-
gate is produced from a volcanic rock which, when heated,
expands to form a glass-like material of cellular structure.

CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT. Concrete made
with a combination of expanded clay, shale, slag, slate,
sintered fly ash, or any natural lightweight aggregate meet-
ing ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fire-resistance
properties and natural sand. Its unit weight is generally
between 105 and 120 pcf (1680 and 1920 kg/m^).

CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE. Concrete
made with normal-weight aggregates consisting mainly of
silica or compounds other than calcium or magnesium car-
bonate, which contains more than 40-percent quartz, chert,
or flint.

CONCRETE, VERMICULITE. A lightweight insulating
concrete made with vermiculite concrete aggregate which is
laminated micaceous material produced by expanding the
ore at high temperatures. When added to a portland cement
slurry the resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approx-
imately 30 pcf (480 kg/m^).

GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation
consisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards

136

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with
asphalt and kraft reinforced with glass fiber.

MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation
board consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular
beads of expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular
units.

721.2 Concrete assemblies. The provisions of this section
contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of con-
crete assemblies are established by calculations.

721.2.1 Concrete walls. Cast-in-place and precast concrete
walls shall comply with Section 721 .2. 1 . 1 . Multiwythe con-
crete walls shall comply with Section 721.2.1.2. Joints
between precast panels shall comply with Section
721.2.1.3. Concrete walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster
finish shall comply with Section 721.2.1.4.

721.2.1.1 Cast-in-place or precast walls. The mini-
mum equivalent thicknesses of cast-in-place or precast
concrete walls for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours are shown in Table 721.2.1.1. For solid walls with
flat vertical surfaces, the equivalent thickness is the same
as the actual thickness. The values in Table 721.2.1.1
apply to plain, reinforced or prestressed concrete walls.

TABLE 721 .2.1.1

MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS OF CAST-IN-PLACE OR

PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS, LOAD-BEARING OR

NONLOAD-BEARING

CONCRETE
TYPE

MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF

1-hour

iVa-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

Siliceous

3.5

4.3

5.0

6.2

7.0

Carbonate

3.2

4.0

4.6

5.7

6.6

Sand-Lightweight

2.7

3.3

3.8

4.6

5.4

Lightweight

2.5

3.1

3.6

4.4

5.1

For SI: 1 inch = .25.4 mm.

721.2.1.1.1 Hollow-core precast wall panels. For

hollow-core precast concrete wall panels in which the
cores are of constant cross section throughout the
length, calculation of the equivalent thickness by
dividing the net cross-sectional area (the gross cross
section minus the area of the cores) of the panel by its
width shall be permitted.

721.2.1.1.2 Core spaces filled. Where all of the core
spaces of hollow-core wall panels are filled with
loose-fill material, such as expanded shale, clay, or
slag, or vermiculite or perlite, the fire-resistance rat-
ing of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of the
same concrete type and of the same overall thickness.

721.2.1.1.3 Tapered cross sections. The thickness of
panels with tapered cross sections shall be that deter-
mined at a distance It or 6 inches (152 mm), which-
ever is less, from the point of minimum thickness,
where t is the minimum thickness.

11\.1.\.\A Ribbed or undulating surfaces. The

equivalent thickness of panels with ribbed or undulat-

ing surfaces shall be determined by one of the
following expressions:

For s > At, the thickness to be used shall be /

For s < It, the thickness to be used shall be t^

For At> s> 2t, the thickness to be used shall be

t +

4r
s

t -t
e

(Equation 7-3)

where:

s = Spacing of ribs or undulations.

t = Minimum thickness.

t^ = Equivalent thickness of the panel calculated as
the net cross-sectional area of the panel divided
by the width, in which the maximum thickness
used in the calculation shall not exceed 2t.

721.2.1.2 Multiwythe walls. For walls that consist of
two wythes of different types of concrete, the fire-resis-
tance ratings shall be permitted to be determined from
Figure 721.2.1.2.

ujS2

OqUJ

INSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE

INSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS

THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE, INCHES

OUTSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE

OUTSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS

THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE, INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 721 .2.1 .2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS OF
TWO-WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS

721.2.1.2.1 Two or more wythes. The fire-resistance
rating for wall panels consisting of two or more wythes
shall be permitted to be determined by the formula:

R = iR,'

'-h/?2°-59+.

+R„^'y

(Equation 7-4)

where:

R = The fire endurance of the assembly, minutes.

/?!, R2, and /?n = The fire endurances of the individual
wythes, minutes. Values of /?„°^^ for use in Equation 7-4
are given in Table 721.2.1.2(1). Calculated fire-resis-
tance ratings are shown in Table 721 .2. 1 .2(2).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

137

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .2.1 .2(1)
VALUES OF A? "9 FOR USE IN EQUATION 7-4

TYPE OF MATERIAL

Thickness OF MATERIAL (inches)

4V,

5V2

6V3

Siliceous aggregate
concrete

5.3

6.5

8.1

9.5

11.3

13.0

14.9

16.9

18.8

20.7

22.8

25.1

Carbonate aggregate
concrete

5.5

7.1

8.9

10.4

12.0

14.0

16.2

18.1

20.3

21.9

24.7

27.2=

Sand-lightweight
concrete

6.5

8.2

10.5

12.8

15.5

18.1

20.7

23.3

26.0=

Notec

Note c

Notec

Lightweight concrete

6.6

8.8

11.2

13.7

16.5

19.1

21.9

24.7

27.8=

Notec

Insulating concrete^

9.3

13.3

16.6

18.3

23.1

26.5^=

Notec

Note c

Notec

Airspace''

—

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kgAn^.

a. Dry unit weight of 35 pcf or less and consisting of cellular, perlite or vermiculite concrete.

b. The /?„°^' value for one ^1" to 3 V2" airspace is 3.3. The R^^^ value for two Vj" to 3 V2" airspaces is 6.7.

c. The fire-resistance rating for this thickness exceeds 4 hours.

TABLE 721.2.1.2(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON R°-^^

fl=, MINUTES

no.59

60
120
180
240

11.20
16.85
21.41
25.37

a. Based on Equation 7-4.

721.2.1.2.2 Foam plastic insulation. The fire-resis-
tance ratings of precast concrete wall panels consist-
ing of a layer of foam plastic insulation sandwiched
between two wythes of concrete shall be permitted to
be determined by use of Equation 7-4. Foam plastic
insulation with a total thickness of less than 1 inch (25
mm) shall be disregarded. The /?„ value for thickness
of foam plastic insulation of 1 inch (25 mm) or
greater, for use in the calculation, is 5 minutes; there-
fore /?„059 = 2.5.

721.2.1.3 Joints between precast wall panels. Joints
between precast concrete wall panels which are not insu-
lated as required by this section shall be considered as
openings in walls. Uninsulated joints shall be included in
determining the percentage of openings permitted by
Table 704.8. Where openings are not permitted or are
required by this code to be protected, the provisions of
this section shall be used to determine the amount of joint
insulation required. Insulated joints shall not be consid-
ered openings for purposes of determining compliance
with the allowable percentage of openings in Table
704.8.

721.2.1.3.1 Ceramic fiber joint protection. Figure
721.2.1.3.1 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiber blan-
kets to be used to insulate joints between precast con-
crete wall panels for various panel thicknesses and for
joint widths of % inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch (25 mm)

for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours. For
joint widths between Vg inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch (25
mm), the thickness of Ceramic fiber blanket is allowed
to be determined by direct interpolation. Other tested
and labeled materials are acceptable in place of
ceramic fiber blankets.

721.2.1.4 Walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster JBn-
ishes. The fire-resistance rating of cast-in-place or pre-
cast concrete walls with finishes of gypsum wallboard or
plaster applied to one or both sides shall be permitted to
be calculated in accordance with the provisions of this
section.

721.2.1.4.1 Nonfire-exposed side. Where the finish
of gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the side
of the wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of the
finish to the total fire-resistance rating shall be deter-
mined as follows: The thickness of the finish shall
first be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness
of the finish by the applicable factor determined from
Table 721.2.1.4(1) based on the type of aggregate in
the concrete. The corrected thickness of finish shall
then be added to the actual or equivalent thickness of
concrete and fire-resistance rating of the concrete and
finish determined from Table 721.2.1.1, Figure
721.2.1.2 or Table 721.2.1.2(1).

721.2.1.4.2 Fire-exposed side. Where gypsum wall-
board or plaster is applied to the fire-exposed side of
the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows:
The time assigned to the finish as estabUshed by Table
721.2.1 .4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rating
determined from Table 721.2.1.1 or Figure 721.2.1.2,
or Table 721.2.1.2(1) for the concrete alone, or to the
rating determined in Section 721.2.1.4.1 for the con-
crete and finish on the nonfire-exposed side.

138

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

1 INCH JOlKlT WIDTH >

\ '4

\
\

^^A."^

JiL.

4 5 6 7

PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

4 5 6 7

PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES

1 INCH MAXIMUM REGARDLESS
OF OPENING RATING

r CERAMIC FIBER
BLANKET

L|3

JOINT
WIDTH

CARBONATE OR

SILICEOUS AGGREGATE

CONCRETE

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT

OR LIGHTWEIGHT

CONCRETE

FIGURE 721 .2.1 .3.1
CERAMIC FIBER JOINT PROTECTION

TABLE 721 .2.1 .4(1)
MULTIPLYING FACTOR FOR FINISHES ON NONFIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL

TYPE OF FINISH APPLIED
to MASONRY WALL

TYPE OF AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY

Concrete: siliceous

or carbonate

Masonry: siliceous or

calcareous gravel

Concrete: sand

lightweight concrete

Masonry: limestone,

cinders or unexpanded slag

Concrete: lightweight

concrete
Masonry: expanded
shale, clay or slate

Concrete: pumice, or
expanded slag

Portland cement-sand plaster

1.00

0.75^

0.50^

Gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum wallboard

1.25

1.00

Gypsum- vermiculite or perlite plaster

1.75

1.50

1.25

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. For Portland cement-sand plaster % inch or less in thickness and applied direcdy to the masonry on the nonfire-exposed side of the wall, the multiplying factor shall
be 1.00.

TABLE 721 .2.1 .4(2)
TIME ASSIGNED TO FINISH MATERIALS ON FIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL

FINISH DESCRIPTION

TIME (minute)

Gypsum wallboard
^/g inch
V2 inch
^/g inch
2 layers of % inch

1 layer % inch, 1 layer Vj inch

2 layers V, inch

10
15
20
25
35
40

Type X gypsum wallboard
V2 inch
^/g inch

25
40

Portland cement-sand piaster applied directly to concrete masonry

See Note a

Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath
^/4 inch
%inch
1 inch

20
25
"30

Gypsum sand plaster on ^/g-inch gypsum lath
V2inch
Vg inch
^/a inch

35
40
50

Gypsum sand plaster on metal lath
^/4 inch
% inch
1 inch

50
60
80

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The actual thickness of portland cement-sand plaster, provided it is % inch or less in thickness, shall be permitted to be included in determining the equivalent
thickness of the masonry for use in Table 721 .3.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

139

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.2.1.4.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation pro-
cedures of Sections 721.2.1.4.1 and 721.2.1.4.2 shall
be performed twice, assuming either side of the wall
to be the fire-exposed side. The fire-restance rating of
the wall shall not exceed the lower of the two values.

Exception: For an exterior wall with more than 5
feet (1524 mm) of horizontal separation, the fire
shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only.

721.2.1.4.4 Minimmn concrete fire-resistaiice rat-
ing. Where finishes apphed to one or both sides of a
concrete wall contribute to the fire-resistance rating,
the concrete alone shall provide not less than one-half
of the total required fire-resistance rating. Addition-
ally, the contribution to the fire resistance of the finish
on the nonfire-exposed side of a load-bearing wall shall
not exceed one-half the contribution of the concrete
alone.

721.2.1.4.5 Concrete finishes. Finishes on concrete
walls that are assumed to contribute to the total
fire-resistance rating of the wall shall comply with the
installation requirements of Section 721.3.2.5.

721.2.2 Concrete floor and roof slabs. Reinforced and
prestressed floors and roofs shall comply with Section
721.2.2.1. Multicourse floors and roofs shall comply with
Sections 721.2.2.2 and 721.2.2.3, respectively.

721.2.2.1 Reinforced and prestressed floors and
roofs. The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and pre-
stressed concrete floor or roof slabs for fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table 72 1 .2.2. 1 .

TABLE 721 .2.2.1
MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (Inches)

DETERMINE THICKNESS HERE

CONCRETE TYPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hour)

Siliceous

3.5

4.3

5.0

6.2

7.0

Carbonate

3.2

4.0.

4.6

6.6

Sand-lightweight

2.7

3.3

3.8

4.6

5.4

Lightweight

.2:5 .

3.1

3.6

4.4

5.1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

721.2.2.1.1 Hollow-core prestressed slabs. For hol-
low-core prestressed concrete slabs in which the cores
are of constant cross section throughout the length,
the equivalent thickness shall be permitted to be
obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area of
the slab including grout in the joints, by its width.

721.2.2.1.2 Slabs with sloping soffits. The thickness
of slabs with sloping soffits (see Figure 721.2.2.1.2)
shall be determined at a distance 2t or 6 inches (152
mm), whichever is less, from the point of minimum
thickness, where t is the minimum thickness.

2f OR 6 INCHES,
WHICHEVER IS LESS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ■

FIGURE 721 .2.2.1 .2

DETERMINATION OF SLAB THICKNESS

FOR SLOPING SOFFITS

721.2.2.1.3 Slabs with ribbed soffits. The thickness
of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits (see Figure
72 1 .2.2. 1 .3) shall be determined by one of the follow-
ing expressions, whichever is applicable:

For s > At, the thickness to be used shall be t

For s < It, the thickness to be used shall be t^

Vox At > s>2t, the thickness to be used shall be

(Equation 7-5)

t +

( \

t -t
e

V ■ J

\ • )

where:

s = Spacing of ribs or undulations.

= Minimum thickness.

tg = Equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as
the net area of the slab divided by the width, in
which the maximum thickness used in the cal-
culatibn sha:ll not exceed 2t.

NEGLECT SHADED AREA IN CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT THICKNESS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 721 .2.2.1 .3
SLABS WITH RIBBED OR UNDULATING SOFFITS

721.2.2.2 Multicourse floors. The fire-resistance rat-
ings of floors that consist of a base slab of concrete with a
topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete shall
comply with Figure 721.2.2.2.

140

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

CARBONATE BASE

SILICEOUS BASE

3 -

—I —

^S^J^N^hr.

^\^nN

^^^vS

. ^N

12345 123 4 5

THICKNESS OF NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB. INCHES

T T— 1 1

-T-

- S.

^S. V^hr.

- ^

Njhr. >^,^ Ny

■

1 J X 1

\
Si

CARBONATE OVERLAY

SILICEOUS OVERLAY

\ \3hr.

■

\V\\

1 1 \ 1 \ 1 >

12345 12345

THICKNESS OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB. INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 721 .2.2.2

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TWO-COURSE

CONCRETE FLOORS

721.2.2.3 Multicourse roofs. The fire-resistance ratings
of roofs which consist of a base slab of concrete with a
topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or with an
insulating board and built-up roofing shall comply with
Figures 721.2.2.3(1) and 721.2.2.3(2).

721.2.2.3.1 Heat transfer. For the transfer of heat,
three-ply built-up roofing contributes 10 minutes to
the fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating
for concrete assemblies such as those shown in Figure
721.2.2.3(1) shall be increased by 10 minutes. This
increase is not applicable to those shown in Figure
721.2.2.3(2).

721.2.2.4 Joints in precast slabs. Joints between adja-
cent precast concrete slabs need not be considered in cal-
culating the slab thickness provided that a concrete
topping at least 1 inch (25 mm) thick is used. Where no
concrete topping is used, joints must be grouted to a
depth of at least one-third the slab thickness at the joint,
but not less than 1 inch (25 mm), or the joints must be
made fixe resistant by other approved methods.

721.2.3 Concrete cover over reinforcement. The mini-
mum thickness of concrete cover over reinforcement in con-
crete slabs, reinforced beams and prestressed beams shall
comply with this section.

721.2.3.1 Slab cover. The minimum thickness of con-
crete cover to the positive moment reinforcement shall
comply with Table 721.2.3(1) for reinforced concrete
and Table 721.2.3(2) for prestressed concrete. These
tables are applicable for solid or hollow-core one-way or
two-way slabs with flat undersurfaces. These tables are
applicable to slabs that are either cast in place or precast.
For precast prestressed concrete not covered elsewhere,
the procedures contained in PCI MNL 124 shall be
acceptable.

721.2.3.2 Reinforced beam cover. The minimum thick-
ness of concrete cover to the positive moment reinforce-
ment (bottom steel) for reinforced concrete beams is
shown in Table 721.2.3(3) for fire-resistance ratings of 1
hour to 4 hours.

721.2.3.3 Prestressed beam cover. The minimum thick-
ness of concrete cover to the positive moment
prestressing tendons (bottom steel) for restrained and
unrestrained prestressed concrete beams and stemmed
units shall comply with the values shown in Tables
721.2.3(4) and 721.2.3(5) for fire-resistance ratings of 1
hour to 4 hours. Values in Table 721.2.3(4) apply to
beams 8 inches (203 mm) or greater in width. Values in
Table 721.2.3(5) apply to beams or stems of any width,
provided the cross-section area is not less than 40 square
inches (25 806 mm^). In case of differences between the
values determined from Table 721.2.3(4) or 721.2.3(5),
it is permitted to use the smaller value. The concrete
cover shall be calculated in accordance with Section
721.2.3.3.1. The minimum concrete cover for
nonprestressed reinforcement in prestressed concrete
beams shall comply with Section 721.2.3.2.

721.2.3.3.1 Calculating concrete cover. The con-
crete cover for an individual tendon is the minimum
thickness of concrete between the surface of the ten-
don and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except
that for ungrouped ducts, the assumed cover thick-
ness is the minimum thickness of concrete between
the surface of the duct and the fire-exposed surface
of the beam. For beams in which two or more ten-
dons are used, the cover is assumed to be the average
of the minimum cover of the individual tendons. For
corner tendons (tendons equal distance from the bot-
tom and side), the minimum cover used in the calcu-
lation shall be one-half the actual value. For
stemmed members with two or more prestressing
tendons located along the vertical centerline of the
stem, the average cover shall be the distance from the
bottom of the member to the centroid of the tendons.
The actual cover for any individual tendon shall not
be less than one-half the smaller value shown in
Tables 721 .2.3(4) and 72 1 .2.3(5), or 1 inch (25 mm),
whichever is greater.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

141

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

CELLULAR CONCRETE

SILICEOUS BASE

r|*''"~>C^4hr.
^•»>^ 3hr. — sC

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
4

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

VERMICULITE CONCRETE

CARBONATE BASE

SILICEOUS BASE SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 721 .2.2.3(1)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

ujO
(e) zoj

O Ui

HU.
(0

- STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILT-UP ROOFING

MINERAL BOARD

^XW^

4 CONCRETE •» • <

SILICEOUS BASE

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
3

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB. INCHES

-STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILD-UP ROOFING

177777;?

GLASS FIBER BOARD

zzzzz

»- CONCRETE

CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE

3 1 W V I 1 1 3|. II I I I I 3

\ 3hr.\. 2 \ Shr.N. ^ \ 3hr.\

2hr. N^v 2hr.\N^ h 2hr.W

Hj^s v:^ vv^

3 5 1 3 5 1 3

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 721 .2.2.3(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE

TABLE 721.2.3(1)
COVER THICKNESS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches)

CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Restrained

Unrestrained

Siliceous

IV4

Carbonate

IV4

Sand-lightweight or lightweight

IV4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

TABLE 721.2.3(2)
COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (Inches)

CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Restrained

Unrestrained

1V3

Siliceous

iVg

1V2

2^/4

Carbonate

. V4

iVs

2Vs

2V4

Sand-lightweight or lightweight

% .

2V4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

142

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE^

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .2.3(3)

MINIMUM COVER FOR MAIN REINFORCING BARS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS'^

(APPLICABLE TO ALL TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE)

RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINED"

BEAM WIDTH"
(inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

1V,

Restrained

>10

.^4

I'V

Unrestrained

>10

IV4

IV4
1

3
1%

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover
of ^/^ inch is adequate for ratings of 4 hours or less.

b. For beam widths between the tabulated values, the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.

c. The cover for an individual reinforcing bar is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the bar and the fire-exposed surface of the beam. For beams
in which several bars are used, the cover for comer bars used in the calculation shall be reduced to one-half of the actual value. The cover for an individual bar must
be not less than one-half of the value given in Table 721 .2.3(3) nor less than % inch.

TABLE 721 .2.3(4)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS 8 INCHES OR GREATER IN WIDTH

RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINED"

CONCRETE
AGGREGATE TYPE

BEAM WIDTH"
(inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Restrained

Carbonate or siliceous

Sand lightweight

8
>12

IV2
IV2
IV2
1%

IV2
IV2
IV2
IV2

IV/

1V2
1V2
1V2

2V2*
1%^

2«
1%^

Unrestrained

Carbonate or siliceous

Sand lightweight

8
>12

IV2
IV2
IV2

1%
IV2
IV2
IV2

2V2
1%«

2
1%

5=
2V2
3V4

3
2V2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover
of % inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.

b. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.

c. Not practical for 8-inch-wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation.

TABLE 721.2.3(5)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS OF ALL WIDTHS

RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINED"

CONCRETE
AGGREGATE TYPE

BEAM AREA"
A (square inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Restrained

All

40 < A < 150

IV2

Carbonate or
siliceous

150 < A < 300

IV2

IV,

IV4

2V,

300 < A

IV2

Sand lightweight

150 < A

. IV2

IV2

IV,

Unrestrained

All

40<A<150

. 2

Carbonate or
siliceous

150 < A < 300

IV2

IV4

300 < A

IV2

3<^

Sand lightweight

150 < A

IV2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover
of V4 inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.

b. The cross-sectional area of a stem is permitted to include a portion of the area in the flange, provided the width of the flange used in the calculation does not exceed
three times the average width of the stem.

c. U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to ©cceed the depth of the member and haying a minimum cover of 1 inch shall be provided.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

143

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.2.4 Concrete columns. Concrete columns shall com-
ply with this section.

TABLE 721 .2.4
MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE COLUMNS (inches)

TYPES OF
CONCRETE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Siliceous

Carbonate

Sand-lightweight

87,

IOV2

For SI: 1 inch = 25 mm.

a. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 8 inches for rectangu-
lar columns with two parallel sides at least 36 inches in length.

b. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 10 inches for rectan-
gular columns with two parallel sides at least 36 inches in length.

721.2.4.1 Minimum size. The minimum overall dimen-
sions of reinforced concrete columns for fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours shall comply with Table

721.2.4.

721.2.4.2 Minimum cover for R/C columns. The mini-
mum thickness of concrete cover to the main longitudi-
nal reinforcement in columns, regardless of the type of
aggregate used in the concrete, shall not be less than 1
inch (25 mm) times the number of hours of required fire
resistance or 2 inches (5 1 mm), whichever is less.

721.2.4.3 Columns built into walls. The minimum
dimensions of Table 72 1 .2.4 do not apply to a reinforced
concrete column that is built into a concrete or masonry
wall provided all of the following are met:

1 . The fire-resistance rating for the wall is equal to or
greater than the required rating of the column;

2. The main longitudinal reinforcing in the column
has cover not less than that required by Section
721.2.4.2; and

3. Openings in the wall are protected in accordance
with Table 715.4.

Where openings in the wall are not protected as
required by Section 715.4, the minimum dimension of
columns required to have a fire-resistance rating of 3
hours or less shall be 8 inches (203 mm), and 10 inches
(254 mm) for columns required to have a fire-resistance
rating of 4 hours, regardless of the type of aggregate used
in the concrete.

721.2.4.4 Precast cover units for steel columns. See

Section 721.5.1.4.

721.3 Concrete masonry. The provisions of this section con-
tain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of concrete
masonry are established by calculations.

721.3.1 Equivalent thickness. The equivalent thickness of
concrete masonry construction shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of this section.

721.3.1.1 Concrete masonry unit plus finishes. The

equivalent thickness of concrete masonry assemblies.

r^a, shall be computed as the sum of the equivalent thick-
ness of the concrete masonry unit, T^, as determined by
Section 721.3.1.2, 721.3.1.3, or 721.3.1.4, plus the
equivalent thickness of finishes, T^p determined in accor-
dance with Section 721.3.2:

T,„ = T, + T,f (Equation 7-6)

T^=V„/LH= Equivalent thickness of concrete
masonry unit (inch) (mm).

where:

V„ = Net volume of masonry unit (inch^) (mm^).

L = Specified length of masonry unit (inch) (mm).

H = Specified height of masonry unit (inch) (mm).

721.3.1.2 Ungrouted or partially grouted construc-
tion. T^ shall be the value obtained for the concrete
masonry unit determined in accordance with ASTM C
140.

721.3.1.3 Solid grouted construction. The equivalent
thickness, T^, of solid grouted concrete masonry units is
the actual thickness of the unit.

721.3.1.4 Airspaces and cells filled with loose-fill
material. The equivalent thickness of completely filled
hollow concrete masonry is the actual thickness of the
unit when loose-fill materials are: sand, pea gravel,
crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 require-
ments; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay,
expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or cin-
ders that comply with ASTM C 33 1 ; or perlite or vermic-
ulite meeting the requirements of ASTM C 549 and
ASTM C 516, respectively.

721.3.2 Concrete masonry walls. The fire-resistance rat-
ing of walls and partitions constructed of concrete masonry
units shall be determined from Table 721.3.2. The rating
shall be based on the equivalent thickness of the masonry
and type of aggregate used.

721.3.2.1 Finish on nonfire-exposed side. Where plas-
ter or gypsum wallboard is applied to the side of the wall
not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to the
total fire-resistance rating shall be determined as fol-
lows: The thickness of gypsum wallboard or plaster shall
be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of the
finish by applicable factor determined from Table
721.2.1.4(1). This corrected thickness of finish shall be
added to the equivalent thickness of masonry and the
fire-resistance rating of the masonry and finish deter-
mined from Table 721.3.2.

721.3.2.2 Finish on fire-exposed side. Where plaster or
gypsum wallboard is applied to the fire-exposed side of
the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows: The
time assigned to the finish as established by Table
721.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rating
determined in Section 721.3.2 for the masonry alone, or
in Section 721.3.2.1 for the masonry and finish on the
nonfire-exposed side.

144

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .3.2
MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (Inches) OF BEARING OR NONBEARING CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS^"'''''

TYPE OF AGGREGATE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

3/
'4

3V,

Pumice or expanded slag

1.5

1.9

2.1

2.5

1.1

3.0

3.2.

3.4

3.6

3.8

4.0

4.2

4.4

4.5

4.7

Expanded shale, clay or slate

1.8

2.2

2.6

2.9

3.3

3.4

3.6

3.8

4.0

4.2

4.4

4.6

4.8'

4.9

5.1

Limestone, cinders or unexpanded slag

1.9

2.3

2.7

3.1

3.4

3.7

4.0

4.3

4.5

4.8

5.0

5.2

5.5

5.7

5.9

Calcareous or siliceous gravel

2.0

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.6

3.9

4.2

4.5

4.8

5.0

5.3

5.5

5.8

6.0

6.2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Values between those shown in the table can be determined by direct interpolation.

b. Where combustible members are framed into the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between
members set in from opposite sides, shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shovn in the table.

c. Requirements of ASTM C 55, ASTM C 73 or ASTM C 90 shall apply

d. Minimum required equivalent thickness corresponding to the hourly fire-resistance rating for units with a combination of aggregate shall be determined by linear
interpolation based on the percent by volume of each aggregate used in manufacture.

721.3.2.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall hav-
ing no finish on one side or having different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation proce-
dures of this section shall be performed twice, assuming
either side of the wall to be the fire-exposed side. The
fire-resistance rating of the wall shall not exceed the
lower of the two values calculated.

Exception: For exterior walls with more than 5 feet
(1524 mm) of horizontal separation, the fire shall be
assumed to occur on the interior side only.

721.3.2.4 Minimum concrete masonry fire-resistance
rating. Where the finish applied to a concrete masonry
wall contributes toils fire-resistance rating, the masonry
alone shall provide not less than one-half the total
required fire-resistance rating.

721.3.2.5 Attachment of finishes. Installation of fin-
ishes shall be as follows:

1. Gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath applied to
concrete masonry or concrete walls shall be
secured to wood or steel furring members spaced
not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center (o.c).

2. Gypsum wallboard shall be installed with the long
dimension parallel to the furring members and
shall have all joints finished.

3. Other aspects of the installation of finishes shall
comply with the applicable provisions of Chapters
7 and 25.

721.3.3 Multiwythe masonry walls. The fire-resistance
rating of wall assemblies constructed of multiple wythes of
masonry materials shall be permitted to be based on the
fire-resistance rating period of each wythe and the continu-
ous airspace between each wythe in accordance with the fol-
lowing formula:

Rj, = (/?iO-59 + R^o-59 +

-l-i?„o-59-HAi-i-A2 + ... +A„)i

(Equation 7-7)

where:

Ra = Fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).

R,, R2, ..., Rn = Fire-resistance rating of wythes for 1,2, n
(hours), respectively.

A], A2, ...., A„ = 0.30, factor for each continuous airspace
for 1, 2, ...72, respectively, having a depth of
V2 inch (12.7 mm) or more between
wythes.

721.3.4 Concrete masonry lintels. Fire-resistance ratings for
concrete masonry lintels shall be determined based upon the
nominal thickness of the Hntel and the minimum thickness of
concrete masonry or concrete, or any combination thereof,
covering the main reinforcing bars, as determined accord-
ing to Table 721.3.4, or by approved alternate methods.

TABLE 721 .3.4

MINIMUM COVER OF LONGITUDINAL

REINFORCEMENT IN FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED

REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY LINTELS (Inches)

NOMINAL WIDTH
OF LINTEL (inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

IV2

—

IV,

10 or greater

IV,

IV4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

721.3.5 Concrete masonry columns. The fire-resistance
rating of concrete masonry columns shall be determined
based upon the least plan dimension of the column in accor-
dance with Table 72 1 .3 .5 or by approved alternate methods.

TABLE 721 .3.5

MINIMUM DIMENSION OF

CONCRETE MASONRY COLUMNS (Inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

8 inches

10 inches

12 inches

14 inches

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

721.4 Clay brick and tile masonry. The provisions of this sec-
tion contain procedures by which' the fire-resistance ratings of
clay brick and tile masonry are established by calculations.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

145

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.4.1 Masonry walls. The fire-resistance rating of
masonry walls shall be based upon the equivalent thickness
as calculated in accordance with this section. The calcula-
tion shall take into account finishes applied to the wall and
airspaces between wythes in multiwythe construction.

721.4.1.1 Equivalent thickness. The fire-resistance rat-
ings of walls or partitions constructed of solid or hollow
clay masonry units shall be determined from Table
721.4.1(1) or 721.4. 1(2). The equivalent thickness of the
clay masonry unit shall be determined by Equation 7-8
when using Table 721.4.1(1). The fire-resistance rating
determined from Table 721.4.1(1) shall be permitted to
be used in the calculated fire-resistance rating procedure
in Section 721.4.2.

Te=V„/LH
where:

(Equation 7-8)

= The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit
(inches).

V„ = The net volume of the clay masonry unit (inch^).

L = The specified length of the clay masonry unit
(inches).

H = The specified height of the clay masonry unit
(inches).

721.4.1.1.1 Hollow clay units. The equivalent thick-
ness, Tg, shall be the value obtained for hollow clay
units as determined in accordance with ASTM C 67.

721.4.1.1.2 Solid grouted clay units. The equivalent
thickness of solid grouted clay masonry units shall be
taken as the actual thickness of the units.

721.4.1.1.3 Units with filled cores. The equivalent
thickness of the hollow clay masonry units is the
actual thickness of the unit when completely filled
with loose-fill materials of: sand, pea gravel, crushed
stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 requirements;
pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay.

expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or
cinders in compliance with ASTM C 33 1 ; or perlite or
vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C
549 and ASTM C 516, respectively.

721.4.1.2 Plaster finishes. Where plaster is applied to
the wall, the total fire-resistance rating shall be deter-
mined by the formula:

where:

(Equation 7-9)

R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours) .

R„ = The fire-resistance rating of the individual wall
(hours).

pi = Coefficient for thickness of plaster.

Values for /?„°^^ for use in Equation 7-9 are given in
Table 721.4.1(3). Coefficients for thickness of plaster
shall be selected from Table 721.4.1(4) based on the
actual thickness of plaster applied to the wall or partition
and whether one or two sides of the wall are plastered.

721.4.1.3 Multiwythe walls with airspace. Where a
continuous airspace separates multiple wythes of the
wall or partition, the total fire-resistance rating shall be
determined by the formula:

where:
R

(Equation 7-10)

= The fire-resistance rating of the assembly
(hours).

/?,, /?2 3nd R„= The fire-resistance rating of the individ-
ual wythes (hours).

as = Coefficient for continuous airspace.

Values for iR„°^^ for use in Equation 7-10 are given in
Table 721.4.1(3). The coefficient for each continuous
airspace of Vj inch to 3 Vj inches (12.7 to 89 mm) separat-
ing two individual wythes shall be 0.3.

TABLE 721 .4.1(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS OF CLAY MASONRY WALLS

MATERIAL TYPE

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE^-"'' (inches)

1 hour

2 hour

3 hour

4 hour

Solid brick of clay or shale''

2.7

3.8

4.9

6.0

Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, unfilled

2.3

3.4

4.3

5.0

Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, grouted or filled with
materials specified in Section 721.4.1.1.3

3.0

4.4

5.5

6.6

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Equivalent thickness as determined from Section 72 1 .4. 1 . 1 .

b. Calculated fire resistance between the hourly increments listed shall be determined by Unear interpolation.

c. Where combustible members are framed in the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between
members set in from opposite sides, shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shewn.

d. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross-sec-
tional area measured in the same plane.

146

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .4.1 (2)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BEARING STEEL FRAME

BRICK VENEER WALLS OR PARTITIONS

WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY

PLASTER SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)

BRICK FACED SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)

Outside facing of steel studs:

V2" wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs, ^Z/' airspace formed with

%" X 1 ^/g" wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs;

metal or wire lath nailed to such strips, 3^/4" brick veneer held in place by filling V4"

airspace between the brick and lath with mortar. Inside facing of studs: ^1^' unsanded

gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath attached to Vig" wood strips secured to edges of the

studs.

1.5

Outside facing of steel studs:

1" insulation board sheathing attached to studs, 1" airspace, and 3^/4" brick veneer

attached to steel frame with metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: ^/g"

sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix) applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the

studs.

1.5

Same as above except use ^/g" vermiculite — gypsum plaster or 1" sanded gypsum plaster
(1:2 mix) appUed to metal or wire.

Outside facing of steel studs:

V2" gypsum sheathing board, attached to studs, and 3%" brick veneer attached to steel
frame with metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: V2" sanded gypsum plaster
(1:2 mix) apphed to V2" perforated gypsum lath securely attached to studs and having
strips of metal lath 3 inches wide apphed to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

TABLE 721 .4.1 (3)
VALUES OF R°-^^

^,^0.59

R (hours)

1.0

1.50

1.91

2.27

TABLE 721 .4.1 (4)
COEFFICIENTS FOR PLASTER, pi"

THICKNESS OF
PLASTER (inch)

ONE SIDE

TWO SIDE

0.3

0.6

0.37

0.75

0.45

0.90

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Values listed in table are for 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster.

TABLE 721 .4.1 (5)
REINFORCED MASONRY LINTELS

NOMINAL

LINTEL WIDTH

(Inches)

MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT COVER
FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (inch)

1 hour

2 hour

3 hour

4 hour

IV2

10 or more

IV2

l'/2

IV2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NP = Not permitted.

TABLE 721 .4.1 (6)
REINFORCED CLAY MASONRY COLUMNS

COLUMN SIZE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING
(hour)

Minimum colunm dimension (inches)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

721.4.1.4 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall hav-
ing no finish on one side or having different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation proce-
dures of this section shall be performed twice, assuming
either side to be the fire-exposed side of the wall. The fire
resistance of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the
two values determined.

Exception: For exterior walls with more than 5 feet
(1524 mm) of horizontal separation, the fire shall be
assumed to occur on the interior side only.

721.4.2 Multiwythe walls. The fixe-resistance rating for
wails or partitions consisting of two or more dissimilar
wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the formula:

i? = (/?j0.59 + /J^0.59+_ +1^^0.59) 1.7

where:
R

(Equation 7-11)

= The fire-resistance rating of the assembly
(hours).

Rj, R2 and /?„ = The fire-resistance rating of the individual
wythes (hours).

Values for /?„°^^ for use in Equation 7-11 are given in
Table 721.4.1(3).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

147

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.4.2.1 Multiwythe walls of different material. For

walls that consist of two or more wythes of different
materials (concrete or concrete masonry units) in combi-
nation with clay masonry units, the fire-resistance rating
of the different materials shall be permitted to be deter-
mined from Table 721.2.1.1 for concrete; Table 721.3.2
for concrete masonry units or Table 721.4.1(1) or
72 1 .4. 1 (2) for clay and tile masonry units.

721.4.3 Reinforced clay masonry lintels. Fire-resistance
ratings for clay masonry lintels shall be determined based
on the nominal width of the lintel and the minimum cover-
ing for the longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with
Table 721.4.1(5).

721.4.4 Reinforced clay masonry columns. The fire-resis-
tance ratings shall be determined based on the last plan
dimension of the column in accordance with Table
721.4.1(6). The minimum cover for longitudinal reinforce-
ment shall be 2 inches (51 mm).

721.5 Steel assemblies. The provisions of this section contain
procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of steel assem-
blies are established by calculations.

721.5.1 Structural steel columns. The fire-resistance rat-
ings of steel columns shall be based on the size of the ele-
ment and the type of protection provided in accordance with
this section.

721.5.1.1 General. These procedures establish a basis
for determining the fire resistance of column assemblies
as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant material
arid, the weight, W, and heated perimeter, D, of steel col-
umns. As used in these sections. Wis the average weight
of a structural steel column in pounds per linear foot. The
heated perimeter, D, is the inside perimeter of the
fire-resistant material in inches as illustrated in Figure
721.5.1(1).

t.-'.::,»--Ar.>^.'.^.'J.'W

D=4bf+2d-2tv,

D=2(a+cl)

D=2(bf + d)

FIGURE 721 .5.1(1)

DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER

OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS

721.5.1.1.1 Nonload-bearing protection. The appli-
cation of these procedures shall be limited to column
assemblies in which the fire-resistant material is not

designed to carry any of the load acting on the col-
umn.

721.5.1.1.2 Embedments. In the absence of substan-
tiating fire-endurance test results, ducts, conduit, pip-
ing, and similar mechanical, electrical, and plumbing
installations shall not be embedded in any required
fire-resistant materials.

721.5.1.1.3 Weight-to-perimeter ratio. Table
721.5.1(1) contains weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios
(W/D) for both contour and box fire-resistant profiles,
for the wide flange shapes most often used as columns.
For different fire-resistant protection profiles or col-
umn cross sections, the weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratios (W/D) shall be determined in accordance with
the definitions given in this section.

721.5.1.2 Gypsum wallboard protection. The fire
resistance of structural steel columns with weight-
to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D) less than or equal to
3.65 and which are protected with Type X gypsum wall-
board shall be permitted to be determined from the fol-
lowing expression:

R=130

where:
R =

h =
D =

h(W'/D)

(Equation 7-12)

r =

Fire resistance (minutes).

Total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches).

Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches).

Total weight of the structural steel column and
gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear
foot).

W+56hD/U4. ,

721.5.1.2.1 Attachment. The gypsum wallboard
shall be supported as illustrated in either Figure
721.5.1(2) for fire-resistance ratings of 4 hours or
less, or Figure 72 1 .5 . 1 (3) for fire-resistance ratings of
3 hours or less.

721.5.1.2.2 Gypsum wallboard equivalent to con-
crete. The determination of the fire resistance of
structural steel columns from Figure 721.5.1(4) is
permitted for various thicknesses of gypsum wall-
board as a function of the weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratio (W/D) of the column. For structural steel col-
umns with weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D)
greater than 3.65, the thickness of gypsum wallboard
required for specified fire-resistance ratings shall be
the same as the thickness determined for a W14 x 233
wide flange shape.

721.5.1.3 Spray-applied fire-resistant materials. The

fire resistance of wide-flange structural steel columns
protected with spray-applied fire-resistant materials, as
illustrated in Figure 721.5.1(5), shall be permitted to be
determined from the following expression:

148

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

R = [C^{W/D) + C2]h

(Equation 7-13)

where:

R = Fire resistance (minutes).

h = Thickness of spray-appHed fire-resistant material
(inches).

D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches).

Q and C2 = Material-dependent constants.

W = Weight of structural steel columns (pounds per lin-
ear foot).

The fire resistance of structural steel columns pro-
tected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings
shall be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in
accordance with Section 703.2.

. -<D

^S_ m_

5/16"
MIN.

■No.8x1/2" SHEET STEEL
SCREWS SPACED 12"o.c.

SNAP-LOCK PITTSBURGH SEAM

CORNER JOINT DETAILS (A)

FIGURE 721.5.1(2)

GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL

COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm.

1. Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.

2. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 36. For single-layer
applications, the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no horizontal
joints. For multiple-layer appUcations, horizontal joints are permitted at a
minimum spacing of 8 feet, provided that the joints in successive layers are
staggered at least 12 inches. The total required thickness of wallboard shall
be determined on the basis of the specified fire-resistance rating and the
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D) of the column. For fire-resistance
ratings of 2 hours or less, one of the required layers of gypsum wallboard
may be appUed to the exterior of the sheet steel column covers with 1 -inch-
long Type S screws spaced 1 inch from the wallboard edge and 8 inches on
center. For such installations, 0.0149-inch minimum thickness galvanized
steel comer beads with 1 Vj-inch legs shall be attached to the wallboard with
Type S screws spaced 12 inches on center.

3. For fire-resistance ratings of 3 hours or less, the column covers shall be fabri-
cated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel.
For 4-hour fire-resistance ratings, the column covers shall be fabricated from
0.0239-inch minimum thickness stainless steel. The column covers shall be
erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint details.

For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, column covers fabricated from
0.0269-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel shall be permit-
ted to be erected with lap joints. The lap joints shall be permitted to be located
anywhere around the perimeter of the column cover. The lap joints shall be
secured with '^-inch-long No. 8 sheet metal screws spaced 12 inches on cen-
ter.

The column covers shall be provided with a minimum expansion clearance
of Vg inch per linear foot between the ends of the cover and any restraining
construction.

721.5.1.3.1 Material-dependent constants. The

material-dependent constants, Cj and C2, shall be
determined for specific fire-resistant materials on the
basis of standard fire endurance tests in accordance
with Section 703.2. Unless evidence is submitted to
the building official substantiating a broader applica-
tion, this expression shall be limited to determining
the fire resistance of structural steel columns with
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D) between the
largest and smallest columns for which standard
fire-resistance test results are available.

721.5.1.3.2 Spray-applied identification.

Spray-applied fire-resistant materials shall be identi-
fied by density and thickness required for a given
fire-resistance rating.

1 LAYER = 5/8" OR 1/2"

2 LAYERS = 1 1/4" OR 1"

3 LAYERS = 1 7/8" OR 1 1/2"

4 LAYERS = 2 1/2" OR 2"

FIGURE 721 .5.1 (3)

GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL

COLUMNS WITH STEEL STUD/SCREW ATTACHMENT SYSTEM

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = -305 mm.

1 . Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.

2. 1^/g-inch deep studs fabricated from 0.0179-inch minimum thickness galva-
nized steel with l^/,g or I'/jg-inch legs. The length of the steel studs shall be
V2 inch less than the height of the assembly.

3. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 36. For single-layer
applications, the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no horizontal
joints. For multiple-layer applications, horizontal joints are permitted at a
minimum spacing of 8 feet, provided that the joints in successive layers are
staggered at least 12 inches. The total required thickness of wallboard shall
be determined on the basis of the specified fire-resistance rating and the
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D) of the column.

4. Galvanized 0.0149-inch minimum thickness steel corner beads with
1 '/2-inch legs attached to the wallboard with 1 -inch-long Type S screws
spaced 12 inches on center

5. No. 18 SWG steel tie wires spaced 24 inches on center

6. Sheet metal angles with 2-inch legs fabricated from 0.0221 -inch minimum
thickness galvanized steel.

7. Type S screws, 1 inch long, shall be used for attaching the first layer of wall-
board to the steel studs and the third layer to the sheet metal angles at 24 inches
on center. Type S screws P/4-inch long shall be used for attaching the second
layer of wallboard to the steel studs and the fourth layer to the sheet metal
angles at 12 inches on center. Type S screws 2^^ inches long shall be used for
attaching the third lay er of wallboard to the steel studs at 1 2 inches on center.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE''

149

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.5.1.4 Concrete-protected columns. The fire resis-
tance of structural steel columns protected with concrete,
as illustrated in Figure 721.5.1(6) (a) and (b), shall be
permitted to be determined from the following expres-
sion:

R=R,(l+ 0.03 J (Equation 7-14)

where:

R, = 10 (W/D) 0^ + 17 (/zi 6/it^o 2) X (1 + 26 (H/p,c^ (L + h)f-^)

As used in these expressions:

R = Fire endurance at equilibrium moisture conditions
(minutes).

Rg = Fire endurance at zero moisture content (minutes) .

m = Equilibrium moisture content of the concrete by
volume (percent).

W = Average weight of the steel column (pounds per
linear foot).

D = Heated perimeter of the steel column (inches).

h = Thickness of the concrete cover (inches).

k^ = Ambient temperature thermal conductivity of the
concrete (Btu/hr ft °F).

H = Ambient temperature thermal capacity of the steel
column = 0.1 IW (Btu/ ft °F).

p^ = Concrete density (pounds per cubic foot).

c^ = Ambient temperature specific heat of concrete
(Btu/lb °F).

L = Interior dimension of one side of a square concrete
box protection (inches).

rz' :

!• 17/8"

1 1

/2"

11/4"

3
2

11/2

^^..

^^^^y„-r<

^•^

WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIO (WD)*

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per linear foot/inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.

FIGURE 721 .5.1 (4)

FIRE RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS

PROTECTED WITH VARIOUS THICKNESSES OF

TYPE X GYPSUM WALLBOARD

a. The W/D ratios for typical wide flange columns are listed in Table
721.5.1(1). For other column shapes, the Vf/D ratios shall be determined in
accordance with Section 720.5.1.1.

mmm

FIGURE 721 .5.1 (5)

WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH

SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS

^ . i ,J|.T]

(a)

(b)

(c)

PRECAST

CONCRETE

ENCASED

COLUMN

STRUCTURAL

WIDE-FLANGE

COVERS

TUBE

SHAPE

FIGURE 721 .5.1 (6)
CONCRETE PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS^"

a. When the inside perimeter of the concrete protection is not square, L shall be
taken as the average of L, and L-^. When the thickness of concrete cover is not
constant, h shall be taken as the average of /i, and h^.

b. Joints shall be protected with a minimum 1 inch thickness of ceramic fiber
blanket but in no case less than one-half the thickness of the column cover
(see Section 720.2.1.3).

721.5.1.4.1 Reentrant space filled. For wide-flange
steel columns completely encased in concrete with all
reentrant spaces filled [Figure 721.5.1(6)(c)], the
thermal capacity of the concrete within the reentrant
spaces shall be permitted to be added to the thermal
capacity of the steel column, as follows:

//= 0. 1 1 W+ (p,cy 144) (^// -A,)
where:

(Equation 7-15)

d =

A =

Flange width of the steel column (inches).

Depth of the steel column (inches).

Cross-sectional area of the steel column (square
inches).

721.5.1.4.2 Concrete properties unknown. If spe-
cific data on the properties of concrete are not avail-
able, the values given in Table 721.5.1(2) are
permitted.

721.5.1.4.3 Minimum concrete cover. For structural
steel column encased in concrete with all reentrant
spaces filled. Figure 721.5.1(6)(c) and Tables
721.5.1(7) and 721.5.1(8) indicate the thickness of
concrete cover required for various fire-resistance rat-
ings for typical wide-flange sections. The thicknesses
of concrete indicated in these tables also apply to
structural steel columns larger than those listed.

150

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE"

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.5.1.4.4 Minimum precast concrete cover. For

structural steel columns protected with precast con-
crete column covers as shown in Figure
721.5. l(6)(a), Tables 721.5.1(9) and 721.5.1(10)
indicate the thickness of the column covers required
for various fire-resistance ratings for typical
wide-flange shapes. The thicknesses of concrete
given in these tables also apply to structural steel col-
umns larger than those listed.

721.5.1.4.5 Masonry protection. The fire resistance
of structural steel columns protected with concrete
masonry units or clay masonry units as illustrated in
Figure 721.5.1(7), shall be permitted to be deter-
mined from the following expression:

R = 0.ll (W/D)^' + [0.285 (T,'-^/K^-^) ]

[1.0 -H 42.7 { (A A T,) I (0.25/7 + TJ } »« ]

(Equation 7-16)

where:

R = Fire-resistance rating of column assembly
(hours).

W = Average weight of steel column (pounds per
foot).

D = Heated perimeter of steel column (inches) [see
Figure 721.5.1(7)].

Tg = Equivalent thickness of concrete or clay
masonry unit (inches) (see Table 721 .3.2 Note a
or Section 721.4.1).

K = Thermal conductivity of concrete or clay
masonry unit (Btu/hr ft °F) [see Table
721.5.1(3)].

A^ = Cross-sectional area of steel column (square
inches).

d^ = Density of the concrete or clay masonry unit
(pounds per cubic foot).

p = Inner perimeter of concrete or clay masonry
protection (inches) [see Figure 721.5.1(7)].

721.5.1.4.6 Equivalent concrete masonry thick-
ness. For structural steel columns protected with con-
crete masonry, Table 721.5.1(5) gives the equivalent
thickness of concrete masonry required for various
fire-resistance ratings for typical column shapes. For
structural steel columns protected with clay masonry.
Table 721.5.1(6) gives the equivalent thickness of
concrete masonry required for various fire-resistance
ratings for typical column shapes.

721.5.2 Structural steel beams and girders. The

fire-resistance ratings of steel beams and girders shall be
based upon the size of the element and the type of protection
provided in accordance with this section.

721.5.2.1 Determination of fire resistance. These pro-
cedures establish a basis for determining resistance of
structural steel beams and girders which differ in size
from that specified in approved fire-resistance-rated
assemblies as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant
material and the weight (W) and heated perimeter (D) of
the beam or girder. As used in these sections, W is the
average weight of a structural steel member in pounds
per linear foot (plf). The heated perimeter, D, is the inside
perimeter of the fire-resistant material in inches as illus-
trated in Figure 721.5.2.

D = % + 2d-2tjy

D = 2d + bf

FIGURE 721 .5.2
DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER
OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS AND GIRDERS

D=2(w-K/)+2(w-U)

D = 7td

D = 2w + 2cf

D|a[3D

ID
ID

DDD P

W SHAPE COLUMN

D DDD

DDD

r "

STEEL PIPE COLUMN STRUCTURAL TUBE COLUMN

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 721.5.1(7)

CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED

STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS

d = Depth of a wide flange column, outside diameter of pipe column, or

outside dimension of structural tubing column (inches).
t^^= Thickness of web of wide flange column (inches).
w = Width of flange of wide flange column (inches).

721.5.2.1.1 Weight-to-heated perimeter. The

weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D), for both
contour and box fire-resistant protection profiles, for
the wide flange shapes most often used as beams or
girders are given in Table 721.5.1(4). For different
shapes, the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D)
shall be determined in accordance with the definitions
given in this section.

721.5.2.1.2 Beam and girder substitutions. Except
as provided for in Section 721.5.2.2, structural steel
beams in approved fire-resistance-rated assemblies
shall be considered the minimum permissible size.
Other beam or girder shapes shall be permitted to be
substituted provided that the weight-to-heated-perim-
eter ratio (W/D) of the substitute beam is equal to or
greater than that of the beam specified in the approved
assembly.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

151

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .5.1(1)
\NID RATIOS FOR STEEL COLUMNS

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

CONTOUR
PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

CONTOUR
PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

W14X233

2.49

3.65

W10X112

1.78

2.57

X211

2.28

3.35

xlOO

1.61

2.33

X193

2.10

3.09

X 88

1.43

2.08

X176

1.93

2.85

X 77

1.26

1.85

X159

1.75

2.60

X 68

1.13

1.66

X145

1.61

2.39

X 60

1.00

1.48

X132

1.52

2.25

X 54

0.91

1.34

X120

1.39

2.06

X 49

0.83

1.23

X109

1.27

1.88

X 45

0.87

1.24

X 99

1.16

1.72

X 39

0.76

1.09

X 90

1.06

1.58

X 33

0.65

0.93

X 82

1.20

1.68

X 74

1.09

1.53

W8x67

1.34

1.94

X 68

1.01

1.41

x58

1.18

1.71

X 61

0.91

1.28

x48

0.99S

1.44

X 53

0.89

1.21

x40

0.83

1.23

X 48

0.81

1.10

X 35

0.73

1.08

X 43

0.73

0.99

X 31

0.65

0.97

X 28

0.67

0.96

W12X190

2.46

3.51

X 24

0.58

0.83

X170

2.22

3.20

X 21

0.57

0.77

X152

2.01

2.90

X 18

0.49

0.67

X136

1.82

2.63

X120

1.62

2.36

W6x25

0.69

1.00

X106

1.44

2.11

x20

0.56

0.82

X 96

1.32

1.93

xl6

0.57

0.78

X 87

1.20

1.76

xl5

0.42

0.63

X 79

1.10

1.61

xl2

0.43

0.60

X 72

1.00

1.48

X 9

0.33

0.46

X 65

0.91

1.35

X 58

0.91

1.31

W5xl9

0.64

0.93

X 53

0.84

1.20

xl6

0.54

0.80

X 50

0.89

1.23

X 45

0.81

1.12

W4xl3

0.54

0.79

X 40

0.72

1.00

For SI: 1 pound per linear foot per inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.

152

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .5.1 (2)
PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE

PROPERTY

NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE

STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE

Thermal conductivity (k^)

0.95 Btu/hr ft °F

0.35 Btu/hr ft °F

Specific heat (q)

0.20 Btu/lb °F

Density {PJ

145 Ib/ft^

1101b/ft3

Equihbrium (free) moisture
content (m) by volume

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304:8 mm, 1 Ib/f^ = 16.0185 kg/m^, Btu/hr ft °F = 1.731 W/(m • K).

TABLE 721.5.1(3)

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CONCRETE OR CLAY

MASONRY UNITS

DENSITY (dj OF UNITS (Ib/ff")

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (K) OF UNITS (Btu/hr ft "F)

Concrete Masonry Units

0.207

0.228

0.252

0.278

100

0.308

105

0.340

110

0.376

115

0.416

120

0.459

125

0.508

130

0.561

135

0.620

140

0.685

145

0.758

150

0.837

Clay Masonry Units

120

1.25

130

2.25

For SI: 1 pound per cubic foot = 1 6.0 1 85 kgAn^ Btu per hour foot °F = 1 .73 1 W/(m ■ K).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

153

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721.5.1(4)

WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (W/D)

FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

CONTOUR
PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

CONTOUR
PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

W36 X 300

2.47

3.33

X 68

0.92

1.21

x280

2.31

3.12

X 62

0.92

1.14

x260

2.16

2.92

X 55

0.82

1.02

x245

2.04

2.76

x230

1.92

2.61

W21 X 147

1.83

2.60

x210

1.94

2.45

X132

1.66

2.35

xl94

1.80

2.28

X122

1.54

2.19

X182

1.69

2.15

xlll

1.41

2.01

xl70

1.59

2.01

xlOl

1.29

1.84

xl60

1.50

1.90

X 93

1.38

1.80

xl50

1.41

1.79

X 83

1.24

1.62

xl35

1.28

1.63

X 73

1.10

1.44

X 68

1.03

1.35

W33 x241

2.11

2.86

X 62

0.94

1.23

x221

1.94

2.64

X 57

0.93

1.17

x201

1.78

2.42

X 50

0.83

1.04

xl52

1.51

1.94

X 44

0.73

0.92

xl41

1.41

1.80

xl30

1.31

1.67

W18X119

1.69

2.42

xll8

1.19

1.53

X106

1.52

2.18

X 97

1.39

2.01

W30X211

2.00

2.74

X 86

1.24

1.80

X191

1.82

2.50

X 76

1.11

1.60

xl73

1.66

2.28

X 71

1.21

1.59

xl32

1.45

1.85

X 65

1.11

1.47

xl24

1.37

1.75

X 60

1.03

1.36

xll6

1.28

1.65

X 55

0.95

1.26

xlOS

1.20

1.54

X 50

0.87

1.15

X 99

1.10

1.42

X 46

0.86

1.09

X 40

0.75

0.96

W27 X 178

1.85

2.55

X 35

0.66

0.85

xl61

1.68

2.33

xl46

1.53

2.12

W16 X 100

1.56

2.25

xll4

1.36

1.76

X 89

1.40

2.03

xl02

1.23

1.59

X 77

1.22

1.78

X 94

1.13

1.47

X 67

1.07

1.56

X 84

1.02

1.33

X 57

1.07

1.43

X 50

0.94

1.26

X 45

0.85

1.15

W24 X 162

1.85

2.57

X 40

0.76

1.03

xl46

1.68

2.34

X 36

0.69

0.93

xl31

1.52

2.12

X 31

0.65

0.83

xll7

1.36

1.91

X 26

0.55

0.70

xl04

1.22

1.71

X 94

1.26

1.63

W14X132

1.83

3.00

X 84

1.13

1.47

X120

1.67

2.75

X 76

1.03

1.34

X109

1.53

2.52

(continued)

154

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721.5.1(4)— continued

WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (IV/D)

FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

CONTOUR
PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

CONTOUR
PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

X 99

1.39

2.31

X 30

0.79

1.12

X 90

1.27

2.11

X 26

0.69

0.98

X 82

1.41

2.12

X 22

0.59

0.84

X 74

1.28

1.93

X 19

0.59

0.78

X 68

1.19

1.78

X 17

0.54

0.70

X 61

1.07

1.61

X 15

0.48

0.63

X 53

1.03

1.48

X 12

0.38

0.51

X 48

0.94

1.35

X 43

0.85

1.22

W8 X 67

1.61

2.55

X 38

0.79

1.09

X 58

1.41

2.26

X 34

0.71

0.98

X 48

1.18

1.91

X 30

0.63

0.87

X 40

1.00

1.63

X 26

0.61

0.79

X 35

0.88

1.44

X 22

0.52

0.68

X 31

0.79

1.29

X 28

0.80

1.24

W12X 87

1.44

2.34

X 24

0.69

1.07

X 79

1.32

2.14

X 21

0.66

0.96

X 72

1.20

1.97

X 18

0.57

0.84

X 65

1.09

1.79

X 15

0.54

0.74

X 58

1.08

1.69

X 13

0.47

0.65

X 53

0.99

1.55

X 10

0.37

0.51

X 50

1.04

1.54

X 45

0.95

1.40

W6 X 25

0.82

1.33

X 40

0.85

1.25

X 20

0.67

1.09

X 35

0.79

1.11

X 16

0.66

0.96

X 30

0.69

0.96

X 15

0.51

0.83

X . 26

0.60

0.84

X 12

0.51

0.75

X 22

0.61

0.77

X 9

0.39

0.57

X 19

0.53

0.67

X 16

0.45

0.57

W5 X 19

0.76

1.24

X 14

0.40

0.50

X 16

0.65

1.07

W10X112

2.14

3.38

W4 X 13

0.65

1.05

xlOO

1.93

3.07

X 88

1.70

2.75

X 77

1.52

2.45

X 68

1.35

2.20

X 60

1.20

1.97

X 54

1.09

1.79

X 49

0.99

1.64

X 45

1.03

1.59

X 39

0.94

1.40

X 33

0.77

1.20

For SI: Pounds per linear foot per inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

155

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .5.1 (5)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS

COLUMN
SIZE

CONCRETE

MASONRY DENSITY

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T^ (inches)

COLUMN
SIZE

CONCRETE

MASONRY DENSITY

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T^ (Inches)

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-h6ur

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

W14x82

0.74

1.61

2.36

3.04

W10X68

0.72

1.58

2.33

3.01

100

0.89

1.85

2.67

3.40

100

0.87

1.83

2.65

3.38

110

0.96

1.97

2.81

3.57

110

0.94

1.95

2.79

3.55

120

1.03

2.08

2.95

3.73

120

1.01

2.06

2.94

3.72

W14x68

0.83

1.70

2.45

3.13

W10X54

0.88

1.76

2.53

3.21

100

0.99

1.95

2.76

3.49

100

1.04

2.01

2.83

3.57

110

1.06

2.06

2.91

3.66

110

1.11

2.12

2.98

3.73

120

1.14

2.18

3.05

3.82

120

1.19

2.24

3.12

3.90

W14X53

0.91

1.81

2.58

3.27

W10X45

0.92

1.83

2.60

3.30

100

1.07

2.05

2.88

3.62

100

1.08

2.07

2.90

3.64

110

1.15

2.17

3.02

3.78

110

1.16

2.18

3.04

3.80

120

1.22

2.28

3.16

3.94

120

1.23

2.29

3.18

3.96

W14x43

1.01

1.93

2.71

3.41

W10X33

1.06

2.00

2.79

3.49

100

1.17

2.17

3.00

3.74

100

1.22

2.23

3.07

3.81

110

1.25

2.28

3.14

3.90

110

1.30

2.34

3.20

3.96

120

1.32

2.38

3.27

4.05

120

1.37

2.44

3.33

4.12

W12X72

80.

0.81

1.66

2.41

3.09

W8x40

0.94

1.85

2.63

3.33

100

0.91

1.88

2.70

3.43

100

1.10

2.10

2.93

3.67

110

0.99

1.99

2.84

3.60

110

1.18

2.21

3.07

3.83

120

1.06

2.10

2.98

3.76

120

1.25

2.32

3.20

3.99

W12x58

0.88

1.76

2.52

3.21

W8x31

1.06

2.00

2.78

3.49

100

1.04

2.01

2.83

3.56

100

1.22

2.23

3.07

3.81

110

1.11

2.12

2.97

3.73

110

1.29

2.33

3.20

3.97

120

1.19

2.23

3.11

3.89

120

1.36

2.44

3.33

4.12

W12X50

0.91

1.81

2.58

3.27

W8x24

1.14

2.09

2.89

3.59

100

1.07

2.05

2.88

3.62

100

1.29

2.31

3.16

3.90

110

1.15

2.17

3.02

3.78

110

1.36

2.42

3.28

4.05

120

1.22

2.28

3.16

3.94

120

1.43

2.52

3.41

4.20

W12x40

1.01

1.94

2.72

3.41

W8xl8

110

1.22

2.20

3.01

3.72

100

1.17

2.17

3.01

3.75

100

1.36

2.40

3.25

4.01

110

1.25

2.28

3.14

3.90

110

1.42

2.50

3.37

4.14

120

1.32

2.39

3.27

4.06

120

1.48

2.59

3.49

4.28

(continued)

156

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721.5.1(5)— continued
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS

NOMINAL TUBE

SIZE

(inches)

CONCRETE MASONRY

DENSITY, POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED
EQUIVALENT THICKNESS
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CONCRETE
MASONRY PROTECTION
ASSEMBLY, T^ (inches)

NOMINAL PIPE

SIZE

(inches)

CONCRETE MASONRY
DENSITY, POUNDS
PER CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED
EQUIVALENT THICKNESS
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CONCRETE
MASONRY PROTECTION
ASSEMBLY, T^ (inches)

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

4 X 4 X V2 wall
thickness

0.93

1.90

2.71

3.43

4 double extra

strong 0.674

wall thickness

0.80

1.75

2.56

3.28

100

1.08

2.13

2.99

3.76

100

0.95

1.99

2.85

3.62

110

1.16

2.24

3.13

3.91

110

1.02

2.10

2.99

3.78

120

1.22

2.34

3.26

4.06

120

1.09

2.20

3.12

3.93

4 X 4 X % wall
thickness

1.05

2.03

2.84

3.57

4 extra strong
0.337 wall
thickness

1.12

2.11

2.93

3.65

100

1.20

2.25

3.11

3.88

100

1.26

2.32

3.19

3.95

110

1.27

2.35

3.24

4.02

110

1.33

2.42

3.31

4.09

120

1.34

2.45

3.37

4.17

120

1.40

2.52

3.43

4.23

4 X 4 X V4 wall
thickness

1.21

2.20

3.01

3.73

4 standard
0.237 wall
thickness

1.26

2.25

3.07

3.79

100

1.35

2.40

3.26

4.02

100

1.40

2.45

3.31

4.07

110

1.41

2.50

3.38

4.16

110

1.46

2.55

3.43

4.21

120

1.48

2.59

3.50

4.30

120

1.53

2.64

3.54

4.34

6 X 6 X V2 wall
thickness

0.82

1.75

2.54

3.25

5 double extra

strong 0.750

wall thickness

0.70

1.61

2.40

3.12

100

0.98

1.99

2.84

3.59

100

0.85

1.86

2.71

3.47

110

1.05

2.10

2.98

3.75

110

0.91

1.97

2.85

3.63

120

1.12

2.21

3.11

3.91

120

0.98

2.02

2.99

3.79

6 X 6 X Vg wall
thickness

0.96

1.91

2.71

3.42

5 extra strong
0.375 wall
thickness

1.04

2.01

2.83

3.54

100

1.12

2.14

3.00

3.75

100

1.19

2.23

3.09

3.85

110

1.19

2.25

3.13

3.90

110

1.26

2.34

3.22

4.00

120

1.26

2.35

3.26

4.05

120

1.32

2.44

3.34

4.14

6 X 6 X V4 wall
thickness

1.14

2.11

2.92

3.63

5 standard
0.258 wall
thickness

1.20

2.19

3.00

3.72

100

1.29

2.32

3.18

3.93

100

1.34

2.39

3.25

4.00

110

1.36

2.43

3.30

4.08

110

1.41

2.49

3.37

4.14

120

1.42

2.52

3.43

4.22

120

1.47

2.58

3.49

4.28

8 X 8 X V2 wall
thickness

0.77

1.66

2.44

3.13

6 double extra

strong 0.864

wall thickness

0.59

1.46

2.23

2.92

100

0.92

1.91

2.75

3.49

100

0.73

1.71

2.54

3.29

110

1.00

2.02

2.89

3.66

110

0.80

1.82

2.69

3.47

120

1.07

2.14

3.03

3.82

120

0.86

1.93

2.83

3.63

8 X 8 X Vg wall
thickness

0.91

1.84

2.63

3.33

6 extra strong
0.432 wall
thickness

0.94

1.90

2.70

3.42

100

1.07

2.08

2.92

3.67

100

1.10

2.13

2.98

3.74

110

1.14

2.19

3.06

3.83

110

1.17

2.23

3.11

3.89

120

1.21

2.29

3.19

3.98

120

1.24

2.34

3.24

4.04

8 X 8 X V4 wall
thickness

1.10

2.06

2.86

3.57

6 standard
0.280 wall
thickness

1.14

2.12

2.93

3.64

100

1.25

2.28

3.13

3.87

100

1.29

2.33

3.19

3.94

110

1.32

2.38

3.25

4.02

110

1.36

2.43

3.31

4.08

120

1.39

2.48

3.38

4.17

120

1.42

2.53

3.43

4.22

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic feet = 16.02 kgka^.

Note: Tabulated values assume 1-inch air gap between masonry and steel section.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

157

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .5.1 (6)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS

COLUMN SIZE

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T^ (Inches)

COLUMN SIZE

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T^ (inches)

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

W14x82

120

1.23

2.42

3.41

4.29

W10x68

120

1.27

2.46

3.26

4.35

130

1.40

2.70

3.78

4.74

130

1.44

2.75

3.83

4.80

W14x68

120

1.34

2.54

3.54

4.43

W10X54

120

1.40

2.61

3.62

4.51

130

1.51

2.82

3.91

4.87

130

1.58

2.89

3.98

4.95

W14X53

120

1.43

2.65

3.65

4.54

W10X45

120

1.44

2.66

3.67

4.57

130

1.61

2.93

4.02

4.98

130

1.62

2.95

4.04

5.01

W14X43

120

1.54

2.76

3.77

4.66

W10X33

120

1.59

2.82

3.84

4.73

130

1.72

3.04

4.13

5.09

130

1.77

3.10

4.20

5.13

W12X72

120

1.32

2.52

3.51

4.40

W8x40

120

1.47

2.70

3.71

4.61

130

1.50

2.80

3.88

4.84

130

1.65

2.98

4.08

5.04

W12X58

120

1.40

2.61

3.61

4.50

W8x31

120

1.59

2.82

3.84

4.73

130

1.57

2.89

3.98

4.94

130

1.77

3.10

4.20

5.17

W12x50

120

1.43

2.65

3.66

4.55

W8x24

120

1.66

2.90

3.92

4.82

130

1.61

2.93

4.02

4.99

130

1.84

3.18

4.28

5.25

W12X40

120

1.54

2.77

3.78

4.67

W8xl8

120

1.75

3.00

4.01

4.91

130

1.72

3.05

4.14

5.10

130

1.93

3.27

4.37

5.34

STEEL TUBING

STEEL PIPE

NOMINAL TUBE
SIZE (Inches)

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, 7; (inches)

NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (inches)

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T^ (inches)

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

1-hour

2-hour

3-hour

4-hour

4 X 4 X V2 wall
thickness

120

1.44

2.72

3.76

4.68

4 double extra

strong 0.674

wall thickness

120

1.26

2.55

3.60

4.52

130

1.62

3.00

4.12

5.11

130

1.42

2.82

3.96

4.95

4x4x^/8 wall
thickness

120

1.56

2.84

3.88

4.78

4 extra strong

0.337
wall thickness

120

1.60

2.89

3.92

4.83

130

1.74

3.12

4.23

5.21

130

1.77

3.16

4.28

5.25

4 X 4 X V4 wall
thickness

120

1.72

2.99

4.02

4.92

4 standard

0.237

wall thickness

120

1.74

3.02

4.05

4.95

130

1.89

3.26

4.37

5.34

130

1.92

3.29

4.40

5.37

6 X 6 X V2 wall
thickness

120

1.33

2.58

3.62

4.52

5 double extra

strong 0.750

wall thickness

120

1.17

2.44

3.48

4.40

130

1.50

2.86

3.98

4.96

130

1.33

2.72

3.84

4.83

6 X 6 X % wall
thickness

120

1.48

2.74

3.76

4.67

5 extra strong

0.375
wall thickness

120

1.55

2.82

3.85

4.76

130

1.65

3.01

4.13

5.10

130

1.72

3.09

4.21

5.18

6 X 6 X V4 wall
thickness

120

1.66

2.91

3.94

4.84

5 standard

0.258

wall thickness

120

1.71

2.97

4.00

4.90

130

1.83

3.19

4.30

5.27

130

1.88

3.24

4.35

5.32

8 X 8 X V2 wall
thickness

120

1.27

2.50

3.52

4.42

6 double extra

strong 0.864

wall thickness

120

1.04

2.28

3.32

4.23

130

1.44

2.78

3.89

4.86

130

1.19

2.60

3.68

4.67

8 X 8 X Vg wall
thickness

120

1.43

2.67

3.69

4.59

6 extra strong

0.432
wall thickness

120

1.45

2.71

3.75

4.65

130

1.60

2.95

4.05

5.02

130

1.62

2.99

4.10

5.08

8 X 8 X V4 wall
thickness

120

1.62

2.87

3.89

4.78

6 standard

0.280

wall thickness

120

1.65

2.91

3.94

4.84

130

1.79

3.14

4.24

5.21

130

1.82

3.19

4.30

5.27

158

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE""

TABLE 721 .5.1 (7)

MINIMUM COVER (Inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS

ENCASED IN NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE**

[FIGURE 721 .5.1 (6)(c)]

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

W14 X 233

IV,

xl76

2V,

xl32

X 90

IV,

X 61

X 48

2V,

X 43

W12X152

2V,

X 96

X 65

IV,

X 50

2V,

X 40

WlOx 88

IV,

X 49

2V,

X 45

X 39

3V,

X 33

W8 X 67

IV,

2V,

X 58

X 48

IV,

3V,

X 31

X 21

X 18

W6 X 25

IV,

3
3V,

3V,

X 20

2V,

X 16

X 15

X 9

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721.5.1(8)

MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS

ENCASED IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE^

[FIGURE 721 .5.1 (6)(c)]

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS)

1V,

W14 X 233

IV,

X193

IV,

X 74

X 61

2V,

X 43

IV,

W12x 65

IV,

X 53

2V,

X 40

IV,

W10X112

IV,

X 88

X 60

2V,

X 33

IV,

W8 X 35

IV,

2V,

X 28

X 24

2V,

X 18

IV,

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 nun.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of struc-
turallightweight concrete given in Table 721.5.1(2).

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of nor-
mal-weight concrete given in Table 721.5.1(2).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

159

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721 .5.1 (9)

MINIMUM COVER (Inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS

IN NORMAL-WEIGHT PRECAST COVERS"

[FIGURE 721 .5.1 (6)(a)]

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

W14X233

IV,

2V,

x211

3V,

X176

X145

X109

2V,

X 99

X 61

3V,

X 43

4V,

W12X190

IV,

2V,

3V,

xl52

xl20

X 96

X 87

2V,

3V,

X 58

4V,

X 40

W10X112

IV,

3V,

X 88

X 77

2V,

X 54

3V,

X 33

4V,

W8 X 67

iv.

IV,

X 58

2V,

3V,

X 48

X 28

4V,

X 21

2V,

X 18

W6 X 25

IV,.

2V,

3V,

4V,

X 20

2V,

X 16

X 12

X 9

TABLE 721 .5.1 (10)

MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS

IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT PRECAST COVERS"

[FIGURE 721. 5.1 (6)(a)]

STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

W14 X 233

IV,

2V,

xl76

xl45

2V,

xl32

xl09

X 99

X 68

3V,

X 43

W12X190

IV,

2V,

xl52

X136

xl06

:2 V,

X 96

3V,

X 87

X 65

X 40

W10X112

IV,

2 .

xlOO

2V,

X 88

X 77

3V,

X 60

X 39

X 33

W8 X 67

IV,

2V,

. 3

X 48

3V,

X 35

X 28

X 18 .

2V,

W6 X 25

IV,

3V,

X 15

2V,-

X 9

3V,

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of nor-
mal-weight concrete given in Table 721 .5. 1(2).

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of struc-
tural Ughtweight concrete given in Table 721 .5. 1(2).

160

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.5.2.2 Spray-applied fire-resistant materials. The

provisions in this section apply to structural steel beams
and girders protected with spray-applied fire-resistant
materials. Larger or smaller beam and girder shapes shall
be permitted to be substituted for beams specified in
approved unrestrained or restrained fire-resistance-rated
assemblies, provided the thickness of the fire-resistant
material is adjusted in accordance with the following
expression:

hi = K [(^1 / ^1 ) + 0-60] / [(^2 / £>2 ) + 0-60]

(Equation 7-17)

where:

h = Thickness of spray-applied fire-resistant material
in inches.

W = Weight of the structural steel beam or girder in
pounds per linear foot.

D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel beam in
inches.

Subscript 1 refers to the beam and fire-resistant mate-
rial thickness in the approved assembly.

Subscript 2 refers to the substitute beam or girder and
the required thickness of fire-resistant material.

The fire resistance of structural steel beams and gird-
ers protected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant
coatings shall be determined on the basis of fire-resis-
tance tests in accordance with Section 703.2.

721.5.2.2.1 Minimum thicl^ness. The use of Equa-
tion 7-17 is subject to the following conditions:

1. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio for the
substitute beam or girder (Wj/Dj) shall not be
less than 0.37.

2. The thickness of fire protection materials calcu-
lated for the substitute beam or girder (Tj) shall
not be less than Vg inch (9.5 mm).

3. The unrestrained or restrained beam rating shall
not be less than 1 hour.

4i When used to adjust the material thickness for a
restrained beam, the use of this procedure is
limited to steel sections classified as compact in
accordance with the AISC Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings, (AISC-LRFD).

721.5.2.3 Structural steel trusses. The fire resistance of
structural steel trusses protected with fire-resistant mate-
rials spray-applied to each of the individual truss ele-
ments shall be permitted to be determined in accordance
with this section. The thickness of the fire-resistant mate-
rial shall be determined in accordance with Section
721.5.1.3. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D)
of truss elements that can be simultaneously exposed to
fire on all sides shall be determined on the same basis as

columns, as specified in Section 721.5.1.1. The
weight- to-heated-perimeter ratio (WZ)) of truss ele-
ments that directly support floor or roof construction
shall be determined on the same basis as beams and gird-
ers, as specified in Section 721.5.2.1.

The fire resistance of structural steel trusses protected
with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings shall
be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in
accordance with Section 703.2.

721.6 Wood assemblies. The provisions of this section contain
procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of wood assem-
blies are established by calculations.

721.6.1 General. This section contains procedures for cal-
culating the fire-resistance ratings of walls, floor/ceiling
and roof/ceiling assemblies based in part on the standard
method of testing referenced in Section 703.2.

721.6.1.1 Maximum fire-resistance rating. Fire-resis-
tance ratings calculated using the procedures in this sec-
tion shall be used only for 1-hour rated assemblies.

721.6.1.2 Dissimilar membranes. Where dissimilar
membranes are used on a wall assembly, the calculation
shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker) side.

721.6.2 Walls, floors and roofs. These procedures apply to
both load-bearing and nonload-bearing assemblies.

721.6.2.1 Fire-resistance rating of wood frame assem-
blies. The fire-resistance rating of a wood frame assem-
bly is equal to the sum of the time assigned to the
membrane on the fire-exposed side, the time assigned to
the framing members and the time assigned for addi-
tional contribution by other protective measures such as
insulation. The membrane on the unexposed side shall
not be included in determining the fire resistance of the
assembly.

721.6.2.2 Time assigned to membranes. Table
721.6.2(1) indicates the time assigned to membranes on
the fire-exposed side.

721.6.2.3 Exterior walls. For an exterior wall having
more than 5 feet ( 1 524 mm) of horizontal separation, the
wall is assigned a rating dependent on the interior mem-
brane and the framing as described in Tables 721.6.2(1)
and 721.6.2(2). The membrane on the outside of the
nonfire-exposed side of exterior walls having more than
5 feet (1524 mm) of horizontal separation may consist of
sheathing, sheathing paper, and siding as described in
Table 721.6.2(3).

721.6.2.4 Floors and roofs. In the case of a floor or roof,
the standard test provides only for testing for fire expo-
sure from below. Except as noted in Section 703.3, Item
5, floor or roof assemblies of wood framing shall have an
upper membrane consisting of a subfloor and finished
floor conforming to Table 721 .6.2(4) or any other mem-
brane that has a contribution to fire resistance of at least
15 minutes in Table 721.6.2(1).

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

161

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

TABLE 721.6.2(1)
TIME ASSIGNED TO WALLBOARD MEMBRANES^^'^"

DESCRIPTION OF FINISH

TIME^ (minutes)

^/g-inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue

'^/32-inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue

'%2-inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue

^/g-inch gypsum wallboard

V2-inch gypsum wallboard

^/g-inch gypsum wallboard

V2-inch Type X gypsum wallboard

^/g-inch Type X gypsum wallboard

Double %-inch gypsum wallboard

V2- + ^/g-inch gypsum wallboard

Double V2-inch gypsum wallboard

For SI: 1 inch - 25 A mm.

a. These values apply only when membranes are installed on framing members
which are spaced 16 inches o.c.

b. Gypsum wallboard installed over framing or furring shall be installed so that
all edges are supported, except Vg-inch Type X gypsum wallboard shall be
permitted to be installed horizontally with the horizontal joints staggered 24
inches each side and unsupported but finished.

c. On wood frame floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies, gypsurh board shall
be installed with the long dimension perpendicular to framing members and
shall have all joints finished.

d. The membrane on the unexposed side shaU not be included in determining the fire
resistance of tiie assembly. When dissimilar membranes are used on a wall assem-
bly, the calculation shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker) side.

e. The time assigned is not a finished rating.

721.6.2.5 Additional protection. Table 721.6.2(5) indi-
cates the time increments to be added to the fire resis-
tance where glass fiber; rockwool, slag mineral wool, or
cellulose insulation is incorporated in the assembly.

721.6.2.6 Fastening. Fastening of wood frame assemblies
and the fastening of membranes to the wood framing
members shall be done in accordance with Chapter 23.

721.6.3 Design of fire-resistant exposed wood members.

The fire-resistance rating, in minutes, of timber beams and
columns with a minimum nominal dimension of 6 inches
(152 mm) is equal to:

Beatns: 2.5AZb [4 -2{b/dy\ for beams which may be
exposed to fire on four sides.

(Equation 7-18)

2.54Z^ [4 -{b/d}] for beams which may be exposed
to fire on three sides.

(Equation 7-19)

Columns: 2.54Z!i [3 -{d/b)] for columns which may be
exposed to fire on four sides

(Equation 7-20)

2.54Zd [3 -(d/2b)] for columns which may be
exposed to fire on three sides.

(Equation 7-21)

where:

b = The breadth (width) of a beam or larger side of a
column before exposure to fire (inches).

d = The depth of a beam or smaller side of a colunm
before exposure to fire (inches).

Z = Load factor, based on Figure 721.6.3(1).

TABLE 721 .6.2(2)
TIME ASSIGNED FOR CONTRIBUTION OF WOOD FRAME "'"•"

DESCRIPTION

TIME ASSIGNED TO FRAME (minutes)

Wood studs 16 inches o.c.

Wood floor and roof joists 16 inches o.c.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. This table does not apply to studs or joists spaced more than 16 inches o.c.

b. All studs shall be nominal 2x4 and all joists shaU have a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches.

c. Allowable spans for joists shall be determined in accordance with Sections 2308.8, 2308.10.2 and 2308.10.3.

TABLE 721.6.2(3)
MEMBRANE^ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUD WALLS

SHEATHING

PAPER

EXTERIOR FINISH

Vg-inch T «& G lumber

Lumber siding

^/i6-inch exterior glue wood structural panel

Sheathing paper

Wood shingles and shakes

V2-inch gypsum wallboard

V4-'inch wood structural panels — exterior type

^/g-inch gypsum wallboard

V4-inch hardboard

V2-inch fiberboard

Metal siding .
Stucco on metal lath
Masonry veneer

None

—

^/g-inch exterior-grade wood structural panels

For SI: 1 pound/cubic foot = 16.0185 kgAn^.

a. Any combination of sheathing, paper and exterior finish is permitted.

162

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

721.6.3.1 Equation 7-21. Equation 7-21 applies only
where the unexposed face represents the smaller side of
the column. If a column is recessed into a wall, its full
dimension shall be used for the purpose of these calcula-
tions.

721.6.3.2 Allowable loads. Allowable loads on beams
and columns are determined using design values given in
AF&PANDS.

721.6.3.3 Fastener protection. Where minimum 1-hour
fire resistance is required, connectors and fasteners shall
be protected from fire exposure by 1 '/2 inches (38 mm) of
wood, or other approved covering or coating for a 1-hour
rating. Typical details for commonly used fasteners and
connectors are shown in AITC Technical Note 7.

721.6.3.4 Minimum size. Wood members are limited to
dimensions of 6 inches (152 mm) nominal or greater.
Glued-laminated timber beams utilize standard laminat-
ing combinations except that a core lamination is
removed. The tension zone is moved inward and the
equivalent of an extra nominal 2-inch-thick (51 nrni)
outer tension lamination is added.

1.60

1.50

1.40

Z 1.30

1.20

COLUMNS Kgi/d <s.11

fc.

BEAMS
Kgl/d>

-COLUMNS >
11

..^^^

1.10

^'%0 50 60 70 80 90 100

LOAD ON MEMBERS AS A PERCENT OF DESIGN LOAD

FIGURE 721.6.3(1)
LOAD FIGURE

K^ = The efifective length factor as noted in Figure 721.6.3(2).
/ = The unsupported length of columns (inches).

TABLE 721.6.2(4)
FLOORING OR ROOFING OVER WOOD FRAMING^

ASSEMBLY

STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS

SUBFLOOR OR ROOF DECK

FINISHED FLOORING OR ROOFING

Floor

Wood

'Vgj-inch wood structural panels or
'Vi6 inch T &.G softwood

Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper resilient
flooring, parquet floor felted-synthetic fiber floor coverings,
carpeting, or ceramic tile on ^/g-inch-thick panel-type underlay

Ceramic tile on 1 V4-inch mortar bed

Roof

Wood

^ ^/32-inch wood structural panels or
' V16 inch T & G softwood

Finished roofing material with or without insulation

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. This table applies only to wood joist construction. It is not applicable to wood truss consttuction.

TABLE 721.6.2(5)
TIME ASSIGNED FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PROTECTION

FIRE RESISTANCE (minutes)

Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls if the spaces between the studs are completely filled
with glass fiber mineral wool batts weighing not less than 2 pounds per cubic foot (0.6 pound per square
foot of wall surface) or rockwool or slag material wool batts weighing not less than 3.3 pounds per cubic
foot (1 pound per square foot of wall surface), or cellulose insulation having a nominal density not less
than 2.6 pounds per cubic foot.

For SI: 1 pound/cubic foot = 1 6.0 1 85 kg/m^

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

163

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION

BUCKLING MODES

77",

\ \

THEORETICAL Kg VALUE

0.5

0.7

1.0

2.0

RECOMMENDED DESIGN Kq
WHEN IDEAL CONDITIONS
APPROXIMATED

o;65

0.80

1.2

1.0

2.10

2.4

END CONDITION CODE

ROTATION FIXED. TRANSLATION FIXED
ROTATION FREE, TRANSLATION FIXED

ROTATION FIXED, TRANSLATION FREE
ROTATION FREE, TRANSLATION FREE

FIGURE 721 .6.3(2)
EFFECTIVE LENGTH FACTORS

164

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 8

INTERIOR FINISHES

SECTION 801
GENERAL

801.1 Scope. Provisions of this chapter shall govern the use of
materials used as interior finishes, trim and decorative materi-
als.

801.1.1 Interior finishes. These provisions shall limit the
allowable flame spread and smoke development based on
location and occupancy classification.

Exceptions:

1. Materials having a thickness less than 0.036 inch
(0.9 mm) applied directly to the surface of walls or
ceilings.

2. Exposed portions of structural members comply-
ing with the requirements for buildings of Type IV
construction in Section 602.4 shall not be subject
to interior finish requirements.

801.1.2 Decorative materials and trim. Decorative mate-
rials and trim shall be restricted by combustibility and the
flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701, in
accordance with Section 806.

801.1.3 Applicability. For buildings in flood hazard areas
as established in Section 1612.3, interior finishes, trim and
decorative materials below the design flood elevation shall
be flood-damage-resistant materials.

801.2 Application. Combustible materials shall be permitted
to be used as finish for walls, ceilings, floors and other interior
surfaces of buildings.

801.2.1 Windows. Show windows in the exterior walls of
the first story above grade shall be permitted to be of wood
or of unprotected metal framing.

801.2.2 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as
interior finish or trim except as provided in Section 2603.9
or 2604. This section shall apply both to exposed foam plas-
tics and to foam plastics used in conjunction with a textile or
vinyl facing or cover.

SECTION 802
DEFINITIONS

802.1 General. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall covering
consisting of a woven textile backing, an expanded vinyl base
coat layer and a nonexpanded vinyl skin coat. The expanded
base coat layer is a homogeneous vinyl layer that contains a
blowing agent. During processing, the blowing agent decom-
poses, causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells. The
total thickness of the wall covering is approximately 0.055 inch
to 0.070 inch (1.4 mm to 1.78 mm).

FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface.

FLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparadve measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual
measurements of the spread of flame versus time for a material
tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

INTERIOR FINISH. Interior finish includes interior wall and
ceiling finish and interior floor finish.

INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. The exposed floor surfaces of
buildings including coverings applied over a finished floor or
stair, including risers.

INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. The exposed
interior surfaces of buildings, including but not limited to:
fixed or movable walls and partitions; toilet room privacy parti-
tions; columns; ceilings; and interior wainscoting, paneling or
other finish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical
correction, surface insulation, structural fire resistance or simi-
lar purposes, but not including trim.

SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from measure-
ments of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84.

TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails, door
and window frames and similar decorative or protective mate-
rials used in fixed applications.

SECTION 803
WALL AND CEILING FINISHES

803.1 General. Interior wall and ceiling finishes shall be clas-
sified in accordance with ASTM E 84. Such interior finish
materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accor-
dance with their flame spread and smoke-developed indexes.

Class A: Flame spread 0-25; smoke-developed 0-450.

Class B: Flame spread 26-75; smoke-developed 0-450.

Class C: Flame spread 76-200; smoke-developed 0-450.

Exception: Materials, other than textiles, tested in accor-
dance with Section 803.2.

803.2. Interior wall or ceiling finishes other than textiles.

Interior wall or ceiling finishes, other than textiles, shall be per-
mitted to be tested in accordance with NFPA 286. Finishes
tested in accordance with NFPA 286 shall comply with Section
803.2.1.

803.2.1 Acceptance criteria. During the 40 kW exposure,
the interior finish shall comply with Item 1. During the 160
kW exposure, the interior finish shall comply with Item 2.
During the entire test, the interior finish shall comply with
Items 3 and 4.

1 . During the 40kW exposure, flames shall not spread to
the ceiling.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

165

INTERIOR FINISHES

2. During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish shall
comply with the following:

2. 1 . Flame shall not spread to the outer extremity
of the sample on any wall or ceiling.

2.2. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall not
occur.

13. The peak rate of heat release throughout the NFPA
286 test shall not exceed 800 kW.

4. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA 286
test shall not exceed 1,000 m^.

803.3 Stability. Interior finish materials regulated by this chap-
ter shall be applied or otherwise fastened in such a manner that
such materials will not readily become detached where sub-
jected to room temperatures of 200°F (93°C) for not less than
30 minutes.

803.4 Application. Where these materials are applied on
walls, ceilings or structural elements required to have a
fire-resistance rating or to be of noncombustible construction,
they shall comply with the provisions of this section.

803.4.1 Direct attachment and furred construction.

Where walls and ceilings are required by any provision in
this code to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombustible
construction, the interior finish material shall be applied
directly against such construction or to furring strips not
exceeding 1.75 inches (44 mm) applied directly against
such surfaces. The intervening spaces between such furring
strips shall be filled with inorganic or Class A material or
shall be fireblocked at a maximum of 8 feet (2438 mm) in
any direction in accordance with Section 717.

803.4.2 Set-out construction. Where walls and ceilings are
required to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombustible
construction and walls are set out or ceilings are dropped
distances greater than specified in Section 803.4.1, Class A
finish materials shall be used except where interior finish
materials are protected on both sides by an automatic sprin-
kler system or attached to noncombustible backing or fur-
ring strips installed as specified in Section 803.4.1. The
hangers and assembly members of such dropped ceilings
that are below the main ceiling line shall be of
noncombustible materials, except that in Type III and V
construction, fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permit-
ted. The construction of each set-out wall shall be of
fire-resistance-rated construction as required elsewhere in
this code.

803.4.3 Heavy timber construction. Wall and ceiling fin-
ishes of all classes as permitted in this chapter that are
installed directly against the wood decking or planking of
Type IV construction or to wood furring strips applied
directly to the wood decking or planking shall be
fireblocked as specified in Section 803.4.1.

803.4.4 Materials. An interior wall or ceiling finish that is
not more than 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) thick shall be applied
directly against a noncombustible backing.

Exceptions:

1. Class A materials.

2. Materials where the qualifying tests were made
with the material suspended or furred out from the
noncombustible backing.

803.5 Interior finish requirements based on group. Interior
wall and ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index not
greater than that specified in Table 803.5 for the group and
location designated. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials,
other than textiles, tested in accordance with NFPA 286 and
meeting the acceptance criteria of Section 803 .2.1, shall be per-
mitted to be used where a Class A classification in accordance
with ASTM E 84 is required.

803.6 Textiles. Where used as interior wall or ceiling finish
materials, textiles, including materials having woven or
nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or similar surface and carpet
and similar textile materials, shall comply with the require-
ments of Section 803.6.1, 803.6.2 or 803.6.3.

803.6.1 Surface burning characteristic test. Textile wall
and ceiling coverings shall have a Class A flame spread
index in accordance with ASTM E 84 and be protected by
automatic sprinklers installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

803.6.2 Room comer test, textiles. Textile wall coverings
shall meet the criteria of Section 803.6.2.1 when tested in
the manner intended for use in accordance with the Method
B protocol of NFPA 265 using the product-mounting sys-
tem, including adhesive.

803.6.2.1 Method B test protocol. During the 40 kW
exposure, the interior finish shall comply with Item 1 .
During the 150 kW exposure, the interior finish shall
comply with Item 2. During the entire test, the interior
finish shall comply with Item 3.

1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not
spread to the ceiling.

2. During the 150 kW exposure, the interior finish
shall comply with the following:

2. 1 . Flame shall not spread to the outer extremi-
ties of the samples on the 8-foot by 1 2-foot
(203 mm by 305 mm) walls.

2.2. Flashover, as described in NFPA 265, shall
not occur.

3. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA
265 test shall not exceed 1000 m^.

803.6.3 Room comer test, ceiling and wall finish. Textile
wall and ceiling coverings shall meet the criteria of Section
803.2. 1 when tested in the manner intended for use in accor-
dance with NFPA 286 using the product-mounting system,
including adhesive.

803.7 Expanded vinyl wall coverings. Expanded vinyl wall
coverings shall comply with the requirements for textile wall
and ceiling materials and their use shall comply with Section
803.6.

Exception: Expanded vinyl wall or ceiling coverings com-
plying with Section 803.2 shall not be required to comply
with Section 803.1 or 803.6.

166

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

INTERIOR FINISHES

803.8 Insulation. Thermal and acoustical insulation shall
comply with Section 719.

803.9 Acoustical ceiling systems. The quality, design, fabrica-
tion and erection of metal suspension systems for acoustical
tile and lay-in panel ceilings in buildings or structures shall
conform with generally accepted engineering practice, the pro-
visions of this chapter and other applicable requirements of this
code.

803.9.1 Materials and installation. Acoustical materials
complying with the interior finish requirements of Section
803 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and applicable provisions for applying
interior finish.

803.9.1.1 Suspended acoustical ceilings. Suspended
acoustical ceiling systems shall be installed in accor-
dance with the provisions of ASTM C 635 and ASTM C
636.

803.9.1.2 Fire-resistance-rated construction. Acousti-
cal ceiling systems that are part of fire-resistance-rated
construction shall be installed in the same manner used
in the assembly tested and shall comply with the provi-
sions of Chapter 7.

SECTION 804
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH

804.1 General. Interior floor finish and floor covering materi-
als shall comply with Section 804.2 through 804.4.1.

Exception: Floor finishes and coverings of a traditional
type, such as wood, vinyl, linoleum or terrazzo, and resihent
floor covering materials that are not comprised of fibers.

804.2 Classification. Interior floor finish and floor covering
materials required by Section 804.4. 1 to be of Class I or II
materials shall be classified in accordance with NFPA 253. The
classification referred to herein corresponds to the classifica-

TABLE 803.5
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY''

GROUP

SPRINKLERED'

NONSPRINKLERED

Exit enclosures and
exit passageways"-*'

Corridors

Rooms and
enclosed spaces'^

Exit enclosures and
exit passageways"'*'

Corridors

Rooms and
enclosed spaces'^

A-1 & A-2

A'^

A-3f, A-4, A-5

■ A ^

A''

B,E,M,R-l,R-4

I-l

1-2

Bh,i

1-3

. A

1-4

Bh,i

R-2

R-3

No restrictions

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^.

a. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted for wainscotting or paneling of not more than 1 ,000 square feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby where
applied directly to a noncbmbustible base or over furring strips applied to a noncpmbustible base and fireblocked as required by Section 803.4.1.

b. In exit enclosures of buildings less than three stories in height of other than Group 1-3, Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered buildings and Class C interior fin-
ish for sprinklered buildings shall be permitted.

c. Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based upon spaces enclosed by partitions. Where a fire-resistance rating is required for structural elements,
the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor to the ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this shall be considered enclosing spaces and the rooms or
spaces on both sides shall be considered one. In deterinining the applicable requireriients for rooms and enclosed spaces, the specific occupancy thereof shall be the
governing factor regardless of the group classification of the building or structure.

d. Lobby areas in Group A-1, A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall not be less than Class B materials.

e. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of 300 persons or less.

f. For places of religious worship, wood used for ornamental purposes, trusses, paneUng or chancel furnishing shall be permitted.

g. Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories.

h. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces,
i. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less.

j. Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors,
k. Finish materials as provided for in other sections of this code. . ,

1. Applies when the exit enclosures, exit passageways, corridors or rooms and enclosed spaces are protected by a sprinkler system installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

167

INTERIOR FINISHES

tions determined by NFPA 253 as follows: Class I, 0.45
watts/cm^ or greater; Class 11, 0.22 watts/cm^ or greater.

804.3 Testing and identification. Interior floor finish and
floor covering materials shall be tested by an approved agency
in accordance with NFPA 253 and identified by a hang tag or
other suitable method so as to identify the manufacturer or sup-
plier and style, and shall indicate the interior floor finish or
floor covering classification according to Section 804.2. Car-
pet-type floor coverings shall be tested as proposed for use,
including underlayment. Test reports confirming the informa-
tion provided in the manufacturer's product identification shall
be furnished to the building official upon request.

804.4 Interior floor finish requirements. In all occupancies,
interior floor finish and floor covering materials in exit enclo-
sures, exit passageways, corridors and rooms or spaces not sep-
arated from corridors by full-height partitions extending from
the floor to the underside of the ceiling shall withstand a mini-
mum critical radiant flux as specified in Section 804.4.1.

804.4.1 Minimum critical radiant flux. Interior floor fin-
ish and floor covering materials in exit enclosures, exit pas-
sageways and corridors shall not be less than Class I in
Groups 1-2 and 1-3 and not less than Class II in Groups A, B,
E, H, 1-4, M, R-1, R-2 and S. In all areas, floor covering
materials shall comply with the DOC FF- 1 "pill test" (CPSC
16 CFR, Part 1630).

Exception: Where a building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, Class II materials are
permitted in any area where Class I materials are
required, and materials complying with the DOC FF-1
"pill test" (CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630) are permitted in
any area where Class 11 materials are required.

SECTION 805

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN TYPE I AND II

CONSTRUCTION

805.1 Application. Combustible materials installed on or
embedded in floors of buildings of Type I or II construction
shall comply with Sections 805.1.1 through 805.1.3.

Exception: Stages and platforms constructed in accordance
with Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.

805.1.1 Subfloor construction. Floor sleepers, bucks and
nailing blocks shall not be constructed of combustible mate-
rials, unless the space between the fire-resistance-rated
floor construction and the flooring is either solidly filled
with approved noncombustible materials or fireblocked in
accordance with Section 717, and provided that such open
spaces shall not extend under or through permanent parti-
tions or walls.

805.1.2 Wood finish flooring. Wood finish flooring is per-
mitted to be attached directly to the embedded or
fireblocked wood sleepers and shall be permitted where
cemented directly to the top surface of approved fire-resis-
tance-rated floor construction or directly to a wood subfloor
attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1.1.

805.1.3 Insulating boards. Combustible insulating boards
not more than V2 inch (12.7 mm) thick and covered with
approved finish flooring are permitted where attached
directly to a noncombustible floor assembly or to wood
subflooring attached to sleepers as provided for in Section
805.1.1.

[F] SECTION 806
DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM

[F] 806.1 General requirements. In occupancies in Groups A,
E, I and R-1 and dormitories in Group R-2, curtains, draperies,
hangings and other decorative materials suspended from walls
or ceilings shall meet the flame propagation performance crite-
ria of NFPA 701 in accordance with Section 806.2 or be
noncombustible.

In Groups I-l and 1-2, combustible decorative materials shall
meet the flame propagation criteria of NFPA 701 unless the
decorative materials, including, but not limited to, photographs
and paintings, are of such limited quantities that a hazard of fire
development or spread is not present. In Group 1-3, combusti-
ble decorative materials are prohibited.

Fixed or movable walls and partitions, paneling, wall pads
and crash pads applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical
correction, surface insulation or other purposes shall be consid-
ered interior finish if they cover 10 percent or more of the wall
or of the ceiling area, and shall not be considered decorative
materials or furnishings.

In Group B and M occupancies, fabric partitions suspended
from the ceiling and not supported by the floor shall meet the
flame propagation performance criteria in accordance with
Section 806.2 and NFPA 701 or shall be noncombustible.

[F] 806.1.1 Noncombustible materials. The permissible
amount of noncombustible decorative material shall not be
limited.

[F] 806.1.2 Combustible decorative materials. The per-
missible amount of decorative materials meeting the flame
propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 shall not
exceed 10 percent of the aggregate area of walls and ceil-
ings.

Exceptions:

1. In auditoriums in Group A, the permissible
amount of decorative material meeting the flame
propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701
shall not exceed 50 percent of the aggregate area of
walls and ceiling where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and where the
material is installed in accordance with Section
803.4.

2. The amount of fabric partitions suspended from
the ceiling and not supported by the floor in Group
B and M occupancies shall not be limited.

[F] 806.2 Acceptance criteria and reports. Where required
by Section 806.1, decorative materials shall be tested by an
approved agency and meet the flame propagation performance
criteria of NFPA 701 or such materials shall be

168

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

INTERIOR FINISHES

noncombustible. Reports of test results shall be prepared in
accordance with NFPA 701 and furnished to the building offi-
cial upon request.

[F] 806.3 Foam plastic. Foam plastic used as trim in any occu-
pancy shall comply with Section 2604.2.

[F] 806.4 Pyroxylin plastic. Imitation leather or other material
consisting of or coated with a pyroxylin or similarly hazardous
base shall not be used in Group A occupancies.

[F] 806.5 Interior trim. Material, other than foam plastic used
as interior trim shall have a minimum Class C flame spread and
smoke-developed index when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84, as described in Section 803.1. Combustible trim,
excluding handrails and guardrails, shall not exceed 10 percent
of the aggregate wall or ceiling area in which it is located.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 69

170 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 9

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

SECTION 901
GENERAL

901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall specify where
fire protection systems are required and shall apply to the
design, installation and operation of fire protection systems.

901.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall
be installed, repaired, operated and maintained in accordance
with this code and the International Fire Code.

Any fire protection system for which an exception or reduc-
tion to the provisions of this code has been granted shall be con-
sidered to be a required system.

Exception: Any fire protection system or portion thereof
not required by this code shall be permitted to be installed
for partial or complete protection provided that such system
meets the requirements of this code.

901.3 Modifications. No person shall remove or modify any
fire protection system installed or maintained under the provi-
sions of this code or the International Fire Code without
approval by the building official.

901.4 Threads. Threads provided for fire department connec-
tions to sprinkler systems, standpipes, yard hydrants or any
other fire hose connection shall be compatible with the connec-
tions used by the local fire department.

901.5 Acceptance tests. Fire protection systems shall be tested
in accordance with the requirements of this code and the Inter-
national Fire Code. When required, the tests shall be con-
ducted in the presence of the building official. Tests required by
this code, the International Fire Code and the standards Usted
in this code shall be conducted at the expense of the owner or
the owner's representative. It shall be unlawful to occupy por-
tions of a structure until the required fire protection systems
within that portion of the structure have been tested and
approved.

901.6 Supervisory service. Where required, fire protection
systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising station
in accordance with NFPA 72.

901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprin-
kler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising
station.

Exceptions:

1 . A supervising station is not required for automatic
sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family
dwellings.

2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprin-
klers.

901.6.2 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems required
by the provisions of Section 907.2 of this code and Section
907.2 of the International Fire Code shall be monitored by

an approved supervising station in accordance with Section
907.14.

Exceptions:

1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms
required by Section 907.2.10.

2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 occupancies.

3. Supervisory service is not requiied for automatic
sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwell-
ings.

901.6.3 Group H. Manual fire alarm, automatic fire-extin-
guishing and emergency alarm systems in Group H occu-
pancies shall be monitored by an approved supervising
station.

Exception: When approved by the building official,
on-site monitoring at a constantly attended location shall
be permitted provided that notifications to the fire
department will be equal to those provided by an
approved supervising station.

901.7 Fire areas. Where buildings, or portions thereof, are
divided into fire areas so as not to exceed the limits established
for requiring a fire protection system in accordance with this
chapter, such fire areas shall be separated by fire barriers hav-
ing a fire-resistance rating of not less than that determined in
accordance with Section 706.3.9.

SECTION 902
DEFINITIONS

902.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.

[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A fire alarm
system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text
display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any
combination thereof.

[F] ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency
requiring immediate action, such as a signal indicative of fire.

[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A feature of
automatic fire detection and alarm systems to reduce unwanted
alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm conditions for a
minimum period of time, or confirm alarm conditions within a
given time period, after being automatically reset, in order to be
accepted as a valid alarm-initiation signal.

[F] ANNUNCIATOR. A unit containing one or more indica-
tor lamps, alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means in
which each indication provides status infonnation about a cir-
cuit, condition or location.

[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A

notification appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

171

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] AUTOMATIC. As applied to fire protection devices, is a
device or system providing an emergency function witliout the
necessity for human intervention and activated as a result of a
predetermined temperature rise, rate of temperature rise or
combustion products.

[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.

An approved system of devices and equipment which automat-
ically detects a fire and discharges an approved fire-extinguish-
ing agent onto or in the area of a fire.

[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. A sprinkler sys-
tem, for fire protection purposes, is an integrated system of
underground and overhead piping designed in accordance with
fire protection engineering standards. The system includes a
suitable water supply. The portion of the system above the
ground is a network of specially sized or hydraulically
designed piping installed in a structure or area, generally over-
head, and to which automatic sprinklers are connected in a sys-
tematic pattern. The system is usually activated by heat from a
fire and discharges water over the fire area.

[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. The root mean
square, A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a
24-hour period.

[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.

A system supplying carbon dioxide (CO2) from a pressurized
vessel through fixed pipes and nozzles. The system includes a
manual- or automatic-actuating mechanism.

[F] CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an
air-borne contaminant to which one may be exposed, as pub-
lished in DDL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000.

[F] CLEAN AGENT. Electrically nonconducting, volatile or
gaseous fire extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon
evaporation.

[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A desig
nated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a
continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are moni-
tored and facilities are provided for notification of the fire
department or other emergency services.

[F] DELUGE SYSTEM. A sprinkler system employing open
sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a water sup-
ply through a valve that is opened by the operation of a detec-
tion system installed in the same areas as the sprinklers. When
this valve opens, water flows into the piping system and dis-
charges from all sprinklers attached thereto.

[F] DETECTOR, HEAT. A fire detector that senses heat pro-
duced by burning substances. Heat is the energy produced by
combustion that causes substances to rise in temperature.

[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A

powder composed of small particles, usually of sodium bicar-
bonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea-potassium-based bicar-
bonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate,
with added particulate material supplemented by special treat-
ment to pi:ovide resistance to packing, resistance to moisture
absorption (caking) and the proper flow capabilities.

[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. A system to provide
indication and warning of emergency situations involving haz-
ardous materials.

[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICA-
TIONS. Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for originat-
ing and distributing voice instructions, as well as alert and
evacuation signals pertaining to a fire emergency, to the occu-
pants of a building.

[F] EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent
expansion of gases, that is accompanied by a shock wave or
disruption of enclosing materials or structures, or both.

[F] FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See "Manual Fire
Alarm Box."

[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. A system component
that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire alarm
devices and is capable of supplying power to detection devices
and transponder(s) or off-premises transmitter(s). The control
unit is capable of providing a transfer of power to the notifica-
tion appliances and transfer of condition to relays or devices.

[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by a fire
alarm-initiating device such as a manual fire alarm box, auto-
matic fire detector, water flow switch, or other device whose
activation is indicative of the presence of a fire or fire signature.

[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. A system or portion of a com-
bination system consisting of components and circuits
arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or
supervisory signal-initiating devices and to initiate the appro-
priate response to those signals.

[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. The principal attended or
unattended location where the status of detection, alarm com-
munications and control systems is displayed, and from which
the system(s) can be manually controlled.

[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. A device designed
to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action.

[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices,
equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to
detect a fire, activate an alarm, extinguish or control a fire, con-
trol or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combination
thereof.

[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. Building and fire control
functions that are intended to increase the level of life safety for
occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of fire.

[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A special system
discharging a foam made from concentrates, either mechani-
cally or chemically, over the area to be protected.

[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A

fire-extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an ele-
ment from the halogen chemical series: fluorine, chlorine, bro-
mine and iodine.

[F] INITIATING DEVICE. A system component that origi-
nates transmission of a change-of-state condition, such as in a
smoke detector, manual fire alarm box or supervisory switch.

LISTED. Equipment, niaterials or services included in a list
published by an organization acceptable to the building official
and concerned with evaluation of products or services that
maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equip-
ment or materials or periodic evaluation of services and whose
listing states either that the equipment, material or service

172

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable
for a specified purpose.

[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated
device used to initiate an alarm signal.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or

more single-station alarm devices that are capable of intercon-
nection such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate
audible alarms to operate. It also can consist of one single-sta-
tion alarm device having connections to other detectors or to a
manual fire alarm box.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or more
single-station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection
such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audible
alarms to operate.

[F] NUISANCE ALARM. An alarm caused by mechanical
failure, malfunction, improper installation or lack of proper
maintenance, or an alarm activated by a cause that cannot be
determined.

[F] RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings ("as builts") that doc-
ument the location of all devices, appliances, wiring
sequences, wiring methods and connections of the components
of a fire alarm system as installed.

[F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly
incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the
alarm-sounding device in one unit, operated from a power sup-
ply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installation.

[F] SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple-station alarm
responsive to smoke and not connected to a system.

[F] SMOKE DETECTOR. A hsted device that senses visible
or invisible particles of combustion.

SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. An exit stairway designed
and constructed so that the movement of the products of com-
bustion produced by a fire occurring in any part of the building
into the enclosure is limited.

[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. Standpipe
classes are as follows:

Class I system. A system providing 2 Vj-inch (64 mm) hose
connections to supply water for use by fire departments and
those trained in handling heavy fire streams.

Class II system. A system providing IVj-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the build-
ing occupants or by the fire department during initial
response.

Class III system. A system providing lV2-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use by building occupants
and 2.5-inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a larger
volume of water for use by fire departments and those
trained in handling heavy fire streams.

[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. Standpipe types are as follows:

Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally filled
with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a
device, such as dry pipe valve, to admit water into the sys-
tem piping automatically upon the opening of a hose valve.

The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe system
shall be capable of supplying the system demand.

Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water
supply that is capable of supplying the system demand auto-
matically.

Manual dry. A dry standpipe system that does not have a
permanent water supply attached to the system. Manual dry
standpipe systems require water from a fire department
pumper to be pumped into the system through the fire
department connection in order to meet the system demand.

Manual wet. A wet standpipe system connected to a water
supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the sys-
tem but does not have a water supply capable of delivering
the system demand attached to the system. Manual-wet
standpipe systems require water from a fire department
pumper (or the like) to be pumped into the system in order to
meet the system demand.

Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is
arranged through the use of a device, such as a deluge valve,
to admit water into the system piping upon activation of a
remote control device located at a hose connection. A
remote control activation device shall be provided at each
hose connection. The water supply for a semiautomatic dry
standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system
demand.

[F] SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives sig-
nals and at which personnel are in attendance at all times to
respond to these signals.

[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to
monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condi-
tion of fixed suppression systems or other systems for the pro-
tection of life and property.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. A signal indicating the need
of action in connection with the supervision of guard tours, the
fire suppression systems or equipment or the maintenance fea-
tures of related systems.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE. An

initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch,
water-level indicator or low-air pressure switch on a dry-pipe
sprinkler system, whose change of state signals an off-normal
condition and its restoration to normal of a fire protection or
life safety system, or a need for action in connection with guard
tours, fire suppression systems or equipment or maintenance
features of related systems.

[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OR Storage of tires where the
area available for storage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m^).

[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. A signal initiated by the fire alarm
system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or
component.

[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A

notification appliance that alerts by the sense of sight.

[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A

solution of water and potassium-carbonate-based chemical,
potassium-acetate-based chemical or a combination thereof,
forming an extinguishing agent.

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

173

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a
part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without
the aid of wire.

[F] ZONE. A defined area within the protected premises. A
zone can define an area from which a signal can be received, an
area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a form of
control can be executed.

SECTION 903
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

[F] 903.1 General. Automatic sprinkler systems shall comply
with this section.

[F] 903.1.1 Alternative protection. Alternative automatic
fire-extinguishing systems complying with Section 904
shall be permitted in lieu of automatic sprinkler protection
where recognized by the applicable standard and approved
by the fire code official.

[F] 903.2 Where required. Approved automatic sprinkler sys-
tems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in the
locations described in this section.

Exception: Spaces or areas in telecommunications build-
ings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
associated electrical power distribution equipment, batter-
ies and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are
equipped throughout with an automatic fire alarm system
and are separated from the remainder of the building by fire
barriers consisting of not less than 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated walls and 2-hour fire-resistance-rated floor/
ceiling assemblies.

[F] 903.2.1 Group A. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used
as Group A occupancies as provided in this section. For
Group A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 occupancies, the automatic
sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the floor area
where the Group A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4 occupancy is
located, and in all floors between the Group A occupancy
and the level of exit discharge. For Group A-5 occupancies,
the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in the
spaces indicated in Section 903.2.1.5.

[F] 903.2.1.1 Group A-1. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-1 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m2).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the
level of exit discharge.

4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex.

[F] 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (465 m^);

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more;
or

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the
level of exit discharge.

[F] 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-3 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m2).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the
level of exit discharge.

Exception: Areas used exclusively as participant
sports areas where the main floor area is located at the
same level as the level of exit discharge of the main
entrance and exit.

[F] 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-4 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m2).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the
level of exit discharge.

Exception: Areas used exclusively as participant
sports areas where the main floor area is located at the
same level as the level of exit discharge of the main
entrance and exit.

[F] 903.2.1.5 Group A-5. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-5 occupancies in the
following areas: concession stands, retail areas, press
boxes and other accessory use areas in excess of 1,000
square feet (93 m^).

[F] 903.2.2 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided for Group E occupancies as follows:

1 . Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 20,000
square feet (1858 m^) in area.

2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings
below the level of exit discharge.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not
required in any fire area or area below the level of exit
discharge where every classroom throughout the build-
ing has at least one exterior exit door at ground level.

[F] 903.2.3 Group F-1. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a
Group F-1 occupancy where one of the following condi-
tions exists:

1. Where a Group F-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square
feet (11 15 m2);

2. Where a Group F- 1 fire area is located more than three
stories above grade plane; or

3. Where the combined area of all Group F-1 fire areas
on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds
24,000 square feet (2230 m^).

174

2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*"

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 903.2.3.1 Woodworking operations. An automatic
sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group
F-1 occupancy fire areas that contain woodworking
operations in excess of 2,500 square feet (232 m^) in area
which generate finely divided combustible waste or use
finely divided combustible materials.

[F] 903.2.4 Group H. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be
provided in high-hazard occupancies as required in Sec-
tions 903.2.4.1 through 903.2.4.3.

[F] 903.2.4.1 General. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be installed in Group H occupancies.

[F] 903.2.4.2 Group H-5. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be installed throughout buildings containing
Group H-5 occupancies. The design of the sprinkler sys-
tem shall not be less than that required by this code for
the occupancy hazard classifications in accordance with
Table 903.2.4.2. Where the design area of the sprinkler
system consists of a corridor protected by one row of
sprinklers, the maximum number of sprinklers required
to be calculated is 13.

[F] TABLE 903.2.4.2
GROUP H-5 SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA

LOCATION

OCCUPANCY HAZARD
CLASSIFICATION

Fabrication areas

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

Service corridors

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

Storage rooms without dispensing

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

Storage rooms with dispensing

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Pennsylvania Building Code"

See other formats